Coating compositions comprising a fragment of a biological cell or virus, surfaces coated therewith and methods for making and utilizing such coating compositions

COATING COMPOSITIONS COMPRISING A FRAGMENT OF A BIOLOGICAL CELL OR VIRUS, SURFACES COATED THEREWITH, AND METHODS FOR

MAKING AND UTILIZING SUCH COATING COMPOSITIONS

C. STEVEN MCDANIEL C:57933

[0001] This application claims the benefit of U.S. Patent Application No. 10/655,345, entitled “Biological Active Coating Components, Coatings, and Coated Surfaces,” filed ,

September 4,2003; and Provisional Patent Application Entitled “Bioactive Protein Paint i

Additive, Paint, and Painted Various,” Ser. No. 60/409,102, filed September 9,2002, each J incorporated herein in their entirety by reference.

BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION

A. Field of the Invention

[0002] The present invention relates generally to the field of coatings (e.g., paints) and other surface treatments that comprise a cell-based particulate material. More specifically, the present invention relates to coatings such as paints or clear coatings that comprise a microorganism-based particulate material. The invention further relates to the use of a cellbased particulate material as a biodegradable coating component.

B. Description of the Related Art

[0003] A microorganism, such as a bacterium, a fungus, or an algae, is considered an undesirable contaminant in a coating and/or film. A coating, film, substrate, or a combination thereof may be detrimentally affected by thejpresence of a living microorganism. For example, a living microorganism can alter viscosity due to damage to a cellulosic viscosifier; alter a rheological property by increasing the gelling of a coating; produce an undesirable color alteration (“discoloration”) by production of a colorizing agent; produce undesirable gas and increase foam in a coating; produce an undesirable odor; alter (e.g., lower pH); damage a preservative; produce slime; reduce adhesion by a film; increase corrosion of a metal surface by moisture production by a microorganism; increase corrosion of a metal surface by film damage.; or damage a wooden surface by colonization (e.g., fungal colonization). These changes can lead to the coating and/or film becoming unsuitable for use.

[0004] The undesirable growth of a microorganism is generally more prevalent in a water-borne coating, as the solvent component of a solvent borne-coating usually acts as a preservative. However, a film is generally susceptible to such damage by growth of a microorganism after loss of a solvent (e.g., evaporation) during film formation. Additionally, various bacteria (e.g., Bacillus spp.) and fungi produce spores, which are cells that are relatively durable to unfavorable conditions (e.g., cold, heat, dehydration, a biocide) and may persist in a coating and/or film for months or years prior to germinating into a damaging colony of cells.

[0005] Examples of bacteria commonly found to contaminate a coating and/or film include Pseudomonas spp., Aerobacter spp., Enterobacter spp., Flavobacterium spp.

(e.g., Flavobacterium marinum), or Bacillus spp. Examples of fungi commonly found to contaminate a coating and/or film include Aureobasidiumpullulans, Alternaria dianthicola, or Phoma pigmentivora. Examples of algae commonly found to contaminate a coating and/or film include Oscillotoria sp., Scytonema sp.; or Protoccoccus sp. Techniques are known to those of ordinary skill in the art for determining microbial contamination of a coating and/or coating component (see, for example, “ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.01, Paint — Tests for Chemical, Physical, and Optical Properties; Appearance,” D3274-95, D4610-98, D2574-00, D3273-00, D3456-86, D5589-97 and D5590-00, 2002; and “ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.01, Paint -- Tests for Chemical, Physical, and Optical Properties; Appearance,” 2002). Various methods of coating preparation to reduce microbial contamination and/or prevent microbial growth in a coating or film are known in the art [see, for example, Flick, E. W. ‘Handbook of Paint Raw Materials, Second Edition,” 263-285 and 879-998, 1989; in “Paint and Coating Testing Manual, Fourteenth Edition of the GardnerSward Handbook,” (Koleske, J. V. Ed.), pp 261-267 and 654-661,1995; in “Paint and Surface Coatings, Theory and Practice, Second Edition,” (Lamboume, R. and Strivens, T. A., Eds.), pp. 193-194,371-382 and 543-547,1999; Wicks, Jr., Z. W., Jones, F. N., Pappas, S. P. “Organic Coatings, Science and Technology, Volume: 1: Film Formation, Components, and Appearance,” pp. 318-320,1992; Wicks, Jr., Z. W., Jones, F. N., Pappas, S. P. “Organic Coatings, Science and Technology, Volume 2: Applications, Properties and Performance,” pp. 145,309, 319-323 and 340-341,1992; in “Paints, Coatings and Solvents, Second, Completely Revised Edition,” (Stoye, D. and Freitag, Wi, Eds.) pp 6,127 and 165,1998; In “Waterborne Coatings and Additives,” 202-216,1995; in ‘Handbook of Coatings Additives,” pp. 177-224, 1987; and in “PCI Paints & Coatings Industry,” pp. 56,58, 60,62,64,66-68,70,72 and 74, July 2003]. In conducting such tests, microorganisms such as Gram-negative Eubacteria mduding Alcaligenesfaecalis (ATCC No. 8750), Pseudomonas aeruginosa (ATCC Nos. 10145 and 15442), Pseudomonas fluorescens (ATCC No. 13525), Enterobacter aerogenes (ATCC No. 13048), Escherichia coli (ATCC No. 11229), Proteus vulgaris (ATCC No. 8427), Oscillatoria sp. (ATCC No. 29135), and Calothrix sp. (ATCC No. 27914); Gram-positive Eubacteria including Bacillus subtilis (ATCC No. 27328), Brevibacterium ammoniagenes (ATCC No. 6871), and Staphylococcus aureus (ATCC No. 6538); filamentous fungi including Aspergillus oryzae (ATCC No. 10196), Aspergillus flavus (ATCC No. 9643), Aspergillus niger (ATCC Nos. 9642 and 6275), Aureobasidium pullulans (ATCC No. 9348), Penicillium sp. (ATCC No. 12667), Penicillium citrinum (ATCC No. 9849), Penicillium funiculosum (ATCC No. 9644), Cladosporium cladosporoides (ATCC No. 16022), Trichoderma viride (ATCC No. 9645), Ulocladium atruin (ATCC No. 52426), Alternaria alternate (ATCC No. 52170), and 'Stachybotrys chartarum (ATCC No. 16026); yeast including Candida albicans (ATCC No.

11651); and Protista including Chlorella sp. (ATCC No. 7516), Chlorella vulgaris (ATCC No. 11468), Chlorellapyrenoidosa (UTEXNo. 1230), Chlorococcum oleofaciens (UTEXNo.

105), Ulothrixacuminata (UTEXNo. 739), Ulothrixgigas (ATCCNo. 30443), Scenedesmus quadricauda (ATCC No. 11460), Trentepohlia aurea (UTEXNo. 429), and Trentepohlia odorata (CCAP No. 483/4); have been used as positive control contaminants of a coating. [0006] There have been descriptions of cell components and cells incorporated into some materials. U.S. Patent Publication No. US 2002/0106361 Al discusses a marine antii fungal enzyme for use in a marine coating. Immobilized enzymes in a latex are discussed in the April 2002 edition of‘Emulsion Polymer Technologies,” by the Paint Research Association website http://www.pra.org.uk/publications/emulsion/emulsion highlights2002,htm. Recombinant Escherichia coli cells have been cryoimmobilized in poly(vinyl)alcohol gel spheres (Rainina, E. I. et al., 1996). Whole Flavobacterium sp. cells or cell membranes have been described as immobilized to glass membrane using poly(carbamoyl sulfonate) and poly(ethyleneimine) (Gaberlein, S. et al., 2000a). Escherichia coli cells were fixed behind a polycarbonate membrane (Mulchandani, A. et al., 1998a; Mulchandani, A. et al., 1998b). Recombinant Escherichia coli cells were admixed in low melting point agarose and applied to membrane that was affixed to a fiber optic sensor (Mulchandani, A. et al., 1998c). Recombinant Moraxellq sp. cells were admixed in 75% (w/w) graphite powder and 25% (w/w) mineral oil and placed into an electrode cavity (Mulchandani, P. et al., 2001b). Additional sensors using OPH have been described (Mulchandani, A. et al., 2001). A cell extract has been immobilized onto silica beads and porous glass (Munnecke, D. M., 1979; Munnecke, D. M., 1978). Recombinant Escherichia coli cells have been immobilized in a poly(vinylalcohol) cryogel (Hong, M. S. et al., 1998; Efremenko, E.

N. et al., 2002; Kim, J.-W. et al., 2002). Recombinant Escherichia coli has been immobilized to polypropylene fabric by absorption of the cells to the fabric (Mulchandani, A. et al., 1999b). [0007] However, there is still a need for environmentally friendly (e.g., biodegradable) materials for novel coatings and other surface treatments that remain active and stable for significant time. Additionally, there is still a need for materials that give color, opacity, protection from light damage (e.g., UV light), camouflage appearance, and other desirable properties to coatings and other surface treatments.

US 2002/0018764 teaches placing biojelly-producing microorganisms in coatings for aquatic structures to prevent fouling !of the structures by macroscopic aquatic life. US 2002/0018764 emphasizes that the microorganisms must be alive in the coating to function. US 2002/0018764 fails teach or suggest that the particulate material is a fragment of a biological cell or virus.

JP 3239766 teaches compounding a “fouling organism-controlling agent” into a coating composition. The agent is an extract of a cultured fungus body and its culture solution. JP 3239766 does not disclose an extract that comprises an insoluble or isolated portion of a biological cell or virus.

CN 1031387 teaches an anti-fouling marine coating containing fixed bacterial cells (see, e.g., Abstract). CN 1031387 does not teach or suggest that the coating can contain fragments of biological cells or viruses, much less insoluble, isolated and purified fragments of biological cells or viruses.

JP 58198580 teaches an adhesive composition with microbial bacteria as filler. JP 58198580 does not teach or suggest putting the microorganisms in coatings.

JP 5247378 teaches a paint containing a particulate material having phototrophic bacteria for allowing the adhesion of algae or aquatic plants on an aquatic surface coated with the paint. JP 5247378 fails teach or suggest that the particulate material is a fragment of a biological cell or virus, much less an insoluble, isolated and purified fragment of a biological cell or virus.

US 5,919,689 teaches the inclusion of living, intact microorganisms and/or mixtures of such microorganisms and hydrolytic enzymes to provide antifouling properties to marine coating compositions. US 5,919,689 does not teach or suggest the coating of the present application.

SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION

[0008] A surprising and unexpected aspect of the present invention is the discovery of the suitability of a cell-based particulate material, particularly a microorganism-based particulate material, for use as a purposefully included surface treatment component. This discovery is surprising due to the problem of damage by living cells, particularly those of

4a microorganisms, to surface treatments (e.g., coatings, waxes, textile finishes, waxes, elastomers, adhesives, sealants) and/or a surface (e.g., wood, metal), as is known to those of skill in the art and described herein. Though it is preferred in many embodiments that a cellbased particulate material of the present invention is sterile while used in a surface treatment. In the practice of the present invention, cell-based particulate materials are contemplated for use as various coating and surface treatment components such as pigments, fillers, light stablizers, binders, rheology control agents, and other embodiments described herein. To the best of the inventor’s knowledge, this selection of cell-based particulate materials as a surface treatment component is counter to the core teachings of the art as related to surface treatments. [0009] As used herein, a “surface treatment” refers to compositions applied to a surface, and examples of such compositions specifically contemplated include a coating (e.g., a paint, a clear coat), a textile finish, a wax, Elastomer, an adhesive, or a sealant. Such surface treatments are known to one of ordinary slall in the respective arts of coatings, textile finishes, waxes, elastomers, adhesives, and/or sealants, and any technique or composition described herein or would be known to one of ordinary skill in these arts may be applied in the practice of the present invention in light of the disclosures herein of the utility of cell-based particulate material as a component of a surface treatment.

[0010] The present invention provides compositions and methods for use of a cellbased particulate material as a component of a surface treatment. A cell-based particulate material refers to particulate material prepared from a cell or virus. More specifically, the present invention provides compositions and methods for incorporating preparations of cells or viruses, particularly microorganism derived cells, into surface treatments as a particulate material. In the practice of the present invention, a preferred surface treatment is a coating. In the practice of the present invention, a preferred cell-based particulate material comprises a sterilized and/or attenuated cell-based particulate material, wherein the majority or all of the cell-based particulate material has been killed and/or reduced in pathogenicity.

[0011] The invention provides a coating or other surface treatment comprising a cellbased particulate material. A further disclosure of the present invention is the preparation of a cell-based particulate material with a limited number of processing and/or purification steps from the organism from which it was produced. In preferred aspects, the cell-based particulate material comprises a cell wall, a silica based shell/exoskeleton/cell wall (e.g., a test, a frustule), a pellicle, a viral proteinaceous outer coat, br a combination thereof.

[0012] Tn some embodiments, a cell-based particulate material of the present invention, such as a whole cell particulate material ora cell-fragment particulate material will be of a greater molecular weight or mass per particle than other coating or surface treatment

WO 2005/026269 PCT7US2004/007263 components. It is contemplated that the insolubility of a cell-based particulate material of the present invention will be enhanced by a greater average molecular weight. For example, the cell wall component (e.g., peptidoglycan) of a single bacterial cell may be millions of kilo Daltons of molecular weight, while most coating or other surface treatment components are typically less than 1,000 kDa (1.66 xlO g) in weight per individual molecule or particle. [0013] In some embodiments, the average weight per single particle (“primary particle”) of a cell-based particulate material of the present invention may be measured in “wet weight,” which is the weight of the particle prior to a drying or an extraction step that would remove the liquid component of a cell (e.g., the aqueous component of the cell’s cytoplasm). Tn certain aspects, the “wet weight” of a cell-based particulate material of the present invention (e.g., a whole cell particulate material) that has its liquid component replaced by some other liquid (e.g., an organic solvent) may also be measured in “wet weight.” The “dry weight” refers to the average per particle weight of a cell-based particulate material after the majority of the liquid component has been removed. The term “majority” refers 50% to 100%, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof, with the greater values preferred (e.g., 85% to 100%). In general embodiments, it is contemplated that the dry weight of a cellbased particulate material of the present invention will typically be 5% to 30% the wet weight, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof, as it is usual for 70% to 95% of a cell to be water. Any technique for measuring cell or particle size, volume, density, etc. used by those of ordinary skill in these arts for various insoluble particulate materials (e.g., pigments) used as coating, paint, or surface treatment components may be applied to a cellbased particulate material of the present invention to determine wet or dry weight values, particle size, particle density, etc. Additionally, various examples of specific techniques are described herein (see, for example, the “Incorporation of a Particulate Material into a Coating” section of the Detailed Description herein). Further, such measurements of cell size, shape, density, numbers, etc. is known to those of ordinary skill in the art of microbiology. For example, the average number of particles, size, shape, etc. of a cell-based particulate material of the present invention may be microscopically determined for a given volume and weight of material, whether prepared as a “wet weight” or “dry weight material,” and the average particle weight, density, volume, etc. calculated.

[0014] In additional embodiments, it is contemplated that a cell-based particulate material of the present invention, including those prepared from a cell comprising a silica based shell/exoskeleton/cell wall (e.g., a test, a frustule), will comprise one or more biomolecules that contribute to average molecular weight of the particles of cell-based particulate material. A “biomolecule” as used herein is any molecule comprising carbon synthesized by a living cell and comprised as part of a cell-based particulate material. In most embodiments, the biomolecule was part of the cell or virus from which the cell-based particulate material of the present invention is produced, and is retained as part of the cellbased particulate material. In general embodiments, it is contemplated that a cell-based particulate material prepared from a cell comprising a silica-based shell/exoskeleton/cell wall or other non-biomolecule component (e.g., a diatom-based particulate material), will comprise a per particle average, by wet or dry weight, of 0.000001% to 100% of one or more biomolecules, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof. It is contemplated that in certain embodiments, all detectable amounts of the non-biomolecule component (e.g., a silica based shell/exoskeleton/cell wall) may be removed by one or more processing steps, producing a cell-based particulate material comprising, by wet or dry weight, 100% or one or more biomolecules. Examples of the intermediate ranges and combinations for the minimum per particle average biomolecule wet or dry weight value for a cell-based particulate material ofthe present invention includes 0.00001%, 0.0001%, 0.001%, 0.01%, 0.10%, 1.00%, 2.00%, 3.0%, 4.0%, 5.0%, 7.5%, 10.0%, 15%, 20%, 25%, 30%, 35%, 40%, 45%, 50%, 55%, 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 99%, 99.9%, 100%, etc.

[0015] In certain embodiments, the, average wet or dry molecular weight of a «ingle particle of a cell-based particulate material of the present invention may be 8.3 x IO’²⁰ g (50 kDa) to 2.5 x 10⁷ g (1.5 x 10¹⁴ kDa), including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof. Examples of wet or dry weight intermediate ranges and combinations thereof minimum and/or maximum values include ?.3 x IO²⁰־ g (50 kDa), 1.0 x 10¹⁹־ g (60 kDa), 1.2 x IO¹⁹־ g (72 kDa), 1.4 x 10¹⁹־ g (84 kDa), 1.6 x 10¹⁹־ g (96 kDa), 1.8 x 10¹⁹־ g (108 kDa), 2.0 x 10¹⁹־ g (120 kDa), 2.25 x 10¹⁹־.g (135 kDa), 2.5 x 10¹⁹־ g (151 kDa), 2.75 x 10¹⁹־ g (166 kDa), 3.0 x 10¹⁹־ g (181 kDa), 3.5 x 10¹⁹־ g (211 kDa), 4.0 x 10¹⁹־ g (241 kDa), 5.0 x 10¹⁹־ g (301 kDa), 6.0 x 10¹⁹־ g (361 kDa), 7.0 x 10¹⁹־ g (422 kDa), 8.0 x 10¹⁹־ g (482 kDa), 9.0 x 10¹⁹־ g (542 kDa), 1.0 x 10¹⁸־ g (602 kDa), 1.25 x IO¹⁸־ g (753 kDa), 1.5 x 10¹⁸־ g (903 kDa), 1.66 xlO־ ¹⁸ g (1,000 kDa), 1.75 x 10¹⁸־ g (1,053 kDa), 2.0 x 10¹⁸־ g (1,204 kDa), 2.5 x 10¹⁸־ g (1,506 kDa), 2.75 x 10¹⁸־ g (1,656 kDa), 3.0 x 10¹⁸־ g (1,807 kDa), 3.25 x 10¹⁸־ g (1,957 kDa), 3.5 x 10¹⁸־ g (2,108 kDa), 3.75 x 10¹⁸־ g (2,258 kDa), 4.0 x 10¹⁸־ g (2,409 kDa), 5.0 x 10¹⁸־ g (3,011 kDa), 6.0 x 10¹⁸־ g (3,613 kDa), 7.0 x 10¹⁸־ g (4,215 kDa), 8.0 x 10¹⁸־ g (4,818 kDa), 9.0 x 10¹⁸־g (5,420 kDa), 1.0 x 10¹⁷־ g (6,022 kDa), 2.0 x 10¹⁷־ g (1.2 x 10⁴ kDa), 3.0 x 10¹⁷־ g (1.8 x 10⁴kDa), 4.0 x IO¹⁷־ g (2.4 x 10⁴ kDa), 5.0 x 10¹⁷־ g (3.0 x 10⁴ kDa), 6.0 x 10¹⁷־ g (3.6 x 10⁴ kDa), 7.0 x 10¹⁷־ g (4.2 x 10⁴ kDa), 8.0 x 10¹⁷־ g (4.8 x 10⁴ kDa), 9.0 x 10¹⁷־ g (5.4 x 10⁴ kDa), 1.0 x IO¹⁶־ g (6.0 x 10⁴ kDa), 2.0 x 10¹⁶־ g (1.2 x 10⁵ kDa), 3.0 x 10¹⁶־ g (1.8 x 10⁵ kDa), 4.0 x IO¹⁶־ g (2.4 x 10⁵ kDa), 5.0 x 10¹⁶־ g (3.0 x 10⁵ kDa), 6.0 x 10¹⁶־ g (3.6 x 10⁵ kDa), 7.0 x 10¹⁶־ g (4.2 x .WO 2005/026269 PCT/US2004/007263

10⁵ kDa), 8.0 x 10¹⁶־ g (4.8 x 10⁵ kDa), 9.0 x 10¹⁶־ g (5.4 x 10⁵ kDa), 1.0 x 10¹⁵־ g (6.0 x 10 kDa), 2.0 x 10¹⁵־ g (1.2 x 10⁶ kDa), 3.0 x 10¹⁵־ g (1.8 x 10⁶ kDa), 4.0 x IO¹⁵־ g (2.4 x 10⁶ kDa), 5.0 x 10¹⁵־ g (3.0 x 10⁶ kDa), 6.0 x 10¹⁵־ g'(3.6 x 10⁶ kDa), 7.0 x IO¹⁵־ g (4.2 x 10⁶ kDa), 8.0 x 10¹⁵־ g (4.8 x 10⁶ kDa), 9.0 x IO¹⁵־ g (5.4 x 10⁶ kDa), 1.0 x 10¹⁴־ g (6.0 x 10⁶ kDa), 2.0 x 10¹⁴־ g (1.2 x 10⁷ kDa), 3.0 x 10⁴⁴ g (1.8 x 10⁷ kDa), 4.0 x IO¹⁴־ g (2.4 x 10⁷ kDa), 5.0 x 10¹⁴־ g (3.0 x 10⁷ kDa), 6.0 x 10¹⁴־ g (3.6 x 10⁷ kDa), 7.0 x IO¹⁴־ g (4.2 x 10⁷ kDa), 8.0 x 10¹⁴־ g (4.8 x 10⁷kDa), 9.0 x 10¹⁴־ g (5.4 x 10⁷ kDa), 1.0 x 10¹³־ g (6.0 x 10⁷ kDa), 2.0 x IO¹³־ g (1.2 x 10⁸ kDa), 3.0 x IO¹³־ g (1.8 x 10⁸ kDa), 4.0 x IO¹³־ g(2.4 x 10⁸ kDa), 5.0 x IO¹³־ g (3.0 x 10⁸ kDa), 6.0 x IO¹³־ g (3.6 x 10⁸ kDa), 7.0 x IO¹³־ g (4.2 x 10⁸ kDa), 8.0 x 10¹³־ g (4.8 x 10⁸ kDa), 9.0 x 10¹³־ g (5.4 x 10⁸ kDa), 1.0 x IO¹²־ g (6.0 x 10⁸ kDa), 2.0 x 10¹²־ g (1.2 x 10⁹ kDa), 3.0 x 10¹²־ g (1.8 x 10⁹ kDa), 4.0 x 10¹²־ g (2.4 x 10⁹ kDa), 5.0 x 10¹²־ g (3.0 x 10⁹ kDa), 6.0 x 10¹²־ g (3.6 x 10⁹kDa), 7.0 x 10¹²־ g (4.2 x 10⁹ kDa), 8.0 x 10¹²־ g (4.8 x 10⁹ kDa), 9.0 x 10¹²־ g (5.4 x 10⁹ kDa), 1.0 x IO¹¹־ g (6.0 x 10⁹ kDa), 2.0 x IO¹¹־ g (1.2 x IO¹⁰ kDa), 3.0 x IO¹¹־ g (1.8 x IO¹⁰ kDa), 4.0 x IO¹¹־ g (2.4 x IO¹⁰ kDa), 5.0 x IO¹¹־ g (3.0 x IO¹⁰ kDa), 6.0 x IO¹¹־ g (3.6 x IO¹⁰ kDa), 7.0 x 10־ ¹¹ g (4.2 x IO¹⁰ kDa), 8.0 x 10^״־ g (4.8 x IO¹⁰ kDa), 9.0 x IO¹¹־ g (5.4 x IO¹⁰ kDa), 1.0 x IO¹⁰־ g (6.0 x IO¹⁰ kDa), 2.0 x IO¹⁰־ g (1.2 x 10¹¹ kDa), 3.0 x IO¹⁰־ g (1.8 x 10¹¹ kDa), 4.0 x IO¹⁰־ g (2.4 x 10¹¹ kDa), 5.0 x IO¹⁰־ g (3.0 x 10¹¹ kDa), 6.0 x IO¹⁰־ g (3.6 x 10¹¹ kDa), 7.0 x IO¹⁰־ g (4.2 x 10¹¹ kDa), 8.0 x IO¹⁰־ g (4.8 x 10¹¹ kDa), 9.0 x IO¹⁰־ g (5.4 x 10¹¹ kDa), 1.0 x 10⁹־ g (6.0 x 10¹¹kDa), 2.0 x 10⁹־ g (1.2 x 10¹² kDa), 3.0 x 10⁹־ g (1.8 x 10¹² kDa), 4.0 x 10⁹־ g (2.4 x 10¹² kDa), 5.0 x 10⁹־ g (3.0 x 10¹² kDa), 6.0 x 10⁹־ g (3.6 x 10¹² kDa), 7.0 x 10⁹־ g (4.2 x 10¹² kDa), 8.0 x IO⁹־ g (4.8 x 10¹² kDa), 9.0 x 10⁹־ g (5.4 x 10¹² kDa), 1.0 x IO⁸־ g (6.0 x 10¹² kDa), 2.0 x 10⁸־ g (1.2 x 10¹³ kDa), 3.0 x IO⁸־ g (1.8 x 10¹³ kDa), 4.0 x IO⁸־ g (2.4 x 10¹³ kDa), 5.0 x 10⁸־ g (3.0 x 10¹³ kDa), 6.0 x 10⁸־ g (3.6 x 10¹³ kDa), 7:0 x IO⁸־ g (4.2 x 10¹³ kDa), 8.0 x 10⁸־ g (4.8 x 10¹³kDa), 9.0 x IO⁸־ g (5.4 x 10¹³ kDa), 1.0 x 10⁷־ g (6.0 x 10¹³ kDa), 2.0 x 10⁷־ g (1.2 x 10¹⁴ kDa), etc. These values encompass various specifically contemplated values and ranges for both whole cell and cell fragment-based particulate material of the present invention. However, it is contemplated that the average wet or dry molecular weight of a single particle of a whole cellbased particulate material of the present invention may be 1.0 x 10¹⁷ g (6,022 kDa) to 2.5 x 10 ⁷ g (1.5 x 10¹⁴ kDa), including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof. Additionally, based upon a typical diameter of 1.0 to 10 pm and 1.0 to 100 pm for a prokaryotic cell and eukaryotic cell, respectively, it is contemplated that a prokaryotic whole cell-based particulate material of the present invention will typically range in wet or dry weight from 1.0 x IO¹⁷־ g (6,022 kDa) to 2.0 x IO'¹⁰ g (1.2 x 10¹¹ kDa), and a eukaryotic whole cell-based particulate material of the present invention will typically range in wet or dry weight from 1.0 x 10¹⁷־ g

WO 2005/026269 PCT7US2004/007263 (6,022 kDa) to 2.5 x IO⁷־ g (1.5 x 10¹⁴ kDa), including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof, respectively.

[0016] Tn certain embodiments, a cell-based particulate material of the present invention may comprise cellulose (e.g., an algae-based particulate material). However, as described above, most previously described coating or surface treatment components, including those comprising cellulose, are of lower average molecular weight than many embodiments of the cell-based particulate material of the present invention. Additionally, cellulose materials (e.g., nitrocellulose, cellulose acetate) previously described in the art have typically undergone a chemical modification step such as nitration, esterification, hydrophobe modification, etc. usually made to enhance cellulose’s solubility in a coating or surface treatment’s liquid component. However, as preferred embodiments of the present invention relates to particulate material that is an insoluble material (e.g., a cell-based particulate material used as a pigment), it is contemplated that a solubility enhancing chemical modification of the cellulose component of the cell-based particulate material of the present invention will be less prevalent or absent. Further, as it is preferred that a cell-based particulate material of the present invention is prepared by as few steps as possible, in certain embodiments a cell-based particulate material of the present invention׳ may be prepared from a cell that comprises cellulose without a chemical modification step. However, in other embodiments, a cell-based particulate material of the present invention comprising cellulose may undergo a chemical modification-processing step. In some aspects, a cell-based particulate material of the present invention may be prepared from a cell that comprises cellulose with a chemical modification step that does not chemically modify the cellulose component of the cell-based particulate material. In further aspects, a cell-based particulate material of the present invention may be prepared from a cell that comprises cellulose with a chemical modification step other than׳ esterification of the cellulose component of the cell-based particulate material. In other embodiments, a cell-based particulate material of the present invention may be prepared from a cell that comprises cellulose with a chemical modification step to a chemical moiety of cellulose other than a cellulose’s hydroxyl moiety. In further aspects, a cell-based particulate material of the present invention may be prepared from a cell that comprises cellulose in a form that differs from other types of cellulose materials used in coating or surface treatments. For example, in some aspects, the cell-based particulate material that comprises cellulose is prepared from cells that may not have been used in other types of cellulose materials, to produce a microorganism-based particulate material (e.g., an algae-based particulate material), a whole-cell particulate material, a unicellular-based particulate material, an oligocellularbased particulate material, or a combination thereof. Additionally, a cellulose material such a nitrocellulose, cellulose ester, etc., is prepared as a purified cellulose material, wherein other cellular biomolecules are of low initial content and/or have been stringently removed by processing to insure batch to batch consistency in the chemical composition of the cellulose material. Tn another example, the cell-based particulate material that comprises cellulose will comprise one or more additional biomolecules other than cellulose (e.g., proteinaceous materials, lipids, etc.) retained from the cell: used to produce the cell-based particulate material. Such a plurality of cellular biomolecules is contemplated as fewer processing steps are preferred in the preparation of a cell-based particulate material of the present invention. In certain embodiments, it is contemplated that a cell-based particulate material of the present invention comprising cellulose will comprise 0.000001% to 100% cellulose, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof, wherein the cellulose is a chemically modified cellulose or cellulose that has not undergone a chemical modification step. Specific examples of intermediate ranges and combinations thereof for cellulose content of a cell-based particulate material of the present invention include 0.000001% to 90%, 0.000001% to 85%,

0.000001% to 80%, 0.000001% to 75%, 0.000001% to 70%, 0.000001% to 65%, 0.000001% to 60%, 0.000001% to 55%, 0.000001% to:50%, 0.000001% to 45%, 0.000001% to 40%, 0.000001% to 35%, 0.000001% to 30%, 0.000001% to 25%, 0.000001% to 20%, 0.000001% to 15%, 0.000001% to 10%, 0.000001% to 5%, 0.000001% to 1%, etc.

[0017] Tn preferred aspects, the organism from which the cell-based particulate material is processed is a unicellular or oligocellular organism. In many aspects, the cell-based particulate material comprises a microorganism-based particulate material. In specific aspects, the microorganism-based particulate material comprises an Archaea, a Eubacteria, a fungi, a Pro/wta, a bacteriophage, or a combination thereof.

[0018] In some facets, the microorganism-based particulate material comprises an Archaea. Tn particular facets, the Archaea comprises Acidianus, Acidilobus, Aeropyrum, Archaeoglobus, Caldivirga, Desulfurococcus, Ferroglobus, Ferroplasma, Haloarcula, Halobacterium, Halobaculum, Halococcus, Haloferax, Halogeometricum, Halomicrobium, Halorhabdus, Halorubrum, Haloterrigena, Hyperthermus, Ignicoccus, Metallosphaera, Methanobacterium, Methanobrevibacter, Methanocalculus, Methanocaldococcus, Methanococcoides, Methanococcus, Methanocorpusculum, Methanoculleus, Methanofollis, Methanogenium, Methanohalobium, Methanohalophilus, Methanolacinia, Methanolobus, Methanomicrobium, Methanomicrococcus, Methanoplanus, Methanopyrus, Methanosaeta, Methanosalsum, Methanosarcina, Methanosphaera, Methanospirillum, Methanothermobacter, Methanothermococcus, Methanothermus, Methanothrix, Methanotorris, Natrialba, Natronobacterium, Natronococcus, Natronomonas, Palaeococcus, Picrophilus, Pyrobaculum,

WO 2005/026269 PCI7US2004/007263

Pyrococcus, Pyrodictium, Pyrolobus, Staphylothermus, Stetteria, Stygiolobus, Sulfolobus, Sulf ophobococcus, Sulfurisphaera, Thermococcus, Thermofilum, Thermoplasma, Thermoproteus, Thermosphaera, Vulcanisaeta, or a combination thereof.

[0019] Tn other facets, the microorganism-based particulate material comprises a Eubacteria. hi specific facets, the Eubacteria comprises Abiotrophia, Acetitomaculum, Acetohalobium, Acetonema, Achromobacter; Acidimicrobium, Acidithiobacillus, Acidobacterium, Acidocella, Acrocarpospora, Actinoalloteichus, Actinobacillus, Actinobaculum, Actinocorallia, Aequorivita, Afipia, Agreia, Agrococcus, Ahrensia, Albibacter, Albidovulum, Alcanivorax, Alicycliphilus, Alicyclobacillus, Alkalibacterium, Alkaliimnicola, Alkalispirillum, Alkanindiges, Aminobacterium, Aminomonas, Ammonifex, Ammoniphilus, Anaeroarcus, Anaerobacter, Anaerobaculum, Anaerobranca, Anaerococcus, Anaerofilum,

Anaeromusa, Anaerophaga, Anaeroplasma, Anaerosinus, Anaerostipes, Anaerovorax, Aneurinibacillus, Angiococcus, Anoxybacillus, Antarctobacter, Aquabacter, Aquabacterium, Aquamicrobium, Aquifex, Arcobacter, Arhoaomonas, Asanoa, Atopobium, Azoarcus, Azorhizophilus, Azospira, Bacteriovorax, Bartonella, Beutenbergia, Bilophila, Blastococcus, Blastomonas, Bogoriella, Bosea, Brachymonas, Brackiella, Brenneria, Brevibacillus, Bulleidia, Burkholderia, Caenibacterium, Caldicellulosiruptor, Caldithrix, Caloramator,

Coloranaerobacter, Caminibacter, Caminicella, Carbophilus, Carboxydibrachium, Carboxydocella, Carboxydothermus, Catenococcus, Catenuloplanes, Cellulosimicrobium, Chelatococcus, Chlorobaculum, Chryseobacterium, Chrysiogenes, Citricoccus, Collinsella, Colwellia, Conexibacter, Coprothermobacter, Couchioplanes, Crossiella, Cryobacterium, Cryptosporangium, Dechloromonas, Deferribacter, Defluvibacter, Dehalobacter, Delftia, Demetria, Dendrosporobacter, Denitrovibrio, Dermacoccus, Desemzia, Desulfacinum, Desulfitobacterium, Desulfobacca, Desulfobacula, Desulfocapsa, Desulfocella, Desulfofaba, Desulfofrigus, Desulfofustis, Desulfohalobium, Desulfomusa, Desulfonatronovibrio, Desulfonatronum, Desulfonauticus, Desulfonispora, Desulforegula, Desulforhabdus, Desulforhopalus, Desulfospira, Desulfosporosinus, Desulfotalea, Desulfotignum, Desulfovirga, Desulfurobacterium, Desulfuromusa, Dethiosulfovibrio, Devosia, Dialister, Diaphorobacter, Dichelobacter, Dictyoglomus, Dietzia, Dolosicoccus, Dorea, Eggerthella, Empedobacter, Enhygromyxa, Eremococcus, Ferrimonas, Filifactor, Filobacillus, Finegoldia, Flexistipes, Formivibrio, Friedmanniella, Frigoribacterium, Fulvimonas, Fusibacter, Gallicola, Garciella, Gelidibacter, Gelria, Gemmatimonas, Gemmobacter, Geobacilhis, Geobacter, Georgenia, Geothrix, Geovibrio, Glaciecola, Gluconacetobacter, Gracilibacillus, Granulicatella, Grimontia, Halanaerobacter, Halanaerobium, Haliangium, Halobacillus, Halocella, Halonatronum, Halothermothrix, Halothiobacillus, Helcococcus, Heliophilum,

Heliorestis, Herbidospora, Hippea, Holdemania, Holophaga, Hydrogenobacter, Hydrogenobaculum, Hydrogenophilus, Hydrogenothermus, Hydrogenovibrio, Hymenobacter, Ignavigranum, lodobacter, Isobaculum, Janibacter, Kineococcus, Kineosphaera, Kitasatosporia, Knoellia, Kocuria, Kozakia, Kribbella, Kutzneria, Kytococcus, Lachnobacterium, Laribacter, Lautropia, Lechevalieria, Leifsonia, Leisingera, Lentzea, Leucobacter, Limnobacter, Listonella, Lonepinella, Luteimonas, Luteococcus, Macrococcus, Macromonas, Magnetospirillum, Mannheimia, Maricaulis, Marinibacillus, Marinitoga, Marinobacterium, Marinospirillum, Marmoricola, Meiothermus, Methylocapsa, Methylopila, Methylosarcina, Microbulbifer, Microlunatus, Micromonas, Microsphaera, Microvirgula, Modestobacter, Mogibacterium, Moorella, Moritella, Muricauda, Mycetocola, Mycoplana, i

Myroides, Natroniella, Natronincola, Nautilia, Nesterenkonia, Nonomuraea, Novosphingobium, Oceanimonas, Oceanobacillus, Oceanobacter, Octadecabacter, Oenococcus, Oleiphilus, Oligotropha, Olsenella, Opitutus, Orenia, Ornithinicoccus, Omithinimicrobium, Oxalicibacterium, Oxalophagus, Oxobacter, Paenibacillus, Pandoraea, Papillibacter, Paralactobacillus, Paraliobacillus, Parascardovia, Paucimonas, Pectobacterium, Pelczaria, Pelospora, Pelotomaculum, Peptoniphilus, Petrotoga, Phascolarctobacterium, Phocoenobacter, Photorhabdus, Pigmentiphaga, Planomicrobium, Planotetraspora, Plantibacter, Plesiocystis, Polaribacter, Prauserella, Propioniferax, Propionimicrobium, Propionispora, Propionivibrio, Pseudaminobacter, Pseudoalteromonas, Pseudobutyrivibrio, Pseudoramibacter, Pseudorhodobacter, Pseudospirillum, Pseudoxanthomonas, Psychroflexus, Psychromonas, Psychroserpens, Ralstonia, Ramlibacter, Raoultella, Rathayibacter, Rhodothermus, Roseateles, Roseburia, Roseiflexus, Roseinatronobacter, Roseospirillum, Roseovarius, Rubritepida, Ruegeria, Sagittula, Salana, Salegentibacter, Salinibacter, Salinivibrio;Sanguibacter, Scardovia, Schineria, Schwartzia, Sedimentibacter, Shewanella, Shuttleworthia, Silicibacter, Skermania, Slackia, Sphingobium, Sphingomonas, Sphingopyxis, Spirilliplanes, Sporanaerobacter, Sporobacter, Sporobacterium, Sporotomaculum, Staleya, Stappia, Starkeya, Stenotrophomonas, Sterolibacterium, Streptacidiphilus, Streptomonospora, Subtercola, Succiniclasticum, Succinispira, Sulfitobacter, Sulfurospirillum, Sutterella, Suttonella, Syntrophobotulus, Syntrophothermus, Syntrophus, Telluria, Tenacibaculum, Tepidibacter, Tepidimonas, Tepidiphilus, Terasakiella, Terracoccus, Tessaracoccus, Tetragenococcus, Tetrasphaera, Thalassomonas, Thauera, Thermaerobacter, Thermanaeromonas, Thermanaerovibrio, Thermicanus, Thermithiobacillus, Thermoanaerobacterium, Thermobifida, Thermobispora, Thermobrachium, Thermocrinis, Thermocrispum, Thermodesulforhabdus, Thermodesulfovibrio, Thermohydrogenium, Thermomonas, Thermosyntropha, Thermoterrabacterium, Thermovenabulum, Thermovibrio,

WO 2005/026269 PCI7US2004/007263

Thialkalimicrobium, Thialkalivibrio, Thioalkalivibrio, Thiobaca, Thiomonas, Tindallia, Tolumonas, Turicella, Turicibacter, Ureibacillus, Verrucosispora, Victivallis, Virgibacillus, Vogesella, Weissella, Williamsia, Xenophilus, Zavarzinia, Zooshikella, Zymobacter, or a combination thereof. I

[0020] In additional facets, the Eubacteria comprises a Gram-positive Eubacteria. In particular facets, a Gram-positive Eubacteria comprises Acetobacterium, Actinokineospora, Actinomadura, Actinomyces, Actinoplanes, Actinopolyspora, Actinosynnema, Aerococcus, Aeromicrobium, Agromyces, Amphibacillus, Amycolatopsis, Arcanobacterium, Arthrobacter, Aureobacterium, Bacillus, Bifidobacterium, Brachybacterium, Brevibacterium, Brochothrix, Camobacterium, Caryophanon, Catellatospora, Cellulomonas, Clavibacter, Clostridium, Coprococcus, Coriobacterium, Corynebacterium, Curtobacterium, Dactylosporangium, Deinobacter, Deinococcus, Dermabacter, Dermatophilus, Desulfotomaculum, Enterococcus, Erysipelothrix, Eubacterium, Exiguobacterium, Falcivibrio, Frankia, Gardnerella, Gemella, Geodermatophilus, Glycomyces, Gordonia, Intrasporangium, Jonesia, Kibdelosporangium, Kineosporia, Kitasatospora, Kurthia, Lactobacillus, Lactococcus, Leuconostoc, Listeria, Marinococcus, Melissococcus, Microbacterium, Microbispora, Micrococcus, Micromonospora, Microtetraspora, Mobiluncus, Mycobacterium, Nocardia, Nocardioides, Nocardiopsis, Oerskovia, Pediococcus, Peptococcus, Peptostreptococcus, Pilimelia, Planobispora, Pianococcus, Planomonospora, Promicromonospora, Propionibacterium, Pseudonocardia, Rarobacter, Renibacterium, Rhodococcus, Rothia, Rubrobacter, Ruminococcus, Saccharococcus, Saccharomonospora, Saccharopolyspora, Saccharothrix, Salinicoccus, Sarcina, Sphaerobacter, Spirillospora, Sporichthya, Sporohalobacter, Sporolactobacillus, Sporosarcina, Staphylococcus, Streptoalloteichus, Streptococcus, Streptomyces, Streptosporangium, Syntrophospora, Terrabacter, Thermacetogenium, Ihermoactinomyces, Thermoanaerobacter, Thermoanaerobium, Thermomonospora, Trichococcus, Tsukamurella, Vagococcus. or a combination thereof.

[0021] In further facets, the microorganism-based particulate material comprises a Gram-negative Eubacteria. In specific facets, the Gram-negative Eubacteria comprises Acetivibrio, Acetoanaerobium, Acetobacter, Acetomicrobium, Acidaminobacter, Acidaminococcus, Acidiphilium, Acidomonas, Acidovorax, Acinetobacter, Aeromonas, Agitococcus, Agrobacterium, Agromonas, Alcaligenes, Allochromatium, Alteromonas, Alysiella, Aminobacter, Anabaena, Anaerobiospirillum, Anaerorhabdus, Anaerovibrio, Ancalomicrobium, Ancylobacter, Angulomicrobium, Aquaspirillum, Archangium, Arsenophonus, Arthrospira, Asticcacaulis, Azoinonas, Azorhizobium, Azospirillum, Azotobacter, Bacteroides, Bdellovibrio, Beggiatoa, Beijerinckia, Blastobacter, Blastochloris,

Bordetella, Borrelia, Brachyspira, Bradyrhizobium, Brevundimonas, Brucella, Budvicia, Buttiauxella, Butyrivibrio, Calothrix, Campylobacter, Capnocytophaga, Cardiobacterium, Caulobacter, Cedecea, Cellulophaga, Cellvibrio, Centipeda, Chitinophaga, Chlorobium, Chloroflexus, Chlorogloeopsis, Chloroherpeton, Chondromyces, Chromobacterium, Chromohalobacter, Chroococcidiopsis, Citrobacter, Cobetia, Comamonas, Crinalium, Cupriavidus, Cyclobacterium, Cylindrospermum, Cystobacter, Cytophaga, Dermocarpella, Derxia, Desulfobacter, Desulfobacterium, Desulfobulbus, Desulfococcus, Desulfomicrobium, Desulfomonile, Desulfonema, Desulfosarcina, Desulfovibrio, Desulfurella, Desulfuromonas, Dichotomicrobium, Ectothiorhodospira, Edwardsiella, Eikenella, Erihydrobacter, Ensifer, Enterobacter, Erwinia, Erythrobacter, Erythromicrobium, Escherichia, Ewingella, Fervidobacterium, Fibrobacter, Filomicrobium, Fischerella, Flammeovirga, Flavobacterium, Flectobacillus, Flexibacter, Flexithrix, Francisella, Frateuria, Fusobacterium, Gemmata, Gemmiger, Gloeobacter, Gloeocapsa, Gluconobacter, Haemophilus, Hafiiia, Haliscomenobacter, Haloanaerobium, Halobacteroides, Halochromatium, Halomonas, Halorhodospira, Helicobacter, Heliobacillus, Heliobacterium, Herbaspirillum, Herpetosiphon, Hirschia, Hydrogenophaga, Hyphomicrbbium, Hyphomonas, Ilyobacter, Isochromatium, Isosphaera, Janthinobacterium, Kingella, Klebsiella, Kluyvera, Labrys, Lachnospira, Lamprocystis, Lampropedia, Leclercia, Legionella, Leminorella, Leptospira, Leptospirillum, Leptothrix, Leptotrichia, Leucothrix, Lysobacter, Malonomonas, Marinilabilia, Marichromatium, Marinobacter, Marinomonas, Megamonas, Megasphaera, Melittangium, Meniscus, Mesophilobacter, Metallogenium, Methylobacillus, Methylobacterium, Methylococcus, Methylomonas, Methylophaga, Methylophilus, Methylovorus, Microscilla, Mitsuokella, Moellerella, Moraxella, Mdrganella, Morococcus, Myxococcus, Myxosarcina, Nannocystis, Neisseria, Neyskia, Nitrobacter, Nitrococcus, Nitrosococcus, Nitrosomonas, Nitrosospira, Nitrospira, Nostoc, Obesumbacterium, Oceanospirillum, Ochrobactrum, Oligella, Oscillatoria, Oxalobacter, Pantoea, Paracoccus, Pasteurella, Pectinatus, Pedobacter, Pedomicrobium, Pelobacter, Pelodictyon, Persicobacter, Phaeospirillum, Phenylobacterium, Photobacterium, Phyllobacterium, Pirellula, Planctomyces, Plesiomonas, Pleurocapsa, Polyangium, Porphyrobacter, Porphyromonas, Pragia, Prevotella, Propionigenium, Propionispira, Prosthecobacter, Prosthecochloris, Prosthecomicrobium, Proteus, Providencia, Pseudanabaena, Pseudomonas, Psychrobacter, Rahnella, Rhabdochromatium, Rhizobacter, Rhizobium, Rhizomonas, Rhodobacter, Rhodobium, Rhodoblastus, Rhodobaca, Rhodocista, Rhodocyclus, Rhodoferax, Rhodomicrobium, Rhodopila, Rhodoplanes, Rhodopseudomonas, Rhodospirillum, Rhodothalassium, Rhodovibrio, Rhodovulum, Rikenella, Roseobacter, Roseococcus, Rugamonas, Rubrivivax,

WO 2005/026269 PCI7US2004/007263

Ruminobacter, Runella, Salmonella, Saprospira, Scytonema, Sebaldella, Selenomonas, Seliberia, Serpens, Serpulina, Serratia, Shigella, Simonsiella, Sinorhizobium, Sphaerotilus, Sphingobacterium, Spirillum, Spirochaeta, Spirosoma, Spirulina, Sporocytophaga, Sporomusa, Stella, Stigmatella, Streptobacillus, Succinimonas, Succinivibrio, Sulfobacillus, Synechococcus, Synechocystis, Syntrophobacter, Syntrophococcus, Syntrophomonas, Tatumella, Taylorella, Thermochromatium, Thermodesulfobacterium, Thermoleophilum, Thermomicrobium, Thermonema, Thermosipho, Thermotoga, Thermus, Thiobacillus, Thiocapsa, Thiococcus, Thiocystis, Thiodictyon, Thiohalocapsa, Thiolamprovum, Thiomicrospira, Thiorhodovibrio, Thiothrix, Tissierella, Tolypothrix, Treponema, Vampirovibrio, Variovorax, Veillonella, Verrucomicrobium, Vibrio, Vitreoscilla, Weeksella, Wolinella, Xanthobacter, Xanthomonas, Xenococcus, Xenorhabdus, Xylella, Xylophilus, Yersinia, Yokenella, Zobellia, Zoogloea, Zymomonas, Zymophilus, qt a combination thereof. [0022] Tn some aspects, the microorganism-based particulate material comprises a fungi. In some facets, the fungi comprises Aciculoconidium, Agaricostilbum, Ambrosiozyma, Arxiozyma, Arxula, Ascoidea, Babjevia, Bensingtonia, Blastobotrys, Botryozyma, Bullera, Bulleromyces, Candida, Cephaloascus, Chionosphaera, Citeromyces, Clavispora, Cryptococcus, Cystofilobasidiuin, Debarydmyces, Dekkera, Dipodascopsis, Dipodascus, Endomyces, Eremothecium, Erythrobasidium, Fellomyces, Filobasidiella, Filobasidium, Galactomyces, Geotrichum, Hanseniaspora, Hyalodendron, Issatchenkia, Itersonilia, Kloeckera, Kluyveromyces, Kockovaella, Kurtzmanomyces, Leucosporidium, Lipomyces, Lodderomyces, Malassezia, Metschnikowia, Moniliella, Mrakia, Myxozyma, Nadsonia, Oosporidium, Pachysolen, Phaffia, Pichia, Protomyces, Pseudozyma, Reniforma, Rhodosporidium, Rhodotorula, Saccaromycopsis, Saccharomyces, Saccharomycodes, Saitoella, Satumispora, Schizoblastosporion, Schizosaccharomyces, Sporidiobolus, Sporobolomyces, Sporopachydermia, Stephanoascus, Sterigmatomyces, Sterigmatosporidium, Sympodiomyces, Sympodiomycopsis, Taphrina, Tilletiaria, Tilletiopsis, Torulaspora, Trichosporon, Trichosporonoides, Trigonopsis, Tsuchiyaea, Wickerhamia, Wickerhamiella, Williopsis, Xanthophyllomyces, Yarrowia, Zygoascus, Zygosaccharomyces, Zygozyma, or a combination thereof.

[0023] In other aspects, the microorganism-based particulate material comprises a Protista. In particular facets, the Protista comprises Acetabularia, Achnanthes, Amphidinium, Ankistrodesmus, Anophryoides, Aphanomyces, Astasia, Asterionella, Blepharisma, Botrydiopsis, Botrydium, Botryococcus, Bracteacoccus, Brevilegnia, Bulbochaete, Caenomorpha, Cephaleuros, Ceratium, Chaetoceros, Chaetophora, Characiosiphon, Chlamydomonas'; Chlorella, Chloridella, Chlorobotrys, Chlorococcum, Chromulina,

Chroodactylon, Chrysamoeba, Chrysocapsa, Cladophora, Closterium, Cocconeis, Coelastrum, Cohnilembus, Colacium, Coleps, Colpidium, Colpoda, Cosmarium, Cryptoglena, Cyclidium, Cyclotella, Cylindrocystis, Derbesia, Dexiostoma, Dictyosphaerium, Dictyuchus, Didinium, Dinobryon, Distigma, Drapamaldia, Dunaliella, Dysmorphococcus, Enteromorpha, Entosiphon, Eudorina, Euglena, Euplotes, Eustigmatos, Flintiella, Fragilaria, Fritschiella, Glaucoma, Gonium, Gonyaulax, Gymnodinium, Gyropaigne, Haematococcus, Halophytophthora, Heterosigma, Hyalotheca, Hydrodictyon, Khawkinea, Lagenidium, Leptolegnia, Mallomonas, Mantoniella, Melosira, Menoidium, Mesanophrys, Mesotaenium, Metopus, Micrasterias, Microspora, Microthamnion, Mischococcus, Monodopsis, Mougeotia, Nannochloropsis, Navicula, Nephroselmis, Nitzschia, Ochromonas, Oedogonium, I

Ophiocytium, Opisthonecta, Oxyrrhis, Pdndorina, Paramecium, Paranophrys, Paraphysomonas, Parmidium, Pediastrum, Peranema, Peridinium, Peronophythora, Petalomonas, Phacus, Pithophora, Plagiopyla, Plasmopara, Platyophrya, Plectospira, Pleodorina, Pleurochloris, Pleurococcus, Pleurotaenium, Ploeotia, Polyedriella, Porphyridium, Prorocentrum, Prototheca, Pseudocharaciopsis, Pseudocohnilembus, Pyramimonas, Pythiopsis, Pythium, Rhabdomonas, Rhizochromulina, Rhizoclonium, Rhodella, Rhodosorus, Rhynchopus, Saprolegnia, Scenedesmus, Scytomonas, Selenastrum, Skeletonema, Spathidium, Sphaerocystis, Spirogyra, Spirostomum, Spondylosium, Staurastrum, Stauroneis, Stentor, Stephanodiscus, Stephanosphaera, Stichococcus, Stigeoclonium, Synedra, Synura, Tetracystis, Tetraedron, Tetrahymena, Tetraselmis, Thalassiosira, Thaumatomastix, Thraustotheca, Trachelomonas, Trebouxia, Trentepohlia, Tribonema, Trimyema, Ulothrix, Uronema, Vaucheria, Vischeria, Volvox, Vorticella, Xanthidium, Zygnema, or a combination thereof. ׳

[0024] Tn additional aspects, the microorganism-based particulate material comprises a virus. Tn some aspects, the virus is a bacteriophage. In particular facets, the bacteriophage comprises Inoviridae genus Inovirus, Leviviridae, Microviridae, Myoviridae, Podoviridae, Siphoviridae, or a combination thereof. In additional facets, the bacteriophage comprises 10/1, 149,212/XV, 24/Π, 249,371/XXIX, 5, 8, A-l (L), A19, A-4 (L), A-41, alpha 3, AN-10, AN15, AN-20, AN-22, AN-24, Bl, B40-8, B5, BK1, D20, El, F [HER 346], Fl, fr, hp, I, Ifl, If2, Π, HI, IV, JI, Mc-4, Minetti, MOR-1, MS2, Mu-1, N-l, N1 [N], N3 [Cay], N4 [X-5-A], N8 [Horse], 0x6, P/SWl/a [NCMB 384], Pl' P22 [PLT-22(22)], PEal (h), PEa7, phi 92, phi R, phi V-l, phi X174, phi-Sl, ps 1, Q-beta, R17, R-l, S13, S-a, SP10, SP8, T2, T3, T6, V, VD13, Vi I, wy, XP5, Z1K/1, or a combination thereof. In further facets, the bacteriophage comprises 10 [L286], 11,11 [WI386], 113,118,12'[WI 3106], 120, 13 [JI 263], 138, 14 [J2106], 145, 163,17,17 [formerly 13], 18 [formerly 7], 184,19 [formerly 5], 2, 2 [JI 328], 20 [formerly 4],

WO 2005/026269 PCI7US2004/007263

205,221,22653 [Carvajal's strain 1], 23 [Olsen phage], 236,239, 24B, 250, 256 (R), 282 (S),

36,37,4 [J2101], 42,46,49B, 4S, 50Br, 53 alpha, 547,57,60,6A, 6B, 6C, 7 [L2 106], 73, 8 [L2 305], 9 [WI3263], 92, A, Al, Ac 20, Ac 21, Ac 24, AN-11, AN-12, AN-13, AN-14, AN16, AN-17, AN-18, AN-19, AN-21, AN-23, AN-25, AN-26, AP211, AS-1, B56-3, BG3, BK3, Bo 1, Bo 3, Bo 4, Bo 61, Bo 6 Π, Bo 6ΙΠ, Bo 7, C, C204, C33, C36, Cb3, Cb6, Cb8r, CDC29, CDC42D, CDC47, CDC52, CDC52A, CDC53, CDC79, CDC80, CDC81, CDC83A, chi, D, D10, D-34, DLC 2921/49, DS6A, enterococcus phage 1A, enterococcus phage IB, eTAmy+, F68, FCZ, G [HER 276], G178, HER-1 [71lindberg], HER-10 [F8Lindberg], HER-16 [M4 Lindberg], HER-17 [M6Lindberg], HER-18 [Fl 16L], HER-2 [16Lindberg], HER-3, HER-4 [24Lindberg], HER-5 [31Lindberg], HER-6 [44Lindberg], HER-9 [F7Lindberg], IMI strain A, IMI strain C, IMI strain D, IMI strain J, IMI strain K, Lactobacillus plantarum phage, LG, M4, Mc-2, MU9, Mycobacterium smegmatis phage, N-4, NCPPB 1507 [4S], NCPPB 1508 [4L], NCPPB 782 [El], NRS 201, NRS 605, P14, P4 sidl, Pa, PAV-1, Pb, PB2, Pc, Pf, phage UTAK, phi EalOO, phi Eal04, phi Eal 16C, phi Eal25, phi W-14, phiXcs70am-3, Propionibacterium acnes phage, Ps-G3, r!589, rl87, rl96, r638, r71, RA105, rED220, rEDa41, rEDb44, rEDb45, rEDb50, RH23, RH88, rJ3, S-20, S-5, SL-1, SPP1, T-150, T7M (Meselson), UV1, UV375, UV47, Vibrio sp. phage, w, XI [IMET 5013], X10 [IMET 5057], X24 [IMET 5056], X3 [IMET 5015], X5 [IMET 5017], XP1, XP2, XP3, XP4, XP8, ZJ/2, or a combination thereof.

[0025] In other aspects, the cell-based material comprises a multicellular-based particulate material. Tn general facets, the multicellular-based particulate material comprises a plant-based particulate material. In specific facets, the plant-based particulate material comprises a com-based particulate material.

[0026] Tn general embodiments, cell-based particulate material comprises 0.000001% to 65% of the coating or surface treatment by weight or volume including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof. Specific examples of such intermediate ranges and combinations thereof of the cell-based particulate material by weight or volume in a coating or other surface treatment include 1% to 65%, 2% to 65%, 3% to 65%, 4% to 65%, 5% to 65%, 6% to 65%, 7% to 65%, 8% to 65%, 9% to 65%, 10% to 65%, 11% to 65%, 12% to 65%, 13% to 65%, 14% to 65%,15% to 65%,16% to 65%,17% to 65%,18% to 65%,19% to 65%, 20% to 65%, etc.

[0027] The invention provides various additional embodiments. In general embodiments, a cell-based particulate material comprises 0.000001% to 65% of the coating or other surface treatment composition by weight or volume, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof. In specific embodiments, the cell-based particulate material is a whole cell particulate material or a cell fragment particulate material. In other embodiments, the cell-based particulate material comprises a microorganism-based particulate material. In some aspects, the microorganism-based particulate material comprises a whole cell particulate material. Tn alternative aspects, the cell-based particulate material comprises a cell fragment microorganism-based particulate material.

[0028] Tn other embodiments, the coating or other surface treatment is 5^m to 5000 nm thick upon the surface, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof. Specific examples of such intermediate ranges and combinations thereof a coating’s, other surface treatment’s, and/or individual layer thereof s thickness upon a surface include 6 um to 5000 um, ר um to 5000 um, 8 um to 5000 um, 9 um to 5000 um, 10 um to 5000 um, 11 um to 5000 um, 12 um to 5000 um, 13 um to 5000 um, 14 um to 5000 um, 15 um to 5000 um, 16 um to 5000 um, 17 um to 5000 um, 18 um to 5000 um, 19 um to 5000 um, 20 um to 5000 um, 21 um to 5000 um, 22 um to 5000 um, 23 um to 5000 um, 24 um to 5000 um, 25 um to 5000 um, 5 um to 4500 um, 5 um to 4000 um, 5 um to 3500 um, 5 um to 3000 um, 5 um to 2500 um, 5 um to 2000 um, 5 um to 1750 um, 5 um to 1500 um, 5 um to 1250 um, 5 um to 1000 um, 5 um to 900 um, 5 um to 800 um, 5 um to 700 um, 5 um to 600 um, 5 um to 500 um, 5 um to 450 um, 5 um to 400 um, 5 um to 350 um, 5 um to 300 um, 5 um to 250 um, 5 um to 200 um, 5 um to 175 um, 5 um to 150 um, 5 um to 125 um, 5 um to 100 um, 5 um to 90 um, 5 um to 80 um, 5 um to 70 um, 5 um to 60 um, 5 um to 50 um, 5 um to 40 um, 5 um to 30 um, 5 um to 25 um, 7.5 um to 500 um, 10 um to 500 um, 15 um to 500 um, 7.5 um to 250 um, 10umto250um, 12.5 um to 250 um, 15 um to 250 um, 7.5 um to 150 um, lOumto 150 um,

12.5 um to 150 um, 15 um to 150 um, etc.

[0029] Tn particular aspects, the coating or other surface treatment comprises a multicoat system. In an additional aspect, the multicoat system comprises 2 to 10 layers. In a particular facet;, one layer of the multicoat system comprises the cell-based particulate material. In a further aspect, a plurality of layers of the multicoat system comprises the cell-based particulate material. In certain facets, each layer of the multicoat system is a coating or other surface treatment 5 um to 5000 um thick, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof. In particular aspects, the multicoat system comprises a sealer, a water repellent, a primer, an undercoat, a topcoat, or a combination thereof. In specific facets, the multicoat system comprises a topcoat. In particular facets, the topcoat comprises the cell-based particulate material. In the case of a multicoat system comprising a plurality of layers that comprises a cell-based particulate material of the present invention, the cell-based particulate material comprised within a specific layer may be the same or different as. the cell-based particulate material comprised within another layer.

[0030] In some embodiments, the coating comprises a paint. In other embodiments, the coating comprises a clear coating. In some aspects, the clear coating comprises a lacquer, a varnish, a shellac, a stain, a water repellent coating, or a combination thereof. In general aspects, the coating or surface treatment comprises a binder, a liquid component, a colorant, an additive, or a combination thereof. In some facets, the coating or surface treatment comprises a buffer. In particular aspects, the buffer comprises a bicarbonate.

[0031] In certain embodiments, the coating or other surface treatment is a coating or other surface treatment that is capable of film formation. In some aspects, the film formation occurs by a thermoplastic physical change of the coating or surface treatment, a thermosetting chemical change of the coating or surface treatment, or a combination thereof. In certain aspects, film formation (e.g., thermosetting film formation) occurs by crosslinking of a binder. Tn some facets, film formation occurs by crosslinking of a plurality of binders. In further facets, film formation (e.g., thermosetting film formation) occurs by irradiating the coating or surface treatment. In general aspects, film formation occurs at ambient conditions, baking conditions, or a combination thereof. In !particular aspects, film formation (e.g., thermosetting

I film formation, thermoplastic film formation) occurs at baking conditions. In other aspects, baking conditions is between 40°C and 110°C, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof. Examples of specific intermediate ranges for baking conditions include 40°C to 50°C, or 40°C to 65°C. In preferred embodiments, the cell-based particulate material will partly or fully retain a desired characteristic (e.g., a physical property, a biochemical property, color, etc.) during and/or after contact with the baiting condition, an irradiation, a thermosetting chemical reaction, a thermoplastic physical change, or a combination thereof. In some facets, the coating or surface treatment produces a self-cleaning film upon film formation.

[0032] In general aspects, the coating or surface treatment comprises a volatile component and a non-volatile component. In general facets, the coating or surface treatment undergoes film formation (e.g., thermoplastic film formation) by loss of part of the volatile component. In other facets, the volatile component comprises a volatile liquid component. In particular facets, the volatile liquid component comprises a solvent, a thinner, a diluent, or a combination thereof. In other aspects, the non-volatile component comprises a binder, a colorant, a plasticizer, a coating or surface treatment additive, a cell-based particulate material of the present invention, or a combination thereof.

[0033] In certain alternative embodiments, the coating or surface treatment is a nonfilm fanning coating or surface treatment. In particular aspects, the non-film fonning coating or surface treatment comprises a non-film formatting binder. In some aspects, the non-film

WO 2005/026269 PC17US2004/007263 forming coating or surface treatment comprises a coating or surface treatment component in a concentration that is insufficient to produce a solid film. In some facets, the coating or surface treatment component that is insufficient to produce a solid film comprises a binder that contributes to thermoplastic film formation, thermosetting film formation, or a combination thereof. In particular facets, the coating or surface treatment component that is insufficient to produce a solid film comprises a binder, catalyst, initiator, or combination thereof. Though the concentration which is insufficient for a coating or surface treatment component to produce film formation in a coating or surface treatment may be empirically determined by an assay, such as those described herein for film formation, such an insufficient concentration may easily achieved by selection of a concentration of 0%, wherein the coating or surface treatment lacks the film-forming component.

[0034] In other alterative embodiments, the coating or surface treatment produces a temporary film. In specific aspects, the temporary film has a poor resistance to a coating or surface treatment remover. In particular facets, the temporary film has a poor abrasion (e.g., scrub) resistance, a poor solvent resistance, a poor water resistance, a poor weathering property, a poor adhesion property, a poor microorganism/biological resistance property, or a combination thereof. A poor resistance and/or poor quality property for a coating or surface treatment can be empirically determined by assays described herein or as would be known to one of ordinary skill in the art in light of the present disclosure.

[0035] In general embodiments, the coating comprises an architectural coating, an industrial coating, a specification coating, or a combination thereof. In additional aspects, the coating specifically comprises an architectural coating. In particular aspects, the architectural coating comprises a wood coating, a masonry coating, an artist’s coating, or a combination thereof. In some facets, the architectural coating has a pot life of at least 12 months at ambient conditions. In general aspects,.the architectural coating undergoes film formation at ambient conditions. In other aspects, the coating comprises an industrial coating. In further aspects, the industrial coating comprises an automotive coating, a can coating, a sealant coating, a marine coating, or a combination thereof. In particular facets, the industrial coating undergoes film formation at baking conditions. In additional aspects, the coating comprises a specification coating. In particular facets, the specification coating comprises a camouflage coating, a pipeline coating, traffic marker coating, aircraft coating, a nuclear power plant coating, or a combination thereof. In particular facets, the specification coating comprises a camouflage coating. In specific facets, the camouflage coating comprises a camouflage pigment. In particular facets, the camouflage pigment is a cell-based particulate material of the present invention. In further facets, the cell-based particulate material camouflage pigment absorbs infrared radiation. ן

[0036] In many embodiments, a coating comprises a water-borne coating, a solvent borne coating, or a powder coating. In particular aspects, the coating comprises a water-borne coating. In certain facets, the water-borne coating is a latex coating. In additional facets, the water-borne coating has a density of 1.20 kg/L to 1.50 kg/L, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof. In other aspects, the coating comprises a solvent-borne coating. In further facets, the solvent-borne coating has a density of 0.90 kg/L to 1.2 kg/L, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof.

[0037] In other aspects, the coating has a viscosity of 100 P to 1000 P, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof, upon a surface immediately after application. In some embodiments, the viscosity of the coating varies during preparation (“mixing”), during storage (e.g., in a container), during application, and upon a surface. The medium-shear viscosity (“coating consistency”) refers to the viscosity of a coating during preparation, and in most embodiments will be between 60 Ku and 140 Ku, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof. Specific examples of medium-shear viscosity intermediate ranges and combinations thereof include 70 Ku to 110, Ku, 80 Ku to 100 Ku, 90 Ku to 95 Ku, 72 Ku to 95 Ku, etc. During storage and upon a surface, a coating is typically subject to lower shear forces (e.g., gravity), and it is will be preferred that a coating possess a viscosity and other rheological properties (e.g., leveling, sag, syneresis, settling) to retain suitable dispersion of coating components during storage and form a uniform layer upon a surface. It is contemplate that in most embodiments, the low-shear viscosity (e.g., the viscosity prior to application, viscosity upon a surface immediately after application) of a coating will be between 100 P to 3000 P, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof. Specific examples of low-shear viscosity intermediate ranges and combinations thereof include 100 P to 2500 P, 100 P to 2000 P, 100 P to 1500 P, 100 P to 1000 P, 125 P to 3000 P, 150 P to 3000 P, 175 P to 3000 P, 200 P to 3000 P, 225 P to 3000 P, 250 P to 3000 P, 275 P to 3000 P, 300 P to 3000 P, 125 P to 2500 P, 150 P to 2000 P, 175 P to 1500 P, 200 P to 1000 P, 250 P to 1000 P, etc. The high-shear viscosity (“application viscosity”) refers to the viscosity of a coating during application, and typically is less than the low-shear viscosity to allow ease of application. In particular aspects, the coating has a high-shear viscosity of 0.5 P to 2.5 P, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof. Specific examples of high-shear viscosity intermediate ranges and combinations thereof include 0.5 P to 2.0 P, 0.5 P to 1.5 P, 0.5 P to 1.0 P, 0.5 P to 0.75 P, 0.6 P to 2.5 P, 0.75 P to 2.5 P, 1.0 P to 2.5 P, 1.5 P to 2.5 P, 2.0 P to 2.5 P, 0.75 P to 2.0 P, 1.0 P to 2.0 P, etc.

[0038] In many embodiments, the coating comprises a binder. In many aspects, the binder comprises a thermoplastic binder, a thermosetting binder, or a combination thereof. In certain aspects, the coating comprises a thermoplastic binder. In particular facets, such a coating produces a film by thermoplastic film formation. In other aspects, the coating comprises a thermosetting binder. In further facets, such a coating produces a film by thermosetting film formation.

[0039] In some embodiments, the binder comprises an oil-based binder. In particular aspects, the oil-based binder comprises an oil, an alkyd, an oleoresinous binder, a fatty acid epoxide ester, or a combination thereof. In further facets, such an oil-based binder coating produces a layer 15 urn to 25 pm thick upon the vertical surface, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof, or 15 um to 40 pm thick upon the horizontal surface, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof. In further aspects, the binder comprises an oil. In other aspects, the binder comprises an alkyd. In specific aspects, the binder comprises an oleoresinous binder.; In some aspects, the binder comprises a fatty acid epoxide ester.

[0040] In other embodiments, the! binder comprises a polyester resin. In certain aspects, polyester resin comprises a hydroxy-terminated polyester. In other aspects, the polyester resin comprises a carboxylic acid-terminated polyester. In additional facets, the coating comprises a polyester resin and a urethane, an amino resin, or a combination thereof.

[0041] In some embodiments, the binder comprises a modified cellulose. In certain aspects, the modified cellulose comprises a cellulose ester, a nitrocellulose or a combination thereof. In certain facets, the modified cellulose comprises a cellulose ester. In other facets, the modified cellulose comprises a nitrocellulose. In further aspects, the coating comprises a modified cellulose and an amino binder, an acrylic binder, urethane binder, or a combination thereof.

[0042] In additional embodiments, the binder comprises a polyamide. In specific aspects, the coating comprises a polyamide and an epoxide.

[0043] In certain embodiments, the binder comprises an amino resin. In some aspects, the coating comprises an amino resin and an acrylic binder, an alkyd resin, a polyester binder, or a combination thereof.

[0044] In additional embodimentSj the binder comprises an urethane binder. In particular aspects, the coating comprises an urethane binder and a polyol, an amine, an epoxide, a silicone, a vinyl, a phenolic,, a triacrylate, or a combination thereof.

[0045] In some embodiments, the binder comprises a phenolic resin. In further aspects, the coating comprises a phenolic resin and an alkyd resin, an amino resin, a blown oil, an epoxy resin, a polyamide, a polyvinyl resin, or a combination thereof.

[0046] In other embodiments, the binder comprises an epoxy resin. In additional aspects, the coating comprises an epoxy resin and an amino resin, a phenolic resin, a polyamide, a ketimine, an aliphatic amine, or a combination thereof. In particular facets, the epoxy resin comprises a cycloaliphatic epoxy binder. In further facets, the coating comprises cycloaliphatic epoxy binder and a polyol.

[0047] Tn additional embodiments, the binder comprises a polyhydroxyether binder. In further aspects, the coating comprises a polyhydroxyether binder and an epoxide, a polyurethane comprising an isocyanate moiety, an amino resin, or a combination thereof.

I

[0048] Tn further embodiments, the binder comprises an acrylic resin. In additional aspects, the coating comprises an acrylic resin and an epoxide, a polyurethane comprising an isocyanate moiety, an amino resin, or a combination thereof.

[0049] In some embodiments, the binder comprises a polyvinyl binder. In further embodiments, the coating comprises a polyvinyl binder and an alkyd, a urethane, an aminoresin, or a combination thereof.

[0050] Tn certain embodiments, the binder comprises a rubber resin. In some aspects, the rubber resin comprises a chlorinated rubber resin, a synthetic rubber resin, or a combination thereof. Tn additional facets, the coating comprises a rubber resin and an acrylic resin, an alkyd resin, a bituminous resin, or a combination thereof.

[0051] In specific embodiments, the binder comprises a bituminous binder. In additional aspects, the coating comprises a bituminous binder and an epoxy resin. [0052] In further embodiments, the binder comprises a polysulfide binder. In specific aspects, the coating comprises a polysulfide binder and a peroxide, a binder comprising an isocyanate moiety, or a combination thereof.

[0053] In additional embodiments, the binder comprises a silicone binder. In further aspects, the coating comprises a silicone binder and an organic binder.

[0054] In many embodiments, the coating comprises a liquid component. In general aspects, the liquid component comprises a solvent, a thinner, a diluent, a plasticizer, or a combination thereof. In other aspects, the liquid component comprises a liquid organic compound, an inorganic compound, water, or a combination thereof.

[0055] In some embodiments, the liquid component comprises a liquid organic compound. In certain aspects, the liquid organic compound comprises a hydrocarbon, an.

WO 2005/026269 PCT7US2004/007263 oxygenated compound, a chlorinated hydrocarbon, a nitrated hydrocarbon, a miscellaneous organic liquid component, a plasticizer, or a combination thereof.

[0056] In particular embodiments, the liquid organic compound comprises a hydrocarbon. In certain aspects, the hydrocarbon comprises an aliphatic hydrocarbon, a cycloaliphatic hydrocarbon, a terpene, an aromatic hydrocarbon, or a combination thereof. In additional facets, the hydrocarbon comprises an aliphatic hydrocarbon. In further facets, the aliphatic hydrocarbon comprises a petroleum ether, pentane, hexane, heptane, isododecane, a kerosene, a mineral spirit, a VMP naphtha or a combination thereof. In other aspects, the hydrocarbon comprises a cycloaliphatic hydrocarbon. In some facets, the cycloaliphatic hydrocarbon comprises cyclohexane, methylcyclohexane, ethylcyclohexane, tetrahydronaphthalene, decahydronaphthalene, or a combination thereof. In other aspects, the hydrocarbon comprises a terpene. In additional facets, the terpene comprises wood terpentine oil, pine oil, a-pinene, β-pinene, dipentene, D-limonene, or a combination thereof, hi particular aspects, the hydrocarbon comprises an aromatic hydrocarbon. In some facets, the aromatic hydrocarbon comprises benzene, toluene, ethylbenzene, xylene, cumene, a type I high flash aromatic naphtha, a type H high flash aromatic naphtha, mesitylene, pseudocumene, cymol, styrene, or a combination thereof.

[0057] In other embodiments, the liquid organic compound comprises an oxygenated solvent. In certain aspects, the oxygenated solvent comprises an alcohol, an ester, a glycol ether, a ketone, an ether, or a combination thereof. In some aspects, the oxygenated solvent comprises an alcohol. In further aspects, the alcohol comprises methanol, ethanol, propanol, isopropanol, 1-butanol, isobutanol, 2-butanol, teri-butanol, amyl alcohol, isoamyl alcohol, hexanol, methylisobutylcarbinol, 2-ethylbutanol, isooctyl alcohol, 2-ethylhexanol, isodecanol, cylcohexanol, methylcyclohexanol, trimethylcyclohexanol, benzyl alcohol, methylbenzyl alcohol, furfuryl alcohol, tetrahydrofurfuryl alcohol, diacetone alcohol, trimethylcyclohexanol, or a combination thereof. In other aspects, the oxygenated solvent comprises an ester. In particular facets, the ester comprises methyl formate, ethyl formate, butyl formate, isobutyl formate, methyl acetate, ethyl acetate, propyl acetate, isopropyl acetate, butyl acetate, isobutyl acetate, .sec-butyl acetate, amyl acetate, isoamyl acetate, hexyl acetate, cyclohexyl acetate, benzyl acetate, methyl glycol acetate, ethyl glycol acetate, butyl glycol acetate, ethyl diglycol acetate, butyl diglycol acetate, 1-methoxypropyl acetate, ethoxypropyl acetate, 3-methoxybutyl acetate, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, isobutyl isobutyrate, ethyl lactate, butyl lactate, butyl glycolate, dimethyl adipate, glutarate, succinate, ethylene carbonate, propylene carbonate, butyrolactone, or a combination thereof. In certain aspects, the oxygenated solvent comprises a glycol ether. In other facets, the glycol ether comprises methyl glycol, ethyl glycol, propyl glycol, isopropyl glycol, butyl glycol, methyl diglycol, ethyl diglycol, butyl diglycol, ethyl triglycol, butyl triglycol, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, methoxypropanol, isobutoxypropanol, isobutyl glycol, propylene glycol monoethyl ether, l-isopropoxy-2propanol, propylene glycol mono-n-propyl ether, propylene glycol n-butyl ether, methyl dipropylene glycol, methoxybutanol, or a combination thereof. In specific aspects, the oxygenated solvent comprises a ketone. In some facets, the ketone comprises acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, methyl propyl ketone, methyl isopropyl ketone, methyl butyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone, methyl amyl ketone, methyl isoamyl ketone, diethyl ketone, ethyl amyl ketone, dipropyl ketone, diisopropyl ketone, cyclohexanone, methylcylcohexanone, trimethylcyclohexanone, mesityl oxide, (iiisobutyl ketone, isophorone, or a combination thereof. In particular aspects, the oxygenated solvent comprises an ether. In additional facets, the ether comprises diethyl ether, diisopropyl ether, dibutyl ether, di-sec-butyl ether, methyl tert-butyl ether, tetrahydro furan, 1,4-dioxane, metadioxane, or a combination thereof.

[0058] In some embodiments, the liquid organic compound comprises a chlorinated hydrocarbon. In specific aspects, the chlorinated hydrocarbon comprises methylene chloride, trichloromethane, tetrachloromethane, ethyl chloride, isopropyl chloride, 1,2-dichloroethane, 1,1,1 -trichloroethane, trichloroethylene, 1,1,2,2-tetrachlorethane, 1,2-dichloroethylene, perchloroethylene, 1,2-dichloropropane, chlorobenzene, or a combination thereof.

[0059] In further embodiments, the liquid organic compound comprises a nitrated hydrocarbon. In specific aspects, the nitrated hydrocarbon comprises a nitroparaffin, Nmethyl-2-pyrrolidone, or a combination thereof.

[0060] In additional embodiments, the liquid organic compound comprises a miscellaneous organic liquid. In some aspects, the miscellaneous organic liquid comprises carbon dioxide, acetic acid, methylal, dimethylacetal, 2V,2V-dimethylformamide, Ν,Νdimethylacetamide, dimethylsulfoxide, tetramethylene suflone, carbon disulfide, 2nitropropane, 7V-methylpyrrolidone, hexamethylphosphoric triamide, l,3-dimethyl-2imidazolidinone, or a combination thereof.

[0061] In specific embodiments, the liquid organic compound comprises a plasticizer. In general facets, the plasticizer comprises an adipate, an azelate, a citrate, a chlorinated plasticizer, an epoxide, a phosphate, a sebacate, a phthalate, a polyester, a trimellitate, or a combination thereof. In specific facets, the plasticizer comprises di(2-ethylhexyl) azelate; di(butyl) sebacate; di(2-ethylhexyl) phthalate; di(isononyl) phthalate; dibutyl phthalate; butyl benzyl phthalate; di(isooctyl) phthalate; di(idodecyl) phthalate; tris(2-ethylhexyl) trimellitate; tris(isononyl) trimellitate; di(2-ethylhexyl) adipate; di(isononyl) adipate; acetyl tri-/1-butyl citrate; an epoxy modified soybean oil; i-ethylhexyfepoxytallate; isodecyl diphenyl phosphate; tricresyl phosphate; isodecyl diphenyl phosphate; tri-2-ethylhexyl phosphate; an adipic acid polyester; an azelaic acid polyester; a bisphenoxyethylformal, or a combination thereof.

[0062] In other embodiments, the liquid component comprises an inorganic compound. In specific aspects, the inorganic compound comprises ammonia, hydrogen cyanide, hydrogen fluoride, hydrogen cyanide, sulfur dioxide, or a combination thereof.

[0063] In many embodiments, the liquid component comprises water. In particular aspects, the liquid component comprising water further comprises methanol, ethanol, propanol, isopropyl alcohol, fert-butanol, ethylene glycol, methyl glycol, ethyl glycol, propyl glycol, butyl glycol, ethyl diglycol, methoxypropanol, methyldipropylene glycol, dioxane, tetrahydorfuran, acetone, diacetone alcohol, dimethylformamide, dimethyl sulfoxide, ethylbenzene, tetrachloroethylene, /?-xylene, toluene, diisobutyl ketone, tricholorethylene, trimethylcyclohexanol, cyclohexyl acetate, dibutyl ether, trimethylcyclohexanone, 1,1,1tricholoroethane, hexane, hexanol, isobutyl acetate, butyl acetate, isophorone, nitropropane, butyl glycol acetate, 2-nitropropane, methylene chloride, methyl isobutyl ketone, cyclohexanone, isopropyl acetate, methylbenzyl alcohol, cyclohexanol, nitroethane, methyl tert-butyl ether, ethyl acetate, diethyl ether, butanol, butyl glycolate, isobutanol, 2-butanol, propylene carbonate, ethyl glycol acetate, methyl acetate, methyl ethyl ketone, or a combination thereof.

[0064] In general embodiments, the coating comprises a colorant. In some aspects, the colorant comprises a pigment, a dye, a pH indicator, or a combination thereof. In specific aspects, the colorant comprises a pigment. In some aspects, the cell-based particulate material comprises 0.000001% to 100% of the pigment, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof. In particular facets, the pigment volume concentration (“PVC”) of the coating is 0.000001% to 70%, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof. An example of a specific PVC intermediate range is 20 % to 70%. In other aspects, the pigment comprises a corrosion resistance pigment, a camouflage pigment, a color property pigment, an extender pigment, or a combination thereof. In some facets, the pigment comprises barium ferrite; borosilicate; burnt sienna; burnt umber; calcium ferrite; cerium; chrome orange; chrome yellow; chromium phosphate; cobalt-containing iron oxide; fast chrome green; gold bronze powder; luminescent; magnetic; molybdate orange; molybdate red; oxazine; oxysulfide; polycyclic; raw sienna; surface modified pigment; thiazine; thioindigo; transparent cobalt blue; transparent cobalt green; transparent iron blue; transparent zinc oxide; triarylcarbonium; rinn cyanamide; zinc ferrite, or a combination thereof.

WO 2005/026269 PCT7US2004/007263

[0065] In particular aspects, the pigment comprises a corrosion resistance pigment. In some facets, the corrosion resistance pigment comprises aluminum flake, aluminum triphosphate, aluminum zinc phosphate, ammonium chromate, barium borosilicate, barium chromate, barium metaborate, basic calcium zinc molybdate, basic carbonate white lead, basic lead silicate, basic lead silicochromate, basic lead silicosulfate, basic zinc molybdate, basic zinc molybdate-phosphate, basic zinc molybdenum phosphate, basic zinc phosphate hydrate, bronze flake, calcium barium phosphosilicate, calcium borosilicate, calcium chromate, calcium plumbate, calcium strontium phosphosilicate, calcium strontium zinc phosphosilicate, dibasic lead phosphite, lead chromosilicate, lead, cyanamide, lead suboxide, lead sulfate, mica, micaceous iron oxide, red lead, steel flake, strontium borosilicate, strontium chromate, tribasic lead phophosilicate, zinc borate, zinc borosilicate, zinc chromate, zinc dust, zinc hydroxy phosphite, zinc molybdate, zinc oxide, zinc phosphate, zinc potassium chromate, zinc silicophosphate hydrate, zinc tetraoxylchromate, or a combination thereof. In specific facets, the coating comprising the corrosion resistance pigment is a metal surface coating, a primer, or a combination thereof.

[0066] In other aspects, the pigment comprises a camouflage pigment. In specific facets, the camouflage pigment comprises an anthraquinone black, a chromium oxide green, a cell-based particulate material of the present invention, or a combination thereof. In specific facets, the camouflage pigment reduces the ability of the coating to be detected by a devise that measures infrared radiation.

[0067] In further embodiments, the pigment comprises a color property pigment. In additional aspects, the color property pigment comprises a black pigment, a brown pigment, a white pigment, a pearlescent pigment, a violet pigment, a blue pigment, a green pigment, a yellow pigment, an orange pigment, a red pigment, a metallic pigment, a cell-based particulate material of the present invention, or a combination thereof. In certain facets, a color property pigment is a cell-based particulate material of the present invention, and various examples of colored cells capable of being used in a colored cell-based particulate material of the present invention are described herein. In particular facets, the color property pigment comprises aniline black; anthraquinone black; carbon black; copper carbonate; graphite; iron oxide; micaceous iron oxide; manganese dioxide, azo condensation, metal complex brown; antimony oxide; basic lead carbonate; lithopone; titanium dioxide; white lead; zinc oxide; zinc sulphide; titanium dioxide and ferric oxide covered mica, bismuth oxychloride crystal, dioxazine violet, carbazole Blue; cobalt blue; indanthrone; phthalocyanine blue; Prussian blue; ultramarine; chrome green; hydrated chromium oxide; phthalocyanine green; anthrapyrimidine; arylamide yellow; barium chromate; benzimidazolone yellow; bismuth vanadate; cadmium sulfide yellow; complex inorganic color; diarylide yellow; disazo condensation; flavanthrone; isoindoline; isoindolinone; lead chromate; nickel azo yellow; organic metal complex; yellow iron oxide; zinc chromate; perinone orange; pyrazolone orange; anthraquinone; benzimidazolone; BON arylamide; cadmium red; cadmium selenide; chrome red; dibromanthrone; diketopyrrolo-pyrrole; lead molybdate; perylene; pyranthrone; quinacridone; quinophthalone; red iron oxide; red lead; toluidine red; tonor; β-naphthol red; aluminum flake; aluminum non-leafing, gold bronze flake, zinc dust, stainless steel flake, nickel flake, nickel powder, or a combination thereof.

[0068] In general embodiments, the pigment comprises an extender pigment. In particular aspects, the extender pigment is a cell-based particulate material of the present invention. In some aspects, the extender pigment comprises a barium sulphate, a calcium carbonate, a kaolin, a calcium sulphate, a silicate, a silica, an alumina trihydrate, a cell-based particulate material, or a combination thereof.

[0069] In some embodiments, th!e coating comprises a pH indicator. In some aspects, the pH indicator is a colorimetric or a fluorimetric indicator. Examples of colorimetric include Alizarin, Alizarin S, Brilliant Yellow, Lacmoid, Neutral Red, Rosolic Red, a cell-based particulate material of the present invention, or a combination thereof. In specific instances, the colorimetric indicator is a pH indicator that undergoes a color change between pH 8 to pH 9. Examples of fluorimetric indicators include SNARF-1, BCECF, HPTS, Fluroescein, a cellbased particulate material of the present invention, or a combination thereof. In certain embodiments, the fluorescence indicator has reduced fluorescence at a lower pH. In specific instances, the fluorimetric indicator is a pH indicator that undergoes a fluorescence change between pH 8 to pH 9. Additional pH indicators, are described, for example, in “Using AcidBase Indicators to Visually Estimate the Ph of Solutions” by Marcia L. Gillette, Chemical EducationResources, Incorporated, 1995.

[0070] In general embodiments, the coating comprises an additive. In some aspects, the additive comprises 0.000001% to 20.0% by weight, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof, of the coating. In specific facets, the additive comprises an accelerator, an adhesion promoter, an antifoamer, anti-insect additive, an antioxidant, an antiskinning agent, a buffer, a catalyst, a coalescing agent, a corrosion inhibitor, a defoamer, a dehydrator, a dispersant, a drier, electrical additive, an emulsifier, a filler, a flame/fire retardant, a flatting agent, a flow control agent, a gloss aid, a leveling agent, a marproofing agent, a preservative, a silicone additive, a slip agent, a surfactant, a light stabilizer, a rheological control agent, a wetting additive, a cryopreservative, a xeroprotectant, or a combination thereof.

WO 2005/026269 PCT7US2004/007263

[0071] In additional aspects, the additive comprises a preservative. In specific aspects, the preservative comprises an in-can preservative, an in-film preservative, or a combination thereof. Tn general aspects, the preservative comprises a biocide. In particular facets, the biocide comprises a bactericide, a fungicide, an algaecide, or a combination thereof. In specific facets, the preservative comprises l-(3-chloroallyl)-3,5,7-triaza-l-azoniaadamantane chloride; l,2-benzisothiazoline-3-one; l,2-dibromo-2,4-dicyanobutane; 1,3bis(hydroxymethyl)-5,5־dimethylhydantoin; l-methyl-3,5,7-triaza-l-azonia-adamantane chloride; 2-bromo-2-nitropropane-l,3-diol;2-(4-thiazolyl)benzimidazole; 2-(hydroxymethyl)amino-2-methyl-l-propanol; 2(hydroxymethyl)־aminoethanol; 2,2-dibromo-3nitrilopropionamide; 2,4,5,6-tetrachloro-isophthalonitrile; 2-mercaptobenzo-thiazole; 2methyl-4-isothiazolin-3-one; 2-n-octyl-4-isothiazoline-3-one; 3-iodo2־-propynl N-butyl carbamate; 4,5-dichloro-2-N-octyl-3(2H)-isothiazolone; 4,4-dimethyloxazolidine; 5-chloro-2methyl-4-isothiazolin-3-one; 5-hydroxy-methyl-l-aza-3,7-dioxabicylco (3.3.0.) octane; 6acetoxy-2,4-dimethyl-l,3-dioxane; 7-ethyl bicyclooxazolidine; a combination of 1,2־ benzisothiazoline-3-one and hexahydro-1,3,5-tris(2-hydroxyethyl)-s-triazine; a combination of l,2-benzisothiazoline-3-one and zinc pyrithione; a combination of 2-(thiocyanomethylthio)benzothiozole and methylene bis(thiocyanate); a combination of 4-(2-nitrobutyl)morpholine and 4,4’-(2-ethylnitrotrimethylene) dimoipholine; a combination of 4,4-dimethyloxazolidine and 3,4,4-trimethyloxazolidine; a combination of 5-chloro-2-methyl-4isothiazolin-3-one and 2-methyl-4-isothiazolin-3-one; a combination of carbendazim and 3iodo-2-propynl N-butyl carbamate; a combination of carbendazim, 3-iodo-2-propynl N-butyl carbamate and diuron; a combination of chlorothalonil and 3-iodo-2-propynl N-butyl carbamate; a combination of chlorothalonil and a triazine compound; a combination of . tributyltin benzoate and alkylamine hydrochlorides; a combination of zincdimethyldithiocarbamate and zinc 2-mercaptobenzothiazole; a copper soap; a metal soap; a mercury soap; a mixture of bicyclic oxazolidines; a tin soap; an alkylamine hydrochloride; an amine reaction product; barium metaborate; butyl parahydroxybenzoate; carbendazim; copper(!!) 8-quinolinolate; diiodomethyl-p-tolysulfone; dithio-2,2-bis(benzmethylamide); diuron; ethyl parahydroxybenzoate; glutaraldehyde; hexahydro-1,3,5-triethyl-s-triazine; hexahydro-1,3,5-tris(2-hydroxyethyl)-s-triazine; hydroxymethyl-5,5־dimethylhydantoin; methyl parahydroxybenzoate; N-butyl-l,2-benzisothiazolin-3-one; N-(trichloromethylthio) phthalimide; N-cyclopropyl-N-(l-dimethylethyl)-6-(methylthio)-l,3,5-triazine-2,4-diamine;Ntrichloromethyl-thio-4-cyclohexene-l,2-dicarboximide; p-chloro-m-cresol; phenoxyethanol; phenylmercuric acetate; poly(hexamethylene biguanide) hydrochloride; potassium dimethyldithiocarbamate; potassium N-hydroxy-methyl-N-methyl-dithiocarbamate; propyl parahydroxybenzoate; sodium 2-pyridinethiol-l-oxide; tetra-hydro-3,5-di-methyl-2H-l,3,5thiadiazine-2-thione; tributyltin benzoate; tributyltin oxide; tributyltin salicylate; zinc pyrithione; sodium pyrithione; copper pyrithione; zinc oxide; a zinc soap; or a combination thereof.

[0072] Tn other aspects, the additive comprises a wetting additive, a dispersant, or a combination thereof. In specific facets, the wetting additive and/or the dispersant comprises the additive comprises a combination of an unsaturated polyamine amide salt and a lower molecular weight acid; a polycarboxylic acid polymer allcylolammonium salt; a combination of a long chain polyamine amide salt and a polar acidic ester; a hydroxyfunctional carboxylic acid ester; a non-ionic wetting agent, or a combination thereof. In particular facets, the wetting additive comprises an ethylene oxide molecule comprising a hydrophobic moiety; a surfactant; pine oil; a metal soap; calcium octoate; zinc octoate; aluminum stearate; zinc stearate; bis(2ethylhexyl)sulfosuccinate; (octylphenoxy)polyethoxyethanol octylphenyl-polyethylene glycol; nonyl phenoxy poly (ethylene oxy) ethanol; ethylene glycol octyl phenyl ether, or a combination thereof. In other facets, the dispersant comprises tetra-potassium pyrophosphate, a phosphate ester surfactant; a particulate material, a calcium carbonate coated with fatty acid, a modified montmorillonite clay, a caster wax, or a combination thereof.

[0073] Tn further aspects, the additive comprises an anti-foamer, a defoamer, or a combination thereof. In particular facets, the antifoamer and/or the defoamer comprises an oil; a mineral oil; a silicon oil; a fatty acid ester; dibutyl phosphate; a metallic soap; a siloxane; a wax; an alcohol comprising six to ten carbons; a pine oil, or a combination thereof. In additional facets, the antifoamer and/or the defoamer further comprise an emulsifier, a hydrophobic silica, or a combination thereof.

[0074] In additional aspects, the additive comprises a rheological control agent. In particular facets, the rheological control agent comprises a thickener, a viscosifier, or a combination thereof. In particular facets, the rheology control agent comprises a silicate; a montmorillonite silicate; aluminum silicate, a bentonite, magnesium silicate, a cellulose ether, a hydrogenated oil, a polyacrylate, a polyvinylpyrrolidone, a urethane, a methyl cellulose, a hydroxyethyl cellulose, hydrogenated castor oil; a hydrophobically modified ethylene oxide urethane; a titanium chelate, a zirconium chelate, a cell-based particulate material of the present invention, or a combination thereof.

[0075] Tn specific aspects, the additive comprises a corrosion inhibitor. In some facets, the corrosion inhibitor comprises a chromate, a phosphate, a molybdate, a wollastonite, a calcium ion-exchanged silica gel, a zinc compound, a borosilicate, a phosphosilicate, a hydrotalcite, or a combination thereof. In other facets, the corrosion inhibitor comprises an in30 can corrosion inhibitor, a flash corrosion inhibitor, or a combination thereof. In further facets, the in-can corrosion inhibitor and/or the flash corrosion inhibitor comprises sodium nitrate, sodium benzoate, ammonium benzoate, 2-amino-2-methyl-propan-l-ol, or a combination thereof.

[0076] In particular aspects, the additive comprises a light stabilizer. In specific facets, the light stabilizer comprises aUV absorber, a radical scavenger, or a combination thereof. In certain embodiments, a cell-based particulate material of the present invention may comprise a biomolecule capable of absorbing UV light (e.g., carotenoid, a chlorophyll, a phycobilin, a biomolecule-sihca particulate material, etc.), and thus function as a UV absorber. In particular facets, the UV absorber comprises a hydroxybenzophenone, a hydroxyphenylbenzotriazole, a hydrozyphenyl-S-triazine, an oxalic anilide, yellow iron oxide, a cell-based particulate material of the present invention, or a combination thereof. In other embodiments, a cell-based particulate material comprises a biomolecule capable of chemically reacting with a chemical radical or other chemically reactive species to inhibit (“scavenge,” “quench”) an undesirable chemical reaction promoted by the chemical radical or other chemical reactive species. In other facets, the radical scavenger comprises a sterically hindered amine; bis(l,2,2,6,6,pentamethyl-4-poperidinyl) ester, bis(2,2,6,6,-tetramethyl-l-isooctyloxy-4-piperidinyl) ester, a cell-based particulate material of the present invention, or a combination thereof.

[0077] Tn some aspects, the additive comprises a buffer. In specific facets, the buffer comprises a bicarbonate, a monobasic phosphate buffer, a dibasic phosphate buffer, Trizma base, a 5 zwitterionic buffer, triethanolamine, or a combination thereof. In further facets, the bicarbonate comprises an ammonium bicarbonate. In particular facets, the concentration of the buffer in the coating or other surface treatment is 0.000001 M to 2.0 M, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof.

[0078] In some aspects, the additive comprises a cryopreservative, a xeroprotectant, or a combination thereof. In some aspects, the cell-based particulate material comprises 0.000001% to 80%, by weight or volume, a cryopreservative, a xeroprotectant, or a combination thereof. In some facets, the cryopreservative comprises glycerol, DMSO, a protein, a sugar of 4 to 10 carbons, or a combination thereof. In other facets, the xeroprotectant comprises glycerol, a glycol, a mineral oil, a bicarbonate, DMSO, a sugar of 4 to 10 carbons, or a combination thereof.

[0079] Tn some embodiments, the coating or surface treatment is a multi-pack coating or surface treatment, which is a composition wherein different components are stored in a plurality of containers (e.g., a kit). In particular aspects, the multi-pack coating is stored in a two to five containers prior to application to a surface. In specific aspects, 0.000001% to

100% of the cell-based particulate material, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof, is stored in a container of the multi-pack coating, and at least one coating component is stored in another container of the multi-pack coating. In some aspects, the container that stores the cell-based particulate material further stores an additional coating component. In particular facets, the additional coating component comprises a preservative, a wetting agent, a dispersing agent, a buffer, a liquid component, a rheological modifier, a cryopreservative, a xeroprotectant, or a combination thereof.

[0080] In particular embodiments, the coating is a coating capable of being applied to a surface by a spray applicator.

[0081] In other embodiments, the cell-based particulate material is microencapsulated.

i

[0082] The invention further provides a coating or a paint comprising, in various further aspects, a cell-based particulate material, a microorganism-based particulate material, a whole cell particulate material, a unicellular-based particulate material, an oligocellular-based particulate material, a cell-based particulate material wherein the average wet molecular weight or dry molecular weight of a primary particle of a cell-based particulate material is 6,022 kDa to 1.5 x 10¹⁴ kDa and/or 0.000001% to 100% a biomolecule, or a combination thereof.

[0083] The invention specifically provides a coating or paint comprising 0.000001 % to 65% by weight or volume, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof, a cellbased particulate material, a microorganism-based particulate material, a whole cell particulate material, a unicellular-based particulate material, an oligocellular-based particulate material, a Cell-based particulate material wherein the average wet molecular weight or dry molecular weight of a primary particle of a cell-based particulate material is 6,022 kDa to 1.5 x 10¹⁴ kDa and/or 0.000001% to 100% a biomolecule, or a combination thereof.

[0084] The invention provides a coating or paint, the improvement comprising inclusion of a cell-based particulate material, a microorganism-based particulate material, a whole cell particulate material, a unicellular-based particulate material, an oligocellular-based particulate material, a cell-based particulate material wherein the average wet molecular weight or dry molecular weight of a primary particle of a cell-based particulate material is 6,022 kDa to 1.5 x 10¹⁴ kDa and/or 0.000001% to 100% a biomolecule, or a combination thereof.

[0085] The invention provides a coating or paint, the improvement comprising inclusion of 0.000001% to 65% by weight or volume, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof, a cell-based particulate material, a microorganism-based particulate material, a whole cell particulate material, a unicellular-based particulate material, an oligocellular-based particulate material, a cell-based particulate material wherein the average wet molecular weight or dry molecular weight of a primary particle of a cell-based particulate material is 6,022 kDa to 1.5 x 10¹⁴ kDa and/or 0.000001% to 100% a biomolecule, or a combination thereof.

[0086] The invention provides a multi-pack coating or paint, wherein a container comprises a cell-based particulate material, a microorganism-based particulate material, a whole cell particulate material, a unicellular-based particulate material, an oligocellular-based particulate material, a cell-based particulate material wherein the average wet molecular weight or dry molecular weight of a primary particle of a cell-based particulate material is 6,022 kDa to 1.5 x 10¹⁴ kDa and/or 0.000001% to 100% a biomolecule, or a combination thereof.

[0087] The invention provides a multi-pack coating or paint, wherein a container comprises 0.000001% to 65%, by weight or volume of the coating or paint, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof, a cell-based particulate material, a microorganism-based particulate material, a whole cell particulate material, a unicellular-based particulate material, an oligocellular-based particulate material, a cell-based particulate material wherein the average wet molecular weight or dry molecular weight of a primary particle of a cell-based particulate material is 6,022 kDa to 1.5 x 10¹⁴ kDa and/or 0.000001% to 100% a biomolecule, or a combination thereof.

[0088] The invention provides a multi-pack coating or paint, the improvement comprising inclusion of a container comprising, a cell-based particulate material, a microorganism-based particulate material, a whole cell particulate material, a unicellular-based particulate material, an oligocellular-based particulate material, a cell-based particulate material wherein the average wet molecular weight or dry molecular weight of a primary particle of a cell-based particulate material is 6,022 kDa to 1.5 x 10¹⁴ kDa and/or 0.000001% to 100% a biomolecule, or a combination thereof.

[0089] The invention provides a multi-pack coating or paint, the improvement comprising inclusion of a container comprising 0.000001% to 65%, by weight or volume ofthe coating or paint, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof, a cell-based particulate material, a microorganism-based particulate material, a whole cell particulate material, a unicellular-based particulate material, an oligocellular-based particulate material, a cell-based particulate material wherein the average wet molecular weight or dry molecular weight of a primary particle of a cell-based particulate material is 6,022 kDa to 1.5 x 10¹⁴ kDa and/or 0.000001% to 100% a biomolecule, a cryopreservative, a xeroprotectant, or a combination thereof.

[0090] The invention also provides a non-film forming coating comprising a cell-based particulate material.

[0091] The invention provides an elastomer comprising a cell-based particulate material.

[0092] The invention provided a filler comprising a cell-based particulate material. [0093] The invention provides an adhesive comprising a cell-based particulate material. [0094] The invention provides a sealant comprising a cell-based particulate material.

[0095] The invention provides a material applied to a textile, comprising a cell-based particulate material.

[0096] The invention provides a wax comprising a cell-based particulate material.

[0097] The invention provides a surface treatment comprising a cell-based particulate material Tri certain embodiments, the surface treatment is a coating, a paint, a non-film forming coating, an elastomer, an adhesive, an sealant, a material applied to a textile, or a wax. [0098] The invention provides a surface treatment, comprising 0.000001% to 65% by weight or volume, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof, a cell-based particulate material, a microorganism-based particulate material, a whole cell particulate material, a unicellular-based particulate material, an oligocellular-based particulate material, a cell-based particulate material wherein the average wet molecular weight or dry molecular weight of a primary particle of a cell-based particulate material is 6,022 kDa to 1.5 x 10¹⁴ kDa and/or 0.000001% to 100% a biomolecule, or a combination thereof.

[0099] The invention provides a surface treatment, the improvement comprising inclusion of a cell-based particulate material, a microorganism-based particulate material, a whole cell particulate material, a unicellular-based particulate material, an oligocellular-based particulate material, a cell-based particulate material wherein the average wet molecular weight or dry molecular weight of a primary particle of a cell-based particulate material is 6,022 kDa to 1.5 x 10¹⁴ kDa and/or 0.000001% to 100% a biomolecule, or a combination thereof.

[0100] The invention provides a surface treatment, the improvement comprising inclusion of 0.000001 % to 65% by weight or volume, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof, a cell-based particulate material, a microorganism-based particulate material, a whole cell particulate material, a unicellular-based particulate material, an oligocellular-based particulate material, a cell-based particulate material wherein the average wet molecular weight or dry molecular weight of a primary particle of a cell-based particulate material is 6,022 kDa to 1.5 x 10¹⁴ kDa and/or 0.000001% to 100% a biomolecule, or a combination thereof.

[0101] The invention provides a method of making a surface treatment, comprising the step of adding to and/or admixing a cell-based particulate material, a microorganism-based particulate material, a whole cell particulate material, a unicellular-based particulate material, an oligocellular-based particulate material, a cell-based particulate material wherein the average wet molecular weight or dry molecular weight of a primary particle of a cell-based particulate material is 6,022 kDa to 1.5 x 10¹⁴ kDa and/or 0.000001% to 100% a biomolecule, or a combination thereof; with at least one additional surface treatment component.

[0102] The invention provides a method of making a surface treatment, a coating, a paint, anon-film forming coating, an elastomer, a filler, an adhesive, a sealant, a material applied to a textile, or a wax, comprising a cell-based particulate material, comprising the steps of: obtaining a cell or a virus; processing the cell or virus by sterilizing, attenuating, concentrating, drying, milling, extracting, resuspending, temperature maintaining, permeabilizing, disrupting, chemically modifying, encapsulating, or a combination thereof, to produce a cell-based particulate material; and adding and/or admixing the cell-based particulate material with at least one additional surface treatment component, coating component, paint component, non-film forming coating component, elastomer component, filler component, adhesive component, material applied to a textile component, or wax component, wherein a surface treatment, a coating, a paint, a non-film forming coating, an elastomer, a filler, an adhesive, a sealant, amaterial applied to a textile, or a wax, comprising the cell-based particulate material is produced.

[0103] The invention provides a surface treatment comprising a cell-based particulate material produced by the process which comprises obtaining a. cell or a virus; processing the cell or virus by sterilizing, attenuating, concentrating, drying, milling, extracting, resuspending, temperature maintaining, permeabilizing, disrupting, chemically modifying, encapsulating, or a combination thereof, to produce a cell-based particulate material; and adding and/or admixing the cell-based particulate material with at least one additional surface treatment component, wherein a surface treatment comprising the cell-based particulate material is produced.

[0104] The invention provides a multi-pack paint, wherein a container comprises 100 parts by volume paint, wherein a second container comprises three parts by volume of a whole cell particulate material composition, and wherein each part of the whole cell particulate material composition comprises 1 mg per milliliter of whole cell particulate material and 50% glycerol. In certain aspects, the invention provides a composition prepared by adding the cellbased particulate material to glycerol, admixing with glycerol and/or suspending in glycerol. Tn other facets, the glycerol is at a concentration of about 50%. In specific facets, the cellbased particulate material comprised in glycerol at a concentration of about 3 mg of the cellbased particulate material to 3 ml of 50% glycerol. In certain facets, the composition is prepared by adding, suspending, and/or admixing the cell-based particulate material comprised in glycerol to the coating at a concentration of about 3 ml glycerol comprising cell-based particulate material to 100 ml of coating. The cell-based particulate material may also be added to, suspended in, and/or admixed with a liquid component such as glycerol prior to adding to and/or admixing with the coating. The numbers are exemplary only and do not limit the use of the invention. The concentration was chosen merely to be compatible with the amount of cell-based particulate material that can be added to and/or admixed with one example of a coating (e.g., a paint) without affecting the integrity of the paint itself. [0105] The invention provides, in certain preferred embodiments, a composition comprising a coating and a cell-based particulate material produced by the process which comprises the following steps: obtaining a culture of cells; concentrating the cells and removing the culture media; disrupting the 'pell structure; drying the cells; and adding and/or admixing the cell-based particulate material to the coating. In some aspects, the composition is prepared by the additional step of suspending the disrupted cells in a solvent prior to adding the cells to the coating Any compatible amount may be used within the scope of the present invention.

DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION

[0106] One skilled in the art will readily appreciate that the present invention is well adapted to carry out the objects and obtain the ends and advantages mentioned as well as those inherent therein. It should be understood, however, that the compositions, cell-based particulate materials, compounds, coatings, paints, films, methods, procedures, and techniques described herein are presently representative of preferred embodiments. These techniques are intended to be exemplary, are given by way of illustration only, and are not intended as limitations on the scope. Other objects, features, and advantages of the present invention will be readily apparent׳ to one skilled in the art from the following detailed description; specific examples and claims; and various changes, substitutions, other uses and modifications that may be made to the invention disclosed herein without departing from the scope and spirit of the invention or as defined by the scope of the appended claims.

[0107] As used herein, except for the claims, the terms “a,” “an,” “the,” “other,” and “said” means one or more. As used herein in the claim(s), when used in conjunction with the words “comprises” or “comprising,” the words “a,” “an,” “the,” “other,” or “said” may mean one or more than one. As used herein “another” may mean at least a second or more.

[0108] All patents and publications mentioned in this specification are indicative of the levels of those skilled in the art to which the invention pertains. All patents and publications so referenced are herein incorporated by reference to the same extent as if each individual publication was specifically and individually indicated to be incorporated by reference.

[0109] As would be known to one of ordinary skill in the art, many variations of nomenclature are commonly used to refer to a specific chemical composition. Accordingly, several common alternative names may be provided herein in quotations and parentheses/brackets, or other grammatical technique, adjacent to a chemical composition’s preferred designation when referred to herein. Additionally, many chemical compositions referred to herein are further identified by a Chemical Abstracts Service registration number. As would be known to those of ordinary skill in the art, the Chemical Abstracts Service provides a unique numeric designation, denoted herein as “CAS No.,” for specific chemicals and some chemical mixtures, which unambiguously identifies a chemical composition’s molecular structure.

[0110] In various embodiments described herein, exemplary values are specified as a range. Examples of such ranges cited herein include, for example, a temperature for growth and/or preparation of a microorganism, a chemical moiety’s content in a coating component, a coating component’s content in a coating composition and/or film, a coating component’s mass, a glass transition temperature (“T_g”), a temperature for a chemical reaction (e.g., film formation, chemical modification of a coating component), the thickness of a coating and/or film upon a surface, etc. It will be understood that herein the phrase “including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof’ associated with a given range is all integers and sub-ranges comprised within a cited range. For example, citation of a range “0.03% to 0.07%, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof’ is specific values within the sited range, such as, for example, 0.03%, 0.04%, 0.05%, 0.06%, and 0.07%, as well as various combinations of such specific values, such as, for example, 0.03%, 0.06% and 0.07%, 0.04% and 0.06%, or 0.05% and 0.07%, as well as sub-ranges such as 0.03% to 0.05%, 0.04% to 0.07%, or 0.04% to 0.06%, etc. Example 6 provides additional descriptions of specific numeric values within a cited range. The phrase “or a combination thereof’ refers to any combination (e.g., any sub-set) of a set of listed components.

A. Cells

[0111] Tn general embodiments, a preferred cell use in a cell-based particulate material of the present invention comprises a durable structure at the cell-external environment interface, such as, for example, a cell wall, a silica based shell (“test”), a silica based exoskeleton (“frustule”), a pellicle, proteinaceous outer coat, or a combination thereof. In typical embodiments, a preferred cell is obtained from an organism is a unicellular and/or oligocellular organism, as it is contemplated that particulate matter may be prepared from such an organism without a step to separate one or more cells from a multicellular tissue or organism (e.g., a plant) into a smaller average particle size suitable for preparation of a coating or other surface treatment.

[0112] As used herein, “unicellular” refers to 1 cell that generally does not live in contact with a second cell. As used herein, “oligocellular” refers to 2 to 100 cells, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof, which generally live in contiguous contact with each other. Common specific types of oligocellular biological material includes 2 contacting cells (“dicellular”), three contacting cells (“tricellular”) and four contacting cells (“tetracellular”). As used herein, “multicellular” refers to 101 or more (e.g., hundreds, thousands, millions, billions, trillions), including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof, which generally live in contiguous contact with each other. In embodiments wherein the cellular material is derived from a unicellular biological material (e.g., many microorganisms), the composition is known herein as a “unicellular-based particulate material.” In embodiments wherein the cellular material is derived from an oligocellular biological material (e.g., certain microorganisms, tissues), the composition is known herein as an “oligocellular-based particulate material,” as well as a “dicellular-based particulate material,” tricellular-based particulate material,” or “tetracellular-based particulate material,” as appropriate. In embodiments wherein the cellular material is derived from a multicellular biological material (e.g., many eukaryotic organisms such as visible plants), the composition is known herein as a “multicellular-based particulate material.” A cell-based particulate material of the present invention may be referred to herein based upon the type of biological material from which it was derived, including taxonomic/phylogenetic classification or biochemical composition, as well as one or more processing steps used in its preparation. Examples of such lexography for a cell-based particulate material of the present invention include a “eurkaryoticbased particulate material,” a “prokaryotic-based particulate material,” a “plant-based particulate material,” a “microorganism-based particulate material,” a “Eubacteria-based particulate material,” an “Archaea-baszd particulate material,” a “fungi-based particulate material,” a “yeast-based particulate material,” a “Protista-based particulate material,” an “algae-based particulate material,” a “Chrysophyta-based particulate material,” a “Methanolacinia-based particulate material,” a “Microscilla aggregans-baszd particulate material,” a “bacteriophage HER-6 [44Lindberg]-based particulate material,” a “bacteria and algae-based particulate material,” a “peptidoglycan-based particulate material,” a “pelliclebased particulate material,” an “attenuated viral-based particulate material,” a “sterilized microorganism-based particulate material,” an “encapsulated Streptomyces-based particulate material,” etc.

WO 2005/026269 PCT7US2004/007263

[0113] It is contemplated that one may obtain biological materials such as viruses (e.g., bacteriophages), cells (e.g., microorganisms), tissues, and organisms (e.g., plants) from an environmental source as would be known to one of ordinary skill in the art [see, for example, “Environmental Biotechnology Isolation of Biotechnological Organisms From Nature (Labeda, D. P., Ed.), 1990]. However, many live cultures, seeds, organisms, etc. of previously isolated and characterized biological materials have been conveniently cataloged and stored by public depositories and/or commercial vendors for the ease of use by those of i

ordinary skill in the art. Additionally, the identification of a biological material, particularly microorganisms, usually comprises characterization of suitable growth conditions for the cell, such as energy source (e.g., a digestible organic molecule), vitamin requirements, mineral requirements, pH conditions, light conditions, temperature, etc. [see, for example, “Bergey’s Manual of Determinative Bacteriology Ninth Edition” (Hensyl, W. R., Ed.), 1994; “The Yeasts

- A Taxonomic Study - Fourth Revised and Enlarged Edition” (Kurtzman, C. P. and Fell, J. W., Eds.), 1998; and “The Springer Index of Viruses” (Tidona, C. A. and Darai, G., Eds.), 2001]. Such biological materials and information about appropriate growth conditions is readily obtainable from the biological culture collection and/or commercial vendor that stores the biological material. As would be known by one of ordinary skill in the art, hundreds of such biological culture collections currently exist, and the location of a specific biological material may be identified using a database such as that maintained by the World Data Center for Microorganisms (http://wdcm.nig.ac.jp/fsearch.html; National Institute of Genetics, WFCC-MIRCEN World Data Center for Microorganisms, 1111 Yata, Mishima, Shizuoka, 411-8540 JAPAN). Specific examples of biological culture collections referred to herein include the American Type Culture Collection (“ATCC”; P.O. Box 1549, Manassas, VA 20108-1549, U.S.A), the Culture Collection of Algae and Protozoa (“CCAP”; CEH Windermere, The Ferry House, Far Sawrey, Ambleside, Cumbria LA22 0LP, United Kingdom), the Collection de I'Institut Pasteur (“CIP”; Institut Pasteur, 28 Rue du Docteur Roux, 75724 Paris Cedex 15, France), the Deutsche Sammlung von Mikroorganismen und Zellkulturen (‘DSMZ”; GmbH, Mascheroder Weg IB, D-38124 Braunschweig, Germany), the HD3M Biomedical Fungi and Yeasts Collection (“IHEM”; Scientific Institute of Public Health

- Louis Pasteur, Mycology Section, Rue J. Wytsmanstraat 14, B-1050 Brussels), the Japan Collection of Microorganisms (“JCM”; Institute of Physical and Chemical Research (RIKEN), Wako, Saitama 351-0198, Japan), the Collection of the Laboratorium voor Microbiologie en Microbiele Genetica (“LMG”; Rijksuniversiteit, Ledeganckstraat 35, B-9000, Gent, Belgium), the MUCL (Agro)Industrial Fungi & Yeasts Collection (“MUCL,” Mycotheque de l'Universite catholique de Louvain, Place Croix du Sud 3, B-1348 Louvain-la-Neuve), the Pasteur Culture

WO 2005/026269 PCI7US2004/007263

Collection of Cyanobacteria (“PCC”; Unite de Physiologie Microbienne, Institut Pasteur, 28 rue du Docteur Roux, 75724 Paris Cedex 15, France), the All-Russian Collection of Microorganisms (“VKM”; Russian Academy of Sciences, Institute of Biochemistry and Physiology of Microorganisms, 142292 Pushchino, Moscow Region, Russia), and the University of Texas (‘UTEX”; Department of Botany, The University of Texas at Austin, Austin, TX 78713-7640). ׳

[0114] Certain cells are capable of growth in environmental conditions harmful to many other types of cells, such as conditions of extreme temperature, salt or pH. This durability in the biomolecule composition of such cells makes them preferred in certain embodiments wherein maximum durability of a cell-based particulate material, including the durability of a biomolecule of the cell-based particulate material that contributes to a property other than the particulate nature ofthe material (e.g., a biomolecule colorant, an enzyme, etc.) is desired in similar conditions in a coating or other surface treatment composition. For example, it is contemplated that a hyperthermophile-based particulate material ofthe present invention will find particular usefulness in coatings where thermal extremes may be likely, including extremes of temperature that may occur during film formation. As used herein, a “hyperthennophile” typically grows in temperatures considered herein to be a baking temperature for a coating (e.g., > 40°C). However, as many cell types described herein or as would be know to one of ordinary skill in the art can grow at or slightly above this de-finitinn (e.g., 40°C-45°C), the examples of hyperthermophiles given herein will focus on cells typically capable of growth at ranges that extend above 45°C. As used herein, an “extreme halophile” is capable of living in salt-water conditions of 1.5 M (8.77% w/v) sodium chloride to about 2.7 M (15.78% w/v) or more sodium chloride. It is contemplated that an extreme halophile’s biomolecule components will be relatively resistant to ionic-salt components of a coating or other surface treatment. As. used herein, an “extreme acidophile” is capable of growing in pH 1-6, while an “extreme alkaliphile” is capable of growing in pH 8-14.

[0115] The selection of a cell, particularly a microorganism, as a colorant is counter to many core teachings in the art of coatings and surface treatments regarding microorganisms being undesirable due their ability to discolor a coatings and surface treatments. However, in the present invention, a cell may instead be selected for preparation of a cell-based particulate material of the present invention due to its ability to alter the optical properties (e.g., color, gloss, etc.) of a coating or other surface treatment, hi certain embodiments, a cell comprising a biomolecule colorant may be used as a colorant, such as a color property pigment or extender. In other embodiments, a biomolecule colorant may diffuse from the cell-based particulate material of the present invention in a surface treatment, or be added to the surface treatment as a dye. Examples of organisms that produce a biomolecule that confers color include photosynthetic plant cells, cyanobacteria, anoxygenic phototrophic bacteria, eukaryotic algae, and certain types of Archaea, fungal cells, and bacterial cells described herein or as would be known to one of ordinary skill in the art. These cells produce a biomolecule that typically absorb light in the visible spectrum, which ranges from 400 mn to 720 nm wavelengths. A cell-based particulate material of the present invention that is not particularly colored may be selected as an extender pigments or fillers in a surface treatment.

[0116] It is contemplated that a colored cell-based particulate material of the present invention typically will comprise one^ or more biomolecule colorants such as a an anthocyanin, chlorophyll (e.g., chlorophyll a, chlorophyll b), a phycobilin, a bacteriochlorophyll (e.g., bacteriochlorophyll a, bacteriochlorophyll b, bacteriochlorophyll c, bacteriochlorophyll d, bacteriochlorophyll e, bacteriochlorophyll g), a carotenoid, or a combination thereof. In the arts of biology and microbiology, such a biomolecule colorant is referred to as a “pigment.” However, the word “pigment” refers to insoluble particulate material in the art of coatings, paints, and other surface treatments. For clarity, a biologically produced colored molecule or fluor, including a biomolecule that may not possess a strong visible color but absorbs and/or fluoresces in the UV or infrared regions of the spectrum, are referred to herein as a “biomolecule colorant.” The word “pigment” remains as is understood in the arts nf matings, paints, and other surface treatments, with the disclosure herein that a cell-based particulate material of the present invention, particularly one comprising a biomolecule colorant, can be used as a pigment.

[0117] In vivo, an anthocyanin (e.g., anthophy) is typically red, blue, or violet, a chlorophyll or bacteriochlorophyll typically produces a green color, phycobilin typically produces a bluish or red color, and a carotenoid often produces a yellow or orange color. Examples of a phycobilin include phycoerythrin (red), phycocyanin (blue), and allophycocyanin (blue-green). The colors of cells are often dominated by a carotenoid. Examples of carotenoids and associated colors that have been observed in vivo, include: βcarotene (yellow), γ-carotene (yellow), chlorobactene (green), isorenieratene (brown), lycopenal (violet), lycopene (red), lycopenol (violet), fucoxanthin (yellow-brown), saproxanthin (orange), flexixanthin (red); okenone (violet-red, pink-rose), rhodopin (violet, green), rhodopinal (violet), spheroidenone (red), spirilloxanthin (pink-red, violet-red, brownred, red), tetrahydrospirilloxanthin (yellow-orange-brown), an anthophylls (yellow-green or brown), zeaxanthin (yellow), or a combination thereof. As would be understood by those of skill in the art, most colored cells comprise a plurality of colorants that produce a particular hue.

WO 2005/026269 PCI7US2004/007263

1. Microorganisms

[0118] In general embodiments, a preferred organism for use in a cell-based particulate material of the present invention comprises a microorganism, as such an organism is typically unicellular and/or oligocellular in structure, often comprises a durable structure at the cellexternal environment interface, or a combination thereof.

a. Prokaryotic organisms

[0119] Prokaryotic organisms are generally classified in the Kingdom Monera as Archaea (“Archaebacteria”) or Eubacteria (“bacteria”). Prokaryotic organisms are generally of small cellular size, which allows a greater flexibility in use in different surface treatment embodiments. Common cell shapes for the Kingdom Monera include bacilli, which is rodshaped, cocci, which is spherical, and spirochete, which is helical. These characteristic shapes are often associated with whether the cell is typically unicellular in life, such as in the case of bacilli and spirochetes, or whether the cell is oligocellular clusters or chains in life, such as is in the case of cocci. j

[0120] Certain prokaryotic microorganisms lack a durable cell wall, and though they may be used as a coating or other surface treatment component, they are less preferred for use a cell-based particulate material in the present invention. Examples of such prokaryotes that lack a cell wall include the mycoplasmas of the genera Anaeroplasma, Asteroleplasma, Mycoplasma, Spiroplasma, and Ureaplasma׳, the Archaea genera Thermoplasma.

Additionally, intracellular parasites such as Chlamydiae (e.g., Chlamydia, Clhamydophila, Parachlamydia, Simkania, Waddlid) are less preferred due to the increased cell growth requirements and usual pathogenicity of such cells. Examples of preferred prokaryotic microorganisms for use as a cell-based particulate material of the present invention are described below.

(1) Archaea

[0121] The domain Archaea is noted for comprising many organisms capable of living in environmental conditions that most other cells cannot endure. The cell wall of Archaea typically comprises pseudopeptidoglycan, a macromolecular polymer comprising polysaccharide and peptide or polypeptide Components, as well as glycoprotein, protein, polysacharride, or a combination thereof. Examples of Archaea size and shapes are shown at Table 1 below.

<td colspan="4"> Table 1: Examples of Archaea Cell’s Size and Shape</td>

<td> Genus</td><td> Size</td><td> Shape</td><td> Number</td>

<td> Acidianus</td><td> 0.5-2.0 pm</td><td> Co</td><td> S</td>

<td> Archaeoglobus</td><td> 0.4-1.3 pm</td><td> Co</td><td> S,P</td>

<td colspan="4"> Table 1: Examples of Archaea Cell’s Size and Shape</td>

<td> Genus</td><td> Size</td><td> Shape</td><td> Number</td>

<td> Desulfurococcus</td><td> 0.5-1.0 pm</td><td> Co</td><td> S</td>

<td> Haloarcula</td><td> 0.3-1.0 pmx 1.0-6.0 pm* or 1.0- 3.0 pm**</td><td> R*, or ׳Pj.** R_C**</td><td> S</td>

<td> Halobacterium</td><td> 0.5-1.2 pm x 1.0-6.0 pm</td><td> R</td><td> S</td>

<td> Halococcus</td><td> 0.8-1.5 pm</td><td> Co</td><td> S, P, T, TT, oc</td>

<td> Haloferax</td><td> 1.0-3.0 pm x 2.0-3.0 pm</td><td> R</td><td> S</td>

<td> Hyperthermus</td><td> 1.5 pm</td><td> Co</td><td> S, P, MC</td>

<td> Metallosphaera</td><td> 0.8-1.2 pm</td><td> Co</td><td> s</td>

<td> Methanobacterium</td><td> 0.5-1.0 pm</td><td> R, CR</td><td> s</td>

<td> Methanobrevibacter</td><td> 0.6 pm x 0.8-2.0 pm</td><td> R, 0, Co</td><td> P,OL</td>

<td> Methanococcoid.es</td><td> 1.0 pm</td><td> Co</td><td> S.P</td>

<td> Methanococcus</td><td> 1.0-2.0 pm</td><td> Co</td><td> s</td>

<td> Methanocorpusculum</td><td> 1.0 pm</td><td> Co</td><td> s</td>

<td> Methanoculleus</td><td> 1.0-2.0 pm</td><td> Co</td><td> s</td>

<td> Methanogenium</td><td> 1.0-3.0 pm</td><td> Co</td><td> s</td>

<td> Methanohalobium</td><td> 0.5-1.5 pm</td><td> Co</td><td> s</td>

<td> Methanohalophilus</td><td> 0.5-3.0 pm</td><td> Co</td><td> S,P</td>

<td> Methanolacinia</td><td> 0.6 pmx 1.5-2.5 pm</td><td> R</td><td> s</td>

<td> Methanolobus</td><td> 1.0 pm</td><td> Co</td><td> s, oc</td>

<td> Methanomicrobium</td><td> 0.7 pmx 1.5-2.0 pm</td><td> CR</td><td> s</td>

<td> Methanoplanus</td><td> 0.1-0.3 pmx 1.5-3.0 pm</td><td> Co, Pl</td><td> s</td>

<td> Methanosarcina</td><td> 1.0 pm</td><td> Co</td><td> s, oc</td>

<td> Methanosphaera</td><td> 0.6-1.2 pm</td><td> Co</td><td> S,P</td>

<td> Methanospirillum</td><td> 0.4-0.5 pm x 7.0-10.0 pm</td><td> CR</td><td> S, OL, ML</td>

<td> Methanothermus</td><td> 0.3-0.4 pm x 1.0-3.0 pm</td><td> R</td><td> S,OL</td>

<td> Methanothrix</td><td> 0.8-1.2 pm x 2.0-3.0 pm</td><td> R</td><td> OL</td>

<td> Natronobacterium</td><td> 0.5-1.0 pm x 2.0-15.0 pm</td><td> R</td><td> S</td>

<td> Natronococcus</td><td> 1.0-2.0 pm</td><td> Co</td><td> S, P, T, TT, oc</td>

<td> Pyrobaculum</td><td> 0.5 pmx 1.5-8.0 pm</td><td> R</td><td> S, OL</td>

<td colspan="4"> Table 1: Examples oi Archaea Cell’s Size and Shape</td>

<td> Genus</td><td> Size</td><td> Shape</td><td> Number</td>

<td> Pyrococcus</td><td> 0.8-2.5 pm</td><td> Co</td><td> S.P</td>

<td> Pyrodictium</td><td> 0.2 pm x 0.3-2.5 pm</td><td> Dk</td><td> OL</td>

<td> Staphylothermus</td><td> 0.5-15.0 pm</td><td> Co</td><td> S, P, OL</td>

<td> Sulfolobus</td><td> 0.8-2.0 pm</td><td> Co</td><td> S</td>

<td> Thermococcus</td><td> 0.5-3.0 pm</td><td> Co</td><td> s</td>

<td> Thermofilum</td><td> 0.15-0.35 pmx 1.0-100.0 pm</td><td> R</td><td> s</td>

<td> Thermoproteus</td><td> 0.4 pmx 1.0-100.0 pm</td><td> R</td><td> s</td>

Shape: R = rod; CR = curved rod; O = ovoid, oval; Co = cocci, coccoid; Tr = flat-triangle; Pl = plate-shape; Rc = flat rectangle; Dk = dish-shaped.

Number: S = unicellular; P = cell pairs; T!= triad of cells; TT = tetrad of cells; OC = oligocellular cluster; MC = multicellular cluster; OL = oligocellular chain; ML = multicellular chain.

[0122] Examples of biological culture collection sources for Archaea are shown at Table 2 below.

<td colspan="2"> Table 2: Examples οΐ Archaea Culture Sources</td>

<td> Genus</td><td> Examples of Culture Collection Strains</td>

<td> Acidianus</td><td> DSMZNos. 3772,1651 and 3191</td>

<td> Acidilobus</td><td> DSMZNo. 11585</td>

<td> Aeropyrum</td><td> DSMZNo. 11879</td>

<td> Archaeoglobus</td><td> DSMZNos. 4304,4139,5631 and 11195 .</td>

<td> Caldivirga</td><td> DSMZ No. 13496; JCM No. 10306</td>

<td> Desulfurococcus</td><td> DSMZ Nos. 3822,2161 and 2162</td>

<td> Ferroglobus</td><td> DSMZNo. 10642</td>

<td> Ferroplasma</td><td> DSMZNo. 12658</td>

<td> Haloarcula</td><td> DSMZNos. 12282,4426, 6131, 3752,11927, 8905 and 3756</td>

<td> Halobacterium</td><td> DSMZ Nos. 3754 and 3750</td>

<td> Halobaculum</td><td> DSMZ No. 9297</td>

<td> Halococcus</td><td> DSMZNos. 14522,1307, 5350 and 8989</td>

<td> Haloferax.</td><td> DSMZ Nos. 4425,4427,1411 and 3757</td>

<td> Halogeometricum</td><td> DSMZNo. 11551; JCM No. 10706</td>

<td> Halomicrobium</td><td> DSMZNo. 12286</td>

<td> Halorhabdus</td><td> DSMZNo. 12940</td>

PCI7US2004/007263

<td colspan="2"> Table 2: Examples of Archaea Culture Sources</td>

<td> Genus</td><td> Examples of Culture Collection Strains</td>

<td> Halorubrum</td><td> DSMZ Nos. 10284, 5036,1137,3755,14210 and 8800</td>

<td> Haloterrigena</td><td> DSMZNos. 11552 and 5511</td>

<td> Hyperthermus</td><td> DSMZ No. 5456</td>

<td> Ignicoccus</td><td> DSMZNos. 13165 and 13166 1</td>

<td> Metallosphaera</td><td> DSMZNos. 10039 and 5348 1</td>

<td> Methanobacterium</td><td> DSMZNos. 3387, 863, 7095, 5982,1535,2611,11106, 3108, 2257,11074,3266 and 2956 1_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________</td>

<td> Methanobrevibacter</td><td> DSMZNos. 15163,1125,11111, 11139,11501,11977, 7256, 1093,861,3107,11995,11979 and 11976</td>

<td> Methanocalculus</td><td> DSMZNos. 14092,12632 and 14648</td>

<td> Methanocaldococcus</td><td> DSMZ Nos. 4213,11812,2661 and 12094</td>

<td> Methanococcoides</td><td> DSMZNos. 6242,2657 and 7059</td>

<td> Methanococcus</td><td> DSMZNos. 2067,1224 and 1537</td>

<td> Methanocorpusculum</td><td> DSMZ Nos. 3027,4179, 4855, 3823 and 4274</td>

<td> Methanoculleus</td><td> DSMZNos. 3045,13459,1498, 6216,2772,4273 and2373</td>

<td> Methanofollis</td><td> DSMZ Nos. 14661,4140 and 2702</td>

<td> Methanogenium</td><td> DSMZ Nos. 1497,2832, 3596 and 4553</td>

<td> Methanohalobium</td><td> DSMZNos. 3721 and 5814</td>

<td> Methanohalophilus</td><td> DSMZNos. 3094,5219, 7471 and 5700</td>

<td> Methanolacinia</td><td> DSMZ No. 2545</td>

<td> Methanolobus</td><td> DSMZ Nos. 7082, 5435, 9005, 2278 and 3029</td>

<td> Methanomicrobium</td><td> DSMZ No. 1539</td>

<td> Methanomicrococcus</td><td> DSMZ No. 13328</td>

<td> Methanoplanus</td><td> DSMZNos. 3599,2279 and 11571</td>

<td> Methanopyrus</td><td> DSMZ No. 6324</td>

<td> Methanosaeta</td><td> DSMZ No. 3671</td>

<td> Methanosalsum</td><td> DSMZ No. 4017</td>

<td> Methanosarcina</td><td> DSMZNos. 2834,14042, 800,13486,2053,12914, 3028, 4659,1825 and 1232</td>

<td> Methanosphaera</td><td> DSMZNos. 4103 and3091</td>

<td> Methanospirillum</td><td> DSMZ No. 864</td>

<td> Methanothermobacter</td><td> DSMZNos. 7466, 2133, .1053, 7268, 6529 and 2970</td>

<td colspan="2"> Table 2: Examples of Archaea Culture Sources</td>

<td> Genus</td><td> Examples of Culture Collection Strains</td>

<td> Methanothermococcus</td><td> DSMZ Nos. 14208 and 2095</td>

<td> Methanothermus</td><td> DSMZNos. 2088 and 3496</td>

<td> Methanothrix</td><td> DSMZ Nos. 6194</td>

<td> Methanotorris</td><td> DSMZ No. 5666</td>

<td> Natrialba</td><td> DSMZ Nos. 13077,12278,3394 and 12281</td>

<td> Natronobacterium</td><td> DSMZ No. 3393</td>

<td> Natronococcus</td><td> DSMZ Nos. 10524 and 3396</td>

<td> Natronomonas</td><td> DSMZ No. 2160</td>

<td> Palaeococcus</td><td> DSMZNos. 13482 1</td>

<td> Picrophilus</td><td> DSMZNos. 9789 and 9790</td>

<td> Pyrobaculum</td><td> DSMZ Nos. 7523,13514,4184,13380 and 4185</td>

<td> Pyrococcus</td><td> DSMZNos. 3638,12428 and 3773</td>

<td> Pyrodictium</td><td> DSMZNos. 6158, 2708 and2709</td>

<td> Pyrolobus</td><td> DSMZ No. 11204</td>

<td> Staphylothermus</td><td> DSMZ Nos. 12710 and 3639</td>

<td> Stetteria</td><td> DSMZ No. 11227</td>

<td> Stygiolobus</td><td> DSMZ No. 6296</td>

<td> Sulfolobus</td><td> DSMZNos. 639, 7519, 6482, 5389 and 1616</td>

<td> Sulfophobococcus</td><td> DSMZ No. 11193</td>

<td> Sulfurisphaera</td><td> DSMZ No. 12421</td>

<td> Thermococcus</td><td> DSMZNos. 11906,12767,12819,10322,11836,2476, 10152,12820,10395,11113, 5473,10394,10343, 9503, 12597,12349,5262, 12768 and 2770</td>

<td> Thermofilum</td><td> DSMZ Nos. 2475</td>

<td> Thermoplasma</td><td> DSMZ Nos. 1728 and 4299</td>

<td> Thermoproteus</td><td> DSMZ Nos. 2338,2078 and 5263</td>

<td> Thermosphaera</td><td> DSMZ No. 11486</td>

<td> Vulcanisaeta</td><td> DSMZNos. 14429 and 14430</td>

[0123] Archaea are often purple, red, pink, orange-brown, yellow, green, gray or white. Specific examples of colored Archaea genera, with exemplary colors, include: Haloarcula (pink to red), Halobacterium (pink to red), Halococcus (pink to red), Haloferax (pink to red),

WO 2005/026269 PCT7US2004/007263

Natronobacterium (pink to red), Natronococcus (pink to red), and Archaeoglobus (greenblack, and fluorescent at 420 nm).

[0124] Examples of Archaea hyperthennophile genera with exemplary temperature growth ranges include Acidianus (45°C-96°C), Archaeoglobus (65°C-95°C), Desulfurococcus (70°C-95°C), Hyperthermus (95°C-107°C), Metallosphaera (50°C-80°C), Methanobacterium (37°C-68°C), Methanococcus (35°C-91°C), Methanohalobium (50°C-55°C), Methanosarcina (30°C-55°C), Methanothermus (83°C-88°C, Methanothrix (35°C-65°C), Pyrobaculum (74°C103°C), Pyrococcus (70°C-103°C), Pyrodictium (80°C-110°C), Staphylothermus (65°C-98°C), Sulfolobus (55°C-87°C), Thermococcus (50°C-98°C), Thermofilum (70°C-95°C), and Thermoproteus (70°C-97°C). Examples of Archaea extreme halophile genera with exemplary NaCl growth ranges include Haloarcula (1.5-4.0 M), Halobacterium (1.5-4.0 M), Halococcus (1.5-4.0 M), Haloferax (1.5-4.0 M), Methanohalobium (0.01 2.0 M), Methanohalophilus (0.52.0 M), Natronobacterium (1.5-4.0 M), Natronococcus (1.5-4.0 M), Pyrodictium (0.022.05 M). Examples οΐArchaea extreme alkaliphile and/or extreme acidophile genera with exemplary pH growth ranges include Acidianus (pH 1.0-6.0), Archaeoglobus (pH 4.5-7.5), i

Desulfurococcus (pH 4.5-7.0), Haloarcula\(pH 5.0-8.0), Halobacterium (pH 5.0-8.0), Halococcus (pH 5.0-8.0), Haloferax (pH 5.0-8.0), Metallosphaera (pH 1.0-4.5), Methanococcus (pH 5.0-9.0), Methanohalophilus (pH 7.5-9.5), Natronobacterium (pH 8.511.0), Natronococcus (pH 8.5-11.0), Pyrobaculum (pH 5.0-7.0), Pyrococcus (pH 5.0-7.0), Pyrodictium (pH 5.0-7.0), Sulfolobus (pH 1.0-6.0), Thermococcus (pH 4.0-8.0), Thermofilum (pH 4.0-6.7), and Thermoproteus (pH 2.5-6.0).

(2) Eubacteria

[0125] Eubacteria cell walls typically comprise peptidoglycan, a macromolecular polymer comprising polysaccharide and peptide or polypeptide components, as well as glycoprotein, protein, polysacharride, lipid, or a combination thereof. Often, the members of the £w&amp;acterza phyla are divided into Gram-positive Eubacteria and Gram-negative Eubacteria (e.g., Cyanobacteria, Proteobacteria, Spirochetes') based on biochemical and structural differences between the cell wall and/or associated cell membrane of the organisms.

(i) Grain-positive Eubacteria

[0126] As used herein “Gram-positive Eubacteria״ refers to Eubacteria comprising a cell wall that typically stains positive with Gram stain reaction (Scherrer, R., 1984) and/or generally is not surrounded by a phospholipid bilayer (“outer cell membrane”). Examples of Gram-positive Eubacteria size and shapes are shown at Table 3 below.

<td colspan="4"> Table 3: Examples of Gram-positive Eubacteria Cell’s Size and Shape</td>

<td> Genus</td><td> Size</td><td> Shape</td><td> Number</td>

<td> Acetobacterium</td><td> 0.8-1.2 pm x 1.5-2.5 pm</td><td> R,0</td><td> S, P, OL</td>

<td> Actinomyces</td><td> 0.2-1.0 pm x 2.0-5.0 pm</td><td> R</td><td> S, P, OL</td>

<td> Aerococcus</td><td> 1.0-2.0 pm</td><td> Sp</td><td> TT</td>

<td> Aeromicrobium</td><td> 0.5 pm x 0.5-1.2 pm</td><td> R, Co</td><td> S</td>

<td> Agromyces</td><td> 0.3-1.0 pm</td><td> R</td><td> S</td>

<td> Amphibacillus</td><td> 0.3-0.5 pm x 0.9-1.9 pm</td><td> R</td><td> S</td>

<td> Arcanobacterium</td><td> 0.3-0.8 pm x 1.0-5.0 pm</td><td> R</td><td> OL</td>

<td> Arthrobacter</td><td> 0.8-1.2 pm x 1.0-8.0 pm</td><td> R</td><td> S, P, OC</td>

<td> Aureobacterium</td><td> 0.4-0.6 pm x 0.6-3.0 pm</td><td> R</td><td> S, OC</td>

<td> Bacillus</td><td> 0.5-2.5 pmx 1.2-10.0 pm</td><td> R</td><td> P, OL</td>

<td> Bifidobacterium</td><td> 0.5-1.3 pmx 1.5-8.0 pm</td><td> R</td><td> S, P, OL</td>

<td> Brachybacterium</td><td> 0.5-0.75 pmx 1.5-2.5 pm</td><td> R</td><td> s</td>

<td> Brevibacterium</td><td> 0.6-1.2 pmx 1.5-6.0 pm</td><td> R</td><td> S,P</td>

<td> Brochothrix</td><td> 0.6-0.7 pm x 1.0-2.0 pm</td><td> R</td><td> S, OL, ML</td>

<td> Carnobacterium</td><td> 0.5-0.7 pm x 1.0-2.0 pm</td><td> R</td><td> S, P, OL</td>

<td> Caryophanon</td><td> 1.4-3.2 pm x 1.0-2.0 pm</td><td> R</td><td> s</td>

<td> Cellulomonas</td><td> 0.5-0.6 pm x 2.0-5.0 pm</td><td> R</td><td> P</td>

<td> Clavibacter</td><td> 0.4-0.75 pm x 0.8-2.5 pm</td><td> R</td><td> P</td>

<td> Clostridium</td><td> 0.3-2.0 pm x 1.5-20.0 pm</td><td> R</td><td> P, OL</td>

<td> Coprococcus</td><td> 0.8-1.5 pm</td><td> Sp</td><td> P, OL</td>

<td> Coriobacterium</td><td> 0.4-1.2 pm x 0.5-2.0 pm</td><td> R</td><td> ML</td>

<td> Corynebacterium</td><td> 0.3-0.8 pm x 1.5-8.0 pm</td><td> R</td><td> S,P</td>

<td> Curtobacterium</td><td> 0.4-0.6 pm x 0.6-3.0 pm</td><td> R</td><td> S,P</td>

<td> Deinobacter</td><td> 0.6-1.2 pmx 1.5-4.0 pm</td><td> R</td><td> P, OL</td>

<td> Deinococcus</td><td> 0.5-3.5 pm</td><td> Sp</td><td> P,TT</td>

<td> Dermdbacter</td><td> 0.5-0.6 pm x 1.0-2.0 pm</td><td> R</td><td> S</td>

<td> Desulfotomaculum</td><td> 0.3-1.5 pm x 3.0-9.0 pm</td><td> R</td><td> S</td>

<td> Enterococcus</td><td> 0.6-2.0 pm x 0.6-2.5 pm</td><td> Sp, 0</td><td> P, OL</td>

<td> Erysipelothrix</td><td> 0.2-0.4 pm x 0.8-2.5 pm</td><td> R</td><td> s</td>

<td> Eubacterium</td><td> 0.2-2.0 pm x 0.3-10.0 pm</td><td> R</td><td> S, P, OL</td>

<td> Exiguobacterium</td><td> 1.1-1.2 pmx 1.4-3.2 pm</td><td> R</td><td> s</td>

<td> Falcivibrio</td><td> 0.4-0.6 pm x 1.2-6.0 pm</td><td> CR</td><td> S,P </td>

<td colspan="4"> Table 3: Examples of Gram-positive Eubacteria Cell’s Size and Shape</td>

<td> Genus</td><td> Size</td><td> Shape</td><td> Number</td>

<td> Gardnerella</td><td> 0.5 pmx 1.5-2.5 pm</td><td> R</td><td> S</td>

<td> Gemella</td><td> 0.5-0.8 pm x 0.5-1.4 pm</td><td> Sp</td><td> P, OL</td>

<td> Jonesia</td><td> 0.3-0.5 pm x 2.0-3.0 pm</td><td> R</td><td> s</td>

<td> Kurthia</td><td> 0.8-1.2 pm x 2.0-4.0 pm</td><td> R</td><td> OL, ML</td>

<td> Lactobacillus</td><td> 0.5-1.2 pm x 1.0-10.0 pm</td><td> R</td><td> OL</td>

<td> Lactococcus</td><td> 0.5-1.2 pm x 0.5-1.5 pm</td><td> Sp, 0</td><td> P, OL</td>

<td> Leuconostoc</td><td> 0.5-0.7 pm x 0.7-1.2 pm</td><td> Sp, 0</td><td> P, OL</td>

<td> Listeria</td><td> 0.4-0.5 pm x 0.5-2.0 pm</td><td> R</td><td> S, OL</td>

<td> Marinococcus</td><td> 1.0-2.0 pm</td><td> Sp</td><td> S, P, TT</td>

<td> Melissococcus</td><td> 0.8-1.0 pm x 0.8-1.5 pm</td><td> 0</td><td> OL</td>

<td> Microbacterium</td><td> 0.4-0.8 pmx 1.0-4.0 pm 1</td><td> R</td><td> S,P</td>

<td> Micrococcus</td><td> 0.5-2.0 pm</td><td> Sp</td><td> P, TT, oc</td>

<td> Mobiluncus</td><td> 0.4-0.6 pm x 1.2-4.0 pm</td><td> CR</td><td> S,p</td>

<td> Mycobacterium</td><td> 0.2-0.7 pmx 1.0-10.0 pm</td><td> R</td><td> S, OL</td>

<td> Nocardia</td><td> 0.5-1.2 pm</td><td> R, Co</td><td> S, OL</td>

<td> Pediococcus</td><td> 1.0-2.0 pm</td><td> Sp</td><td> P,TT</td>

<td> Peptococcus</td><td> 0.3-1.2 pm</td><td> Sp</td><td> P, OL, OC</td>

<td> Peptostreptococcus</td><td> 0.5-1.2 pm</td><td> Sp</td><td> P, TT, OC, OL</td>

<td> Pianococcus</td><td> 1.0-1.2 pm</td><td> Sp</td><td> S, P, TT</td>

<td> Propionibacterium</td><td> 0.5-0.8 pmx 1.0-5.0 pm</td><td> R</td><td> S, P, OL</td>

<td> Rarobacter</td><td> 0.2-0.3 pmx 0.8-1.0 ptn</td><td> R</td><td> s</td>

<td> Renibacterium</td><td> 0.3-1.0 pm x 1.0-1.5 pm</td><td> R</td><td> P, OL</td>

<td> Rothia</td><td> 0.8-1.2 pm x 1.0-5.0 pm</td><td> R</td><td> s</td>

<td> Rubrobacter</td><td> 0.8-1.0 pm x 1.0-4.0 pm</td><td> R</td><td> s</td>

<td> Ruminococcus</td><td> 0.3-1.5 pm x 0.7-1.8 pm</td><td> Sp, 0</td><td> P, OL</td>

<td> Saccharococcus</td><td> 1.0-1.5 pm</td><td> Sp</td><td> OC</td>

<td> Salinicoccus</td><td> 1.0-1.5 pm</td><td> Sp</td><td> P,TT</td>

<td> Sarcina</td><td> 1.8-3.0 pm</td><td> Sp</td><td> OC</td>

<td> Sphaerobacter</td><td> 0.4-1.2 pmx 1.5-5.0 pm</td><td> R</td><td> S,p</td>

<td> Sporohalobacter</td><td> 0.6-0.8 pm x 2.5-13.0 pm</td><td> R</td><td> s</td>

<td> Sporolactobacillus</td><td> 0.7-0.8 pm x 3.0-5.0 pm</td><td> R</td><td> S, P, OL</td>

<td> Sporosarcina</td><td> 1.0-2.0 pm x 2.0-3.0 pm</td><td> R</td><td> P,TT</td>

<td colspan="4"> Table 3: Examples of Gram-positive Eubacteria Cell’s Size and Shape</td>

<td> Genus</td><td> Size</td><td> Shape</td><td> Number</td>

<td> Staphylococcus</td><td> 0.5-1.5 pm</td><td> Sp</td><td> S,P, OC</td>

<td> Streptococcus</td><td> 0.5-2.0 pm</td><td> Sp, O</td><td> P, OL</td>

<td> Syntrophospora</td><td> 0.3-2.0 pm x 1.5-20.0 pm</td><td> R</td><td> P, OL</td>

<td> Terrabacter</td><td> 0.6-1.2 pm x 2.0-6.0 pm</td><td> R</td><td> S</td>

<td> Thermacetogenium</td><td> 0.6-1.0 pm x 2.0-5.0 pm</td><td> R</td><td> s</td>

<td> Thermoanaerobacter</td><td> 0.5-0.8 pm x 4.0-8.0 pm</td><td> R</td><td> S, P, OL</td>

<td> Thermoanaerobium</td><td> 0.8-1.0 pm x 2.0-20.0 pm</td><td> R</td><td> S, P, OL</td>

<td> Trichococcus</td><td> 1.0-1.5 pm x 1.0-2.5 pm</td><td> Sp, O</td><td> OL, ML</td>

<td> Tsukamurella</td><td> 0.5-0.8 pm x 1.0-5.0 pm</td><td> R</td><td> S,P, OC</td>

<td> Vagococcus</td><td> 0.5-1.2 pm x 0.5-2.0 pm</td><td> Sp, O, R</td><td> S, P, OL</td>

Shape: R = rod; CR = curved rod; O = ovoid, oval; Sp = spherical; Co = cocci, coccoid.

Number: S = unicellular; P = cell pairs; TT = tetrad of cells; OC = oligocellular cluster; OL = oligocellular chain; ML = multicellular chain.

[0127] Examples of biological culture collection sources for Gram-positive Eubacteria are shown at Table 4 below.

<td colspan="2"> Table 4: Examples of Gram-positive Eubacteria Culture Sources</td>

<td> Genus</td><td> Examples of Culture Collection Strains</td>

<td> Acetobacterium</td><td> ATCCNos. 29683,43740, 51201, 51794 and 51795</td>

<td> Actinokineospora</td><td> ATCC No. 49499; DSMZ Nos. 44650,44258 and 44260</td>

<td> Actinomadura</td><td> ATCCNos. 13723,14816,25469,27103 and27298</td>

<td> Actinomyces</td><td> DSMZ Nos. 43014, 6844, 8577,9169 and 43327</td>

<td> Actinoplanes</td><td> ATCC Nos. 12427,14538,14539,15330 and 15349 .</td>

<td> Actinopolyspora</td><td> ATCC Nos. 27976, 35862 and 49777</td>

<td> Actinosynnema</td><td> ATCC Nos. 29888 and 31280</td>

<td> Aerococcus</td><td> ATCC Nos. 10400,51268, BAA-253 and BAA-464</td>

<td> Aeromicrobium</td><td> ATCC Nos. 49363 and 51598</td>

<td> Agromyces</td><td> ATCC Nos. 13930,25173, 51762 and 51764</td>

<td> Amphibacillus</td><td> ATCC No. 51415; DSMZ Nos. 13869 and 13869</td>

<td> Amycolatopsis</td><td> ATCCNos. 13685,14930,27624 and 31181</td>

<td> Arcanobacterium</td><td> ATCCNos. 19411, 51727 and9345</td>

<td> Arthrobacter</td><td> ATCCNos. 11442,11624,13344,13346 and 13347</td>

<td> Aureobacterium</td><td> ATCC No. 700176</td>

<td colspan="2"> Table 4: Examples of Gram-positive Eubacteria Culture Sources</td>

<td> Genus</td><td> Examples of Culture Collection Strains</td>

<td> Bacillus</td><td> ATCCNos. 10206,10208,10545,10702 and 10716</td>

<td> Bifidobacterium</td><td> ATCCNos. 11863,15423,15697,15698 and 15703</td>

<td> Brachybacterium</td><td> ATCC Nos. 43885,51843, 51844,700067 and 700068</td>

<td> Brevibacterium</td><td> DSMZ Nos. 20657,20660,20579,10718 and 20302</td>

<td> Brochothrix</td><td> ATCC Nos. 11509 and 43754</td>

<td> Camobacterium</td><td> ATCC Nos. 27865, 35677,49516, 49517 and 49837</td>

<td> Caryophanon</td><td> ATCC Nos. 15219 and 33098</td>

<td> Catellatospora</td><td> ATCC Nos. 49365 and 49964</td>

<td> Cellulomonas</td><td> ATCC Nos. 15724,21399,21681, 25174 and 25835</td>

<td> Clavibacter</td><td> ATCC Nos. 10202 and 43178 1</td>

<td> Clostridium</td><td> ATCC Nos. 10000,10092,10132,10388 and 49002</td>

<td> Coprococcus</td><td> ATCC Nos. 27758,27759,27759,27761 and 29549</td>

<td> Coriobacterium</td><td> ATCC No. 49209; DSMZ No. 20642</td>

<td> Corynebacterium</td><td> ATCCNos. 10234,10340,10700,10848 and 11036</td>

<td> Curtobacterium</td><td> ATCCNos. 12813, 15828,15830,15831 and 19096</td>

<td> Dactylosporangium</td><td> ATCC Nos. 23490,23491, 31203,31222 and 31570</td>

<td> Deinobacter</td><td> ATCC No. 43672; DSMZ No. 3963</td>

<td> Deinococcus</td><td> ATCC Nos. 13939,19172, 27603 and 35074</td>

<td> Dermabacter</td><td> ATCC No. 49369; DSMZ No. 7083</td>

<td> Dermatophilus</td><td> ATCC Nos. 14637 and 51576</td>

<td> Desulfotomaculum</td><td> ATCC Nos. 19858,23193,49208,49756 and 700205</td>

<td> Enterococcus</td><td> ATCCNos. 10100,11576,12755,14025,14432 and 19433</td>

<td> Erysipelothrix</td><td> ATCC No. 10734; DSMZ Nos. 5055 and 14972</td>

<td> Eubacterium</td><td> ATCC Nos. 10825,17233,25540, 25541 and 25546</td>

<td> Exiguobacterium</td><td> ATCC Nos. 21665 and 35652</td>

<td> Falcivibrio</td><td> ATCC Nos. 43063 and 43064</td>

<td> Frankia</td><td> ATCC No. 33255; DSMZ No. 43829</td>

<td> Gardnerella</td><td> ATCC No. 14018; DSMZ No. 4944</td>

<td> Gemella</td><td> ATCC Nos. 10379,27527,700627 and 700632</td>

<td> Geodermatophilus</td><td> ATCC No. 25080; DSMZ No. 43160</td>

<td> Glycomyces</td><td> ATCC Nos. 43:155, 43156 and 49849</td>

<td> Gordonia</td><td> ATCC Nos. 14352, 25594,27808,27S63 and 33609 “</td>

<td colspan="2"> Table 4: Examples of Gram-positive Eubacteria Culture Sources</td>

<td> Genus</td><td> Examples of Culture Collection Strains</td>

<td> Intrasporangium</td><td> ATCC No. 23552; DSMZ No. 43043</td>

<td> Jonesia</td><td> ATCC No. 14870; DSMZ No. 20603</td>

<td> Kibdelosporangium</td><td> ATCC Nos. 39323,49844 and 55061</td>

<td> Kineosporia</td><td> ATCC No. 29727; DSMZ Nos. 43858,44387 and 44388</td>

<td> Kitasatospora</td><td> ATCC No. 499311 and 29755</td>

<td> Kurthia</td><td> ATCC Nos. 10538,14757,43195 and 49154</td>

<td> Lactobacillus</td><td> ATCC Nos. 10012,10386,10697,10863 and 11305</td>

<td> Lactococcus</td><td> ATCC Nos. 11007,43199,43920,43921 and 700018</td>

<td> Leuconostoc</td><td> ATCC Nos. 10830,10882,12291,15520 and 23065</td>

<td> Listeria</td><td> ATCC Nos. 13932,19119,19120, 35897 and 35967</td>

<td> Marinococcus</td><td> ATCC Nos. 27964 and 49811</td>

<td> Melissococcus</td><td> ATCC No. 35311; LMG 20360</td>

<td> Microbacterium</td><td> ATCC Nos. 13345,13348,15354,15953 and 15954</td>

<td> Microbispora</td><td> ATCC Nos. 12950,27303 and BAA-20</td>

<td> Micrococcus</td><td> ATCC Nos. 10054,11731,14344,14399 and 15935</td>

<td> Micromonospora</td><td> ATCC Nos. 12452,13634,15835,15838 and 21773</td>

<td> Microtetraspora</td><td> ATCC Nos. 23057,23058,27301 and 31725</td>

<td> Mobiluncus</td><td> ATCC Nos. 35239 and 35241</td>

<td> Mycobacterium</td><td> ATCC Nos. 10142,10143,11152,11440 and 11564</td>

<td> Nocardia</td><td> ATCC Nos. 10904,11092,14629,14898 and 15076</td>

<td> Nocardioides</td><td> ATCC No. 14870; DSMZ Nos. 20603 and 15529</td>

<td> Nocardiopsis</td><td> ATCC Nos. 21944,27442,31511, 35940 and 51300</td>

<td> Oerskovia</td><td> ATCC No. 35306; DSMZ Nos. 43852,46000 and 20577</td>

<td> Pediococcus</td><td> ATCC Nos. 10791,11308,12697,19371 and 25740</td>

<td> Peptococcus</td><td> ATCC No. 27731; DSMZ No. 20475</td>

<td> Peptostreptococcus</td><td> ATCC No. 27337; DSMZ Nos. 2949 and 9536</td>

<td> Pilimelia</td><td> ATCC Nos. 25603 and 25604</td>

<td> Planobispora</td><td> ATCC Nos. 23867 and 53773</td>

<td> Pianococcus</td><td> ATCC Nos. 14404,25977 and 43650</td>

<td> Planomonospora</td><td> ATCC Nos. 23864,23865, 51587 and 51588</td>

<td> Promicromonospora</td><td> ATCC No. 15908; DSMZ Nos. 43110 and 44121</td>

<td> Propionibacterium</td><td> ATCC Nos. 11827,11829,13673, 14073 and 25562</td>

<td colspan="2"> Table 4: Examples of Gram-positive Eubacteria Culture Sources</td>

<td> Genus</td><td> Examples of Culture Collection Strains</td>

<td> Pseudonocardia</td><td> ATCC Nos. 13181,15104,15776,15778 and 19285</td>

<td> Rarobacter</td><td> ATCC Nos. 49628 and 51544</td>

<td> Renibacterium</td><td> ATCC No. 33209; DSMZ No. 20767</td>

<td> Rhodococcus</td><td> ATCC Nos. 10146,11048,12483,12974 and 14346</td>

<td> Rothia</td><td> ATCC Nos. 14189,25296 and 49040</td>

<td> Rubrobacter</td><td> ATCC No. 51242; DSMZ Nos. 5868 and 9941</td>

<td> Ruminococcus</td><td> ATCC Nos. 19208, 27210,27340, 27752 and 27756</td>

<td> Saccharococcus</td><td> ATCC No. 43124; DSMZ No. 4749</td>

<td> Saccharomonospora</td><td> ATCC Nos. 15345,31295, 33517,43670 and 43724</td>

<td> Saccharopolyspora</td><td> ATCC Nos. 11635,15347,20501,49460 and 49842</td>

<td> Saccharothrix</td><td> ATCC Nos. 23892, 31497,35108,35109 and 51364</td>

<td> Salinicoccus</td><td> ATCC Nos. 49258,49259 and BAA-722</td>

<td> Sarcina</td><td> ATCC Nos. 29068 and 33910</td>

<td> Sphaerobacter</td><td> DSMZ No. 20745</td>

<td> Spirillospora</td><td> ATCC No. 14541; DSMZ No. 43034</td>

<td> Sporichthya</td><td> ATCC No. 23823; DSMZ Nos. 44723 and 43042</td>

<td> Sporohalobacter</td><td> ATCC No. 35059; DSMZ No. 3070</td>

<td> Sporolactobacillus</td><td> ATCC Nos. 15538,700379 and 700380</td>

<td> Sporosarcina</td><td> ATCC Nos. 11859,13881,23301 and 23304</td>

<td> Staphylococcus</td><td> ATCC Nos. 10209,10390,11249,11631 and 25923</td>

<td> Streptoalloteichus</td><td> ATCC No. 31158; DSMZ No. 44523</td>

<td> Streptococcus</td><td> ATCC Nos. 10009,10096,10556,10558 and 11824</td>

<td> Streptomyces</td><td> ATCC Nos. 10137,10147,10246,10382 and 19893</td>

<td> Streptosporangium</td><td> ATCC Nos. 12428,21393,21807,21906 and 25212</td>

<td> Syntrophospora</td><td> DSMZ Nos. 3014A and 3014B</td>

<td> Terrabacter</td><td> ATCC No. 21109; DSMZ No. 20308</td>

<td> Thermacetogenium</td><td> DSMZ No. 12270</td>

<td> Thermoactinomyces</td><td> ATCC Nos. 14570, 15734, 33205,49853 and 49854</td>

<td> Thermoanaerobacter</td><td> ATCC Nos. 31936,31960,33488,35047 and 49915</td>

<td> Thermoanaerobium</td><td> DSMZ Nos. 7040,1457, 9766,9003 and 9769</td>

<td> Thermomonospora</td><td> ATCC Nos. 19995 and 43196</td>

<td> Trichococcus</td><td> ATCC Nos. 35945, 51221 and BAA-296</td>

<td colspan="2"> Table 4: Examples of Gram-positive Eubacteria Culture Sources</td>

<td> Genus</td><td> Examples of Culture Collection Strains</td>

<td> Tsukamurella</td><td> ATCC Nos. 15530,25938 and 700081</td>

<td> Vagococcus</td><td> ATCC Nos. 49515, 51200, 700839 and BAA-289</td>

As would be known to those bf ordinary skill in the art, the following genera are noted for growing as filamentous cellular structures (e.g., hyphae): Actinokineospora, Actinomadura, Actinoplanes, Actinopolyspora, Actinosynnema, Amycolatopsis, Catellatospora, Dactylosporangium, Dermatophilus, Frankia, Geodermatophilus, Glycomyces, Gordonia, Intrasporangium, Kibdelosporangium, Kineosporia, Kitasatospora, Microbispora, Micromonospora, Microtetraspora, Nocardioides, Nocardiopsis, Oerskovia, Pilimelia, Planobispora, Planomonospora, Promicromonospora, Pseudonocardia, Rhodococcus, Saccharomonospora, Saccharopolyspora, Saccharothrix Spirillospora, Sporichthya, Streptoalloteichus, Streptomyces, Streptosp'orangium, Thermoactinomyces, and Thermomonospora. Often, the filamentous !cellular material may be readily broken up into particulate material (e.g., rod or coccoid cells or cellular material) by physical force. It is contemplated that a processing of these genera, and other filamentous genera of cells, may include a step of application of physical force (e.g., shearing, sonication, etc.) and/or contact with chemicals to convert the filamentous cellular material into a preferred cell-based particulate material of the present invention that is more conveniently dispersed in a coating or other surface treatment. The size ranges for the diameter of the filamentous cellular structures and particulate material is generally within the ranges described for the other Gram-positive cells in Table 3. For example, Nocardia grows as a filamentous material whose diameter is shown at Table 3, but easily fragments spontaneously or with mechanical force into rods or coccoid cellular material. It is contemplated that in embodiments wherein cells grow both as filamentous cellular material and particulate cellular material, the particulate cellular material may be readily obtained by steps such settling of the larger filamentous material in a liquid culture while the particulate material remains suspended (e.g., centrifugation), filtration, etc., as well as processing step that converts the filamentous material into particulate material. [0129] Specific examples of colored Gram-positive Eubacteria species, with exemplary colors, include: Micrococcus luteus (yellow; ATCC Nos. 10054 and 10240, DSMZ Nos. 20030 and 1605), Marinococcus halophilus (yellow-orange; ATCC No. 27964, DSMZ No. 20408), Deinococcusproteolyticus (orange-red; ATCC No. 35074, DSMZ No. 20540), Deinococcus radiophilus (orangle-red; ATCC No. 27603, DSMZ No. 20551), Deinococcus radiopugnans (orange-red; ATCC No. 19172, DSMZ No. 12027), Deinococcus radiodurans

WO 2005/026269 .. PCT/US2004/007263 (red; ATCC Nos. 13939 and 35073, DSMZ Nos. 20539 and 46620), Propionibacterium thoenii (red-brown to orange; DSMZ Nos. 20276 and 20275), Propionibacterium acidipropionici (white; DSMZ Nos. 4900 and 20272), Propionibacterium lymphophilum (white; DSMZ No. 4903), Micrococcus lylae (cream-white; ATCC Nos. 27566 and 27569, DSMZ Nos. 20315 and 20318), Propionibacterium avidum (white to cream; DSMZ No. 4901), Propionibacterium acnes (white to gray; DSMZ Nos. 1897 and 20458), Propionibacterium granulosum (gray to white; DSMZ No. 20700), Propionibacterium jensenii (pink to white; DSMZ Nos. 20535 and 20274), and Propionibacterium freudenreichii (pink or tan; DSMZ Nos. 20271 and 4902). Additional examples of colored Gram-positive Eubacteria genera, with exemplary colors, include: Brachybacterium (white to pale yellow), Brevibacterium (yellow-orange or purplegray), Aureobacterium (yellow), Cellulomonas (yellow), Clavibacter (yellow or blue-gray), Curtobacterium (yellow or orange), Pianococcus (yellow-orange), Exiguobacterium (pale orange), Mycobacterium (pink, orange, or yellow), Nocardia (white, tan, brown, red, pink, orange, purple, or gray), Rubrobacter (reddish-pink), Salinicoccus (pink or red), Salinicoccus (pink or red), Deinobacter (pink or red), Dermabacter (cream-white), Sporosarcina (cream to orange), Staphylococcus (white, cream, yellow, or orange), Thermoanaerobacter (white), and Tsukamurella (white to orange).

[0130] Some genera of Gram-positive Eubacteria typically grow in extreme environmental conditions. Examples of Gram-positive hyperthermophile genera with exemplary temperature growth ranges include Clostridium (10°C-65°C), Desulfotomaculum (20°C-70°C), Rubrobacter (46°C-48°C), Saccharococcus (68°C-78°C), Sphaerobacter (55°C), Thermacetogenium (55°C-58°C), Thermoanaerobacter (35°C-78°C), and Thermoanaerobium (45°C-75°C). Examples of Gram-positive extreme halophile genera with exemplary NaCl growth ranges include Aerococcus (1.71 M), Marinococcus (0.09-3.42 M), Pianococcus (0.172.57 M), Sporohalobacter (0.5-2.0 M), and Staphylococcus (1.71 M). Examples of Grampositive extreme alkaliphile genera with exemplary pH growth ranges include Aerococcus (pH 9.6), Amphibacillus (pH 10), Enterococcus (pH 9.6), and Exiguobacterium (pH 6.5-11.5).

(ii) Gram-negative Eubacteria

[0131] As used herein Gram-negative Eubacteria refers to Eubacteria comprising a cell wall that typically stains negative with Gram stain reaction (see, for example, Scherrer, R., 1984) and/or generally is surrounded by an outer cell membrane. As would be known to those of ordinary skill in the art, a few types of Gram-negative Eubacteria do not stain well using a standard Gram stain procedure, however, these bacteria can be classified as a Gram-negative Eubacteria by the presence of an outer cell membrane,:a morphological feature typically not present in a Gram-positive Eubacteria.

PCT7US2004/007263

[0132] Examples of Gram-negative Eubacteria size and shapes are shown at Table 5 below.

<td colspan="4"> Table 5: Examples of Gram-negative Eubacteria Cell’s Size and Shape</td>

<td> Genus</td><td> Size</td><td> Shape</td><td> Number</td>

<td> Acetivibrio</td><td> 0.4-0.8 gm x 4.0-10.0 gm</td><td> R</td><td> P, OL</td>

<td> Acetoanaerobium</td><td> 0.8 gmx 1.0-5.0 gm</td><td> R</td><td> S</td>

<td> Acetobacter</td><td> 0.6-0.8 gmx 1.0-4.0 gm</td><td> R</td><td> S, P, OL</td>

<td> Acetomicrobium</td><td> 0.6-0.8 gm x 2.0-7.0 gm</td><td> CR</td><td> s</td>

<td> Acidaminobacter</td><td> 0.5-0.6 gmx 1.5-3.7 gm</td><td> R</td><td> S.P</td>

<td> Acidaminococcus</td><td> 0.6-1.0 gm</td><td> Co</td><td> P</td>

<td> Acidiphilium</td><td> 0.3-1.2 gm x 0.6-4.2 gm</td><td> R</td><td> S</td>

<td> Acidomonas</td><td> 0.8-1.0 gmx 1.5-3.0 pm</td><td> R</td><td> S,p</td>

<td> Acidovorax</td><td> 0.2-0.7 gmx 1.0-5.0 gm</td><td> R</td><td> S, OL</td>

<td> Acinetobacter</td><td> 0.9-1.6 gmx 1.5-2.5 gm</td><td> V</td><td> P, OL</td>

<td> Aeromonas</td><td> 0.3-1.0 gm x 1.0-3.5 gm</td><td> R</td><td> S, P, OL</td>

<td> Agitococcus</td><td> 1.0-1.5 gm</td><td> Sp</td><td> S</td>

<td> Agrobacterium</td><td> 0.6-1.0 gmx 1.5-3.0 gm</td><td> R</td><td> S,P</td>

<td> Agromonas</td><td> 0.6-1.0 gm x 2.0-7.0 gm</td><td> R</td><td> s</td>

<td> Alcaligenes</td><td> 0.5-1.0 gm x 0.5-2.6 gm</td><td> R, Co</td><td> S</td>

<td> Allochromatium</td><td> 1-2 x 2-4 gm</td><td> R</td><td> S</td>

<td> Alteromonas</td><td> 0.7-1.5 gmx 1.8-3.0 gm</td><td> R, CR</td><td> S</td>

<td> Alysiella</td><td> 0.6 gm</td><td> Sp</td><td> P, TT, OL, ML</td>

<td> Aminobacter</td><td> 0.5-0.9 gmx 1.0-3.0 gm</td><td> R</td><td> S</td>

<td> Andbaena</td><td> 2.0-20.0 gm</td><td> O, Sp</td><td> OL</td>

<td> Anaerobiospirillum</td><td> 0.6-0.8 gm x 3.0-15.0 gm</td><td> SI</td><td> S</td>

<td> Anaerorhabdus</td><td> 0.3-1.5 gm x 1.0-3.0 gm</td><td> R</td><td> S, P, OL</td>

<td> Anaerovibrio</td><td> 0.6-0.9 gmx 1.5-3.5 gm</td><td> CR, SI</td><td> s</td>

<td> Ancalomicrobium</td><td> 1.0 gm</td><td> Cn</td><td> S</td>

<td> Ancylobacter</td><td> 0.3-1.0 gm x 1.0-3.0 gm</td><td> CR</td><td> S</td>

<td> Angulomicrobium</td><td> 1.1-1.5 gm</td><td> Te</td><td> s</td>

<td> Aquaspirillum</td><td> 0.7-0.9 gm x 3.6-43.0 gm</td><td> R</td><td> S</td>

<td> Archangium</td><td> 0.6-0.8 gm x 6.0-12.0 pm</td><td> R</td><td> S</td>

<td colspan="4"> Table 5: Examples of Gram-negative Eubacteria Cell’s Size and Shape</td>

<td> Genus</td><td> Size</td><td> Shape</td><td> Number</td>

<td> Arsenophonus</td><td> 0.4-0.6 pm x 7.0-10.0 pm</td><td> R</td><td> S</td>

<td> Arthrospira</td><td> 3.0-12.0 pm</td><td> SI</td><td> OL</td>

<td> Asticcacaulis</td><td> 0.5-0.7 pmx 1.0-3.0 pm</td><td> R</td><td> S</td>

<td> Azomonas</td><td> 2.0 pm</td><td> R.C</td><td> S, P, oc</td>

<td> Azorhizobium</td><td> 0.5-0.6'pmx 1.5-2.5 pm</td><td> R</td><td> s</td>

<td> Azospirillum</td><td> 0.9-1.2 pm</td><td> V, R</td><td> s</td>

<td> Azotobacter</td><td> 1.5-2.0 pm</td><td> 0</td><td> S, P, OC, OL</td>

<td> Bacteroides</td><td> 0.6-0.9 pm x 1.5-3.5 pm</td><td> R</td><td> s</td>

<td> Bdellovibrio</td><td> 0.2-0.5 pm</td><td> R</td><td> s</td>

<td> Beggiatoa</td><td> 2.0-10:0 pm x 1.0-200.0 pm</td><td> Cy</td><td> S, OL</td>

<td> Beijerinckia</td><td> 0.5-1.5 pmx 1.7-4.5 pm</td><td> R, CR</td><td> s</td>

<td> Blastobacter</td><td> 0.5-1.Θ pmx 1.0-5.0 pm I</td><td> 0</td><td> s</td>

<td> Blastochloris</td><td> 0.6-2.5 pm x 0.6-5.0 pm</td><td> R</td><td> s</td>

<td> Bordetella</td><td> 0.2-0.5 pm x 0.5-2.0 pm</td><td> C</td><td> s, P, OL</td>

<td> Borrelia</td><td> 0.2-0.5 pm x 3.0-20.0 pm</td><td> H</td><td> s</td>

<td> Brachyspira</td><td> 0.2 pmx 1.7-6.0 pm</td><td> H</td><td> s</td>

<td> Bradyrhizobium</td><td> 0.5-0.9 pm x 1.2-3.0 pm</td><td> R</td><td> s</td>

<td> Brevundimonas</td><td> 0.4-0.6 pmx 1.0-2.0 pm</td><td> R, V, Fu</td><td> s</td>

<td> Brucella</td><td> 0.5-0.7 pm x 0.6-1.5 pm</td><td> R, Co</td><td> s, P, OC, OL</td>

<td> Budvicia</td><td> 0.3 pinx 1.8 pm</td><td> R</td><td> s</td>

<td> Buttiauxella</td><td> 0.3 pmx 1.8 pm</td><td> R</td><td> s</td>

<td> Butyrivibrio</td><td> 0.4-0.6 pm x 2.0-5.0 pm</td><td> CR</td><td> s</td>

<td> Calothrix</td><td> 2.5-18.0 pm</td><td> 0</td><td> OL</td>

<td> Campylobacter</td><td> 0.2-0.5 pm x 0.5-5.0 pm</td><td> V</td><td> s</td>

<td> Capnocytophaga</td><td> 0.4-0.6 pm x 2.5-5.7 pm</td><td> R</td><td> s</td>

<td> Cardiobacterium</td><td> 0.5-0.75 pm x 1.0-3.0 pm</td><td> R</td><td> S, P, OL</td>

<td> Caulobacter</td><td> 0.4-0.6 pm x 1.0-2.0 pm</td><td> R,V, Fu</td><td> s</td>

<td> Cedecea</td><td> 0.5-0.6 pm x 1.0-2.0 pm</td><td> R</td><td> s</td>

<td> Cellulophaga</td><td> 0.3-0.8 pm x 1.5-15.0 pm</td><td> R</td><td> s</td>

<td> Cellvibrio</td><td> 0.2-0.5 pmx 1.0-1.3 pm</td><td> R</td><td> s</td>

<td> Centipeda</td><td> 0.65 pm x 4.0-17.0 pm</td><td> Sr</td><td> s</td>

<td> Chitinophaga</td><td> 0.5-0.8 pm x 40.0 pm</td><td> R</td><td> s</td>

<td colspan="4"> Table 5: Examples of Gram-negative Eubacteria Cell’s Size and Shape</td>

<td> Genus</td><td> Size</td><td> Shape</td><td> Number</td>

<td> Chlorobium</td><td> 0.3-1.1 pm x 0.4-3.0 pm</td><td> R, 0, Sp</td><td> OL</td>

<td> Chloroflexus</td><td> 0.5-1.0 pm x 2.0-6.0 pm</td><td> R</td><td> OL, ML</td>

<td> Chlorogloeopsis</td><td> 2.0-8.0 pm</td><td> Cy</td><td> OL</td>

<td> Chloroherpeton</td><td> 0.6-1.0 pm x 8.0-20.0 pm</td><td> R</td><td> S</td>

<td> Chondromyces</td><td> 1.0-1.2 pmx 3.0-8.0 pm</td><td> Cy</td><td> S</td>

<td> Chromobacterium</td><td> 0.6-0.9 pm x 1.5-3.5 pm</td><td> R</td><td> S, P, OL</td>

<td> Chromohalobacter</td><td> 0.6-1.0 pmx 1.5-4.0 pm</td><td> R</td><td> S</td>

<td> Chroococcidiopsis</td><td> 3.0-4.0 pm</td><td> Sp, Co</td><td> oc</td>

<td> Citrobacter</td><td> 1.0 pmx 2.0-6.0 pm</td><td> R</td><td> S.P</td>

<td> Cobetia</td><td> 0.8-1.1 pmx 1.5-3.0 pm</td><td> R</td><td> S</td>

<td> Comamonas</td><td> 0.5-1.0 pm x 1.0-4.0 pm</td><td> R</td><td> S,P</td>

<td> Crinalium</td><td> 1.0-1.5 pm</td><td> R</td><td> OL</td>

<td> Cupriavidus</td><td> 0.7-0.9 pmx0.9-1.3 pm</td><td> C, R</td><td> S</td>

<td> Cyclobacterium</td><td> 0.8-1.5 pm x 0.3-0.7 pm</td><td> Rg</td><td> S</td>

<td> Cylindrospermum</td><td> 3.0-6.0 pm</td><td> Sp</td><td> OL</td>

<td> Cystobacter</td><td> 0.6-0.8 pm x 8.0-15.0 pm</td><td> R</td><td> S</td>

<td> Cytophaga</td><td> 0.3-0.8 pmx 1.5-15.0 pm</td><td> R</td><td> S</td>

<td> Dermocarpella</td><td> 2.0-3.0 pm</td><td> 0</td><td> oc</td>

<td> Derxia</td><td> 1.0-2.0 pmx 3.0-6.0 pm</td><td> R</td><td> S, OL</td>

<td> Desulfobacter</td><td> 0.5-2.4 pm x 1.7-7.0 pm</td><td> R,O,V</td><td> S, P, OC</td>

<td> Desulfobacterium</td><td> 0.7-3.0 pm x 1.5-2.8 pm</td><td> R</td><td> S,P, oc</td>

<td> Desulfobulbus</td><td> 0.6-1.3 pm x 1.5-2.5 pm</td><td> R,0</td><td> S,P</td>

<td> Desulfococcus</td><td> 1.4-2.3 prix</td><td> Sp</td><td> S, P, oc</td>

<td> Desulfomicrobium</td><td> 0.6 pmx 1.3 pm</td><td> R, 0</td><td> S, P, oc</td>

<td> Desulfomonile</td><td> 0.8-1.0 pm x 5.0-10.0 pm</td><td> R</td><td> S, P, oc</td>

<td> Desulfonema</td><td> 3.0-8.0 pm x 2.5-13.0 pm</td><td> R</td><td> OL, ML</td>

<td> Desulfosarcina</td><td> 1.0-1.5 pmx 1.5-2.5 pm</td><td> R,0</td><td> S,P, OC</td>

<td> Desulfovibrio</td><td> 0.5-1.3 pm x 0.8-5.0 pm</td><td> SI, V</td><td> s</td>

<td> Desulfurella</td><td> 0.4-0.8 pmx 1.0-4.0 pm</td><td> R, 0</td><td> S, P, oc</td>

<td> Desulfuromonas</td><td> 0.4-0.8 pm x 1.0-4.0 pm</td><td> R, 0</td><td> S, P, oc</td>

<td> Dichotomicrobium</td><td> 0.8-1.8 pmx 0.8-2.0 pm</td><td> Sp, Te</td><td> s</td>

<td colspan="4"> Table 5: Examples of Gram-negative Eubacteria Cell’s Size and Shape</td>

<td> Genus</td><td> Size</td><td> Shape</td><td> Number</td>

<td> Ectothiorhodospira</td><td> 0.5-1.5 pm</td><td> R, V</td><td> S</td>

<td> Edwardsiella</td><td> 1.0 pmx 2.0-3.0 pm</td><td> R</td><td> S</td>

<td> Eikenella</td><td> 0.3-0.4 !pm x 1.5-4.0 pm</td><td> R</td><td> s</td>

<td> Enhydrobacter</td><td> 0.5-0.7 pmx 1.0-5.0 pm</td><td> R</td><td> S, P, OL</td>

<td> Ensifer</td><td> 0.7-1.1 pmx 1.0-1.9 pm</td><td> R</td><td> S,P</td>

<td> Enterobacter</td><td> 0.6-1.0 pmx 1.2-3.0 pm</td><td> R</td><td> s</td>

<td> Erwinia</td><td> 0.5-1.0 pmx 1.0-3.0 pm</td><td> R</td><td> S,P, OL</td>

<td> Erythrobacter</td><td> 0.3-0.4 pm x 2.0-5.0 pm</td><td> R</td><td> s</td>

<td> Erythromicrobium</td><td> 0.7-1.0 pm x 1.6-2.5 pm</td><td> R</td><td> s</td>

<td> Escherichia</td><td> 1.1-1.5 pm x 2.0-6.0 pm</td><td> R</td><td> S,P</td>

<td> Ewingella</td><td> 0.6-0.7 pmx 1.0-1.8 pm</td><td> R</td><td> s</td>

<td> Fervidobacterium</td><td> 0.5-0.55 pmx 1.0-2.5 pm</td><td> R</td><td> S, P, OL</td>

<td> Fibrobacter</td><td> 0.4-0.8 pmx 0.8-2.0 pm</td><td> R, 0</td><td> s</td>

<td> Filomicrobium</td><td> 0.5-0.7 pmx 1.5-4.0 pm</td><td> Fu</td><td> s</td>

<td> Fischerella</td><td> 2.0-8.0 pm</td><td> 0</td><td> OL</td>

<td> Flammeovirga</td><td> 0.3-0.8 pmx 1.5-15.0 pm</td><td> R</td><td> s</td>

<td> Flavobacterium</td><td> 0.5 pmx 1.0-3.0 pm</td><td> R</td><td> s</td>

<td> Flectobacillus</td><td> 0.3-2.0 pmx 1.0-31.0 pm</td><td> Η, V, CR</td><td> s</td>

<td> Flexibacter</td><td> 0.2-0.6 pmx 10.0-50.0 pm</td><td> R</td><td> S</td>

<td> Flexithrix</td><td> 0.2-0.6 pmx 10.0-50.0 pm</td><td> R</td><td> S,ML</td>

<td> Francisella</td><td> 0.2 pmx^:0.2-0.7 pm</td><td> R</td><td> s</td>

<td> Frateuria</td><td> 0.5-0.7 pm x 0.7-3.5 pm</td><td> R</td><td> S,P</td>

<td> . Fusobacterium</td><td> 0.6-0.9 pmx 1.5-3.5 pm</td><td> R</td><td> s</td>

<td> Gemmata</td><td> 1.4-3.0 pmx 1.4-3.0 pm</td><td> Co, 0</td><td> s</td>

<td> Gemmiger</td><td> 1.0 pm x 0.9-2.5 pm</td><td> 0</td><td> OL</td>

<td> Gloeobacter</td><td> 2.0-3.0 pmx 1.5 pm</td><td> 0, R</td><td> S, OC</td>

<td> Gloeocapsa</td><td> 3.0-30.0 pm</td><td> Sp</td><td> S, OC</td>

<td> Gluconobacter</td><td> 0.5-1.0 pm x 2.6-4.2 pm</td><td> R,Ep</td><td> S, P, OL</td>

<td> Haemophilus</td><td> 0.2-0.4 pm x 0.4-2.0 pm</td><td> R, 0, Sp</td><td> S</td>

<td> Hafnia</td><td> 1.0 pmx2.0-5.0 pm</td><td> R</td><td> S</td>

<td> Haliscomenobacter</td><td> 0.4-0.5 pm x 3.0-5.0 pm</td><td> R</td><td> OL, ML</td>

<td> Haloanaerobium</td><td> 0.9-1.1 pmx2.0-2.6 pm</td><td> R</td><td></td>

<td colspan="4"> Table 5: Examples of Gram-negative Eubacteria Cell’s Size and Shape</td>

<td> Genus</td><td> Size</td><td> Shape</td><td> Number</td>

<td> Halobacteroid.es</td><td> 0.5 pmx 10.0-20.0 μπι</td><td> R, CR</td><td> S</td>

<td> Halochromatium</td><td> 1-2 x 2-4 pm</td><td> R</td><td> s</td>

<td> Halomonas</td><td> 0.6-0.8 pmx 1.6-1.9 pm</td><td> R</td><td> s</td>

<td> Halorhodospira</td><td> 0.5-1.5 pm</td><td> R,V</td><td> s</td>

<td> Helicobacter</td><td> 0.5-1.0 pm x 2.5-5.0 pm</td><td> H</td><td> S</td>

<td> Heliobacillus</td><td> 1.0 pmx 7.0-10.0 pm</td><td> R</td><td> s</td>

<td> Heliobacterium</td><td> 1.0 pmx 4^0-10.0 pm</td><td> R,O</td><td> S</td>

<td> Herbaspirillum</td><td> 0.6-0.7 pm</td><td> V, H</td><td> s</td>

<td> Herpetosiphon</td><td> 0.5-1.5 pm x 5.0-150.0 pm</td><td> R</td><td> OL, ML</td>

<td> Hirschia</td><td> 0.5-1.0 pm x 0.5-6.0 pm</td><td> R, 0</td><td> S</td>

<td> Hydrogenophaga</td><td> 0.3-0.6 pmx 0.6-5.5 pm</td><td> R</td><td> s,p</td>

<td> Hyphomicrobium</td><td> 0.3-1.2 pmx 1.0-3.0 pm</td><td> R, 0</td><td> s</td>

<td> Hyphomonas</td><td> 0.5-1.0 pmx 1.0-3.0 pm</td><td> R, 0</td><td> S</td>

<td> Hyobacter</td><td> 0.7-1.0 pnix 1.3-3.0 pm</td><td> R</td><td> P, OL</td>

<td> Isochromatium</td><td> 1-2 x 2-4 pm</td><td> R</td><td> S</td>

<td> Isosphaera</td><td> 2.0-2.5 pm</td><td> Sp</td><td> OL,ML</td>

<td> Janthinobacterium</td><td> 0.8-1.2 pm x 2.5-6.0 pm</td><td> R</td><td> S, P, OL</td>

<td> Kingella</td><td> 1.0 pm</td><td> R</td><td> P, OL</td>

<td> Klebsiella</td><td> 0.3-1.0 pm x 0.6-6.0 pm</td><td> R</td><td> S, P, OL</td>

<td> Kluyvera</td><td> 0.5-0.7 pm x 2.0-3.0 pm</td><td> R</td><td> S'</td>

<td> Labrys</td><td> 1.1-1.3 pmx 1.3-1.5 pm</td><td> Tr</td><td> S</td>

<td> Lachnospira</td><td> 0.4-0.6 pm x 2.0-4.0 pm</td><td> CR</td><td> s.</td>

<td> Lamprocystis</td><td> 3.0-3.5 pm</td><td> Co</td><td> s</td>

<td> Lampropedia</td><td> 1.0-1.5 pmx 1.0-2.5 pm</td><td> R</td><td> oc</td>

<td> Leclercia</td><td> 1.0-1.3 pmx2.1-3.6 pm</td><td> R</td><td> s</td>

<td> Legionella</td><td> 0.3-0.9 pm x 2.0-20.0 pm</td><td> R</td><td> s</td>

<td> Leminorella</td><td> 0.3 pmx 1.8 pm</td><td> R</td><td> S</td>

<td> Leptospira</td><td> 0.1 pmx 6.0-24.0 pm</td><td> H</td><td> S</td>

<td> Leptospirillum</td><td> 0.2-0.4 pmx 0.9-1.1 pm</td><td> V, SI</td><td> S</td>

<td> Leptothrix</td><td> 0.6-1.4 pm x 1.0-12.0 pm</td><td> R</td><td> S, P, OL</td>

<td> Leptotrichia</td><td> 0.8-1.5 pmx 5.0-15.0 pm</td><td> R</td><td> S</td>

<td> Leucothrix</td><td> 1.0-1.5 pm</td><td> ’ ׳ R</td><td> OL,ML</td>

<td colspan="4"> Table 5: Examples of Gram-negative Eubacteria Cell’s Size and Shape</td>

<td> Genus</td><td> Size</td><td> Shape</td><td> Number</td>

<td> Lysobacter</td><td> 0.2-0.5 pmx 1.0-70.0 pm</td><td> R</td><td> S</td>

<td> Malonomonas</td><td> 0.4 pmx3.1-4.0 pm</td><td> R</td><td> S, P, OL, OC</td>

<td> Marinilabilia</td><td> 0.3-0.8 pmx 1.5-15.0 pm</td><td> R</td><td> s</td>

<td> Marichromatium</td><td> 1-2 x 2-4 pm</td><td> R</td><td> s</td>

<td> Marinobacter</td><td> 0.3-0.6 pm x 2.0-3.0 pm</td><td> R</td><td> s</td>

<td> Marinomonas</td><td> 0.7-1.5 pmx 1.8-3.0 pm</td><td> R, CR</td><td> s</td>

<td> Megamonas</td><td> 0.8-3.0 pm x 3.0-20.0 pm</td><td> R</td><td> s</td>

<td> Megasphaera</td><td> 1.3-2.0 pm</td><td> Co</td><td> P, OL</td>

<td> Melittangium</td><td> 0.6-0.8 pm x 5.0-12.0 pm</td><td> R</td><td> s</td>

<td> Meniscus</td><td> 0.7-1.0 pm X 2.0-3.0 pm</td><td> R, CR</td><td> s</td>

<td> Mesophilobacter</td><td> 0.5-0.6 pm X 1.0-2.0 pm</td><td> R, Co</td><td> s</td>

<td> Metallogenium</td><td> 0.2-1.5 pm</td><td> Co</td><td> OL</td>

<td> Methylobacillus</td><td> 0.3-0.5 pm x 0.8-2.0 pm</td><td> R</td><td> s</td>

<td> Methylobacterium</td><td> 0.8-1.0 pmx 1.0-8.0 pm</td><td> R</td><td> s</td>

<td> Methylococcus</td><td> 1.0 pm</td><td> Co</td><td> P</td>

<td> Methylomonas</td><td> 0.5-1.0 pmx 1.0-4.0 pm</td><td> R, CR</td><td> s</td>

<td> Methylophaga</td><td> 0.2 pm</td><td> R</td><td> s</td>

<td> Methylophilus</td><td> 0.3-0.6 pm x 0.8-1.5 pm</td><td> R</td><td> S,P</td>

<td> Methylovorus</td><td> 0.5-0.6 pm x 1.0-1.3 pm</td><td> R</td><td> s,p</td>

<td> Microscilla</td><td> 0.2-0.5 pmx 10.0-100.0pm</td><td> R</td><td> s</td>

<td> Mitsuokella</td><td> 0.7-1.5 pmx 1.2-1.5 pm</td><td> OR</td><td> s</td>

<td> Moellerella</td><td> 0.3 pmx 1.8 pm</td><td> R</td><td> s</td>

<td> Moraxella</td><td> 1.0-1.5 pmx 1.5-2.5 pm</td><td> R, Co</td><td> P, OL</td>

<td> Morganella</td><td> 0.6-0.7 pmx 1.0-1.7 pm</td><td> R</td><td> s</td>

<td> Morococcus</td><td> 1.0 pm</td><td> Co</td><td> OC</td>

<td> Myxococcus</td><td> 0.4-0.7 pmx 2.0-10.0 pm</td><td> R</td><td> s</td>

<td> Myxosarcina</td><td> 3.0-4.0 pm</td><td> Sp, Co</td><td> OC</td>

<td> Nannocystis</td><td> 1.1-2.0 pmx 1.5-5.0 pm</td><td> R</td><td> s</td>

<td> Neisseria</td><td> 0.6-1.0 pm</td><td> Co</td><td> s,p</td>

<td> Nevskia</td><td> 1.0-6.0 pm x 3.0-12 pm</td><td> R</td><td> OL</td>

<td> Nitrobacter</td><td> 0.5-0.8 pmx 1.0-2.0 pm</td><td> R</td><td> s</td>

<td> Nitrococcus</td><td> 1.5 pm</td><td> Sp</td><td> S,p</td>

<td colspan="4"> Table 5: Examples of Gram-negative Eubacteria Cell’s Size and Shape</td>

<td> Genus</td><td> Size</td><td> Shape</td><td> Number</td>

<td> Nitrosococcus</td><td> 1.5-1.8 μπιχ 1.7-2.5 pin</td><td> Sp, Ep</td><td> S</td>

<td> Nitrosomonas</td><td> 0.7-1.5 μπιχ 1.0-2.4 pm</td><td> R, Co</td><td> S</td>

<td> Nitrosospira</td><td> 0.3-0.8 pmx 1.0-8.0 pm</td><td> SI</td><td> S</td>

<td> Nitrospira</td><td> 0.3-0.4 pm x 0.8-1.0 pm</td><td> V, SI</td><td> s</td>

<td> Nostoc</td><td> 2.0-8.0 pm</td><td> 0, Sp, R</td><td> OL</td>

<td> Obesumbacterium</td><td> 0.8-2.0 pm x 1.5-100.0 pm</td><td> R</td><td> s</td>

<td> Oceanospirillum</td><td> 0.8-1.2 pm x 2.6-3.6 pm</td><td> R</td><td> s</td>

<td> Ochrobactrum</td><td> 0.5-0.7 pm x 0.6-1.5 pm</td><td> R</td><td> s</td>

<td> Oligella</td><td> 1.0 pm</td><td> R</td><td> P</td>

<td> Oscillatoria</td><td> 1.0 pm</td><td> 0</td><td> OL</td>

<td> Oxalobacter</td><td> 0.4-0.6 pm x 1.2-1.5 pm</td><td> R,CR</td><td> s</td>

<td> Pantoea</td><td> 0.5-1.0 pmx 1.0-3.0 pm</td><td> R</td><td> s</td>

<td> Paracoccus</td><td> 0.5-0.9 pmjX 0.9-1.2 pm</td><td> R, Co</td><td> s, P, oc</td>

<td> Pasteurella</td><td> 0.3-1.0 pmjx 1.0-2.0 pm</td><td> R, 0, Sp</td><td> S, P, OL</td>

<td> Pectinatus</td><td> 0.7-0.9 pm x 3.0-30.0 pm</td><td> R</td><td> s</td>

<td> Pedobacter</td><td> 0.5 pmx 1.0-3.0 pm</td><td> R</td><td> s</td>

<td> Pedomicrobium</td><td> 0.4-2.0 pm x 0.4-2.5 pm</td><td> 0, Sp</td><td> s</td>

<td> Pelobacter</td><td> 0.5-0.8 pm x 1.2-6.0 pm</td><td> R</td><td> S, P, OL</td>

<td> Pelodictyon</td><td> 0.6-1.2 pmx 1.2-2.5 pm</td><td> R, 0</td><td> S, OC</td>

<td> Persicobacter</td><td> 0.3-0.8 pm x 1.5-15.0 pm</td><td> R</td><td> S</td>

<td> Phaeospirillum</td><td> 0.7-1.5 pm</td><td> SI</td><td> S</td>

<td> Phenylobacterium</td><td> 0.7-1.0 pmx 1.0-2.0 pm</td><td> R, Co</td><td> S, P,OL</td>

<td> Photobacterium</td><td> 0.8-1.3 pmx 1.8-2.4 pm</td><td> R</td><td> S</td>

<td> Phyllobacterium</td><td> 0.4-0.8 pm x 0.8-2.0 pm</td><td> R</td><td> s</td>

<td> Pirellula</td><td> 0.5-3.0 pm x 1.0-5.0 pm</td><td> 0</td><td> S, OL</td>

<td> Planctomyces</td><td> 1.0-1.5 pm</td><td> Co, 0</td><td> S, OL</td>

<td> Plesiomonas</td><td> 0.8-1.0 pmx 3.0 pm</td><td> R</td><td> S</td>

<td> Pleurocapsa</td><td> 2.0-3.0 pm</td><td> Sp</td><td> oc</td>

<td> Polyangium</td><td> 0.6-1.2 pm x 3.0-8.0 pm</td><td> R</td><td> S</td>

<td> Porphyrobacter</td><td> 0.4-0.8 pm x 1.1-2.0 pm</td><td> Pl</td><td> s</td>

<td> Porphyromonas</td><td> 0.5-0.8 pm x 1.0-3.0 pm</td><td> R</td><td> s</td>

<td> Pragia</td><td> 0.3 pmx 1.8 pm</td><td> R</td><td> s</td>

<td colspan="4"> Table 5: Examples of Gram-negative Eubacteria Cell’s Size and Shape</td>

<td> Genus</td><td> Size</td><td> Shape</td><td> Number</td>

<td> Prevotella</td><td> 0.6-0.9 pmx 1.5-3.5 pm</td><td> R</td><td> S</td>

<td> Propionigenium</td><td> 0.5-0.6 pm x 0.5-2.0 pm</td><td> R</td><td> S, P, OL</td>

<td> Propionispira</td><td> 1.0 pm x 7.0 pm</td><td> CR,H</td><td> S</td>

<td> Prosthecobacter</td><td> 0.5-0.9 pm x 2.0-5.0 pm</td><td> Fu, V</td><td> S</td>

<td> Prosthecochloris</td><td> 0.5-0.7 pm x 0.5-1.2 pm</td><td> Sp, R</td><td> S, OL, OC</td>

<td> Prosthecomicrobium</td><td> 0.8-1.2 pm</td><td> Co, R</td><td> S</td>

<td> Proteus</td><td> 0.4-0.8 pm x 1.0-3.0 pm</td><td> R</td><td> S</td>

<td> Providencia</td><td> 0.6-0.8 pmx 1.5-2.5 pm</td><td> R</td><td> s</td>

<td> Pseudanabaena</td><td> 1.0-3.0 pm</td><td> R</td><td> OL</td>

<td> Pseudomonas</td><td> 0.5-1.0 pmx 1.5-5.0 pm</td><td> R</td><td> S</td>

<td> Psychrobacter</td><td> 0.9-1.3 pmx 1.5-3.8 pm</td><td> Co, R</td><td> S</td>

<td> Rahnella</td><td> 0.5-0.7 pm x 2.0-3.0 pm</td><td> R</td><td> S</td>

<td> Rhabdochromatium</td><td> 1-2 x 2-4 pm</td><td> R</td><td> S</td>

<td> Rhizobacter</td><td> 0.9-1.3 pmx2.1-2.5 pm</td><td> R</td><td> s</td>

<td> Rhizobium</td><td> 0.5-0.9 pmx 1.2-3.0 pm</td><td> R</td><td> s</td>

<td> Rhizomonas</td><td> 0.5-1.2 pm</td><td> R</td><td> S</td>

<td> Rhodobaca</td><td> 0.8-1.1 pmx 1.5 pm</td><td> Co, R</td><td> S,p</td>

<td> Rhodobacter</td><td> 0.5-1.2 pm</td><td> R, 0</td><td> S, OC</td>

<td> Rhodobium</td><td> 0.6-2.5 pm x 0.6-5.0 pm</td><td> R</td><td> s</td>

<td> Rhodoblastus</td><td> 0.6-2.5 pm x 0.6-5.0 pm</td><td> R</td><td> s</td>

<td> Rhodocista</td><td> 0.7-1.5 pm</td><td> SI</td><td> s ־</td>

<td> Rhodocyclus</td><td> 0.3-1.0 pm</td><td> R</td><td> s</td>

<td> Rhodoferax</td><td> 0.7 pmx2-3 pm</td><td> CR</td><td> S .</td>

<td> Rhodomicrobium</td><td> 1.0-1.2 pm</td><td> 0, R</td><td> s</td>

<td> Rhodopila</td><td> 1.6-1.8 pm</td><td> Sp, 0</td><td> s</td>

<td> Rhodoplanes</td><td> 0.6-2.5 pm X 0.6-5.0 pm</td><td> R</td><td> s</td>

<td> Rhodopseudomonas</td><td> 0.6-2.5 pm X 0.6-5.0 pm</td><td> R</td><td> s</td>

<td> Rhodospirillum</td><td> 0.7-1.5 pm</td><td> SI</td><td> s</td>

<td> Rhodothalassium</td><td> 0.7-1.5 pm</td><td> SI</td><td> s</td>

<td> Rhodovibrio</td><td> 0.7-1.0 pm</td><td> SI</td><td> s</td>

<td> Rhodovulum</td><td> 0.5-1.2 pm</td><td> R, 0</td><td> S, OC</td>

<td> Rikenella</td><td> 0.15-0.3 pm X 0.3-1.5 pm</td><td> R</td><td> s</td>

<td colspan="4"> Table 5: Examples of Gram-negative Eubacteria Cell’s Size and Shape</td>

<td> Genus</td><td> Size</td><td> Shape</td><td> Number</td>

<td> Roseobacter</td><td> 0.6-0.9 pm X 1.0-2.0 pm</td><td> R, 0</td><td> S</td>

<td> Roseococcus</td><td> 0.9-1.3 pm X 1.3-1.6 pm</td><td> Co</td><td> S</td>

<td> Rubrivivax</td><td> 0.6-2.5 pmX 0.6-5.0 pm</td><td> CR</td><td> S</td>

<td> Rugamonas</td><td> 0.8-0.9 pm X 2.4-4.0 pm</td><td> R</td><td> S</td>

<td> Ruminobacter</td><td> 0.9-1.2 pm X 1.0-3.0 pm</td><td> R, 0</td><td> S</td>

<td> Runella</td><td> 0.5-0.9 pm X 2.0-4.5 pm</td><td> R, CR</td><td> S</td>

<td> Salmonella</td><td> 0.7-1.5 pm X 2.0-5.0 pm</td><td> R</td><td> S</td>

<td> Saprospira</td><td> 0.5-3.0 pm X 1.5-5.5 pm</td><td> R</td><td> OL, ML</td>

<td> Scytonema</td><td> 2.0-20.0 pm</td><td> Sp</td><td> OL</td>

<td> Sebaldella</td><td> 0.3-0.5 pm X 2.0-12.0 pm</td><td> R</td><td> S, P, OL</td>

<td> Selenomonas</td><td> 0.9-1.1 pm X 3.0-6.0 pm</td><td> CR</td><td> S, P, OL</td>

<td> Seliberia</td><td> 0.5-0.8 pm X 1.0-12.0 pm</td><td> R</td><td> s</td>

<td> Serpens</td><td> 0.3-0.4 pm X 8.0-12 pm</td><td> R</td><td> S.P</td>

<td> Serpulina</td><td> 0.3-0.4 pm X 7.0-9.0 pm</td><td> H</td><td> S</td>

<td> Serratia</td><td> 0.5-0.8 pm X 0.9-2.0 pm</td><td> R</td><td> s</td>

<td> Shigella</td><td> 0.3 pm X 1.8 pm</td><td> R</td><td> S</td>

<td> Simonsiella</td><td> 0.5-1.3 pm X 2.0-8.0 pm</td><td> R</td><td> OL</td>

<td> Sinorhizobium</td><td> 0.5-0.9 pm X 1.2-3.0 pm</td><td> R</td><td> S</td>

<td> Sphaerotilus</td><td> 1.2-2.5 pm X 2.0-10.0 pm</td><td> R</td><td> OL</td>

<td> Sphingobacterium</td><td> 0.5 pmX 1.0-3.0 pm</td><td> R</td><td> S</td>

<td> Spirillum</td><td> 1.4-1.7 pmX 14.0-60.0 pm</td><td> H</td><td> s</td>

<td> Spirochaeta</td><td> 0.2-0.75 pm X 5.0-250.0 pm</td><td> H</td><td> s</td>

<td> Spirosoma</td><td> 0.5-1.0 pm X 1.5-6.0 pm</td><td> R,CR</td><td> ־. s</td>

<td> Spirulina</td><td> 1.0-5.0 pm</td><td> R</td><td> OL</td>

<td> Sporocytophaga</td><td> 0.3-0.5 pm X 5.0-8.0 pm</td><td> R</td><td> s</td>

<td> Sporomusa</td><td> 0.5-1.0 pm X 1.0-8.0 pm</td><td> CR</td><td> s</td>

<td> Stella</td><td> 0.7-3.0 pm</td><td> St</td><td> S,P</td>

<td> Stigmatella</td><td> 0.6-0.8 pm X 4.0-10.0 pm</td><td> R</td><td> S</td>

<td> Streptobacillus</td><td> 0.1-0.7 pmX 1.0-5.0 pm</td><td> R</td><td> S, OL</td>

<td> Succinimonas</td><td> 1.0-1.5 pmX 1.2-3.0 pm</td><td> R</td><td> S</td>

<td> Succinivibrio</td><td> 0.4-0.6 pm X 1.0-7.0 pm</td><td> CR,H</td><td> s</td>

<td> Sulfobacillus ' . ״</td><td> 0.6-0.8 pmX 1.0-3.0 pm</td><td> R</td><td> P, OL</td>

PCI7US2004/007263

<td colspan="4"> Table 5: Examples of Gram-negative Eubacteria Cell’s Size and Shape</td>

<td> Genus</td><td> Size</td><td> Shape</td><td> Number</td>

<td> Synechococcus</td><td> 3.0 pm</td><td> R, Co</td><td> S</td>

<td> Synechocystis</td><td> 2.0-7.0 pm</td><td> Sp, Co</td><td> s, oc</td>

<td> Syntrophobacter</td><td> 0.6-1.0 pm X 1.0-35.0 pm</td><td> R</td><td> S</td>

<td> Syntrophococcus</td><td> 1.0-1.3 pm</td><td> Co</td><td> P</td>

<td> Syntrophomonas</td><td> 0.5-1.0 pm X 2.0-7.0 pm</td><td> R</td><td> s</td>

<td> Tatumella</td><td> 0.6-0.8 pm X 0.9-3.0 pm</td><td> R</td><td> S</td>

<td> Taylorella</td><td> 0.7 pm X 017-1.8 pm i</td><td> R</td><td> S</td>

<td> Thermochromatium</td><td> 1-2 x 2-4 pm</td><td> R</td><td> s</td>

<td> Thermodesulfobacterium</td><td> 0.3 pm X 0;9-2.5 pm</td><td> R, 0</td><td> S, P, OC</td>

<td> Thermoleophilum</td><td> 0.4 pm X 0.7-1.5 pm</td><td> R</td><td> s</td>

<td> Thermomicrobium</td><td> 1.3-1.8 pm X 3.0-6.0 pm</td><td> R</td><td> S,p</td>

<td> Thermonema</td><td> 0.3 pm X 60.0-200.0 pm</td><td> R</td><td> s</td>

<td> Thermosipho</td><td> 0.5 pm X 3.0-4.0 pm</td><td> R</td><td> OL</td>

<td> Thermotoga</td><td> 0.6 pmX L5-11.0 pm</td><td> R</td><td> S</td>

<td> Thermus</td><td> 0.5-0.8 pm X 5.0-10.0 pm</td><td> R</td><td> OL</td>

<td> Thiobacillus</td><td> 0.5 pmX L0-4.0 pm</td><td> R</td><td> S</td>

<td> Thiocapsa</td><td> 1.0-3.0 pm</td><td> Sp, 0</td><td> S, Ρ, TT, oc</td>

<td> Thiococcus</td><td> 1.0-3.0 pm</td><td> Sp,0</td><td> S, Ρ, TT, oc</td>

<td> Thiocystis</td><td> 2.5-3.0 pm</td><td> Sp, 0</td><td> s, oc</td>

<td> Thiodictyon</td><td> 1.5 -2x3-8 pm</td><td> R</td><td> S</td>

<td> Thiohalocapsa</td><td> 1.0-3.0 pm</td><td> Sp, 0</td><td> S, P, TT, oc</td>

<td> Thiolamprovum</td><td> 1.5-3.0 pm</td><td> Sp</td><td> S,OC</td>

<td> Thiomicrospira</td><td> 0.2-0.3 pm X 1.0-2.0 pm</td><td> SI</td><td> s</td>

<td> Thiothrix</td><td> 1.0-1.5 pm</td><td> R</td><td> OL, ML</td>

<td> Tissierella</td><td> 0.6-0.9 pm X 2.0-20.0 pm</td><td> R</td><td> s</td>

<td> Tolypothrix</td><td> 2.5-18.0 pm</td><td> 0</td><td> OL</td>

<td> Treponema</td><td> 0.1-0.4 pm X 5.0-20.0 pm</td><td> H</td><td> s</td>

<td> Vampirovibrio</td><td> 0.3-0.6 pm</td><td> R</td><td> S</td>

<td> Variovorax</td><td> 0.5-0.6 pm X 1.2-3.0 pm</td><td> R</td><td> S.P</td>

<td> Veillonella</td><td> 0.3-0.5 pm</td><td> Co</td><td> P, OL, OC</td>

<td> Verrucomicrobium</td><td> 0.8-1.0 pm X 1.0-3.8 pm</td><td> R</td><td> S</td>

<td> Vibrio</td><td> 0.5-0.8 pmX 1.4-2.6 pm</td><td> R,CR</td><td> s</td>

<td colspan="4"> Table 5: Examples of Gram-negative Eubacteria Cell’s Size and Shape</td>

<td> Genus</td><td> Size</td><td> Shape</td><td> Number</td>

<td> Vitreoscilla</td><td> 1.0-3.0 pm</td><td> Cy</td><td> OL, ML</td>

<td> Weeksella</td><td> 0.6 pm X 2.0-3.0 pm</td><td> R</td><td> S</td>

<td> Wolinella</td><td> 0.5-1.0 pm X 2.0-6.0 pm</td><td> R, CR, H</td><td> S</td>

<td> Xanthobacter</td><td> 0.4-1.0 pm X 0.8-6.0 pm</td><td> R</td><td> s</td>

<td> Xanthomonas</td><td> 0.4-0.7 pm X 0.7-1.8 pm</td><td> R</td><td> S</td>

<td> Xenococcus</td><td> 2.0-3.0 pm</td><td> Sp</td><td> OC</td>

<td> Xenorhabdus</td><td> 0.3-2.0 pm X 2.0-10.0 pm</td><td> R</td><td> s</td>

<td> Xylella</td><td> 0.25-0.35 pm X 0.9-3.5 pm</td><td> R</td><td> S</td>

<td> Xylophilus</td><td> 0.4-0.8 pm X 0.6-3.3 pm</td><td> R</td><td> S, P, OL</td>

<td> Yersinia</td><td> 0.5-0.8 pm X 1.0-3.0 pm</td><td> R</td><td> s</td>

<td> Yokenella</td><td> 1.0-1.3 pm X 2.1-3.6 pm</td><td> R</td><td> s</td>

<td> Zobellia</td><td> 0.3-0.8 pmX 1.5-15.0 pm</td><td> R</td><td> S</td>

<td> Zoogloea</td><td> 1.0-1.3 pm X 2.1-3.6 pm</td><td> R</td><td> s</td>

<td> Zymomonas</td><td> 2.0 pm X 1.0-1.4 pm</td><td> R</td><td> s</td>

<td> Zymophilus</td><td> 0.7-1.0 pm X 3.0-30.0 pm</td><td> R</td><td> S, P, OL</td>

Shape: H = helical; V = vibrioid, vibrios; R = rod; CR = curved rod; O = ovoid, oval; Sp = spherical; Co = cocci, coccoid; Cy = cylinder; Cn = conical; Rg = ring, U-shape; Ep = ellipsoidal; SI = spiral; Fu = fusiform; Sr = serpentine; St = flat-star; Pl = pleomorphic; Te = tetrahedral; Tr = triangle; Pl =. plate-shape.

Number: S = unicellular; P = cell pairs; TT = tetrad of cells; OC = oligocellular cluster; MC = multicellular cluster; OL = oligocellular chain; ML = multicellular chain.

[0133] Examples of biological culture collection sources for Gram-negative Eubacteria are shown at Table 6 below.

<td colspan="2"> Table 6: Examples of Gram-negative Eubacteria Culture Sources</td>

<td> Genus</td><td> Examples of Culture Collection Strains</td>

<td> Acetivibrio</td><td> ATCC Nos. 33288 and 33324</td>

<td> Acetoanaerobium</td><td> ATCC Nos. 35199</td>

<td> Acetobacter</td><td> ATCC Nos. 12873,12875, 12876,15973 and 23753</td>

<td> Acetomicrobium</td><td> ATCC Nos. 43122; DSMZ Nos. 20678 and 20664</td>

<td> Acidaminobacter</td><td> DSMZ No. 2784</td>

<td> Acidaminococcus</td><td> ATCC Nos. 25085; DSMZ No. 20731</td>

<td> Acidiphilium</td><td> ATCC No. 27807; DSMZ No. 700 and 11245 ׳&lt;-/</td>

<td colspan="2"> Table 6: Examples of Gram-negative Eubacteria Culture Sources</td>

<td> Genus</td><td> Examples of Culture Collection Strains</td>

<td> Acidomonas</td><td> ATCC Nos. 43581; DSMZ No. 5432</td>

<td> Acidovorax</td><td> ATCC Nos. 10200,11228,17505, 33996 and 49665</td>

<td> Acinetobacter</td><td> ATCCNos. 14987, 15149,15309,17906 and 19606</td>

<td> Aeromonas</td><td> ATCCNos. 10801,11163,7966,9071 and 49568</td>

<td> Agitococcus</td><td> DSMZ No. 5822</td>

<td> Agrobacterium</td><td> ATCC Nos. 25651,25652, 25657, 31113 and 700001</td>

<td> Agromonas</td><td> ATCC Nos. 43045; DSMZ No. 12412</td>

<td> Alcaligenes</td><td> ATCC Nos. 15246,23653,29712 and 55938</td>

<td> Allochromatium</td><td> DSMZ Nos. 173,174,180,182 and 1376</td>

<td> Alteromonas</td><td> ATCC Nos. 27126 and 29332</td>

<td> Alysiella</td><td> ATCC Nos. 15532 and 29469</td>

<td> Aminobacter</td><td> ATCC Nos. 23314,49932 and 49933</td>

<td> Anabaena</td><td> ATCC Nos. 22664, 29413, 29414, 43530 and 55755 i</td>

<td> Anaerobiospirillum</td><td> ATCC Nos. 29305 and 700432 1</td>

<td> Anaerorhabdus</td><td> ATCCNos. 25662 1</td>

<td> Anaerovibrio</td><td> ATCCNos. 33276; DSMZNo. 3074</td>

<td> Ancalomicrobium</td><td> ATCC Nos. 23632; DSMZ No. 4722</td>

<td> Ancylobacter -</td><td> ATCC Nos. 21373 and 25396</td>

<td> Angulomicrobium</td><td> ATCC Nos. 43934; DSMZ No. 5895</td>

<td> Aquaspirillum</td><td> ATCCNos. 11331,11332,11334,11335 and 12638</td>

<td> Archangium</td><td> ATCC Nos. 25200 and 29036</td>

<td> Arsenophonus</td><td> ATCC Nos. 49151; DSMZ No. 15247</td>

<td> Arthrospira</td><td> ATCC Nos. 29408</td>

<td> Asticcacaulis</td><td> ATCCNos. 15261 and 27554</td>

<td> Azomonas</td><td> ATCCNos. 12334,12523 and 12838</td>

<td> Azorhizobium</td><td> ATCC Nos. 43989; DSMZ No. 5975</td>

<td> Azospirillum</td><td> ATCC Nos. 29145, 29707, 35119,43709 and 51182</td>

<td> Azotobacter</td><td> ATCC Nos. 12518,12981,13544,4412 and 29662</td>

<td> Bacteroides</td><td> ATCC Nos. 12290,23745,27754,29327 and 29572</td>

<td> Bdellovibrio</td><td> ATCCNos. 15143 and27051</td>

<td> Beggiatoa</td><td> ATCC No. 33555; DSMZ No. 1416</td>

<td> Beijerinckia</td><td> ATCCNos. 19361, 33962, 33963 and 33964</td>

PCT7US2004/007263

<td colspan="2"> Table 6: Examples of Gram-negative Eubacteria Culture Sources</td>

<td> Genus</td><td> Examples of Culture Collection Strains</td>

<td> Blastobacter</td><td> ATCC Nos. 43293,43294 and 43295</td>

<td> Blastochloris</td><td> DSMZ Nos. 133,134,136, 729 and 13255</td>

<td> Bordetella</td><td> ATCCNos. 10380,10580,15237,35086 and51730</td>

<td> Borrelia</td><td> ATCC Nos. 35210,43381,49835,51383 and 51557</td>

<td> Brachyspira</td><td> ATCC Nos. 27164,29796,43994, 51139 and 51933</td>

<td> Bradyrhizobium</td><td> ATCC Nos. 10324,49852, 700350 and 35644</td>

<td> Brevundimonas</td><td> DSMZ Nos. 4736,4731, 4732,4737 and 7226</td>

<td> Brucella</td><td> ATCC Nos. 23365,23459 and 25840</td>

<td> Budvicia</td><td> ATCC Nos. 35566; DSMZ No. 5075 1</td>

<td> Buttiauxella</td><td> ATCC Nos. 33320, 33993, 51604, 51605 and 51607</td>

<td> Butyrivibrio</td><td> ATCC Nos. 19171,29175 and 29550</td>

<td> Calothrix</td><td> ATCC Nos. 27901 and 27905</td>

<td> Campylobacter</td><td> ATCC Nos. 15296, 29428, 33236, 33237 and 33238</td>

<td> Capnocytophaga</td><td> ATCC Nos. 27872, 33612, 33624, 35978 and 51502</td>

<td> Cardiobacterium</td><td> ATCC Nos. 14900; DSMZ No. 8339</td>

<td> Caulobacter</td><td> ATCCNos. 11764,15253,15257,15260 and21756</td>

<td> Cedecea</td><td> ATCC Nos. 33431,33432 and 33855</td>

<td> Cellulophaga</td><td> ATCCNos. 23169,23178, 700862 and700863</td>

<td> Cellvibrio</td><td> ATCCNos. 13127</td>

<td> Centipeda</td><td> ATCC Nos. 35019; DSMZ No. 2778</td>

<td> Chitinophaga</td><td> ATCC Nos. 43595; DSMZ No. 2588</td>

<td> Chlorobium</td><td> ATCC Nos. DSMZ No. 245,266 and 269</td>

<td> Chloroflexus</td><td> ATCC Nos. 29365; DSMZ No. 9485, 9486 and 635</td>

<td> Chlorogloeopsis</td><td> ATCCNos. 27181 and27193</td>

<td> Chloroherpeton</td><td> ATCCNos. 35110</td>

<td> Chondromyces</td><td> DSMZ No. 436</td>

<td> Chromobacterium</td><td> ATCC Nos. 12472; DSMZ Nos. 11369 and 30191</td>

<td> Chromohalobacter</td><td> ATCC Nos. 17056,43984,43985 and BAA-138</td>

<td> Chroococcidiopsis</td><td> ATCC Nos. 27900 and 29379</td>

<td> Citrobacter</td><td> ATCCNos. 10053,11102,11811,25405 and8090</td>

<td> Cobetia</td><td> ATCC Nos. 27129 and 35142</td>

<td> Comamonas</td><td> ATCCNos. 11330,11996,700936 and 700038</td>

<td colspan="2"> Table 6: Examples of Gram-negative Eubacteria Culture Sources</td>

<td> Genus</td><td> Examples of Culture Collection Strains</td>

<td> Crinalium</td><td> ATCC Nos. 49662</td>

<td> Cupriavidus</td><td> ATCC Nos. 43291; DSMZ No. 13513</td>

<td> Cyclobacterium</td><td> ATCC Nos. 25205; DSMZ״No. 745</td>

<td> Cylindrospermum</td><td> ATCC Nos. 29204 and 29412</td>

<td> Cystobacter</td><td> ATCC Nos. 25194; DSMZ No. 2262</td>

<td> Cytophaga</td><td> ATCC Nos. 12208,19072,19326,23177 and 33406</td>

<td> Dermocarpella</td><td> ATCC Nos. 29376</td>

<td> Derxia</td><td> ATCC Nos. 15994; DSMZ No. 723</td>

<td> Desulfobacter</td><td> ATCC Nos. 33911,43915, 43918 and 43919</td>

<td> Desulfobacterium</td><td> ATCC Nos. 43914,43938 and 49792</td>

<td> Desulfobulbus</td><td> ATCC Nos. 33891,43118 and 700652</td>

<td> Desulfococcus</td><td> ATCC Nos. 33890; DSMZ Nos. 5651,2059 and 2650</td>

<td> Desulfomicrobium</td><td> ATCC No. 51164; DSMZ Nos. 5918,4194 and 5918 1</td>

<td> Desulfomonile</td><td> ATCC Nos. 49306; DSMZ No. 6799</td>

<td> Desulfonema</td><td> ATCC Nos. 33961 and 35288</td>

<td> Desulfosarcina</td><td> DSMZ No. 2060</td>

<td> Desulfovibrio</td><td> ATCC Nos. 13541,14822,19364,19996 and 29098</td>

<td> Desulfurella</td><td> ATCC Nos. 51451; DSMZ Nos. 5264,10409 and 10410</td>

<td> Desulfuromonas</td><td> ATCC Nos. 51529, 51701 and 700295</td>

<td> Dichotomicrobium</td><td> ATCC Nos. 49408; DSMZ No. 5002</td>

<td> Ectothiorhodospira</td><td> ATCC Nos. 43036, 49921 and 51935; DSMZ No. 241</td>

<td> Edwardsiella</td><td> ATCC Nos. 15469, 33202,33379 and 15947</td>

<td> Eikenella</td><td> ATCC Nos. 23834; DSMZ No. 8340</td>

<td> Enhydrobacter</td><td> ATCC Nos. 27094</td>

<td> Ensifer</td><td> ATCC Nos. 33212</td>

<td> Enterobacter</td><td> ATCC Nos. 10699,12868,15038,23373 and 13048</td>

<td> Erwinia</td><td> ATCC Nos. 11417,14976, 23376,29573 and 35998</td>

<td> Erythrobacter</td><td> ATCC Nos. 33941 and 700002</td>

<td> Erythromicrobium</td><td> ATCC No. 700003; DSMZ No. 8510</td>

<td> Escherichia</td><td> ATCC Nos. 25922,21073,29907,29943 and 29990</td>

<td> Ewingella</td><td> ATCC Nos. 33850; DSMZ No. 4580</td>

<td> Fervidobacterium</td><td> ATCC Nos. 35602 and 49647</td>

<td colspan="2"> Table 6: Examples of Gram-negative Eubacteria Culture Sources</td>

<td> Genus</td><td> Examples of Culture Collection Strains</td>

<td> Fibrobacter</td><td> ATCC Nos. 19169 and 43854</td>

<td> Filomicrobium</td><td> ATCC Nos. 35158; DSMZ No. 5304</td>

<td> Fischerella</td><td> ATCC Nos. 27929 and 29114</td>

<td> Flammeovirga</td><td> ATCC Nos. 23126 and 23132; DSMZ No. 3659</td>

<td> Flavobacterium</td><td> ATCC Nos. 11947,12524,13524,14231,17061 and 27551</td>

<td> Flectobacillus</td><td> ATCC Nos. 29496; DSMZ No. 103</td>

<td> Flexibacter</td><td> ATCC Nos. 23079,23086,23087,23090 and 23103</td>

<td> Flexithrix</td><td> ATCC Nos. 23163; DSMZ No. 6795</td>

<td> Francisella</td><td> ATCC Nos. 25015; DSMZ No. 7535</td>

<td> Frateuria</td><td> ATCC Nos. 12301; DSMZ No. 6220</td>

<td> Fusobacterium</td><td> ATCC Nos. 10953,25286,25533,25556 and 25557</td>

<td> Gemmata</td><td> DSMZ No. 5831</td>

<td> Gemmiger</td><td> ATCC Nos. 27749</td>

<td> Gloeobacter</td><td> ATCC Nos. 29082</td>

<td> Gloeocapsa</td><td> ATCC Nos. 29115 and 29159</td>

<td> Gluconobacter</td><td> ATCC Nos. 11894,12302, 14835,43781 and 49207</td>

<td> Haemophilus</td><td> ATCC Nos. 10014,10211,11116,13252 and 19417</td>

<td> Hafnia</td><td> ATCC Nos. 11604 and 13337; DSMZ No. 30163</td>

<td> Haliscomenobacter</td><td> ATCC Nos. 27775; DSMZ No. 1100</td>

<td> Haloanaerobium</td><td> ATCC Nos. 33744, 51327,700103 and 700560</td>

<td> Halobacteroides</td><td> ATCC Nos. 35273; DSMZ Nos. 6639 and 5150</td>

<td> Halochromatium</td><td> ATCC No. 700202; DSMZ Nos. 11080 and 4395</td>

<td> Halomonas</td><td> ATCC Nos. 12084,14400,19717,27122 and 27125</td>

<td> Halorhodospira</td><td> DSMZ Nos. 244,1059 and 2110c</td>

<td> Helicobacter</td><td> ATCC Nos. 35683,43504,43772,49286 and 51101</td>

<td> Heliobacillus</td><td> ATCC Nos. 43427; DSMZ No. 6151</td>

<td> Heliobacterium</td><td> ATCC Nos. 43375 and 51547</td>

<td> Herbaspirillum</td><td> ATCC Nos. 19308, 35892 and BAA-806</td>

<td> Herpetosiphon</td><td> ATCC Nos. 23076,23779 and 53756</td>

<td> Hirschia</td><td> ATCC Nos. 49814; DSMZ No. 5838</td>

<td> Hydrogenophaga</td><td> ATCC Nos. 17724, 33667, 33668,49743, BAA-304</td>

PCI7US2004/007263

<td colspan="2"> Table 6: Examples of Gram-negative Eubacteria Culture Sources</td>

<td> Genus</td><td> Examples of Culture Collection Strains</td>

<td> Hyphomicrobium</td><td> ATCC Nos. 19614, 27483,27484,27495 and 27499</td>

<td> Hyphomonas</td><td> ATCC Nos. 15444, 33879, 33880,33882 and 33886</td>

<td> Ilyobacter</td><td> ATCC Nos. 35898 and 49679 1</td>

<td> Isochromatium</td><td> DSMZNos. 176 and 177 1</td>

<td> Isosphaera</td><td> ATCC Nos. 43644; DSMZ No. 9630</td>

<td> Janthinobacterium</td><td> ATCC Nos. 12473; DSMZ Nos. 9628 and 1522</td>

<td> Kingella</td><td> ATCC Nos. 23330,33394 and 51147</td>

<td> Klebsiella</td><td> ATCC Nos. 10031,12833,700834 and 13883</td>

<td> Kluyvera</td><td> ATCC Nos. 14236,14237, 51603 and 51609</td>

<td> Labrys</td><td> ATCC Nos. 43932; DSMZ No. 5896</td>

<td> Lachnospira</td><td> ATCC Nos. 19207; DSMZ No. 3073</td>

<td> Lamprocystis</td><td> DSMZ No. 229</td>

<td> Lampropedia</td><td> ATCC Nos. 11041</td>

<td> Leclercia</td><td> ATCC Nos. 23216; DSMZ No. 5077</td>

<td> Legionella</td><td> ATCC Nos. 33462,33623,33733,33761 and 35072</td>

<td> Leminorella</td><td> ATCC Nos. 33998,33999 and 43012</td>

<td> Leptospira</td><td> ATCC Nos. 23468,23469, 23477, 23479 and 23582</td>

<td> Leptospirillum</td><td> ATCC Nos. 53992; DSMZ Nos. 14647,2705 and 1928</td>

<td> Leptothrix</td><td> ATCC Nos. 43182; DSMZ No. 10617</td>

<td> Leptotrichia</td><td> ATCC Nos. 14201 and 700907</td>

<td> Leucothrix</td><td> ATCC Nos. 25107; DSMZ No. 2157</td>

<td> Lysobacter</td><td> ATCC Nos. 21123,29479,29482,29489 and 53042</td>

<td> Malonomonas</td><td> DSMZNo.5091</td>

<td> Marinilabilia</td><td> ATCC Nos. 19041 and 19043; DSMZ No. 1449</td>

<td> Marichromatium</td><td> DSMZNos. 203,204,1591 and 1711</td>

<td> Marinobacter</td><td> ATCC Nos. 27132 and 700491</td>

<td> Marinomonas</td><td> ATCC Nos. 27118,27119 and 700492</td>

<td> Megamonas</td><td> ATCC Nos. 25560; DSMZ No. 1672</td>

<td> Megasphaera</td><td> ATCC Nos. 17752 and 43236</td>

<td> Melittangium</td><td> ATCC Nos. 25944; DSMZ No. 14877</td>

<td> Meniscus</td><td> ATCC Nos. 29398</td>

<td> Mesophilobacter ¹ »</td><td> DSMZ No. 9142</td>

<td colspan="2"> Table 6: Examples of Gram-negative Eubacteria Culture Sources</td>

<td> Genus</td><td> Examples of Culture Collection Strains</td>

<td> Metallogenium</td><td> VKM No. B-457 and B-459</td>

<td> Methylobacillus</td><td> ATCC Nos. 29475 and 51484</td>

<td> Methylobacterium</td><td> ATCC Nos, 14718,14821, 21611,27329 and 27886</td>

<td> Methylococcus</td><td> ATCC Nos. 19069</td>

<td> Methylomonas</td><td> ATCC Nos. 20563,21369,31226, 35067 and 43722</td>

<td> Methylqphaga</td><td> ATCC Nos. 33145, 35842 and BAA-297</td>

<td> Methylophilus</td><td> ATCC Nos: 39866; DSMZ Nos. 5898 and 6813 1</td>

<td> Methylovorus</td><td> ATCC Nosj 49758; DSMZ No. 6874</td>

<td> Microscilla</td><td> ATCC Nos! 23129,23134,23182 and 23190</td>

<td> Mitsuokella</td><td> ATCC Nos. 27723 and BAA-307</td>

<td> Moellerella</td><td> ATCC Nos. 35017; DSMZ No. 5076</td>

<td> Moraxella</td><td> ATCC Nos. 10900,10973,11748,14659 and 14688</td>

<td> Morganella</td><td> ATCC Nos. 21116; DSMZ Nos. 30164 and 14850</td>

<td> Morococcus</td><td> ATCC Nos. 33486</td>

<td> Myxococcus</td><td> ATCC Nos. 23093,25202,25203,25232 and 25565</td>

<td> Myxosarcina</td><td> ATCC Nos. 29377 and 29378</td>

<td> Nannocystis</td><td> ATCC Nos. 25965; DSMZ No. 71</td>

<td> Neisseria</td><td> ATCC Nos. 10555,13115,14685,14686 and 14687</td>

<td> Nevskia</td><td> DSMZ No. 11499</td>

<td> Nitrobacter</td><td> ATCC Nos. 25391 and 25388</td>

<td> Nitrococcus</td><td> ATCC Nos. 25380</td>

<td> Nitrosococcus</td><td> ATCC Nos. 19707</td>

<td> Nitrosomonas</td><td> ATCC Nos. 25978 and 49181</td>

<td> Nitrosospira</td><td> ATCC Nos. 25196</td>

<td> Nitrospira</td><td> ATCC Nos. 43039; DSMZ No. 10035</td>

<td> Nostoc</td><td> ATCC Nos. 27895 and 27904</td>

<td> Obesumbacterium</td><td> ATCC Nos. 12841; DSMZ No. 2777</td>

<td> Oceanospirillum</td><td> ATCC Nos. 11336,12754,27509 and 33336</td>

<td> Ochrobactrum</td><td> ATCC Nos. 19286 and BAA-119</td>

<td> Oligella</td><td> ATCC Nos. 17960 and 35578</td>

<td> Oscillatoria</td><td> ATCC Nos. 27906 and 27930</td>

<td> Oxalobacter’״</td><td> ATCC Nos. 35274; DSMZNos. 4420 and 5502</td>

<td colspan="2"> Table 6: Examples of Gram-negative Eubacteria Culture Sources</td>

<td> Genus</td><td> Examples of Culture Collection Strains</td>

<td> Pantoea</td><td> ATCC Nos; 11530, 12287,14589,29227 and 31623</td>

<td> Paracoccus</td><td> ATCC Nos. 13543,25364,49631,49632 and 49673</td>

<td> Pasteurella</td><td> ATCC Nos. 10544,12555,13360,14385 and 23273</td>

<td> Pectinatus</td><td> ATCC Nos. 29359 and 33332 1</td>

<td> Pedobacter</td><td> DSMZ Nos2366,11725 ,12126 .׳ and 12145</td>

<td> Pedomicrobium</td><td> ATCC Nos. 33116, 33121, 33122 and 43615</td>

<td> Pelobacter</td><td> ATCC Nos. 49970 and 49973</td>

<td> Pelodictyon</td><td> DSMZ No. 728</td>

<td> Persicobacter</td><td> ATCC Nos: 23140 and 23155; DSMZ No. 3658</td>

<td> Phaeospirillum</td><td> DSMZ Nos. 120,118,119,113 and 114</td>

<td> Phenylobacterium</td><td> ATCC Nos. 35972; DSMZ No. 1986</td>

<td> Photobacterium</td><td> ATCC Nos. 11040,17911,25521,25915 and 51760</td>

<td> Phyllobacterium</td><td> ATCC Nos. 43590 and 43591</td>

<td> Pirellula</td><td> ATCC Nos! 27377 and 49069</td>

<td> Planctomyces</td><td> ATCC Nos. 29201,43296 and 49424</td>

<td> Plesiomonas</td><td> ATCC Nos. 14029; DSMZ No. 8224</td>

<td> Pleurocapsa</td><td> ATCC Nos. 29386 and 29387</td>

<td> Polyangium</td><td> ATCC Nos. 15384 and 53080</td>

<td> Porphyrobacter</td><td> DSMZ Nos. 11032,9434,9435,10594 and 12079</td>

<td> Porphyromonas</td><td> ATCC Nos. 25260,29147, 33141, 33277 and 35406</td>

<td> Pragia</td><td> ATCC Nos! 49100; DSMZ No. 5563</td>

<td> Prevotella</td><td> ATCC Nos. 15032,15930,19188,19189 and 25261</td>

<td> Propionigenium</td><td> DSMZ Nos. 9537 and 2376</td>

<td> Propionispira</td><td> ATCC Nos. 33732; DSMZ No. 2179</td>

<td> Prosthecobacter</td><td> ATCC Nos. 25309,27091,700199 and 700200</td>

<td> Prosthecochloris</td><td> DSMZ No. 271,260,272 and 1685</td>

<td> Prosthecomicrobium</td><td> ATCC Nos. 23633, 23634,27827, 35022 and 27833</td>

<td> Proteus</td><td> ATCC Nos. 10005,12454, 19692, 33519 and 13315</td>

<td> Providencia</td><td> ATCC Nos. 12013,14505,25825, 25828 and 35612</td>

<td> Pseudanabaena</td><td> ATCC Nos. 29344 and 29207</td>

<td> Pseudomonas</td><td> ATCC Nos. 10144,10145,10205,10757 and 27853</td>

<td> Psychrobacter</td><td> ATCC Nos. 15174,17955,17958,700361 and 700754</td>

PCI7US2004/007263

<td colspan="2"> Table 6: Examples of Gram-negative Eubacteria Culture Sources</td>

<td> Genus</td><td> Examples &lt;)f Culture Collection Strains</td>

<td> Rahnella</td><td> ATCC Nos. 15552; DSMZNo. 4594 ___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________1 ______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________</td>

<td> Rhabdochromatium</td><td> DSMZNo. 5261</td>

<td> Rhizobacter</td><td> ATCC Nos. 43776; DSMZ No. 11587</td>

<td> Rhizobium</td><td> ATCC Nos. 10004,10034,11157,11325 and 13335</td>

<td> Rhizomonas</td><td> ATCC Nos. 51296 and 51297</td>

<td> Rhodobacter</td><td> ATCC Nos. 11166,17023, 33485 and 35703; CIP No. 105439, JCMNo. 9340; DSMZNo. 11550</td>

<td> Rhodobium</td><td> DSMZ Nos. 2698,2780,11290 and 11349</td>

<td> Rhodoblastus</td><td> DSMZ Nos. 137,142 and 145; LMG No. 4300</td>

<td> Rhodobaca</td><td> ATCC No. 700920</td>

<td> Rhodocista</td><td> ATCC Nos. 51373 and 51374, DSMZ No. 9894</td>

<td> Rhodocyclus</td><td> ATCC Nos. 25093; DSMZ Nos. 168 and 109</td>

<td> Rhodoferax</td><td> ATCC Nos. 49786,49787 and 700587</td>

<td> Rhodomicrobium</td><td> ATCCNos. 17100; DSMZNo. 162</td>

<td> Rhodopila</td><td> DSMZNo. 161</td>

<td> Rhodoplanes</td><td> ATCC No. 51906; DSMZ Nos. 11907, 5909 and 13233</td>

<td> Rhodopseudomonas</td><td> ATCC Nos. 17000, 35601,49724 and 51105; DSMZ No. 12706</td>

<td> Rhodospirillum</td><td> ATCC Nos. 11170,27871 and 43720</td>

<td> Rhodothalassium</td><td> ATCCNo.35888׳, DSMZNo. 2132</td>

<td> Rhodovibrio</td><td> ATCC No. 35394, DSMZ Nos. 9154 and 9895</td>

<td> Rhodovulum</td><td> DSMZ Nos. 2781,4868,12328,12329 and 2351</td>

<td> Rikenella</td><td> ATCC Nos. 29728</td>

<td> Roseobacter</td><td> ATCC Nos. 33942 and 700781; DSMZ No. 12440</td>

<td> Roseococcus</td><td> ATCC No. 700004; DSMZ No. 8511</td>

<td> Rugamonas</td><td> ATCC Nos. 43154</td>

<td> Rubrivivax</td><td> ATCC Nos. 17011 and 49846; DSMZ No. 149</td>

<td> Ruminobacter</td><td> ATCC Nos. 29744; DSMZNo. 1361</td>

<td> Runella</td><td> ATCC Nos. 29530</td>

<td> Salmonella</td><td> ATCC Nos. 10398,43975 and 14028</td>

<td> Saprospira</td><td> ATCC Nos. 23116; DSMZ No. 2844</td>

<td> Scytonema</td><td> ATCC Nos. 29171</td>

<td colspan="2"> Table 6: Examples of Gram-negative Eubacteria Culture Sources</td>

<td> Genus</td><td> Examples of Culture Collection Strains</td>

<td> Sebaldella</td><td> ATCC Nos. 33386</td>

<td> Selenomonas</td><td> ATCC Nos'. 12561,27093, 35185,43527 and 43528</td>

<td> Seliberia</td><td> VKMNo. B-1340</td>

<td> Serpens</td><td> ATCC Nos. 29606</td>

<td> Serpulina</td><td> ATCC Nos. 49776, 51140 and 51284</td>

<td> Serratia</td><td> ATCC Nos, 11367,11634,13477,14460,15928 and 8100</td>

<td> Shigella</td><td> ATCC Nos. 11060,11836,12027,12022 and 25931</td>

<td> Simonsiella</td><td> ATCC Nos, 15533,27395 and 29431</td>

<td> Sinorhizobium</td><td> ATCC Nos. 10310, 35423,49357, 51690 and 51692 1</td>

<td> Sphaerotilus</td><td> ATCC Nos¹. 13338 and 13503 1</td>

<td> Sphingobacterium</td><td> ATCC Nos¹. 33298,33300,43320, 51969 and 49537 1</td>

<td> Spirillum</td><td> ATCC Nos. 19553 and 33017</td>

<td> Spirochaeta</td><td> ATCC Nos. 19044, 25082,25083,27000 and 33939</td>

<td> Spirosoma</td><td> ATCC Nos. 23276; DSMZ No. 74</td>

<td> Spirulina</td><td> ATCC Nos. 53843, 53844 and 53871</td>

<td> Sporocytophaga</td><td> ATCC Nos. 10010; DSMZ No. 11118</td>

<td> Sporomusa</td><td> ATCC Nos: 35899, 35900, 49682,49683 and 700346</td>

<td> Stella</td><td> ATCC Nos. 43930 and 43931</td>

<td> Stigmatella</td><td> ATCC Nos. 25190 and 25191</td>

<td> Streptobacillus</td><td> ATCC Nos. 14075; DSMZ No. 12112</td>

<td> Succinimonas</td><td> DSMZ No. 2873</td>

<td> Succinivibrio</td><td> ATCC Nos. 19716; DSMZ No. 3072</td>

<td> Sulfobacillus</td><td> ATCC Nos. 51911 and 700253</td>

<td> Synechococcus</td><td> ATCC Nos. 29404 and 33912</td>

<td> Synechocystis</td><td> PCC Nos. 6308,6714,7008,7919 and 9220</td>

<td> Syntrophobacter</td><td> DSMZ Nos. 10017,10092 and 2805</td>

<td> Syntrophococcus</td><td> ATCC Nos. 43584; DSMZ No. 3224</td>

<td> Syntrophomonas</td><td> DSMZ Nos. 3441,4212 and 2245A</td>

<td> Tatumella</td><td> ATCC Nos. 33301; DSMZ No. 5000</td>

<td> Taylorella</td><td> ATCC Nos; 35865 and 700933</td>

<td> Thermochromatium</td><td> DSMZ No. 3771</td>

<td> Thermodesulfobacterium</td><td> DSMZ Nos. 2178,12571,14290,1276 and 8975</td>

W02005/026269

<td colspan="2"> Table 6: Examples of Gram-negative Eubacteria Culture Sources</td>

<td> Genus</td><td> Examples of Culture Collection Strains</td>

<td> Thermoleophilum</td><td> ATCC Nos. 35263 and 35268</td>

<td> Thermomicrobium</td><td> DSMZNo. 5159</td>

<td> Thermonema</td><td> ATCC Nos. 43542; DSMZ Nos. 5718 and 10300</td>

<td> Thermosipho</td><td> DSMZNo. 5309,13481,12029 and 6568</td>

<td> Thermotoga</td><td> ATCC Nos. 43589, 51869, BAA-301, BAA-488 and BAA-489</td>

<td> Thermus</td><td> ATCC Nos. 25105,27634,27978,31556 and 31674</td>

<td> Thiobacillus</td><td> ATCC Nos. 23642,23645,27977 and 43788 1</td>

<td> Thiocapsa</td><td> ATCC Nos. 43172 and 700894 1</td>

<td> Thiococcus</td><td> DSMZ Nos. 226 and 227</td>

<td> Thiocystis</td><td> DSMZ Nos. 215,207 and 198</td>

<td> Thiodictyon</td><td> DSMZ Nos. 232 and 234</td>

<td> Thiohalocapsa</td><td> DSMZNo. 6210</td>

<td> Thiolamprovum</td><td> DSMZNo. 3802</td>

<td> Thiomicrospira</td><td> ATCC Nos. 27801, 33889,35932, 51452 and 700858</td>

<td> Thiorhodovibrio</td><td> DSMZ No. 6702</td>

<td> Thiothrix</td><td> ATCC Nos. 49747,49749 and 49788</td>

<td> Tissierella</td><td> ATCC Nos. 25539; DSMZ Nos. 9508 and 6911</td>

<td> Tolypothrix</td><td> ATCC Nos. 20335 and 27914</td>

<td> Treponema</td><td> ATCC Nos. 27087,33096,.33520, 33768 and 35534</td>

<td> Vampirovibrio</td><td> ATCC Nos. 29753</td>

<td> Variovorax</td><td> ATCC Nos. 17549; DSMZ No. 30034 and 7516</td>

<td> Veillonella</td><td> ATCC Nos. 10790,12641,17743,17746 and 17747</td>

<td> Verrucomicrobium</td><td> ATCC Nos. 43997; DSMZ No. 4136</td>

<td> Vibrio</td><td> ATCC Nos. 11558,14048,14126,14390 and 15338</td>

<td> Vitreoscilla</td><td> ATCC Nos. 15218,15551 and 43189</td>

<td> Weeksella</td><td> ATCC Nos. 43766</td>

<td> Wolinella</td><td> ATCC Nos. 29543 and 33567; DSMZ No. 1740</td>

<td> Xanthobacter</td><td> ATCC Nos. 35674,35867,43847,700314 and 53272</td>

<td> Xanthomonas</td><td> ATCC Nos. 10017,10199,10201, 10731 and 33913</td>

<td> Xenococcus</td><td> ATCC Nos. 29373 and 29375</td>

<td> Xenorhabdus</td><td> ATCC Nos. 1906135271 ,33569 ״ and 49110</td>

PCI7US2004/007263

<td colspan="2"> Table 6: Examples of Gram-negative Eubacteria Culture Sources</td>

<td> Genus</td><td> Examples of Culture Collection Strains</td>

<td> Xylella</td><td> ATCC Nos. 35868; DSMZ No. 10026</td>

<td> Xylophilus</td><td> ATCC Nos. 29074; DSMZ No. 7250</td>

<td> Yersinia</td><td> ATCC Nos. 11960,23715,29912, 33640, 9610 and 29909 1</td>

<td> Yokenella</td><td> ATCC Nos. 35313; DSMZ No. 5079 i</td>

<td> Zobellia</td><td> ATCC Nq. 14397, DSMZ No. 2061 and 12802</td>

<td> Zoogloea</td><td> ATCC Nos. 19544, 25935, 700687,19123 and 19324</td>

<td> Zymomonas</td><td> ATCC Nos. 10988; DSMZ No. 424</td>

<td> Zymophilus</td><td> ATCC Nos. 49689 and 49691</td>

[0134] As would be recognized by those of ordinary skill in the art, certain cells, such as, for example, those of the genera Ancalomicrobium, Asticcacaulis, Caulobacter, Dichotomicrobium, Filomicrobium, Hirschia, Hyphomicrobium, Hyphomonas, Labrys, Pedomicrobium and Prosthecobacter, generally have one or more prosthecae (e.g., 1-10) extending from the main cell body. A prosthecae is a spike-like extension of the cell, and generally comprises the cell wall and/or cell membrane. Typically, a prosthecae ranges in size from 0.1-0.7 pm X 0.1-40.0 pm. It is contemplated that such cells may produce a cell-based particulate material of the present invention of 0.1-0.7 pm diameter for use in a surface treatment by application of a processing step such as physical force (e.g., shearing, sonication) to fragment a prosthecae from the main cell body.

[0135] Specific examples of colored Gram-negative Eubacteria species, with exemplary colors, include: Xenorhabdus beddingii (blue; ATCC No. 49110; DSMZ No. 4764), Xenorhabduspoinarii (blue; ATCC No. 35272; DSMZ No. 4768), Vibrio nigripulchritudo (blue; ATCC Nos. 27043 and 33901), Pseudomonas viridiflava (blue-green; ATCC No. 13222; DSMZ No. 11124), Cytophaga marinoflava (yellow, ATCC No. 19326; DSMZ No. 3653), Cytophaga fermentans (yellow; ATCC No. 19072), Escherichia hermannii (yellow; ATCC No. 33651; DSMZ No. 4560), Microscilla aggregans (yellow; ATCC No. 23190), Flexibacter aurantiacus (yellow; ATCC No. 23108; DSMZ No. 6792), Flexibacter sancti (yellow; ATCC No. 23092; DSMZ No. 784), Planctomyces brasiliensis (yellow; ATCC No. 49424; DSMZ No. 5305), Acetomicrobium flavidum (yellow; ATCC No. 43122; DSMZ No. 20664), Cellulophaga lytica (yellow, ATCC Nos. 23169 and 23178, DSMZ Nos. 7489 and 2039), Enterobacter sakazakii (yellow; ATCC No. 12868; DSMZ No. 4485), Pseudomonads mendocina (yellow; ATCC Nos. 25411 and 25413), Vibrio fischeri (yellow; ATCC No. 14546; DSMZ No. 507), Vibrio logei (yellow; ATCC Nos. 15382 and 35079), Xanthobacter agilis (yellow; ATCC No. 43847; DSMZ No. 3770), Xanthobacter autotrophicus (yellow; ATCC No. 35674; DSMZ No. 432), Xanthobacterflavus (yellow; ATCC No. 35867; DSMZ No. 338), Pseudomonas alcaligenes (yellow-orange; ATCC No. 14909; DSMZ No. 50342), Pseudomonas mendochina (yellow-orange; DSMZ No. 50017), Spirochaeta aurantia (yelloworange; ATCC No. 25082, DSMZ No. 1902), Cytophaga aurantiaca (orange; ATCC No. 12208; DSMZ No. 3654), Herpetosiphon aurantiacus (orange; ATCC No. 23779; DSMZ No. 785), Herpetosiphon geysericola (orange; ATCC No. 23076; DSMZ No. 7119), Microscilla marina (orange; ATCC No. 23134; DSMZ No. 4236), Microscilla sericea (orange; ATCC Nos. 23182 and 23186), Microscilla furvescens (orange; ATCC No. 23129), Flexibacter flexilis (orange; ATCC No. 23089; DSMZ No. 6793), Flexibacter elegans (orange; ATCC No. 23112; DSMZ No. 3317), Flammeovirga dprica (orange; ATCC Nos. 23126 and 23132; DSMZ No. 3659), Persicobacter diffluens (orange; ATCC Nos. 23140 and 23155; DSMZ No. 3658), Flexibacterpolymorphus (peach; ATCC No. 27820; DSMZ No. 9678), Cytophaga latercula (orange-red; ATCC No. 23177; DSMZ No. 2041), Saprospira grandis (orange-red; ATCC No. 23175; DSMZ No. 2844), Erwiniapersicinus (red; ATCC Nos. 35998 and 700561), Flexibacter litoralis (red; ATCC No. 23117; DSMZ No. 6794), Flexibacter roseolus (red; ATCC No. 23087; DSMZ No. 9546), Flexibacter rubber (red; ATCC No. 23103; DSMZ No. 9560), Spirochaeta halophila (red; ATCC No. 29478; DSMZ No. 10522), Vibrio gazogenes (red; ATCC Nos. 29988 and 43066), Planctomyces marts (red; ATCC No. 29201; DSMZ No. 8797), Hyphomonas jannaschiana (brown; ATCC No. 33882; DSMZ No. 5153), Lysobacter brunescens (yellow to brown; ATCC No. 29483; DSMZ No. 6979), Lysobacter enzymogenes (yellow to brown; ATCC No. 21123; DSMZ No. 2043), Lysobacter antibioticus (Orange or pink to brown; ATCC No. 29480; DSMZ No. 2045), Marinilabilia agarovorans (pink to salmon; ATCC Nos. 19041 and 19043; DSMZ No. 1449), Azospirillum brasilense (pink; ATCC No. 29145, DSMZ Nq. 1690), Cyclobacterium marinum (pink; ATCC No. 25205, DSMZ No. 745), Flectobacillus major (pink; ATCC No. 29496, DSMZ No. 103), Methylomonas methanica (pink; ATCC Nos. 35067 and 51626), Acidiphilium cryptum (Pink or white; DSMZ Nos. 2389,2390,2613 and 9467), Acidiphilium organovorum (white; ATCC No. 43141), Acidiphilium lipoferum (pink; ATCC No. 29707; DSMZ No. 1691), Flexibacter canadensis (white; ATCC No. 29591; DSMZ No. 3403), Pedobacter heparinus (yellow-gray; ATCC No. 13125, DSMZ No. 2366), and Lysobacter gummosus (yellow-gray; ATCC No.

29489; DSMZ No. 6980).

[0136] Additional examples of colored Gram-negative Eubacteria genera, with exemplary colors, include: Archangium, Chondromyces, Cystobacter, Melittangium, Myxococcus, NannocystisjPolyangium, and Stigmatella, which may be yellow, orange, or red);

as well as Chromobacterium (violet); Janthinobacterium (violet); Chromohalobacter (violetblue to brown); Oscillatoria (blue-green, red, blackish); Pseudanabaena (blue-green, red); Spirulina (blue-green, red); Spirosoma (pale yellow); Chitinophaga (yellow); Pantoea (yellow); Variovorax (yellow); Xanthobqcter (yellow); Xanthomonas (yellow); Cytophaga (yellow, orange, or red), Herpetosiphon (red, orange, or yellow); Thermus (yellow, orange, red); Flavobacterium (yellow to orange); Flexibacter (yellow to orange), Microscilla (yellow or orange); Thermonema (orange); Capnpcytophaga (orange-red); Methylobacterium (pink to orange-red); Thermoleophilum (red-pink); Thermomicrobium (red-pink); Filomicrobium (red); Runella (pale pink); Haliscomenobacter (pink); Isosphaera (pink), Desulfuromonas (pink to reddish brown); Lysobacter (cream, pink, yellow-brown); Agrobacterium (light beige); Marinobacter (white to beige); Arsenophonus (gray-white); Aminobacter (white to light yellow); Halomonas (white to yellow); Rhizobacter (white to yellowish); Desulfurella (whitish); Zymomonas (white to cream); Azorhizobium (cream); Meniscus (chalky-white); and Acidomonas (white).

[0137] In certain aspects, it is contemplated that cell-based particulate material and extracted colorants from such material may be used as a fluorescent colorant. For example, the genera Phenylobacterium can produce a greenish fluorescent colorant.

[0138] In specific aspects, it is contemplated that cell-based particulate material and extracted colorants from such material may be used as a pH indicator colorant. Such a pH indicator colorant may be useful in monitoring a variety of metabolic, enzymatic, or chemical reactions that generate hydronium or hydroxy species. For example, the carotenoid flexirubin changes color from yellow in acid to neutral conditions to purple, red or red-brown in alkali conditions, and visa versa. It is contemplated that flexirubin, and cell-based particulate material that comprises flexirubin, may be used as pH indicator colorant. Examples of cells that normally comprise flexirubin, and exemplary non-alkali colors, include: Flexibacter filiformis (golden yellow; ATCC No. 29495, DSMZ No. 527), Cytophaga allerginae (yellow; ATCC No. 35408), Cytophaga arvensicola (yellow-orange; ATCC No. 51264, DSMZ No. 3695), Cytophaga hutchinsonii (yellow; ATCC No. 33406, DSMZ No. 1761), Flavobacterium hydatis (yellow; ATCC No. 29551, DSMZ No.1761), Flavobacterium johnsoniae (yellow; ATCC Nos. 17061 and 29585, DSMZ Nos.2064 and 425), Flavobacterium columnare (goldenyellow; ATCC No. 23463), Zobellia uliginosa (golden-yellow; ATCC No. 14397, DSMZ No. 2061), Flavobacteriumpectinovorum (yellow; ATCC No. 19366, DSMZ No. 6368), Flavobacterium psychrophilum (yellow; ATCC Nos. 49418 and 49511, DSMZ No. 3660), and Flavobacterium saccharophilum (yellow; ATCC No. 49530, DSMZ No. 1811).

[0139] In some embodiments, a cell may be endogenously coated with a metallic compound. Such cells are contemplated for use in the present invention as a metallic pigment and/or anti-corrosion pigment. Examples of such cells include those of the genera Pedomicrobium, Planctomyces and Metallogenium, which are often coated with a manganese oxide, an iron oxide, or a combination thereof. For example, Pedomicrobium americanum (ATCC No. 43615) is typically coated with a combination of iron oxide and manganese oxide, Pedomicrobium ferrugineum (ATCC No. 33116 and 33119) is typically coated with an iron oxide, Pedomicrobium manganicum (ATCC No. 33121) and cell of the genera Metallogenium are typically coated with a manganese oxide. Such iron oxide and/or manganese oxide materials may confer a yellow to brown color to the cell, though cells comprising iron oxide materials are often red-brown, and cells comprising manganese oxide are often green (eg., olive). As would be known to those of ordinary skill in the art, various cells may internalize metals (eg., gold, silver, selenium, etc.)״ and may possess magnetic properties (e.g., alignment in a magnetic field), as is common in magnetotactic bacteria. An example of such an additional metal comprising cell include the magnetotactic genera Magnetospirillum.

[0140] Some Gram-negative Eubacteria typically grow in extreme environmental conditions. Examples of Gram-negative hyperthermophiles with exemplary temperature growth ranges include Acetomicrobium (58-73°C), Chlorobium tepidum (55 °C to 56°C), Chloroflexus aurantiacus (20-66°C; ATCC Nos. 29365 and 29366; DSMZ Nos. 635, 636, 637 and 638), Desulfurella (52-57°C), Dichotomicrobium (35-55°C), Fervidobacterium (40-80°C), Flexibacter (18-47°C), Isosphaera (35-55°C), Methylococcus (30-50°C), Microscilla (3045°C), Oscillatoria (56-60°C), Thermodesulfobacterium (65-70°C), Thermoleophilum (4570°C), Thermomicrobium (4580°־C), Thermonema (60-70°C), Thermosipho (33-77°C), Thermotoga (55-90°C), Thermus (70-75°C), and Thiobacillus aquaesulis (40-50°C). Examples of Gram-negative extreme halophiles with exemplary NaCI growth ranges include Halobacteroides (1.44-2.4 M), Halomonas (0.09-3.42 M) and Marinobacter (0.08-3.5 M). Examples of Gram-negative extreme alkaliphile and/or extreme acidophile genera with exemplary pH growth ranges include Acetobacter (pH 5.4-6.3), Acidomonas (pH 2.0-5.5), Acidiphilium (pH 2.5-5.9), Arthrospira (pH 11.0), Beijerinckia (pH 3.0-10.0), Chitinophaga (pH 4.010.0־), Derxia (pH 5.5-9.0), Ectothiorhodospira (pH 7.6-9.5), Frateuria (pH 3.6), Gluconobacter (pH 5.5-6.0), Herbaspirillum (pH 5.3-8.0), Leptospirillum (pH 1.5-4.0), Morococcus (pH 5.5-9.0), Rhodopila (pH 4.8-5.0), Rhodobaca bogoriensis (pH range 7.5-10; ATCC No. 700920), Thermoleophilum (pH 5.8-8.0), Thermomicrobium (pH 7.5-8.7), Thiobacillus (pH 2.0-8.0), and Xanthobacter (pH 5.8-9.0).

WO 2005/026269 PCI7US2004/007263

b. Eukaryotic organisms

[0141] Eukaryotic organisms are generally classified in the Kingdom Animalia (“animals”), the Kingdom Fungi (“fungi”), the Kingdom Plantae (“plants”) or the Kingdom Protista (“protists”). Eukaryotic cells are generally of larger cellular size than prokaryotes, with numerous examples of cells and cell sizes described herein. In the practice of the present invention, unicellular and oligocellular eukaryotic organisms are preferred, as it is contemplated that the number of processing steps, and hence cost, will be less. Such eukaryotic cells and organisms are often classified in the Kingdom Protista, though certain fungi are also unicellular and oligocellular fungi are contemplated, and are described herein. Eukaryotic cells and organisms that possess a cell wall or other durable biomolecule material are contemplated, and such cells are usually classified in the Kingdom Protista, the Kingdom Plantae, and the Kingdom Fungi. Eukaryotic cells and organisms that lack a durable cell wall (e.g״ the Kingdom Animalia) may be used as a coating or other surface treatment component, but are less preferred for use a cell-based particulate material in the present invention.

Examples of preferred eukaryotic cells and organisms for use as a cell-based particulate material of the present invention are described below.

(1) Fungi

[0142] Organisms of the eukaryotic Fungi Kingdom include organisms commonly referred to as molds, morels, mushrooms, puffballs, rusts, smuts, truffles, and yeasts. A fungal organism typically comprises multicellular filaments that grow into a food supply (e.g., carbon based polymers), but may become unicellular spores in nutrient poor conditions. In the practice of the present invention, fungi microorganisms (e.g., filamentous fungi, yeasts) that are unicellular or oligocellular, including those that are unicellular or oligocellular during a stage in the lifecycle (e.g., spores), are preferred. Yeasts are a preferred type of fungi, as they generally live or have a stage of life that is typically unicellular in nature. It is contemplated that culturing such unicellular or oligocellular ftmgi, and/or producing the cell-based particulate material of the present invention from such fungi, will entail less steps, be more amenable to large scale production, be more economical, or a combination thereof, relative to culturing and processing cell-based particulate material from a multicellular fungi.

[0143] Fungi cell wall components typically include beta-1,4-liriked homopolymers of N־acetylglucosamine (“chitin”) and a glucan. The glucan is usually an alpha-glucan, such as a polymer comprising an alpha-1,3- and alpha-1,6- linkage (Griffin, 1994). Some Ascomycota species (Ophiostomataceae) comprise cell walls made of cellulose. Certain species of Chytridiomycota (e.g., Coelomomycetales) do not possess cell walls, and are less preferred (Alexopoulos et al., 1996).

[0144] Examples of yeast cell’s size and shapes are shown at Table 7 below.

<td colspan="4"> Table 7: Examples of Yeast Cell’s Size and Shape</td>

<td> Genus</td><td> Size</td><td> Shape</td><td> Number</td>

<td> Aciculoconidium</td><td> 3.5-8.5 pm X 4.0-15.0 pm</td><td> Ο,Ερ</td><td> S, OC, OL</td>

<td> Agaricostilbum</td><td> 4.0-10.0 pm X 2.0-4.0 pm</td><td> Ep, Fu</td><td> S</td>

<td> Ambrosiozyma</td><td> 2.0-9.0 gm X 4.014.0־ gm i</td><td> Sp, O, Ep</td><td> S, P, OC, OL</td>

<td> Arxiozyma</td><td> 2.9-6.0 pmlX 4.5-7.5 pm</td><td> Sp, Ep</td><td> S, P, OC</td>

<td> Arxula</td><td> 2.2-3.6 pmiX 2.4-5.6 pm</td><td> 0</td><td> s</td>

<td> Ascoidea</td><td> 2.5-4.0 pmX 3.5-5.5 pm</td><td> Gl</td><td> S, OL</td>

<td> Babjevia</td><td> 4.5-7.0 pm X 5.3-9.0 pm</td><td> Sp, O</td><td> S</td>

<td> Bensingtonia</td><td> 6.0-30.0 pm X 2.0-7.0 pm</td><td> 0, Ep, Gl, Fu, Cy</td><td> S, OC</td>

<td> Blastobotrys</td><td> 2.5-3.5 pm</td><td> O</td><td> OL</td>

<td> Botryozyma</td><td> 8.0-22.5 pm X 2.0-5.5 pm</td><td> Cy</td><td> P, OC</td>

<td> Bullera</td><td> 4.0-35.0 pm X 2.012.0־ pm</td><td> Ep, O, Cy, Le, Fu</td><td> s</td>

<td> Bulleromyces</td><td> 5.0-11.0 pmX 3.0-6.0 pm</td><td> Ep, O, Gl</td><td> s</td>

<td> Candida</td><td> 1.0-7.0 pm X 1.5-23.0 pm</td><td> El, Gl, O, Sp, Cy, Lu</td><td> S, P, OC, OL</td>

<td> Cephaloascus</td><td> 1.5-2.5 pm X 3.0-5.0 pm</td><td> Ep</td><td> OC, OL</td>

<td> Chionosphaera</td><td> 1.5-3.0 pm X 3.0-6.0 pm</td><td> Ep</td><td> S,P</td>

<td> Citeromyces</td><td> 3.0-9.5 pm X 4.0-10.5 pm</td><td> Sp, O</td><td> S, P, T</td>

<td> Clavispora</td><td> 2.0-6.0 pm X 3.0-16.0 pm</td><td> O</td><td> S, P, OC</td>

<td> Cryptococcus</td><td> 1.1-15.0 pm X 4.0-10.1 pm</td><td> Gl, Ep, O, Sp, Le</td><td> S, P, OC, OL</td>

<td> Cystofilobasidium</td><td> 1.0-5.0 pm X 2.0-14.0 pm</td><td> Gl, O, Ep</td><td> S, P, OC</td>

<td> Debaryomyces</td><td> 1.4-8.5 pm X 2.0-20.0 pm</td><td> Sp, El, Ep, Cy</td><td> S, P, OL, OC</td>

<td> Dekkera</td><td> 2.0-7.0 pm X 3.0-28.0 pm</td><td> Sp, O, Ep, Cy</td><td> S, P, OL, OC</td>

<td> Dipodascopsis</td><td> 1.0 pm X 1.5-2.0 pm</td><td> Ep</td><td> S, OL</td>

<td> Dipodascus</td><td> 3.0-4.5 pm X 3.8-6.0 pm</td><td> Ep</td><td> S, OL</td>

Table 7: Examples of Yeast Cell’s Size and Shape

<td> Genus</td><td> Size</td><td> Shape</td><td> Number</td>

<td> Endomyces</td><td> 3.5-4.0 pm X 4.0-5.5 pm</td><td> Gl</td><td> S, OL</td>

<td> Eremothecium</td><td> 1.7-13.9 pin X 4.2-14.0 pm</td><td> Ov, Gl</td><td> S, P, OL</td>

<td> Erythrobasidium</td><td> 3.8-5.8 pm X 6.3-10.5 pm</td><td> 0</td><td> S,P</td>

<td> Fellomyces</td><td> 1.0-8.0 pm X 2.0-11.0 pm</td><td> Sp, 0, Ep, Ap, G1</td><td> S.O</td>

<td> Filobasidiella</td><td> 3.0-8.0 pm X 3.0-5.0 pm</td><td> Gl, 0</td><td> S, OL</td>

<td> Filobasidium</td><td> 3.0-10.7 pm X 3.0-17.8 pm</td><td> 0, Ep, Sp</td><td> S,P, OL</td>

<td> Galactomyces</td><td> 7.0-12.0 pm X 6.0-9.0 pm</td><td> Sp</td><td> S, OL</td>

<td> Geotrichum</td><td> 5.0-7.0 pm X 7.0-9.0 pm</td><td> El</td><td> OL</td>

<td> Hanseniaspora</td><td> 1.5-7.5 pm'X 2.5-18.2 pm</td><td> 0, Sp</td><td> S,P</td>

<td> Hyalodendron</td><td> 1.5-3.0 pm X 5.0-15.0 pm</td><td> Cy</td><td> OL</td>

<td> Issatchenkia</td><td> 1.3-6.0 pmX 3.0-14.7 pm</td><td> 0</td><td> S,P</td>

<td> Itersonilia</td><td> 9.0-40.0 pm X 3.0-11.0 pm</td><td> Cy, El, Fu</td><td> OL</td>

<td> Kloeckera</td><td> 2.0-4.5 pm X 4.0-9.5 pm</td><td> Ap, 0, El</td><td> S,P</td>

<td> Kluyveromyces</td><td> 1.0-9.0 pm X 2.0-11.0 pm</td><td> Gl, Ep, 0, Cy, Sp</td><td> S, P, OL, OC</td>

<td> Kockovaella</td><td> 1.5-5.9 pm X 4.0-10.0 pm</td><td> Sp, 0</td><td> OL, OC</td>

<td> Kurtzmanomyces</td><td> 2.0-7.0 pm X 4.0-8.0 pm</td><td> Sp, 0</td><td> s</td>

<td> Leucosporidium</td><td> 1.0-7.0 pm X 3.0-16.0 pm</td><td> 0</td><td> S, P, oc</td>

<td> Lipomyces</td><td> 3.2-8.0 pm X 4.0-12.0 pm</td><td> Gl, Ep</td><td> S,p</td>

<td> Lodderomyces</td><td> 2.6-6.3 pm X 4.0-7.4 pm</td><td> Sp, Ep</td><td> S, P, OL</td>

<td> Malassezia</td><td> 1.5-7.5 pm X 2.0-8.0 pm</td><td> O,Ep</td><td> S,P, OL</td>

<td> Metschnikowia</td><td> 2.0-11.0 pm X 3.0-27.5 pm</td><td> 0, Ep, Sp, Gl, Cy</td><td> S,P,OL, OC</td>

<td> Moniliella</td><td> 3.0-6.0 pmX 6.0-19.0 pm</td><td> El</td><td> OL</td>

<td> Mrakia</td><td> 2.6-8.0 pm X 3.0-14.0 pm</td><td> 0</td><td> S,P</td>

<td> Myxozyma</td><td> 1.9-6.9 pm X 2.1-6.9 pm</td><td> Sp, 0, Ep</td><td> S,P, OL</td>

<td> Nadsonia</td><td> 4.2-8.0 pm X 5.6-16.0 pm</td><td> 0, Ap, Ep</td><td> S, P, OC</td>

<td> Oosporidium</td><td> 5.0-12.0 pmX 6.0-12.5 pm</td><td> Gl, 0, El</td><td> OL</td>

<td> Pachysolen</td><td> 1.5-5.0 pm X 2.0-7.0 pm</td><td> Sp, Ep</td><td> S,P</td>

<td> Phaffia</td><td> 3.5-10.0 pmX 5.0-13.5 pm</td><td> Sp, 0</td><td> S,P, oc</td>

<td> Pichia</td><td> 1.0-8.0 pmX 1.0-25.0 pm</td><td> Sp, Ep, 0,</td><td> s, P, oc,</td>

<td colspan="4"> Table 7: Examples of Yeast Cell’s Size and Shape</td>

<td> Genus</td><td> Size</td><td> Shape</td><td> Number</td>

<td></td><td></td><td> Sp, Cy</td><td> OL</td>

<td> Protomyces</td><td> 2.0-5.0 pm X 2.5-10.0 pm</td><td> Ep</td><td> S, P, OC</td>

<td> Pseudozyma</td><td> 5.0-35.0 pmX 1.5-3.0 pm</td><td> Fu, Cy</td><td> OL</td>

<td> Reniforma</td><td> 3.0-6.0 pm X 2.3-5.0 pm</td><td> Ki</td><td> S, P, OC</td>

<td> Rhodosporidium</td><td> 1.0-8.0 pin X 2.0-20.1 pm</td><td> Sp, 0, R, Ep</td><td> S, P, OC</td>

<td> Rhodotorula</td><td> 1.0-8.0 pm X 1.5-24.0 pm</td><td> Ep, 0, Cy, Gl</td><td> S, P, OL, OC</td>

<td> Saccaromycopsis</td><td> 1.9-11.1 pm X 3.0-25.0 pm</td><td> Sp, Ep, 0</td><td> S,p</td>

<td> Saccharomyces</td><td> 2.2-8.0 pmX 3.0-13.5 pm</td><td> Gl, 0, Ep, Cy</td><td> S, P, OL</td>

<td> Saccharomycodes</td><td> 4.0-7.0 pm X 8.0-23.0 pm</td><td> Le</td><td> s,p,t</td>

<td> Saitoella</td><td> 2.5-8.0 pm X 3.0-14.0 pm</td><td> 0, Ep</td><td> s</td>

<td> Satumispora</td><td> 2.3-7.0 pm X 2.5-12.0 pm</td><td> Sp, El, 0</td><td> S,P</td>

<td> Schizoblastosporion</td><td> 2.5-6.8 pm X 4.5-20.0 pm</td><td> Ep, Cy</td><td> s,p</td>

<td> Schizosaccharomyces</td><td> 3.0-9.0 pm X 5.0-24.0 pm</td><td> Gl, Ep, Cy</td><td> S,P, OL</td>

<td> Sporidiobolus</td><td> 2.0-9.0 pm X 3.0-27.0 pm</td><td> 0, E, Sp, Cy</td><td> S, P, OL, OC</td>

<td> Sporobolomyces</td><td> 3.5-25.0 pm X 4.0-6.5 pm</td><td> Ep, Cy, Fu, 0</td><td> S, OC</td>

<td> Sporopachydermia</td><td> 2.0-4.0 pm X 4.0-14.0 pm</td><td> Ep</td><td> S, P, OL</td>

<td> Stephanoascus</td><td> 3.0-5.0 pm X 5.0-8.0 pm</td><td> Gl</td><td> S, OL,ML</td>

<td> Sterigmatomyces</td><td> 2.0-7.0 pmX 3.0-11.0 pm</td><td> Sp, 0</td><td> OC</td>

<td> Sterigmatosporidium</td><td> 1.1-3.7 pm X 1.6-10.1 pm</td><td> 0, Cy, Ep</td><td> s</td>

<td> Sympodiomyces</td><td> 1.0-1.3 pm X 1.3-3.4 pm</td><td> 0</td><td> s</td>

<td> Sympodiomycopsis</td><td> 4.0-11.0 pm X 2.0-6.0 pm</td><td> 0, Ep</td><td> S, P, OC</td>

<td> Tilletiaria</td><td> 6.0-20.0 pm X 5.0-8.0 pm</td><td> Gl, El</td><td> OCL</td>

<td> Tilletiopsis</td><td> 5.0-20.0 pm X 3.0-7.0 pm</td><td> Fu, Cy, El</td><td> OL</td>

<td> Torulaspora</td><td> 2.1-6.6 pm X 3.0-6.6 pm</td><td> Sp, Ep</td><td> s,p</td>

<td> Trichosporon</td><td> 3.0-4.0 pm X 4.0-15.0 pm</td><td> Fu,Cy</td><td> OL</td>

<td> Trichosporonoides</td><td> 2.0-6.5 pm X 4.0-8.0 pm</td><td> 0</td><td> S, OC</td>

<td> Trigonopsis</td><td> 3.5-6.0 pm X 2.0-6.0 pm</td><td> Ep, Tr</td><td> S,P</td>

<td> Tsuchiyaea</td><td> 4.044.0 pmX 3.0-9.0 pm</td><td> Gl, Ep</td><td> S, P, OC</td>

<td colspan="4"> Table 7: Examples of Yeast Cell’s Size and Shape</td>

<td> Genus</td><td> Size</td><td> Shape</td><td> Number</td>

<td> Wickerhamia</td><td> 4.0-7.0 pm|X 8.0-22.0 pm</td><td> 0־ Ap</td><td> S,P,T</td>

<td> Wickerhamiella</td><td> 1.2-3.5 pmX 1.4-3.5 pm</td><td> Sp,Ep</td><td> S, P, OL</td>

<td> Williopsis</td><td> 2.4-6.5 pmX 3.0-8.5 pm</td><td> Sp, Ep</td><td> S, P, OL</td>

<td> Xanthophyllomyces</td><td> 3.5-10.0 pmX 5.0-13.5 pm</td><td> Sp, O</td><td> S,P, OC</td>

<td> Yarrowia</td><td> 3.0-5.0 pm X 3.3-15.0 pm</td><td> Sp, El</td><td> S, P, OL</td>

<td> Zygoascus</td><td> 2.0-5.0 pm X 4.5-15.5 pm</td><td> O</td><td> S, OL</td>

<td> Zygosaccharomyces</td><td> 1.8-7.8 pmX2.1-11.8 pm 1</td><td> Sp, Ep, Cy, O</td><td> S, P, OL</td>

<td> Zygozyma</td><td> 3.0-7.0 pm X 2.0-6.0 pm</td><td> Gl,Ep</td><td> S,P</td>

Shape: Ap = apiculate; R = rod; O = ovoid, oval; Sp = spherical; G1 = globose; Cy = cylindrical; Ep = ellipsoidal; El = elongate; Fu = fusiform; Ki = kidney-shape; Le = lemonshape; Lu = lunate; Og = ogiva; Tr = triangle.

Number: S = unicellular; P = cell pairs; T = triad of cells; OC = oligocellular cluster; OL = oligocelhilar linear.

[0145] Examples of biological culture collection sources for yeasts are shown at Table 8 below.

<td colspan="2"> Table 8: Examples of Yeast Culture Sources</td>

<td> Genus</td><td> Examples of Culture Collection Strains</td>

<td> Aciculoconidium</td><td> ATCC No. 15540; DSMZ No. 3426; IHEM No. 5757</td>

<td> Agaricostilbum</td><td> VKM No. Y-2684</td>

<td> Ambrosiozyma</td><td> ATCC Nos. 14627 and 24611; MUCL No. 31903</td>

<td> Arxiozyma</td><td> ATCC No. 13603; MUCL No. 31148</td>

<td> Arxula</td><td> ATCC Nos. 60136 and 76597; MUCL No. 31910</td>

<td> Ascoidea</td><td> ATCC Nos. 16142, 22790, 22852 and 24275</td>

<td> Babjevia</td><td> ATCC No. 32435</td>

<td> Bensingtonia</td><td> ATCC No. 20919; MUCL Nos. 34517,34516 and 34518</td>

<td> Blastobotrys</td><td> ATCC Nos. 18420, 34215, 34216, 36955 and 42712</td>

<td> Botryozyma</td><td> ATCC No. 90048</td>

<td> Bullera</td><td> ATCC Nos. 52901,52901 and 24608</td>

<td> Bulleromyces</td><td> ATCC No. 18568; DSMZ No. 10637; MUCL No. 27709</td>

<td> Candida</td><td> ATCC Nos. 18805,22939,12573, 22983 and 10674</td>

<td> Cephaloascus : .</td><td> ATCC Nos. 12091 and 66658; IHEM No. 3810</td>

<td colspan="2"> Table 8: Examples of Yeast Culture Sources</td>

<td> Genus</td><td> Examples of Culture Collection Strains</td>

<td> Chionosphaera</td><td> ATCC No. 52639</td>

<td> Citeromyces</td><td> ATCC No. 14080; DSMZ No. 70187; THEM No. 5815</td>

<td> Clavispora</td><td> ATCC Nos; 201083 and 42172; THEM No. 3979</td>

<td> Cryptococcus</td><td> ATCC Nosi 76863,56686, 64839,22025 and 36649</td>

<td> Cystofilobasidium</td><td> ATCC Nos. 24496,24500,16182 and 96307</td>

<td> Debaryomyces</td><td> ATCC Nos. 10619,18106,20322,24214 and 66545</td>

<td> Dekkera</td><td> ATCC Nos. 10559,10563,201304, 22341 and 24195</td>

<td> Dipodascopsis</td><td> ATCC Nos. 76902,76904,32251 and 7445</td>

<td> Dipodascus</td><td> ATCC Nos. 10678,11647,12934,200547 and 22540</td>

<td> Endomyces</td><td> DSMZ No. 70554; IHEM No. 4861</td>

<td> Eremothecium</td><td> MUCL Nos. 27806 and 31252</td>

<td> Erythrobdsidium</td><td> ATCC No. ?536; DSMZ No. 7505</td>

<td> Fellomyces</td><td> ATCC Nos. 32128, 32821 and 32822</td>

<td> Filobasidiella</td><td> ATCC Nos. 10226,36983, 64866,24066 and 28958</td>

<td> Filobasidium</td><td> ATCC Nos. 22179,22367 and 24227</td>

<td> Galactomyces</td><td> ATCC Nos. 66100 and 66101; IHEM Nos. 5249 and 5248</td>

<td> Geotrichum</td><td> ATCC Nos. 10675,10834, 11247,18019 and 200558</td>

<td> Hanseniaspora</td><td> ATCC Nos. 10630,10631,18859 and 204303</td>

<td> Hyalodendron</td><td> ATCC Nos. 16172 and 66689</td>

<td> Issatchenkia</td><td> ATCC Nos. 201080,20380,22306 and 24184</td>

<td> Itersonilia</td><td> ATCC Nos. 15495 and 36403</td>

<td> Kloeckera</td><td> ATCC Nos. 10632, 10634,10635,58370 and 10636</td>

<td> Kluyveromyces</td><td> ATCC Nos. 10022,18862,34711,200793 and 200968</td>

<td> Kockovaella</td><td> ATCC No. 204345; MUCL Nos. 38916 and 38917</td>

<td> Kurtzmanomyces</td><td> ATCC Nos. 32127 and 76287; MUCL Nos. 38920 and 38921</td>

<td> Leucosporidium</td><td> ATCC Nos. 22177 and 10572; MUCL No. 28629</td>

<td> Lipomyces</td><td> ATCC Nos. 12659 and 32372; IHEM No. 5759</td>

<td> Lodderomyces</td><td> ATCC No. 11503; DSMZ No. 70320; IHEM No. 5820</td>

<td> Malassezia</td><td> ATCC Nos. 14522,42132 and 44338</td>

<td> Metschnikowia</td><td> ATCC Nos. 10570,22033,22301,42520 and 90300</td>

<td> Moniliella</td><td> ATCC Nos. 18455 and 18456</td>

<td> Mrakia</td><td> ATCC No. 22029; DSMZ No. 4634; MUCL No. 30337</td>

<td colspan="2"> Table 8: Examples of Yeast Culture Sources</td>

<td> Genus</td><td> Examples of Culture Collection Strains</td>

<td> Myxozyma.</td><td> ATCCNos. 52275, 76214, 52276, 90526 and 76358</td>

<td> Nadsonia</td><td> ATCCNos. 10644 and 58437; MUCLNo. 31251</td>

<td> Oosporidium</td><td> ATCC Nos. 10676 and 64138; DSMZNo. 70351</td>

<td> Pachysolen</td><td> ATCC No. 32691; DSMZ No. 70352; THEM No. 5813</td>

<td> Phaffia</td><td> MUCLNo. 31142; IHEMNo. 5758</td>

<td> Pichia</td><td> ATCC Nos. 36079,28319, 24238,46071 and 36905</td>

<td> Protomyces</td><td> ATCC Nos‘ 16175, 22666, 56196, 64066 and 90575</td>

<td> Pseudozyma</td><td> ATCC Nos.i 32189,32657, 64961,34888 and 64962</td>

<td> Reniforma</td><td> ATCC No. 66374</td>

<td> Rhodosporidium</td><td> ATCC Nos. 90942,66477, 90175,201850 and 10657</td>

<td> Rhodotorula</td><td> ATCCNos. 28266,18818, 52902,14023 and28322</td>

<td> Saccaromycopsis</td><td> DSMZ Nos. 70560</td>

<td> Saccharomyces</td><td> ATCC Nos. 10601,10274, 58439, 200343 and 48553</td>

<td> Saccharomycodes</td><td> ATCCNo. 11313; DSMZNo. 3437; MUCLNo. 27836</td>

<td> Saitoella</td><td> JCMN0.7358</td>

<td> Saturnispora</td><td> JCMNos. 10726,1795,1793 and 1515</td>

<td> Schizoblastosporion</td><td> ATCCNo. 24615; DSMZNo. 70569; IHEMNo. 5819</td>

<td> Schizosaccharomyces</td><td> ATCCNos. 10660 and 14548; MUCL No. 27840</td>

<td> Sporidiobolus</td><td> ATCCNos. 16039,11386,18159 and 16406</td>

<td> Sporobolomyces</td><td> ATCC Nos. 52908, 24258, MYA-595,16406 and 18802</td>

<td> Sporopachydermia</td><td> ATCC Nos. 22026,26895 and 56629</td>

<td> Stephanoascus</td><td> ATCC Nos. 22873,64874,64875,90780 and 96582</td>

<td> Sterigmatomyces</td><td> ATCCNos. 18893 and24056; IHEMNo. 1083</td>

<td> Sterigmatosporidium</td><td> ATCC No. 60340; MUCL No. 31914</td>

<td> Sympodiomyces</td><td> ATCC No. 22869; MUCL No. 31913</td>

<td> Sympodiomycopsis</td><td> ATCC No. 201321</td>

<td> Taphrina</td><td> MUCL Nos. 39262,39267,42983,30956 and 39263</td>

<td> Tilletiaria</td><td> ATCC No. 24038</td>

<td> Tilletiopsis</td><td> ATCC Nos. 10764,24343, 24344,24345 and 36489</td>

<td> Torulaspora</td><td> ATCC Nos. 10662 and 18975; THEM No. 2393</td>

<td> Trichosporon</td><td> ATCCNos. 10266,10677,18020,201110 and201112</td>

<td> Trichosporonoides</td><td> ATCCNos. 16958 and76718; MUCLNo. 10190 ’...</td>

<td colspan="2"> Table 8: Examples of Yeast Culture Sources</td>

<td> Genus</td><td> Examples of Culture Collection Strains</td>

<td> Trigonopsis</td><td> ATCC No. 10:679; DSMZ No. 70714; MUCL No. 27875</td>

<td> Tsuchiyaea</td><td> JCM No. 7368; MUCL No. 34524 1</td>

<td> Wickerhamia</td><td> ATCC No. 20148; DSMZ No. 70715; HEM No. 5822</td>

<td> Wickerhamiella</td><td> ATCC No. 24012; IHEM No. 4439; MUCL No. 31279</td>

<td> Williopsis</td><td> ATCC Nos. 10680,10743 and 22541</td>

<td> Xanthophyllomyces</td><td> ATCC No. 24201; DSMZ No. 5626; MUCL No. 31142</td>

<td> Yarrowia</td><td> ATCC No. 16617; DSMZ No. 1345; MUCL No. 11523</td>

<td> Zygoascus</td><td> ATCC Nos. 18822 and 60200; MUCL Nos. 14475 and 42923</td>

<td> Zygosaccharomyces</td><td> ATCC Nos. 10383,11003, 36238, 200584 and 36242</td>

<td> Zygozyma</td><td> ATCC Nos. 66546 and 76359</td>

[0146] Yeasts are often white or near white, light colored or neutral colored (e.g., white, light yellow, pink, gray, brown, tan, etc.). Specific examples of colored yeast species, with exemplary colors, include: Pichia alni (cream white; ATCC Nos. 36594 and 36596), Pichia ciferii (white; DSMZ No. 70780), Pichia fluxuum (yellowish-white; ATCC Nos. 24239 and 60370), Protomyces gravidus (pink; ATCC No. 64066), Protomyces inouyei (tannish-orange; ATCC No. 16175), Arxiozyma telluris (tannish-white; ATCC Nos. 22953 and 24107), Debaryomyces carsonii (tannish-white; ATCC Nos. 16050 and 90022), Debaryomyces etc.hellsii (white; ATCC Nos. 10620 and 20126), Debaryomyces robertsiae (tannish-white; ATCC No. 22312, DSMZ No. 70870), Issatchenkia occidentalis (cream; ATCC Nos. 22686 and 58065), Issatchenkia orientalis (cream; ATCC No. 20380 and 204290), Issatchenkia scutulata (tannish-white; ATCC Nos. 24186 and 58067), Issatchenkia terricola (tannishcream; ATCC Nos. 22306 and 58069), Kluyveromyces aestuarii (white to ochre; ATCC No. 18862), Kluyveromyces africanus (white to cream; ATCC No. 22294, DSMZ No. 70290), Kluyveromyces bacillisporus (white; ATCC Nos. 200960 and 90019), Kluyveromyces blattae (cream to white; ATCC No. 34711), Kluyveromyces delphensis (cream; ATCC No. 24205), Kluyveromyces dobzhanskii (cream to pink; ATCC No. 24175), Kluyveromyces lactis (cream to pink; ATCC Nos. 12425 and 200795), Kluyveromyces lodderae (cream; ATCC Nos. 200793 and 24206), Kluyveromyces marxianus (cream to brown; ATCC Nos. 10606 and 16045), Kluyveromyces polysporus (cream to brown; ATCC No. 22028, DSMZ No. 70294), Kluyveromyces thermotolerans (cream; ATCC Nos. 20309 and 28913), Kluyveromyces waltii (cream; ATCC No. 56500), Kluyveromyces wickerhamii (cream, pink, brown; ATCC Nos. 200968 and 24178), Kluyveromyces yarrowii (cream; ATCC Nos. 200791 and 36591), ' 88

WO 2005/026269 PCI7US2004/007263

Lodderomyces elongisporus (tannish-white; ATCC Nos. 11503 and 22688), Pachysolen tannophilus (tannish-white; ATCC Nos. 32691 and 60396), Williopsis California (gray white; DSMZ Nos. 3455 and 70267), Williopsis mucosa (tannish-white; ATCC No. 22541), Bullera armeniaca (pink to orange; ATCC Nos. 52900 and 52901), Bullera dendrophila (cream to gray-brown: ATCC No. 24608, DSMZ No. 70745), Bullera pseudoalba (brownish-yellow; MUCL No. 29434), Sporobolomyces gracilis (pink to red; ATCC No. 24258), Sporobolomyces griseoflavus (yellowish cream to cream to grayish-white; MUCL No. 34514), Sporobolomyces falcatus (yellowish cream to cream to grayish-white; ATCC No. 64693), and Sporobolomyces kluyveri-nielii (brownish-orange to pinkish-orange, MUCL No. 34523). Additional examples of colored yeast genera, with exemplary colors, include: Saccaromycopsis (tannish white), Satumispora (tannish white), Sporopachydermia (white to cream), Torulaspora (tannish white), Wickerhamiella (tannish-white), Yarrowia (tannish-white), Zygosaccharomyces (tannish-white), Myxozyma (tannish-white), Agaricostilbum (yellowish cream), Bulleromyces (brownish-cream), Chionosphaera (cream), Filobasidium (gray-white or cream), Bensingtonia (grayish cream), Malassezia (cream to yellowish), Cephaloascus (cream-white), Citeromyces (white), and Clavispora (white to cream).

(2) Protista

[0147] Organisms of the Kingdom Protista (“protists”) are a heterogenous set of eukaryotic unicellular, oligocellular and/or multicellular organisms that have not been classified as belonging to the other eukaryotic Kingdoms, though they typically may have features related to the Plant Kingdom (e.g., algae, which are photosynthetic), the Fungi Kingdom (e.g., Oomycota) and/or the Animal Kingdom (e.g., protozoa). Organisms of certain Phyla (“divisions”), particularly those organisms commonly known as “algae,” comprise a cell wall, silica based shell or exoskeleton (e.g., a test, a frustule), or other durable material at the cell-external environment interface, and'are preferred for use in preparing a cell-based particulate material of the present invention. It is contemplated that most protists cell sizes (e.g., 1.5 pm x 10.0 pm) and shapes will be similar to those described for other eukarotic cells described herein (e.g., fungi). Examples of protists with durable cellular material that are preferred for use in the present invention include those of the Phyla Chlorophyta, Chrysophyta, Bacillariphyta, Euglenophyta, Ciliophbra, Oomycota, Pyrrhophyta, Rhodophyta, or Xanthophyta (Graham, L. E. and Wilcox, L. W. “Algae,” Prentice-Hall, Inc. Upper Saddle River, New Jersey, U.S.A., 2000).

[0148] Diatoms are unicellular algae that possess a cell wall comprising silicon. Fossilized diatoms are a major component of diatomaceous earth, which is often used as an extender. However, the present invention relates to living or recently living cells (e.g., alive within the past 20 years), as opposed to mineralized fossils. Such fossils typically comprise little or no biomolecules from the organism, as processes such as biodegradation, oxidation with the earth’s atmosphere, etc., have long since destroyed such molecules. For example, a diatom’s frustule is an exoskeleton comprising organic material and silica, and the organic material of such frustule will be removed by time and fossilization. Examples of diatoms include organisms of the phyla Chrysophyta and Bacillariphyta. Chrysophyta (“golden algae,” “golden-brown algae”) are freshwater diatoms. Chrysophyta generally comprise chlorophyll a and chlorophyll c, as well as a carotenoid and/or a xanthophyll, and are often yellow-brown in color. Genera of Chrysophyta include Chlorobotrys, Chromulina, Chrysamoeba, Chrysocapsa, Dinobryon, Eustigmatps, Heterosigma, Mallomonas, Monodopsis, Nannochloropsis, Ochromonas, Paraphysomonas, Pleurochloris, Polyedriella, Pseudocharaciopsis, Rhizochromulina, Synura, Thaumatomastix, and Vischeria. Bacillariphyta are marine diatoms, and these cells typically comprise chlorophyll a and chlorophyll c and fucoxanthin. Genera of Bacillariphyta include Achnanthes, Asterionella, Chaetoceros, Cocconeis, Cyclotella, Fragilaria, Melosira, Navicula, Nitzschia, Skeletonema, Stauroneis, Stephanodiscus, Synedra and Thalassiosira.

[0149] Xanthophyta (“yellow-green algae”) typically comprise chlorophyll c. Xanthophyta are typically yellowish-green in color. Examples of Xanthophyta genera include Botrydiopsis, Botrydium, Botryococcus, Chloridella, Mischococcus, Ophiocytium, Tribonema and Vaucheria.

[0150] Euglenophyta (“euglenoids”) generally are unicellular and comprise a pellicle, which is an outer membrane reinforced by proteins, rather than a cell wall. The Euglenophyta typically comprise chlorophyll a and chlorophyll b and a carotene. Genera of Euglenophyta include Astasia, Colacium, Cryptoglena, Distigma, Entosiphon, Euglena, Gyropaigne, Khawkinea, Menoidium, Parmidium, Peranema, Petalomonas, Phacus, Ploeotia, Rhabdomonas, Rhynchopus, Scytomonas and Trachelomonas.

[0151] Chlorophyta (“green algae”) typically are unicellular to oligocellular clusters, and comprise a cell wall that comprises cellulose. The Chlorophyta typically comprise chlorophyll a and chlorophyll b and a carotene or a xanthrophill, and are often green in color. Genera of Chlorophyta include Volvox, Chlorella, Pleurococcus, Spirogyra, Chlamydomonas, Gonium, Mantoniella, Nephroselmis, Pyramimonas, Tetraselmis, Ulothrix, Enteromorpha, Cephaleuros, Cladophora, Pithophora, Rhizoclonium, Derbesia, Acetabularia, Chlorella, Microthamnion, Prototheca, Stichococcus, Trebouxia, Ankistrodesmus, Bracteacoccus, Bulbochaete, Chaetophora, Characiosiphon, Chlamydomonas, Chlorococcum, Coelastrum, Dictyosphaerium, Draparnaldia, Dunaliella, Dysmorphococcus, Eudorina, Fritschiella,

Gonium, Haematococcus, Hydrodictyon, Oedogonium, Microspora, Pandorina, Pediastrum, Pleodorina, Scenedesmus, Selenastrum, Sphaerocystis, Stephanosphaera, Stigeoclonium, Tetracystis, Tetraedron, Trentepohlia, Uronema, Volvox, Closterium, Cosmarium, Cylindrocystis, Hyalotheca, Mesotaenium,Micrasterias, Mougeotia, Pleurotaenium, Spirogyra, Spondylosium, Staurastrum, Xanthidium and Zygnema.

[0152] Rhodophyta (“red algae”) are generally multicellular and comprise a cell wall comprising a sulfated polysaccharide, such as, for example, agar, carrageenan, cellulose, or a combination thereof. Rhodophyta generally comprise chlorophyll a and are typically red due to the presence of the phycobilin phycoerythrin, though others may be blue-green. Examples oi Rhodophyta genera that are unicellular include Chroodactylon, Flintiella, Porphyridium, Rhodella and Rhodosorus.

[0153] Pyrrophyta (“fire algae,” “dinoflagellate”) are unicellular marine organisms that possess a cell wall comprising cellulose. Pyrrophyta typically comprise chlorophyll a and chlorophyll c and fucoxanthin. Pyrrophyta are typically red, and comprise dinoflagellate genera such as Amphidinium, Ceratium, Gonyaulax, Gymnodinium, Oxyrrhis, Peridinium, and Prorocentrum.

[0154] Ciliophora (“ciliates”) are generally unicellular and comprise a pellicle. Cilophora are not photosynthetic, and thus not particularly colored (e.g., translucent to whitish). Examples of Ciliophora genera include Anophryoides, Blepharisma, Caenomorpha, Cohnilembus, Coleps, Colpidium, Colpoda, Cyclidium, Dexiostoma, Didinium, Euplotes, Glaucoma, Mesanophrys, Metopus, Opisthonecta, Paramecium, Paranophrys, Plagiopyla, Platyophrya, Pseudocohnilembus, Spathidium, Spirostomum, Stentor, Tetrahymena, Trimyema, Uronema and Vorticella.

[0155] Oomycota (“oomycetes,” “water molds”) are fungi-like organisms, and are often listed in the fungal sections of biological culture collections. Oomycota are typically unicellular but differ from fungi by possessing a cell wall that comprises cellulose and/or glycan. Oomycota are not photosynthetic, and thus typically not particularly colored (e.g., whitish). Examples of Oomycota genera include Aphanomyces, Brevilegnia, Dictyuchus, Halophytophthora, Lagenidium, Leptolegnia, Peronophythora, Plasmopara, Plectospira, Pythiopsis, Pythium, Saprolegnia and Thraustotheca.

[0156] Examples of biological culture collection sources for Protista are shown at

Table 9 below.

<td colspan="2"> Table 9: Examples of Protista Culture Sources</td>

<td> Genus</td><td> Examples of Culture Collection Strains</td>

<td> Acetabularia</td><td> CCAP No. 702/3 ~</td>

<td colspan="2"> Table 9: Examples of Protista Culture Sources</td>

<td> Genus</td><td> Examples of Culture Collection Strains</td>

<td> Achnanthes</td><td> CCAP No. 1095/1 1</td>

<td> Amphidinium</td><td> CCAP Nos. 1102/jl, 1102/2,1102/7,1102/3 and 1102/6</td>

<td> Ankistrodesmus</td><td> CCAP Nos. 202/11A, 202/2, 202/25,202/7A and 202/10B</td>

<td> Anophryoides</td><td> ATCC Nos. 50204,50205 and 50279</td>

<td> Aphanomyces</td><td> ATCC Nos. 18709,18713, 204464,46688 and 46690</td>

<td> Astasia</td><td> CCAP Nos. 1204/21,1204/19,1204/17J, 1204/8B and 1204/1</td>

<td> Asterionella</td><td> CCAP Nos. 1005/5,1005/8,1005/9,1005/12 and 1005/14</td>

<td> Blepharisma</td><td> ATCC Nos. 30299; CCAP Nos. 1607/1 and 1607/4</td>

<td> Botrydiopsis</td><td> CCAP Nos. 222/11B, 806/2, 806/4 and 806/3</td>

<td> Botrydium</td><td> CCAP Nos. 805/1, 805/2, 805/3A, 805/4 and 805/5</td>

<td> Botryococcus</td><td> CCAP Nos. 807/1 and 807/2</td>

<td> Bracteacoccus</td><td> CCAP Nos. 221/2,221/3,221/8,221/9 and 221/4</td>

<td> Brevilegnia</td><td> ATCC No. 11270</td>

<td> Bulbochaete</td><td> CCAP No. 555/1</td>

<td> Caenomorpha</td><td> CCAP Nos. 1609/1 and 1609/2</td>

<td> Cephaleuros</td><td> ATCC Nos. 30913, 30914 and 30915</td>

<td> Ceratium</td><td> CCAP Nos. 1110/5 and 1110/4</td>

<td> Chaetoceros</td><td> CCAP Nos. 1010/11,1010/6,1010/9,1010/3 and 1085/3</td>

<td> Chaetophora</td><td> CCAP Nos. 413/1 and 413/2</td>

<td> Characiosiphon</td><td> CCAP Nos. 208/1 and 208/2</td>

<td> Chlamydonionas</td><td> ATCC Nos. 12235,18302,30401,30418 and 30423</td>

<td> Chlorella</td><td> ATCC Nos. 11466,11468,13482,22521 and 30406</td>

<td> , Chloridella</td><td> CCAP Nos. 813/2, 813/1 and 813/3</td>

<td> Chlorobotrys</td><td> CCAP No. 810/1</td>

<td> Chlorococcum</td><td> CCAP Nos. 213/5,213/11,213/6,213/2A and 213/7</td>

<td> Chromulina</td><td> CCAP Nos. 909/9,909/1 and 909/3</td>

<td> Chroodactylon</td><td> CCAP Nos. 1364/1 and 1364/2</td>

<td> Chrysamoeba</td><td> CCAP No. 921/1</td>

<td> Chrysocapsa</td><td> CCAP No. 919/1</td>

<td> Cladophora</td><td> CCAP Nos. 505/10,505/1B, 505/6, 505/9 and 505/11</td>

<td> Closterium</td><td> CCAP Nos. 611/7, 611/6, 611/9 and 1017/3</td>

<td> Cocconeis</td><td> ATCC No. 50220</td>

<td colspan="2"> Table 9: Examples of Protista Culture Sources</td>

<td> Genus</td><td> Examples of Culture Collection Strains</td>

<td> Coelastrum</td><td> CCAP Nos. 217/1A, 217/4,217/6,217/2 and 217/3</td>

<td> Cohnilembus</td><td> CCAPNo. 1610/1</td>

<td> Colacium</td><td> CCAP No. 1211/3</td>

<td> Coleps</td><td> CCAP Nos. 1613/1 and 1613/2</td>

<td> Colpidium</td><td> CCAP Nos. 1614/1,1614/3 and 1614/2</td>

<td> Colpoda</td><td> ATCC Nos. 30916, 30918, 30919, 30920 and 50128</td>

<td> Cosmarium</td><td> CCAP Nos. 612/17,612/16,612/7, 612/13 and 612/14B</td>

<td> Cryptoglena</td><td> CCAPNo. 1212/1</td>

<td> Cyclidium</td><td> ATCC No. 30701; CCAP No. 1616/1</td>

<td> Cyclotella</td><td> CCAP Nos. 1070/2,1070/6,1070/5 and 1070/3</td>

<td> Cylindrocystis</td><td> CCAP Nos. 615/1A and 615/3</td>

<td> Derbesia</td><td> CCAP No. 706/1</td>

<td> Dexiostoma</td><td> ATCC No. 50414</td>

<td> Dictyosphaerium</td><td> CCAP Nos. 222/IC, 222/3, 222/1A, 222/2D and 222/4</td>

<td> Dictyuchus</td><td> ATCC Nos. 34931 and 44890</td>

<td> Didinium</td><td> ATCC Nos. 30399 and 30599</td>

<td> Dinobryon</td><td> CCAP Nos. 917/1 and 917/2</td>

<td> Distigma</td><td> CCAP Nos. 1216/1,1216/2,1216/3A, 1216/3C and 1216/4</td>

<td> Drapamaldia</td><td> CCAP No. 418/1A</td>

<td> Dunaliella</td><td> CCAP Nos. 19/35,19/4,19/5,19/9 and 19/7A</td>

<td> Dysmorphococcus</td><td> CCAP No. 20/1</td>

<td> Enteromorpha</td><td> CCAP No. 320/1</td>

<td> Entosiphon</td><td> ATCC No. 50106; CCAP Nos. 1220/1A and 1220/1B .</td>

<td> Eudorina</td><td> CCAP Nos. 24/1A, 162/2A, 24/IC, 24/6 and 24/9</td>

<td> Euglena</td><td> ATCC Nos. 10616,12716,50471 and 50490</td>

<td> Euplotes</td><td> CCAP Nos. 1624/15,1624/22,1624/10,1624/12 andl624/13</td>

<td> Eustigmatos</td><td> CCAP Nos. 860/2, 860/8, 860/1A, 860/4 and 860/6</td>

<td> Flintiella</td><td> CCAPNo. 1371/1</td>

<td> Fragilaria</td><td> ATCC No. 50218; CCAP Nos. 1029/8,1029/13,1029/21, 1029/2 and 1029/18</td>

<td> Fritschiella</td><td> CCAP No. 428/2</td>

<td> Glaucoma</td><td> ATCC Nos. 50601 and 50034</td>

PCI7US2004/007263

<td colspan="2"> Table 9: Examples of Protista Culture Sources</td>

<td> Genus</td><td> Examples of Culture Collection Strains</td>

<td> Goniwn</td><td> CCAP Nos. 32/1C, 32/4 and 32/3</td>

<td> Gonyaulax</td><td> CCAPNo. 1118/1</td>

<td> Gymnodinium</td><td> CCAP Nos. 1117/5,1117/6,1117/7,1117/8 and 1117/3</td>

<td> Gyropaigne</td><td> CCAP No. 1233/1</td>

<td> Haematococcus</td><td> CCAP Nos. 34/10, 34/2G, 34/1F, 34/6 and 34/8</td>

<td> Halophytophthora</td><td> ATCC Nos. 208871,28291, 28293, 28296 and 48641</td>

<td> Heterosigma</td><td> CCAP Nos. 934/1, 934/3 and 934/4</td>

<td> Hyalotheca</td><td> CCAP Nos. 637/1</td>

<td> Hydrodictyon</td><td> CCAP Nos. 236/2, 236/3, 236/1A, 236/1B and 236/IC I</td>

<td> Khawkinea</td><td> CCAP Nos. 1204/17H, 1204/20A and 1204/20B</td>

<td> Lagenidium</td><td> ATCC Nos; 200318,200325,200337, 36492 and 58383</td>

<td> Leptolegnia</td><td> ATCC Nos. 36191,46237,48818, 58384 and 66223</td>

<td> Mallomonas</td><td> CCAP Nos. 929/6 and 929/1</td>

<td> Mantoniella</td><td> CCAP Nos. 1965/1 and 1965/5</td>

<td> Melostra</td><td> CCAPNo. 1048/6</td>

<td> Menoidium</td><td> CCAP Nos. 1247/1, 1247/2,1247/3,1247/4 and 1247/6</td>

<td> Mesanophrys</td><td> ATCC No. 50563</td>

<td> Mesotaenium</td><td> ATCC No. 30595; CCAP Nos. 230/1 and 648/1</td>

<td> Metopus</td><td> CCAP Nos. 1653/1,1653/2 and 1653/3</td>

<td> Micrasterias</td><td> CCAP Nos. 649/14,649/17,649/19,649/21 and 649/6</td>

<td> Microspora</td><td> CCAP No. 348/1</td>

<td> Microthamnion</td><td> CCAP Nos. 450/2 and 450/1B</td>

<td> Mischococcus</td><td> ATCC No. 30592; CCAP No. 847/1</td>

<td> Monodopsis</td><td> CCAP No. 848/1</td>

<td> Mougeotia</td><td> CCAP No. 650/1</td>

<td> Nannochloropsis</td><td> CCAP Nos. 849/5, 849/1, 849/2, 849/8 and 849/9</td>

<td> Navicula</td><td> CCAP Nos. 1050/8,1050/10,1050/3C and 1050/9</td>

<td> Nephroselmis</td><td> CCAP Nos. 1960/4B, 1960/3 and 1960/1</td>

<td> Nitzschia</td><td> CCAP Nos. 1052/13 and 1052/18</td>

<td> Ochromonas</td><td> ATCC No. 30004; CCAP Nos. 933/2B, 933/27 and 933/25</td>

<td> Oedogonium</td><td> CCAP Nos. 575/1A, 575/1B and 575/2</td>

<td> Ophiocytium</td><td> ATCC No. 30601; CCAP No. 855/1</td>

PCI7US2004/007263

<td colspan="2"> Table 9: Examples of Protista Culture Sources</td>

<td> Genus</td><td> Examples of Culture Collection Strains</td>

<td> Opisthonecta</td><td> ATCC No. 30600; CCAPNo. 1655/2</td>

<td> Oxyrrhis</td><td> CCAPNos. 1133/3,1133/4 and 1133/5</td>

<td> Pandorina</td><td> CCAP No. 24/2A, 24/2B, 60/1B and 60/2</td>

<td> Paramecium</td><td> CCAPNos. 1660/3A, 1660/3D, 1660/1B, 1660/2Aand 1660/14</td>

<td> Paranophrys</td><td> ATCC Nos. 50276 and 50277 1</td>

<td> Paraphysomonas</td><td> ATCC No. 50309; CCAP Nos. 935/13 and 935/14</td>

<td> Parmidium</td><td> CCAP No. 1258/1</td>

<td> Pediastrum</td><td> CCAP Nos. 261/9,261/10 and 261/8</td>

<td> Peranema</td><td> CCAPNo. 1260/1B</td>

<td> Peridinium</td><td> CCAP Nos. 1140/1 and 1140/3</td>

<td> Peronophythora</td><td> ATGC Nos. 28739,34595,56191 and 60172</td>

<td> Petalomonas</td><td> CCAPNo. 1259/jl</td>

<td> Phacus</td><td> CCAPNos. 1261/9,1261/10,1261/6,1261/4B and 1261/8 1</td>

<td> Pithophora</td><td> CCAPNo. 530/1'</td>

<td> Plagiopyla</td><td> CCAPNo. 1663/1</td>

<td> Plasmopara</td><td> ATCC Nos. 10091,10922,10923,10924 and 10952</td>

<td> Platyophrya</td><td> ATCC Nos. 50265 and 50288</td>

<td> Plectospira</td><td> ATCC No. 64139</td>

<td> Pleodorina</td><td> CCAPNo. 68/1</td>

<td> Pleurochloris</td><td> ATCC No. 11474; CCAP No. 860/3</td>

<td> Pleurococcus</td><td> CCAP No. 464/1</td>

<td> Pleurotaenium</td><td> CCAPNo. 664/3</td>

<td> Ploeotia</td><td> CCAPNo. 1265/1</td>

<td> Polyedriella</td><td> ATCC No. 30425</td>

<td> Porphyridium</td><td> CCAPNos. 1380/4,1380/1A, 1380/5,1380/6 and 1380/7</td>

<td> Prorocentrum</td><td> CCAPNos. 1136/9,1136/11,1136/12 and 1136/15</td>

<td> Prototheca</td><td> ATCC Nos. 16523,16525,16527,16528 and 50112</td>

<td> Pseudocharaciopsis</td><td> CCAP No. 822/1</td>

<td> Pseudocohnilembus</td><td> ATCC Nos. 50208 and PRA-30</td>

<td> Pyramimonas</td><td> CCAP Nos. 67/3,67/8,4/1,67/7 and 67/18</td>

<td> Pythiopsis</td><td> ATCC No. 26880 ~</td>

<td> Pythium</td><td> ATCC Nos. 10392,10393,10930,10951 and 11101'</td>

<td colspan="2"> Table 9: Examples of Protista Culture Sources</td>

<td> Genus</td><td> Examples of Culture Collection Strains</td>

<td> Rhabdomonas</td><td> CCAPNos. 1271/1,1271/2,1271/4 and 1271/5</td>

<td> Rhizochromulina</td><td> CCAPNo. 950/1</td>

<td> Rhizoclonium</td><td> CCAPNo. 540/1</td>

<td> Rhodella</td><td> CCAPNo. 1388/2</td>

<td> Rhodosorus</td><td> CCAPNo. 1391/1</td>

<td> Rhynchopus</td><td> ATCC Nos. 50226, 50229, 50230, 50231 and 50616</td>

<td> Saprolegnia</td><td> ATCC Nos. 10396,200013,200018,28275 and 34563</td>

<td> Scenedesmus</td><td> ATCC Nos. 1145(7,11460,11462,30428 and 30429</td>

<td> Scytomonas</td><td> ATCC No. 50341</td>

<td> Selenastrum</td><td> CCAP Nos. 278/4 and 278/5</td>

<td> Skeletonema</td><td> CCAPNos. 1077/1B, 1077/4,1077/5,1077/7 and 1077/8</td>

<td> Spathidium</td><td> ATCC No. 50273</td>

<td> Sphaerocystis</td><td> CCAPNo. 176/6</td>

<td> Spirogyra</td><td> CCAP Nos. 678/2,678/9,678/7C, 678/3 and 678/4</td>

<td> Spirostomum</td><td> CCAP Nos. 1677/2B and 1677/3</td>

<td> Spondylosium</td><td> CCAP No. 680/1</td>

<td> Staurastrum</td><td> CCAP Nos. 679/7, 679/10, 679/3, 679/13 and 679/9</td>

<td> Stauroneis</td><td> CCAPNo. 1078/1.</td>

<td> Stentor</td><td> CCAPNo. 1682/1</td>

<td> Stephanodiscus</td><td> CCAPNo. 1079/4</td>

<td> Stephanosphaera</td><td> CCAP Nos. 78/1B and 78/ID</td>

<td> Stichococcus</td><td> CCAP Nos. 379/12, 379/40, 379/3,379/27 and 379/29</td>

<td> Stigeoclonium</td><td> CCAP Nos. 477/10A, 477/1,477/18,477/11A and 477/13</td>

<td> Synedra</td><td> CCAPNos. 1080/7,1080/10,1080/11 and 1080/4</td>

<td> Synura</td><td> CCAP Nos. 960/IC and 960/3</td>

<td> Tetracystis</td><td> ATCC No. 30438</td>

<td> Tetraedron</td><td> CCAPNo. 282/1</td>

<td> Tetrahymena</td><td> CCAP Nos. 1630/7A, 1630/5A, 1630/6B, 1630/20 and 1630/21</td>

<td> Tetraselmis</td><td> CCAPNos. 66/15,66/21A, 66/9,66/32 and 161/1B</td>

<td> Thalassiosira</td><td> CCAP Nos. 1085/5,1085/6,1085/8,1085/12 and 1085/1</td>

<td> Thaumatomastix</td><td> ATCC No. 50250</td>

<td> Thraustotheca</td><td> ATCC Nos. 14555 and 34112</td>

<td colspan="2"> Table 9: Examples of Protista Culture Sources</td>

<td> Genus</td><td> Examples of Culture Collection Strains</td>

<td> Trachelomonas</td><td> CCAP Nos. 1283/8,1283/12,1283/13,1283/4B and 1283/17</td>

<td> Trebouxia</td><td> CCAP Nos. 219/3,219/1B, 219/IC, 219/5B and 213/1B</td>

<td> Trentepohlia</td><td> UTEXNo. 429; CCAP No. 483/4</td>

<td> Tribonema</td><td> CCAP Nos. 880/1, 880/3, 880/4, 880/2 and 880/6</td>

<td> Trimyema</td><td> ATCC No. 50416</td>

<td> Ulothrix</td><td> CCAP Nos. 386/2,384/2,386/3,386/1 and 386/5</td>

<td> Uronema</td><td> ATCC No. 50282; CCAP Nos. 1686/1 and 1686/2</td>

<td> Vaucheria</td><td> CCAP Nos. 745/IC and 745/6</td>

<td> Vischeria</td><td> ATCC No. 30441; CCAP Nos. 861/1, 887/1 and 887/2B</td>

<td> Volvox</td><td> CCAP Nos. 88/6, 88/7 and 88/3B</td>

<td> Vorticella</td><td> ATCC No. 30897; CCAP Nos. 1690/3 and 1690/2</td>

<td> Xanthidium</td><td> CCAP Nos. 690/5,690/1,690/2,690/3 and 690/4</td>

<td> Zygnema</td><td> CCAP Nos. 698/3B, 698/2, 698/1B and 698/1A</td>

B. Viruses

[0157] In certain embodiments, a cell-based particulate material of the present invention is prepared from a virus. Though a virus is not a cell, a virus may be used to as a particulate material in a coating or other surface treatment, and due to the biomolecule structure of a virus, the definition of “a cell-based particulate material” used herein includes a virus. A virus does not have a cell wall, but has a proteinaceous outer coat that is sometimes surrounded by a phospholipid membrane , (“envelope”). It is contemplated that a cell-based particulate material of the present invention prepared from a virus will typically be of a smallfir particle size than that prepared from a cell.

[0158] It is particularly not preferred to use a virus that is pathogenic to and/or able to infect one or more desirable organisms. In some embodiments, it is preferred to use an attenuated virus and/or an inactivated virus. Additionally, it is contemplated that production of genera that infect host cells of desirable organisms will generally be more expensive to produce per virus particle than a virus that infects a microorganism.

[0159] A virus that infects a microorganism (e.g., an Archaea, a bacterium, certain types of fungi, a Protista) is preferred, as a microorganism typically is not a desirable organism, and it is contemplated that the production and processing of such a virus will be relatively inexpensive compared to a virus that is produced in cells of a desirable organism. A virus that is capable of reproduction in an. Archaea and/or Eubacteria cell is known herein as a “bacteriophage,” and is typically a proteinaceous particulate material without a phospholipid membrane.

[0160] Examples of bacteriophages’ size and shape are described at Table 10.

<td colspan="3"> Table 10: Examples of Bacteriophage Size and Shape</td>

<td> Genus</td><td> Size</td><td> Shape</td>

<td> Inovirus</td><td> 6-8 nm X 700-2000 hm</td><td> Filamentous</td>

<td> Leviviridae</td><td> 26-28 nm</td><td> Isohedral</td>

<td> Microviridae</td><td> 26-28 nm</td><td> Isohedral</td>

<td> Myoviridae</td><td> 50-111 nmX 78-216 nm</td><td> Polyhedral with tail, I with tail, I</td>

<td> Podoviridae</td><td> 31.5-65 nmX 41.5 nm</td><td> Isohedral</td>

<td> Siphoviridae</td><td> 36-90 nm X 50-340 nm</td><td> Isohedral with Tail, Polyhedral with Tail</td>

[0161] Examples of biological culture collection sources for bacteriophages and the host cells typically used for bacteriophage production are shown at Table 11 below.

Table 11: Examples of Bacteriophages

<td> Virus</td><td> ATCC No.</td><td> Host</td><td> ATCC No.</td>

<td> Inoviridae genus Inovirus</td><td></td><td></td><td></td>

<td> Ifl</td><td> 27065-B1</td><td> Escherichia coli</td><td> 27065</td>

<td> If2</td><td> 27065-B2</td><td> Escherichia coli</td><td> 27065</td>

<td> Leviviridae</td><td></td><td></td><td></td>

<td> Z1K/1</td><td> 25298-B1</td><td> Escherichia coli</td><td> 25298</td>

<td> R17</td><td> 25868-B1</td><td> Escherichia coli</td><td> 25868</td>

<td> MS2</td><td> 15597-B1</td><td> Escherichia coli</td><td> 15597</td>

<td> Fr</td><td> 15767-B1</td><td> Escherichia coli</td><td> 19853</td>

<td> Q-beta</td><td> 23631-B1</td><td> Escherichia coli</td><td> 23631</td>

<td> Microviridae</td><td></td><td></td><td></td>

<td> alpha 3</td><td> 13706-B2</td><td> Escherichia coli</td><td> 13706</td>

<td> phiX174</td><td> 13706-B1</td><td> Escherichia coli</td><td> 13706</td>

<td> S13</td><td> 13706-B5</td><td> Escherichia coli</td><td> 13706</td>

<td> phiR</td><td> 13706-B3</td><td> Escherichia coli</td><td> 13706</td>

<td colspan="4"> Table 11: Examples of Bacteriophages</td>

<td> Virus</td><td> ATCC No.</td><td> Host</td><td> ATCC No.</td>

<td> Myoviridae</td><td></td><td></td><td></td>

<td> A-l (L)</td><td> 27893-B16</td><td> Nos toe sp.</td><td> 27893</td>

<td> Al 9</td><td> 11509-B1</td><td> Brochothrix thermosphacta</td><td> 11509</td>

<td> AN-10</td><td> 27893-B14</td><td> Nostoc sp.</td><td> 27893</td>

<td> AN-15</td><td> 29106-B1</td><td> Nostoc sp.</td><td> 29106</td>

<td> D20</td><td> 12661-B1</td><td> Shigella flexneri</td><td> 12661</td>

<td> El</td><td> 13706-B4</td><td> Escherichia coli</td><td> 13706</td>

<td> Π</td><td> 51352-B7</td><td> Vibrio cholerae</td><td> 51352</td>

<td> Mu-1</td><td> 23724-B9</td><td> Escherichia coli</td><td> 23724</td>

<td> N-l</td><td> 27893-B15</td><td> Nostoc sp.</td><td> 27893</td>

<td> Pl</td><td> 25404-B1</td><td> Escherichia coli</td><td> 25404</td>

<td> PEa7</td><td> 29780-B2</td><td> Erwinia amylovora</td><td> 29780</td>

<td> phi 92</td><td> 35860-B1</td><td> Escherichia coli</td><td> 35860</td>

<td> SP10</td><td> 23059-B1</td><td> Bacillus subtilis</td><td> 23059</td>

<td> SP8</td><td> 15563-B1</td><td> Bacillus subtilis</td><td> 15563</td>

<td> V</td><td> 51352-B10</td><td> Vibrio cholerae</td><td> 51352</td>

<td> Vi I</td><td> 27870-B1</td><td> Salmonella choleraesuis subsp. choleraesuis</td><td> 27870</td>

<td> Wy</td><td> 27363-B1</td><td> Pseudomonas fragi</td><td> 27363</td>

<td> XP5</td><td> 10016-B5</td><td> Xanthomonas arboricola</td><td> 10016</td>

<td> 0x6</td><td> 15593-B1</td><td> Escherichia coli</td><td> 15593</td>

<td> T2</td><td> 11303-B2</td><td> Escherichia coli</td><td> 11303</td>

<td> T6</td><td> 11303-B6</td><td> Escherichia coli</td><td> 11303</td>

<td> Podoviridae</td><td></td><td></td><td></td>

<td> 10/1</td><td> 23448-B2</td><td> Brucella abortus</td><td> 23448</td>

<td> 212/XV</td><td> 17385-B1</td><td> Brucella abortus</td><td> 17385</td>

<td> 24/Π</td><td> 23448-B3</td><td> Brucella abortus</td><td> 23448</td>

<td> 371/XXIX</td><td> 17385-B2</td><td> Brucella abortus</td><td> 17385</td>

<td> 8</td><td> 12144-B2</td><td> Escherichia coli</td><td> 12144</td>

<td> A-4(L)</td><td> 27892-B3</td><td> Nostoc sp.</td><td> 27892</td>

<td> AN-20</td><td> 27892-B2‘</td><td> Nostoc sp.</td><td> 27892</td>

<td colspan="4"> Table 11: Examples of Bacteriophages</td>

<td> Virus</td><td> ATCC No.</td><td> Host</td><td> ATCC No.</td>

<td> AN-22</td><td> 27892-B1</td><td> Nostoc sp.</td><td> 27892</td>

<td> AN-24</td><td> 27893-B3</td><td> Nostoc sp.</td><td> 27893</td>

<td> I</td><td> 51352-B6</td><td> Zibrio cholerae</td><td> 51352</td>

<td> m</td><td> 51352-B8</td><td> Vibrio cholerae</td><td> 51352</td>

<td> P22 [PLT-22(22)]</td><td> 19585-B1</td><td> Sdlmonella choleraesuis subsp. choleraesuis</td><td> 19585</td>

<td> PEal (h)</td><td> 29780-B1</td><td> Erwinia amylovora</td><td> 29780</td>

<td> phiV-1</td><td> 15597-B2</td><td> Escherichia coli</td><td> 15597</td>

<td> T3</td><td> 11303-B3</td><td> Escherichia coli</td><td> 11303</td>

<td> ps 1</td><td> 27362-B1</td><td> Pseudomonas fragi</td><td> 27362</td>

<td> A-41</td><td> 12518-B10</td><td> Azotobacter vinelandii</td><td> 12518</td>

<td> phi-Sl</td><td> 27663-B1</td><td> Pseudomonas fluorescens</td><td> 27663</td>

<td> Siphoviridae</td><td></td><td> ׳</td><td></td>

<td> S-a</td><td> 15841-B1</td><td> Bacillus subtilis</td><td> 15841</td>

<td> B40-8</td><td> 51477-B1</td><td> Bacteroides fragilis</td><td> 51477</td>

<td> P/SWl/a [NCMB 384]</td><td> 19326-B1</td><td> Cytophaga marinoflava</td><td> 19326</td>

<td> 11</td><td> 27139-B1</td><td> Lactobacillus casei</td><td> 27139</td>

<td> Hp</td><td> 11602-B1</td><td> Lactococcus lactis subsp. cremoris</td><td> 11602</td>

<td> N1 [N]</td><td> 4698-B1 </td><td> Micrococcus luteus</td><td> 4698</td>

<td> N4 [X-5-A]</td><td> 4698-B2</td><td> Micrococcus luteus</td><td> 4698</td>

<td> N8 [Horse]</td><td> 4698-B3</td><td> Micrococcus luteus</td><td> 4698</td>

<td> N3 [Cay]</td><td> 4698-B4</td><td> Micrococcus luteus</td><td> 4698</td>

<td> Minetti</td><td> 23052-B1</td><td> Mycobacterium fortuitum subsp. fortuitum</td><td> 23052</td>

<td> BK1</td><td> 607-B5</td><td> Mycobacterium smegmatis</td><td> 607</td>

<td> Mc-4</td><td> 607-B7</td><td> Mycobacterium smegmatis</td><td> 607</td>

<td> B5</td><td> 15483-B1</td><td> Mycobacterium vaccae</td><td> 15483</td>

<td> 149</td><td> 14100-B3</td><td> Vibrio cholerae</td><td> 14100</td>

<td> 249</td><td> 14214-B1</td><td> Pseudomonas aeruginosa</td><td> 14214</td>

<td> IV</td><td> 51352-B9</td><td> Vibrio cholerae</td><td> 51352</td>

<td> Bl</td><td>^V23239-B1</td><td> Mycobacterium sp.</td><td> 23239</td>

<td colspan="4"> Table 11: Examples of Bacteriophages</td>

<td> Virus</td><td> ATCC No.</td><td> Host</td><td> ATCC No.</td>

<td> Fl</td><td> 8074-B1</td><td> Clostridium sporogenes</td><td> 8074</td>

<td> R-l</td><td> 607-B1</td><td> Mycobacterium smegmatis</td><td> 607</td>

<td> 5</td><td> 12141-B1</td><td> Escherichia coli</td><td> 12141</td>

<td> MOR-1</td><td> 29730-B1</td><td> Bacillus thuringiensis</td><td> 29730</td>

<td> VD13</td><td> 29200-B1</td><td> Enterococcus faecalis</td><td> 29200</td>

<td> F [HER 346]</td><td> 27505-B1</td><td> Bacillus subtilis</td><td> 27505</td>

I

C. Production of Cells and Viruses |

[0162] It is contemplated that any technique known to one of ordinary skill in the art may be applied in the isolation, growth and storage of a virus, a cell, a microorganism, and a multicellular organism from which a cell-based particulate material of the present invention maybe derived. Such techniques of cell isolation, characterization, genetic manipulation, preservation, small-scale solid medium or liquid medium production growth, growth optimization, large (“industrial”) scale production of a biomolecule (“fermentation”), separation of a biomolecule from a cell or visa versa, etc. for various cell types (e.g., microorganisms, Eubacteria, fungi, protozoa cells, algae cells, extremophile cells, insect cells, plant cells, mammalian cells, recombinantly modified viruses or cells) is well known to those of ordinary skill of the art [see, for example, in “Manual of Industrial Microbiology and Biotechnology, 2^nd Edition (Demain, A. L. and Davies, J. E., Eds.), 1999; “Maintenance of Microorganism and Cultured Cells - A Manual of Laboratory Methods, 2^nd Edition” (Kirsop, B. E. and Doyle, A., Eds.), 1991; Walker, G. M. “Yeast Physiology and Biotechnology,” 1998; “Molecular Industrial Mycology Systems and Applications for Filamentous Fungi” (Leong, S. A. and Berka, R. M., Eds.), 1991; “Recombinant Microbes for Industrial and Agricultural Applications” (Murooka, Y. and hnanaka, T., Eds.), 1994; “Handbook of Applied Mycology Fungal Biotechnology Volume 4” (Arora, D. K., Elander, R. P., Mukerji, K. G., Eds.), 1992; “Genetics and Breeding of Industrial Microorganisms” (Ball, C., Ed.), 1984; “Microbiological Methods Seventh Edition” (Collins, C. H., Lyne, P. L., Grange, J. M., Eds.), 1995; “Handbook of Microbiological Media” (Parks, L. C., Ed.), 1993; Waites, M. J. et al., “Microbiology - An Introduction,” 2001; “Rapid Microbiological Methods in the Pharmaceutical Industry,” (Easter, M. C., Ed.), 2003; “Handbook of Microbiological Quality Control Pharmaceuticals and Medical Devices” (Baird, R. M., Hodges, N. A., Denyer, S. P., Eds.), 2000; “Bioreactor System Design” (Asenjo, J. A. and Marchuk, J. C., Eds.), 1995; Endress, R. “Plant Cell

WO 2005/026269 PCI7US2004/007263

Biotechnology,” 1994; Slater, A. et al., “Plant Biotechnology - The genetic manipulation of plants,” 2003; “Molecular Cloning” (Sambrook, J., and Russell, D.W., Eds.), 3rd Edition, 2001; and “Current Protocols in Molecular Biology” (Chanda, V. B. Ed.), 2002.]. In embodiments wherein a cell or virus is pathogenic (e.g., pathogenic to a desirable organism) may be produced in the practice of the present invention, techniques are well known to those of ordinary skill in the art for handling pathogens, including identification of a pathogen, production of a pathogen, sterilizing a pathogen, attenuating a pathogen, as well as conducting cell preparation to reduce the quantity of a pathogen in non-pathogenic material [see, for example, In “Manual of Commercial Methods in Clinical Microbiology” (Truant, A. L., Ed.), 2002; “Manual of Clinical Microbiology 8^th Edition Volume 1” (Murray P. R., Baron, E. J., Jorgensen, J. H., Pfaller, M. A., Yolken, R. H., Eds.), 2003; “Manual of Clinical Microbiology 8^th Edition Volume 2” (Murray P. R., Baron, E. J., Jorgensen, J. H., Pfaller, M. A., Yolken, R. H., Eds.), 2003; and “Biological Safety Principles and Practice 3^rd Edition” (Fleming, D. O. and Hunt, D. L., Eds.), 2000]. j

D. Cell-Based Particulate Material .

[0163] After production of a living cell, the cell may be made to undergo one or more processing steps to prepare a cell-based particulate material of the present invention. A preferred embodiment of the cell-based particulate material is a material in the form of a “whole cell material” or “whole cell particulate material,” which refers to particulate material resembling an intact living cell upon microscopic examination, in contrast to cell fragments of varying shape and size. Examples of a whole cell particulate material include a living cell, a sterilized cell, an attenuated cell, a penneabilized cell, etc. It is contemplated that a composition of the present invention comprising a whole cell particulate material will provide protection from diffusion of compounds that may damage a desired biomolecule.(e.g״ a colorant, an enzyme, an antibody, a receptor, a transport protein, structural protein, an ligand, etc.) comprised as part of the whole cell particulate material. As would be known to those of ordinary skill in the art, any preparation of a cell will comprise a certain percentage of cell fragments, which comprise pieces of a cell wall or other durable cell material, pieces of cell membrane, and other cell components. The whole cell particulate material composition of the present invention will comprise 50% to 100%, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof of whole cell particulate material. The percentage of whole cell particulate material and cell fragments (e.g., cell wall fragments) may be determined by any applicable technique known to one of ordinary skill in the art such as microscopic examination, centrifugation, chromatography, etc., as well as any technique described herein for determining the properties of a pigment, extender, or other particulate material either alone or comprised in

WO 2005/026269 PCT7US2004/007263 a coating or other surface treatment. It is contemplated that in some aspects, cell fragments may be used as cell-based particulate material. The cell fragment particulate material of the present invention will comprise 50% to 100%, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof of cell fragment material. Such cell fragment particulate material may be prepared to reduce the size and/or alter the shape of the cell-based particulate material to better suit a specific coating or other surface treatment composition.

[0164] In some embodiments, a multicellular organism (e.g., a plant) may undergo a processing step wherein one or more cells are physically, chemically, and/or enzymatically separated to produce a material with desired particulate properties for a coating or other surface treatment formulation. In certain embodiments, cells and/or cell components may be separated using a disrupting step, described herein. As microorganisms are generally unicellular or oligocellular in nature, they are preferred in many embodiments, as it is contemplated that the number of processing steps used to prepare a cell-based particulate material of the present invention from such an organism will be fewer than for a cell from a multicellular organism. For example, a particulate material for a coating or other surface treatment may be selected for properties such as ease of dispersal, particle size, particle shape, etc. It is contemplated that a microorganism may be selected for cell shape, cell size, ease of dispersal, due to poor affinity for other cells relative to a cell embedded in a multicellular organism, or a combination thereof, to produce a cell-based particulate material of the present invention with desired particulate material properties using fewer processing steps and/or with greater ease than a multicellular organism.

1. Biomolecule Components

[0165] In certain embodiments, a cell-based particulate material of the present invention may comprise various cellular components (e.g., cell wall material, cell membrane material, nucleic acids, sugars, polysacharrides, peptides, polypeptides, proteins, lipids, etc.). Such cell or virus biomolecule components are known to those of ordinary skill in the art (see, for example, CRC Handbook of Microbiology. Volume 1, bacteria; Volume 2, fungi, algae, protozoa, and viruses; Volume 3, microbial compositions: amino acids, proteins, and nucleic acids; Volume 4, microbial compositions: carbohydrates, lipids, and minerals; Volume 5, microbial products; Volume 6, growth and metabolism; Volume 7, microbial transformation; Volume 8. toxins and enzymes; Volume 9, pt. A. antibiotics - Volume. 9, pt. B. antimicrobial inhibitors; 1977). In certain embodiments, it is preferred that the cell-based particulate material comprise a cell wall and/or cell membrane material, to enhance the particulate nature of the cell-based particulate material. However, it is particularly preferred that the cell-based particulate material of the present invention comprises cell wall material, as it is contemplated

WO 2005/026269 PCI7US2004/007263 that the cell wall is the dominant cellular component for conferring particulate material properties such as shape, size, and insolubility.

[0166] Depending upon the type of processing used various cell components may be partly or fully removed from the organism to produce a cell-based particulate material. In particular, a processing step wherein a cell is contacted with a liquid (e.g., an organic liquid) is I contemplated to dissolve many cell components. Removal of the solvent would thereby remove (“extract”) the dissolved cell components from the particulate matter. However, it is additionally contemplated that a large biomolecule, particularly a polymer that comprises a cell wall, such as peptidoglycan, teichoic acid, lipopolysacharide or a combination thereof, will be resistant to extraction with a non-aqueous or aqueous solvent, and thus be retained as a component of the particulate matter. In particular embodiments, it is contemplate that a biomolecule of extremely large size, such as greater than 1,000 kDa molecular mass, will be retained in the particulate matter. Further, it is contemplated that in certain embodiments, greater than 50% of the dry weight of such particulate matter will comprise a biomolecule of extremely large size and/or cell wall polymers after processing.

[0167] It is contemplated that a large biomolecule, particularly cell wall polymer, will be at or near the interface of the particulate matter and the external environment. As this interface is primary area of contact between the particulate matter and other coating or other surface treatment components, it is contemplated that a biomolecule will contribute the most to the properties of the particulate matter produced from a cell used in a coating or other surface treatment. Examples of such properties include the size range of particulate matter, the shape of the particulate matter, the solubility of the particulate matter, the permeability and/or impermeability of the particulate matter to a chemical, the chemical reactivity of the particulate matter, or a combination thereof. It is also contemplated that a chemical moiety of the biomolecule at the interface of the particulate matter and the external environment may chemically react with a second coating or other surface treatment component. In certain embodiments, such reactions maybe desirable, such as, for example, the chemical crosslinking of a cell-based particulate material to a binder in a thermosetting coating or surface treatment. By participating in such crosslinking reactions, it is contemplated that a cell-based particulate material may be selected for use as a binder in a coating or surface treatment. The chemical nature of various biomolecules typically found at the surface of a cell is further described below to provide guidance in selection of a cell-based particulate material based on potential chemical reactivity with various coating or other surface treatment components (e.g., binders, catalysts, cure agents, etc.) described herein.

a. Peptidoglycan and Pseudopeptidoglycan

[0168] Peptidoglycan (“mucopeptide,” “murein”) is a polymer common to Eubacteria cell walls that is contemplated as being an important biomolecule for conferring particulate nature and durability to various cell-based particulate materials of the present invention. Peptidoglycan generally comprises alternating monomers of the amino-sugars Nacetylglucosamine and iV-acetylmuramic acid. The /V-acetylmuramic acid monomers often further comprise a tetra-peptide of the sequence L-alanine-D-ghitamic acid-T ,-diamino acid-Dalanine covalently bonded to the muramic acid. The attached tetrapeptides of peptidoglycan participate in cross-linking a plurality of polymers to contribute to the cell wall structure. Depending on the species, the tetrapeptides may form the cross-linkages by direct covalent bonds, or one or more amino acids may form the cross-linking bonds between the tetrapeptides. Archaea do not possess peptidoglycan, but many Archaea may contain pseudopeptidoglycan, which comprises N-acetyltalosaminuronic acid, instead of Nacetylmuramic in peptidoglycan.

b. Teichoic acid and Teichuronic acid

[0169] A cell wall, particularly of Gram-positive Eubacteria, may comprise up to 50% teichoic acid. Teichoic acid is an acidic polymer comprising monomers of a phosphate and glycerol; phosphate and ribitol; or W-acetylglucosamine and glycerol. A sugar (e.g., glucose) and/or an amino acid (e.g., D-alanine) is usually attached to the glycerol or ribitol of a teichoic acid. In addition to direct association with or integration into a cell wall, a teichoic acid may be associated with a phospholipid bilayer adjacent to a cell wall. Often, a teichoic acid is covalently bonded to a glycolipid of a cell membrane, and is known as a “lipoteichoic acid.” Teichic acids are common in the genera Staphylococcus, Micrococcus, Bacillus, and ־ Lactobacillus.

[0170] A cell wall of certain species of Gram-positive Eubacteria may comprise teichuronic acid. Teichuronic acid is a polymer comprising N-acetylglucosamine and glucuronic acid or glucose and amino-mannuronic acid. However, it is thought that acidic conditions damages this cell wall component, as uronic acids such as glucuronic acid, and particularly aminemannuronic acid, are hydrolyzed in acid. It is contemplated that exposure to acid during processing or in a surface treatment may reduce this component from the particulate matter

c. Cellulose

[0171] A cell wall of organisms, primarily of the Kingdom Planta, comprises cellulose. Cellulose is a polysaccharide polymer of glucose monomers. Chemically modified forms of cellulose (e.g., a cellulose ester, a nitrocellulose) have been used as binders in coatings and other surface treatments. However, in the practice of the present invention, it is contemplated that cellulose will be used in particulate material, preferably not chemically modified as a cellulose ester and/or a nitrocellulose, or a combination thereof.

d. Neutral Polysaccharides

[0172] A cell wall, particularly of Gram-positive Eubacteria, may comprise a neutral polysaccharide, other than those described for a peptidoglycan, teichoic acid, cellulose, or lipopolysacharide. As used herein, a “neutral polysaccharide” is a polymer comprising a majority of neutral sugars, wherein the neutral sugar is typically a hexose or a pentose, and/or an aminosugar thereof. Examples of neutral sugars found in neutral polysaccharides include arabinose, galactose, 3-O-methyl-D-galactose, mannose, xylose, rhamnose, glucose, fructose, or a combination thereof. Examples of amino sugars found in neutral polysaccharides include glucosamine, galactosamine, or a combination thereof.

e. Proteinaceous Molecules

[0173] A cell wall may comprise a proteinaceous molecule, such as, for example, a polypeptide, a peptide, a protein, other than those described for a peptidoglycan, teichoic acid, or lipopolysacharide. As used herein, a “peptide” comprises 3 to 100 amino acids as monomers, while a “polypeptide” is a polymer comprising 101 amino acids or more as monomers. As used herein a “protein” is a proteinaceous molecule comprising a contiguous molecular sequence three amino acids or greater in length, matching the length of a biologically produced proteinaceous molecule encoded by the genome of an organism. Such proteinaceous materials may dominate the structural integrity that confers particulate material durability to a virus or a cell comprising a pellicle. Additionally, peptide linkages are common throughout peptidoglycan and pseudopeptidoglycan. However, it is contemplated that in most embodiments, a peptide or polypeptide is not the biomolecule component that dominates the overall structural integrity and/or composition of most cell walls.

f. Lipids

[0174] A cell wall may comprise a lipid, other than those described for a peptidoglycan, teichoic acid, or lipopolysacharide. As used herein a “lipid” refers to any hydrophobic or amphipathic organic compound extractable with a non-aqueous solvent. Typically, a cell comprises various lipid biomolecules, which generally comprise fatty acids. It is contemplated that in embodiments wherein a processing step comprises contacting the cell with a non-aqueous solvent, most lipids will be removed from the cell and/or or cell wall. However, it is contemplated that in embodiments wherein such a processing step does not occur, the lipid components of a cell and/or cell wall remaining in the particulate matter may affect coating or other surface treatment reactions wherein lipid (e.g., fatty acid double bond) cross-linking activity contributes to film-formation. Lipids of particular relevance for such potential cross-linking reactions include those of the outer membrane, which comprise fatty acids, the cell wall, or a combination thereof.

[0175] For example, Gram-negative cells comprise a phospholipid bilayer known as the “outer cell membrane” that surrounds the cell wall. A “phospholipid bilayer” comprises two layers of phospholipid molecules, wherein the fatty acids components of each layer’s phospholipids contact each other, thereby creating a hydrophobic inner region, and the head groups of each layer’s phospholipids, which are generally hydrophilic, contact the external environment. Examples of a phospholipid include a glycerophospholipid, which comprises two fatty acids and one hydrophilic moiety called a “head group” covalently connected to a trihydroxyl alcohol glycerol. Non-limiting examples of a head group include choline, ethanolamine, serine, inositol, an additional glycerol or a combination thereof. Additionally, a phospholipid bilayer generally comprises a plurality of peptides and polypeptides with hydrophobic regions that are retained in the phospholipid bilayer’s hydrophobic inner region. [0176] Gram-positive Eubacteria cell walls generally 0% to 2% lipid. However, certain categories of Gram-positive Eubacteria can comprise up to 50% or more lipid content as part of the cell wall. Such Eubacteria include different species of Gordonia, Mycobacterium, Nocardia, and Rhodococcus. Additionally, the lipids of such Eubacteria generally comprise a branched chain fatty acid, particularly mycolic acids (Barry, C. E. et al., Prog Lipid Res 37:143,1998). It is though that mycolic acids are covalently bound or loosely associated with cell wall sugars. The type of Eubacteria is sometimes used to identify the carbon-backbone length of the mycolic acids. For example, an eumycolic acid is isolated from ά Mycobacterium, and generally comprises 60 to 90 carbon atoms. A corynomycolic acid is isolated from a Corynobacterium, and generally comprises 22 to 36 carbons. A nocardomycoic acid is isolated from a Nocardia, and generally comprises 44 to 60 carbons. A mycolic acid generally comprises a fatty acid branch (“alpha branch”) and an aldehyde (“meromycolate branch”). A mycolic acid may further comprise a carbon double bond, an epoxy ester moiety, a cyclopropane ring moiety, a keto moiety, a methoxy moiety or a combination thereof, generally located on meromycolate branch. A mycolic acid may comprise a a-mycolic acid, a methoxymycolic acid, a ketomycolic acid, an epoxymycolic acid, a wax ester or a combination thereof. A a-mycolic acid comprises a cis or trans carbon double bond and/or a cyclopropane, and may further comprise a methyl branch adjacent to such a moiety. A methoxymycolic acid comprises a methoxy moiety and a double bond or a cyclopropane. A ketomycolic acid comprises an a-methyl-branched ketone. An epoxymycolic acid comprises an a-methyl־branch epoxide. A wax ester comprises an internal ester group and a carbon double bond or a cyclopropane ring.

PCT7US2004/007263

[0177] In certain facets, a cell lipid may comprise a glycolipid, which refers to a glycan covalently attached to a lipid. Non-limiting examples of a glycolipid include a dolichyl phosphoryl glycan, a pyrophosphoryl glycan, an undecaprenyl phosphoryl glycan, a pryophosphoryl glycan, a retinyl phosphoryl glycan, a glycosphingolipid (e.g., a ceramide, a galactosphingolipid, a glucosphingolipid including a ganlioside), a glycoglycerolipid (e.g., a monogalactosyldiacylglycerol), a steroidal glycoside (e.g., ouabain, digoxin, digitonin), a glycosylated phosphoinositide (e.g., a GPI anchor, a lipophosphoglycan, a lipopeptidophosphoglycan, a glycoinositol phospholipid), or a combination thereof.

[0178] ^,The phospholipid bilayers of Archaea are biochemically distinct from the lipids described above, as they comprise branched hydrocarbon chains attached to glycerol by ether linkages instead of fatty acids attached to glycerol by ester linkages.

g. Additional Biomolecule Components

[0179] Tn addition to the biomolecules described above that are contemplated as contributing to the particulate nature and/or potential chemical reactivity of a cell-based particulate material of the present invention, such a composition may comprise other desirable biomolecules (e.g., a colorant, an enzyme, an antibody, a receptor, a transport protein, structural protein, an ligand, a prion) that may confer desirable properties to a surface treatment. Such biomolecules may be an endogenously produced cell component, or a product of expression of a recombinant nucleic acid in the virus or cell [see, for example, co-pending U.S. Patent Application 10/655,345 “Biological Active Coating Components, Coatings, and Coated surfaces, filed Sept 4,2003; in “Molecular Cloning,” 2001; and “Current Protocols in Molecular Biology,” 2002].

[0180] Often colorants produced by living organisms are soluble in a liquids (e.g., organic liquids, aqueous liquids) typically used as liquid component of a coating or other surface treatment. Most of the color producing and/or light absorbing biomolecules of cells described herein are extractable with solvents of lipids. For example, carotenoids and many photosynthetic biomolecules are extractable from cells with solvents of lipids, such as acetone, ethanol or ether. However, as would be known to those of ordinary skill in the art, some cells produce biomolecule colorants that are water-soluble. In particular, the colors of some cells from multicellular plants (e.g., fruit cells, flower cells), and some algae, are often dominated or influenced by one or more anthocyanins, which are water soluble colored biomolecules.

Further, other less well characterized water-soluble biomolecule colorants are found in various cells of bacteria or fungi. Examples of colored cells comprising a water-soluble colorant include Azotobacter armeniacus (brown-black and red-violet; DSMZ Nos. 2284), Azotobacter

WO 2005/026269 PCI7US2004/007263 vinelandii (yellow-green fluorescent; ATCC Nos. 12518,13705 and 53800), Azorhizophilus paspali (yellow-green fluorescent; DSMZ Nos. 2283, 88,376,388, 391 and 400), Beijerinckia derxii (green fluorescent; DSMZ Nos. 2328,1716 and 2329), Pseudomonas aeruginosa (bluegreen; DSMZ Nos. 50071,288, 939 and 1117), Pseudomonas viridiflava (blue-green; DSMZ Nos. 11124, 50337 and 50338), Burkholderia caryophylli (yellow-green; DSMZ Nos. 11124, 50337 and 50338), Burkholderia gladioli (yellow-green; DSMZ Nos. 4285, 8361,11318), Ralstonia solanacearum (brown; DSMZ Nos. 9544,1993 and 50905), Brevundimonas vesicularis (yellow-orange; DSMZ Nos. 7226 and 7233), Erwinia rhapontici (pink; DSMZ No. 4484), Brenneria rubrifaciens (pink; DSMZ No. 4483), Aeromonas media (brown; DSMZ No. 4881), Lysobacter antibioticus (brown; DSMZ No. 2044 and 2045), Lysobacter brunescens (brown; DSMZ No. 6979), Amycolatopsis azurea (blue; DSMZ No. 43854), Prauserella rugosa (yellow; ATCC No. 43014), Actinoplanes italicus (red; ATCC No. 27366), Actinoplanes ferrugineus (brown; ATCC No. 29868), Actinoplanes auranticolor (yellow; ATCC No. 15330), Actinoplanes liguriae (brown; ATCC No. 31048), Couchioplanes caeruleus (yellow-brown; ATCC No. 33937), Kitasatospora griseola (pink; DSMZ No. 43859), Kitasatospora mediocidica (yellow-brown; DSMZ No. 43929), Kitasatospora phosalacinea (yellow-brown; DSMZNo. 43860), andKitasatosporasetae (yellow-brown; DSMZNo. 43861).

[0181] Due to the solubility of biomolecule colorants in certain liquid components^ such colorants may be used as a dye in a coating or other surface treatment upon extraction from a cell-based particulate material of the present invention. The biomolecule dye may be produced by extraction within the coating or other surface treatment by contact with a liquid component that acts as a solvent for the biomolecule colorant. Alternatively, the biomolecule dye may be extracted by a solvent from the cell-based particulate material of the present invention in a processing step of the cell-based particulate material. Extraction of such colored biomolecules in a separate processing step may be done to alter the color of the cell-based particulate material prior to incorporation in.a coating or other surface treatment, separate the biomolecule dye for subsequent use as a coating or other surface treatment component (e.g., a dye), or a combination thereof. Of course, selection of processing steps and/or a liquid component of a coating or other surface treatment that does not extract a colored biomolecule may be used to maintain the colored biomolecule within a cell-based particulate material of the present invention, such particulate material is part of or separate from a surface treatment.

E. Processing of Cells

[0182] Examples of cell processing steps include permeabilizing, extracting, disrupting, sterilizing, attenuating, concentrating, drying, resuspending, encapsulation, or a combination thereof. Various embodiments of a cell-based particulate material of the present invention are contemplated after one or more such processing steps. However, it is further contemplated that each processing step will increase economic costs and/or reduce total cellbased particulate material yield, so that embodiments comprising fewer steps are preferred. The cell-based particulate material of the present invention, in addition to its usefulness as a particulate material component (e.g., a colorant, an additive) of a coating or surface treatment, may confer a desirable additional characteristic (e.g., enzymatic activity) typically not associated with a particulate material of a coating or surface treatment [see, for example, copending U.S. Patent Application 10/655,345 “Biological Active Coating Components, Coatings, and Coated surfaces, filed Sept 4,2003]. It is contemplated that in certain embodiments, particularly wherein the cell-based particulate material comprises a biomolecule (e.g., an enzyme) that may confer an additional desirable property typically not associated with a particulate material of a coating or other surface treatment, a processing step (e.g., attenuation, sterilization, chemical modification, etc.) may reduce or eliminatp. the desirable property (e.g., reduce biomolecule yield, reduce biomolecule activity, etc.), and thus fewer processing steps are preferred in most such embodiments. It is further contemplated that the order of steps may be varied and still produce a cell-based particulate material of the present invention.

1. Sterilization/Attenuation

[0183] A processing step may comprise sterilizing or attenuating a cell-based particulate material of the present invention. Sterilizing (“inactivating”) kills living matter (e.g., a cell, a virus), while attenuation reduces the virulence of living matter. A sterilizing and/or attenuating step may be desirable as continued post expression growth of a cell-based particulate material and/or a contaminating organism may detrimentally affect the composition. For example, one or more properties of a coating or other surface treatment may be undesirably altered by the presence of a living organism. Additionally, a cell or virus may be able to'infect, and even be pathogenic to a desirable organism. Examples of desirable organisms include humans, mammals, marsupials, birds, fish, amphibians, crustaceans, reptiles, plants or a combination thereof.

[0184] The pathogenicity of a cell or virus may be reduced or eliminated through genetic alteration (e.g., an attenuated virus with reduced pathogenicity, infectivity, etc.), processing techniques such as partial or complete sterilization and/or attenuation using techniques known to those of ordinary skill in the art (e.g., heat treatment, irradiation, contact with chemicals), passage of a virus through cell not typically a host cell for the virus, ox a combination thereof, and such a cell or virus is preferred. In most embodiments, it is preferred

WO 2005/026269 PCI7US2004/007263 that the majority (e.g., 50% to 100%, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof) of the cell-based particulate material has been sterilized and/or attenuated, with 100% or as close to 100% as is practically accomplishable, preferred. A cell-based particulate material wherein the majority of material by dry or wet weight or volume has been sterilized or attenuated, is known herein as a “sterilized cell-based particulate material” or “attenuated cellbased particulate material,” respectively.

[0185] Tn certain embodiments, it contemplated that sterilization or attenuation may be accomplished in a surface treatment (e.g., a coating) by contact with biologically detrimental surface treatment components such as solvents or chemicallyreactive surface treatment components (e.g., a binder). In further embodiments, sterilizing or attenuation of a cell-based particulate material or a surface treatment comprising such a material may be accomplished by any method known in the art, and are commonly applied in the food, medical, and pharmaceutical arts to sterilize or attenuate pathogenic microorganisms [see, for example, “Food Irradiation: Principles and Applications”, 2001; “Manual of Commercial Methods in Clinical Microbiology” (Truant, A. L., Ed.), 2002; “Manual of Clinical Microbiology 8^thEdition Volume 1” (Murray P. R., Baron, E. J., Jorgensen, J. H., Pfaller, M. A., Yolken, R. H., Eds.), 2003; “Manual of Clinical Microbiology 8^th Edition Volume 2” (Murray P. R., Baron, E.

J., Jorgensen, J. H., Pfaller, M. A., Yolken, R. H., Eds.), 2003; and “Biological Safety Principles and Practice 3^ld Edition” (Fleming, D. O. and Hunt, D. L., Eds.), 2000]. Examples of sterilizing or attenuating may include contacting the living matter with a toxin, irradiating the living matter, heating the living matter above a temperature suitable for life (e.g., 100°C in . most cases), or a combination thereof. It is preferred that sterilizing or attenuating comprises irradiating the living matter, as radiation generally does not leave a toxic residue, and is not contemplated to detrimentally affect the stability of a desired biomolecule (e.g., a colorant, an enzyme) that might be present in the cell-based particulate material, to the same degree as other sterilizing or attenuating techniques (e.g., heating). Examples of radiation include infrared (“IR”) radiation, ionizing radiation, microwave radiation, ultra-violet (“UV”) radiation, particle radiation, or a combination thereof. Particle radiation, UV radiation and/or ionizing radiation are preferred, and particle radiation is particularly preferred. Examples of particle radiation include alpha radiation, electron beam/beta radiation, neutron radiation, proton radiation, or a combination thereof.

[0186] However, in alternative embodiments, it is contemplated that partly or nonsterilized or attenuated cell-based particulate material will be suitable for a temporary coating (e.g., a non-film forming coating) or other temporary surface treatment, hi particular aspects, the damage produced by living cells or viruses in a coating, film or other surface treatment

WO 2005/026269 PC17US2004/007263 may make the composition more suitable for use as a temporary coating or other surface treatment. For example, the cell-based particulate material may reduce the durability of the coating, film or other surface treatment over time (e.g., degrade a binder molecule), enhance ease of removal of the coating, film or other surface treatment (e.g., reduce resistance to a solvent), etc.

2. Concentration

[0187] A processing step may comprise concentrating a cell-based particulate material of the present invention. As used herein, “concentrating” refers to any process wherein the volume of a composition is reduced. Often, undesired components that comprise the excess volume are removed, the desired composition is localized to a reduced volume, or a combination thereof.

[0188] For example, it is contemplated that a concentrating step may be used to reduce the amount of a growth and/or expression medium component from a composition of the present invention. It is contemplated that nutrients, salts and other chemicals that comprise a biological growth and/or expression medium may be unnecessary and/or unsuitable in a composition of the present invention, and reducing the amount of such compounds is preferred. A growth medium may promote undesirable microorganism growth in a composition of the present invention, while salts or other chemicals may undesirably alter the formulation of a coating or other surface treatment.

[0189] Concentrating a cell-based particulate material may be by any method known in the art, including, for example, washing, filtrating, a gravitational force, a gravimetric force, or a combination thereof. An example of a gravitational force is normal gravity. An example of a gravimetric force is the force exerted during centrifugation. Often a gravitational or gravimetric force is used to concentrate a cell-based particulate material from undesired components that are retained in the volume of a liquid medium. After cells are localized to the bottom of a centrifugation devise, the media may be removed via such techniques as decanting, aspiration, etc.

3. Drying

[0190] In additional embodiments, the cell-based particulate material is dried. Such a drying step may remove undesired liquids from the cell-based particulate material. Examples of drying include freeze-drying, lyophilizing, or a combination thereof. In some aspects, a cryoprotectant may be added to the cell-based particulate material during a drying step (e.g., lyophilizing). In certain embodiments, it is contemplated that a drying step may enhance the particulate nature of the material. For example, reduction of a liquid in the cell-based particulate material may reduce the tendency of particles of the material to adhere to each other.

(e.g., agglomerate, aggregate), or a combination thereof. It is also contemplated that in some aspects, the particulate material may be in a form (e.g., a powder) sufficiently liquid free (“dry”) that it is suitable for convenient storage at ambient conditions without need for desiccation.

4. Physical Force/Milling

[0191] It is contemplated that an application of physical force (e.g., grinding, milling, shearing) may enhance the particulate nature of the material by converting multicellular material (e.g., a plant) into oligocelhilar and/or unicellular material, or convert oligocellular material into unicellular material. Such an application of physical force generally will be referred to as “milling” herein, particularly the claims. Further, the average particle size may be reduced to a desired range, including the conversion of cells into disrupted cells and/or cell debris. It is also contemplated that such physical force may produce a powder form of the cellbased particulate material.

5. Extraction

[0192] It is contemplated that a biomolecule may be removed by extraction of a cellbased particulate material. In addition to the extraction of colored biomolecules previously described, it is contemplated that a lipid and/or an aqueous component of a cell-based particulate material may be partly or fully removed by extraction with appropriate solvents. Such extraction may be desirable to dry the cell-based particulate material by removal of liquid (e.g., water, lipids), remove of a biotoxin, sterilize/attenuate living material in the composition, disrupt and/or permeablize a cell, alter the physical and/or chemical characteristics ofthe cellexternal environment interface, or a combination thereof. For example, lipids such as phospholipids are often present at or within a cell wall and/or membrane, and an extraction step may partly or fully remove those lipids most likely to chemically react with other surface treatment components. Additionally, such an extraction of surface lipids may alter (e.g״ increase or decrease) the hydrophobicity or hydrophilicity of a cell-based particulate material to enhance its suitability (e.g., disperability) for a specific coating or other surface treatment.

6. Resuspension

[0193] A processing step may comprise resuspending the composition comprising a cell-based particulate material. It is contemplated that the material to be resuspended will have undergone a prior processing step, such as concentration (e.g״ precipitation), drying, extraction, etc., and is resuspended into a form suitable for storage, further processing, and/or addition to a coating or other surface treatment. In certain aspects, the resuspension medium is a liquid component of a coating or other surface treatment described herein, a cryopreservative (“cryoprotector”), a xeroprotectant, or a combination thereof. As would be known to those of ordinary skill in the art, a cryopreservative is a substance, typically a liquid, that reduces the ability of a cell wall or cell membrane to rupture, particularly during a freezing and thawing process, while a xeroprotectant is a substance, typically a liquid, that reduces damage to a composition (e.g., a desirable biomolecule composition), during a drying process (e.g., a drying processing step, physical film formation). In some embodiments, a cryopreservative, a xeroprotectant, or a combination thereof, may be used as an additive to a coating or other surface treatment in the practice of the present invention. Examples of a cryopreservative include glycerol, dimethyl sulfoxide (“DMSO”), a protein (e.g., an animal serum albumin), a sugar of 4 to 10 carbons (e.g, sucrose), or a combination thereof. Examples of a xeroprotectant include glycerol, a glycol such as a polyethylene glycol (e.g., PEG8000), a mineral oil, a bicarbonate (e.g., ammonium bicarbonate), DMSO, a sugar of 4 to 10 carbons (e.g., trehalose), or a combination thereof. Often, a cryopreservative and/or a xeroprotectant is in an aqueous liquid, and may comprise a pH buffer (e.g, a phosphate buffer). As would be recognized by one of ordinary skill in the art] a substance (e.g., a cryopreservative, a xeroprotectant) included as part of a surface treatment with or as part of cell-based particulate material that may alter the physical (e.g., hydrophobicity, hydrophilicity, dispersal of particulate material, etc.) or chemical properties (e.g., reactivity with a surface treatment component) of a surface treatment, and a surface treatment’s formulation may be optimized using the techniques described herein or as would be known to one of ordinary skill in the art to account for these additional coating or other surface treatment components. Tn certain embodiments, the amount of cryopreservative and/or a xeroprotectant will comprise 0.000001% to 80%, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof, of a cell-based . particulate material of the present invention. In specific facets, a cell-based particulate material, a cryopreservative and/or a xeroprotectant may comprise 0.000001% to 66% a glycerol or a glycol (e.g., a polyethylene glycol), including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof. In other embodiments; a cell-based particulate material, a cryopreservative and/or a xeroprotectant may comprise 0.000001% to 10% DMSO, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof In further embodiments, a cell-based particulate material, a surface treatment, a cryopreservative and/or a xeroprotectant may comprise 0.000001 M to 1.5 M bicarbonate, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof.

7. Temperatures

[0194] It is contemplated that in some embodiments, processing of a cell-based particulate material composition maybe conducted at 4°C to 50°C_־ including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof. In preferred embodiments, a processing step may comprise maintaining a cell-based particulate material at a temperature less than the optimum temperature for the activity of a living organism and/or enzyme that may detrimentally affect a cell-based particulate material of the present invention. Temperatures less than 37°C are preferred, temperatures less than 30°C are more preferred, temperatures less than 20°C even more preferred, temperatures less than 10°C are particularly preferred, and temperatures of 4°C more preferred.

8. Permeabilization/Disruption

[0195] In preferred aspects, a cell-based particulate material of the present invention comprises a cell preparation wherein the cell membrane and/or cell wall has been altered through a permeabilizing process, a disruption process, or a combination thereof. An example of such an altered cell preparation includes disrupted cells, penneabilized cells, or a combination thereof. As used herein, a “disrupted cell” is a cell preparation wherein the cell membrane and/or cell wall has been altered through a disruption process. As used herein, a “permeabilized cell” is a cell preparation wherein the cell membrane and/or cell wall has been altered through a permeabilizing process. Penneabilization and/or disruption may promote the separation of cells, reduce the average particle size of the material, allow greater access to a biomolecule in a cell (e.g., to promote ease of extraction), or a combination thereof.

[0196] A processing step may comprise a permeabilizing step, wherein a cell is contacted with a permeabilizing agent such as DMSO, ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid (‘ΈϋΤΑ”), tributyl phosphate, or a combination thereof. A permeabilizing step may increase the mass transport of a substance (e.g., a substrate) into the interior of a cell, where an enzyme localized inside the cell can catalyze a chemical reaction with the substrate. (Martinez, M.

B. et al., 1996; Martinez, Μ. B. et al., 2001; Hung, S.-C. and Liao, J. C., 1996). Cell permeabilizing using EDTA has been described (Leduc, M. et al., 1985).

[0197] In some embodiments, a processing step comprises disrupting a cell. A cell may be disrupted by any method known in the art, including, for example, a chemical method, a mechanical method, a biological method, or a combination thereof. Examples of a chemical cell disruption method include suspension in a solvent for certain cellular components. Tn specific facets, such a solvent may comprise an organic solvent (e.g., acetone), a volatile solvent, or a combination thereof. In a particular facet, a cell be disrupted by acetone (Wild, J. R. et al., 1986; Albizo, J. M. and White, W. E., 1986). In certain preferred facets, the cells are disrupted in a volatile solvent for ease in evaporation. Examples of a mechanical cell disruption method include pressure (e.g., processing through a French press), sonication, mechanical shearing, or a combination thereof. An example of a pressure cell disruption method includes processing through a French press. Examples of a biological cell disruption

WO 2005/026269 PCT7US2004/007263 method include contacting the cell with one or more proteins/polypeptides that are known to possess such disrupting activity including porins and enzymes such as a lysozyme, as well as contact/cell infection with a virus that weakens, damages, and/or permeabilizes a cell membrane, cell wall or combination thereof. Cell-based particulate material of the present invention comprising cells and/or cellular components a maybe homogenized, sheared, undergo one or more freeze thaw cycles, be subjected to enzymatic and/chemical digestion of cellular materials (e.g., cell walls, sugars, etc.), undergo extraction with organic or aqueous solvents, etc., to weaken interactions between the cellular materials. A processing step may comprise sonicating a composition. Other disrupting and drying will be done by freeze-drying with a reduced or absent cryoprotector.

9. Chemical Modification

[0198] In certain embodiments, a cell-based particulate material may be chemically modified for a specific physical (e.g., hydrophobicity, hydrophilicity, dispersal of particulate material, etc.) or chemical properties (e.g., reactivity with a surface treatment component) to enhance suitability in a coating or other surface treatment. It is contemplated that such chemical (e.g., organic chemistry) modification will primarily affect the cell-external environment interface. Such modifications are known to those of ordinary skill in the art [see, Greene, T. W. and Wuts, P. G. M. Productive Groups in Organic Synthesis, Second Edition, pp. 309-315, John Wiley &amp; Sons, Inc., USA, 1991; and co-pending U.S. Patent Application 10/655,345 “Biological Active Coating Components, Coatings, and Coated surfaces, filed Sept 4,2003; in “Molecular Cloning,” 2001; “Current Protocols in Molecular Biology,” 2002], and examples include acylatylation, amination, hydroxylation, phosphorylation, methylation, adding a detectable label such as a fluorescein isothiocyanate, covalent attachment of a poly ethylene glycol, a derivation of an amino acid by a sugar moiety, a lipid, a phosphate, or a famysyl group; or a combination thereof.

10. Encapsulation

[0199] Additionally, it is contemplated that a cell-based particulate material of the present invention may be encapsulated using a microencapsulation technique as would be known to one of ordinary skill in the art. Such encapsulation may enhance or confer the particulate nature of the cell-based particulate material, provide protection to the cell-based particulate material, increase the average particle size to a desired range, allow release of a cellular component (e.g., a biomolecule) from the encapsulating material, alter surface charge, hydrophobicity, hydrophilicity, solubility and/or disperability of the particulate material, or a combination thereof. Examples of microencapsulation (e.g., microsphere) compositions and techniques are described in Wang, Η. T. et al., J. of Controlled Resease 17:23-25,1991; and .

WO 2005/026269 PC17US2004/007263

U.S. Patent Nos. 4,324,683,4,839,046,4,988,623, 5,026,650, 5153,131, 6,485,983, 5,627,021 and 6,020,312).

F. Combinations of Cell-Based Particulate Material

[0200] It is contemplated that in various embodiments, a composition of the present invention may comprise one or more selected cell-based particulate materials. It is contemplated that a combination of cell-based particulate materials may be selected for inclusion in the composition, coating and/or !paint, to optimize one or more properties of such a composition of the present invention. Thus, a composition of the present invention may comprise 1 to 100 or more different selected cell-based particulate materials of interest, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof. For example, as various cells and viruses have differing sizes, colors, opacity, biochemical composition, etc., one may select a combination of cell-based particulate materials to confer a more desirable range of properties to a composition of the present invention. In a specific example, a coating may comprise a plurality of cell-based particulate materials. In an additional specific example one or more layers of a multicoat system may comprises one or more different cell-based particulate materials to confer differing properties between one layer and at least a second layer of the multicoat system.

G. Incorporation of a Particulate Material into a Coating

[0201] As would be known to one of ordinary skill in the art, a coating may comprise insoluble particulate material. Particulate material may comprise a primary particle, an agglomerate, an aggregate, or a combination thereof. A primary particle is a single particle not in contact with a second particle. An agglomerate is two or more particles in contact with each other, and generally can be separated by a dispersion technique, a wetting agent, a dispersant, or a combination thereof. An aggregate is two or more particles in contact with each other, which are generally difficult to separate by a dispersion technique, a wetting agent, a dispersant, or a combination thereof.

[0202] Usually, a pigment, an extender, certain types of rheology modifiers, certain types of dispersants, or a combination thereof are the major sources of particulate material in a coating. In the present invention, cell-based particulate material will also be a source of particulate material in a coating. In certain embodiments, a cell-based particulate material of the present invention may be used in combination with and/or as a substitute for a pigment, an extender, a rheology modifier, a dispersant, or a combination thereof. In specific facets, a cellbased particulate material of the present invention may substitute for 0.000001% to 100%, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof, of a pigment, an extender, a rheology modifier, a dispersant, or a combination thereof. In certain embodiments, it is contemplated that a coating or other surface treatment wherein the cell-based particulate material of the present invention tends to be at or near the coating/surface treatment-external environment interface. Preparation of such a coating or surface treatment wherein a particulate material is at or near the coating/surface treatment-external environment interface may be accomplished by formulation to enhance the ballooning, blooming, floating, flooding, etc. of the particulate material. It is contemplated that any technique used in the preparation of a coating that comprises a pigment, extender or any other form of particulate material described herein or would be known to one of ordinary skill in the art may be applied in the preparation of a coating comprising the cell-based particulate material of the present invention. Incorporation of particulate materials (ag., pigments), assays for determining a rheological property and/or a related property (e.g, viscosity, flow, molecular weight, component concentration, particle size, particle shape, particle surface area, particle spread, dispersion, flocculation, solubility, oil absorption values, CPVC, hiding power, corrosion resistance, wet abrasion resistance, stain resistance, optical properties, porosity, surface tension, volatility, settling, leveling, sagging, slumping, draining, floating, flooding, cratering, foaming, splattering,) of a coating component and/or a coating (e.g, pigment, binder, vehicle, surfactant, dispersant, paint) and procedures for determining such properties, as well as procedures for large scale (e.g., industrial) coating preparation (e.g., wetting, pigment dispersion into a vehicle, milling, letdown) are described in, for example, in Patton, T. C. ‘Taint Flow and Pigment Dispersion, A Rheological Approach to Coating and Ink Technology,” 1979.

[0203] In many embodiments, dispersion of the particulate material is promoted by application of physical force (e.g., impact, shear) to the composition. Techniques such as grinding and/or milling are typically used to apply physical force for dispersion of particulate matter. Though it is contemplated that such application of physical force may be used in the dispersal of the cell-based particulate material of the present invention, such force may damage, the structural integrity of the cell wall and/or cell membrane that confers size and shape to the material. The average particle size and shape will be altered by the degree of damage to the cell wall and/or cell membrane, which may alter a physical property, a chemical property, an optical property, or a combination thereof, of a cell-based particulate material of the present invention. Examples of a physical property that may be altered by cell fragmentation include a rheological property, such as the contribution to viscosity, flow, etc., the tendency to form a primary particle, an agglomerate, an aggregate, etc. An example of a chemical property that may be altered includes allowing greater contact between amine and hydroxyl moieties of internally located biomolecules (e.g, a proteinaceous molecule) with a coating component, which may undergo a chemical reaction (e.g., crosslinking) with a binder. An example of an optical property that may be altered includes an alteration in the gloss characteristic of a coating and/or film by a reduction in particle size due to cell fragmentation.

[0204] For example, during typical preparation of a water-borne and/or solvent-borne coating comprising particulate material such as a pigment and/or extender, the particulate material is dispersed into a paste known as a “grind” or “millbase.” A combination of a binder and a liquid component know as a “vehicle” is used to disperse the particulate material into the grind. Often, a wetting additive is included to promoted dispersion of the particulate material. Additional vehicle and/or additives are admixed with the grind in a stage referred to as the “letdown” to produce a coating of a desired composition and/or properties. These techniques and others for coating preparation are well known to those of ordinary skill in the art [see, for example, in “ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.01, Paint -- Tests for Chemical, Physical, and Optical Properties; Appearance,” D6619-00,2002; in “Paint and Surface Coatings, Theory and Practice, Second Edition,” (Lamboume, R. and Strivens, T. A., Eds.), pp. 286-329,1999; and in “Paints, Coatings and Solvents, Second, Completely Revised Edition,” (Stoye, D. and Freitag, W., Eds.) pp. 178-193,1998.] It is specifically contemplated that these techniques may be used in preparing a coating comprising the cell-based particulate material of the present invention, wherein the cell-based particulate material of the present invention is treated as a pigment, extender, or other such particulate material dispersed into a coating.

[0205] In another example, the effectiveness of the conversion of agglomerates and/or an aggregates into primary particles in the grind (e.g., pigments, pigment-vehicle combinations, pastes), and latter stages (e.g., lacquer, paint) are typically measured to insure quality, using techniques such as, for example, those described in “ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.01, Paint - Tests for Chemical, Physical, and Optical Properties; Appearance,” \ D1210-96,2002; “ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.02, Paint — Products and

Applications; Protective Coatings; Pipeline Coatings,” D2338-02, D1316-93 and D2067-97, 2002; and in “ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.03, Paint -- Pigments, Drying Oils, Polymers, Resins, Naval Stores, Cellulosic Esters, and Ink Vehicles,” DI85-84,2002. It is specifically contemplated that these techniques for the preparation of coatings comprising a pigment, extender, or other particulate material may be used in the practice of the present invention in the preparation of a coating comprising a cell-based particulate material of the present invention.

[0206] In a further example, a cell-based particulate material of the present invention may be adapted for use in standard coating formulation techniques to optimize a coating . composition for desired properties. As is known to those of ordinary skill in the art, the

WO 2005/026269 , PCT/US2004/007263 pigment volume concentration is the volume of pigment in the total volume solids of a dry film. The volume solids is the fractional volume of binder and pigment in the total volume of a coating. It is contemplated that in calculating the PVC, the content of a cell-based particulate material of the present invention would be included in this or related calculations as a pigment or extender. A related calculation to the PVC that is specifically contemplated is the critical pigment volume concentration (“CPVC”) is the formulation of pigment and binder wherein the coating comprises the minimum amount of binder to fill the voids between the pigment particles. A pigment to binder concentration that exceeds the CVPC threshold produces a coating with empty spaces wherein gas (e.g., air, evaporated liquid component), may be trapped. Various properties rapidly change above the CPVC. For example, corrosion resistance, abrasion (e.g., scrub) resistance, stain resistance, opacity, moisture resistance, rigidity, gloss, or a combination thereof, are more rapidly reduced above the CPVC, while reflectance is often increased. However, in certain embodiments, coating may be formulated above the CPVC and still produce a film suitable for given use upon a surface. Standard procedures for determining CPVC are known to those of ordinary skill in the art [see, for example, in “ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.01, Paint -- Tests for Chemical, Physical, and Optical Properties; Appearance,” D1483-95, D281-95 and D6336-98,2002; and in ‘Taint and Coating Testing Manual, Fourteenth Edition of the Gardner-Sward Handbook,” (Koleske, J. V. Ed.), pp. 252-258,1995].

[0207] The physical and/or optical properties of a coating are affected by the size of particulate material comprised within the coating. For example, inclusion of a physically hard particulate material, such as a silica extender, may increase the abrasion resistance of a film. In another example, gloss is reduced when particulate material of a larger average particle size increases the roughness of the surface of a coating and/or film. Standard procedures for determining particle properties: (e.g., size, shape) are known to those of ordinary skill in the art (see, for example, “ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.03, Paint -- Pigments, Drying Oils, Polymers, Resins, Naval Stores, Cellulosic Esters, and Ink Vehicles,” D1366-86 and D336096,2002; and in “Paint and Coating Testing Manual, Fourteenth Edition of the Gardner-Sward Handbook,” (Koleske, J. V. Ed.), pp. 305-332, 1995).

[0208] It is also contemplated that a cell-based particulate material of the present invention may be incorporated into a powder coating. Specific procedures for determining the properties (e.g, particle size, surface coverage, optical properties) of a powder coating and/or film have been described, for example, in “ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.02, Paint Products and Applications; Protective Coatings; Pipeline Coatings,” D3451 -01, D2967-02a, D4242-02, D5382-02 and D5861-95,2002.

____________,_______________:______________________________________________________ J

10209] In some embodiments, the dispersion of particulate material (“fineness of grind”) in a coating is, in Hegman units (‘Hu”), 0.0 Hu to 8.0 Hu, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof. The dispersion of particulate material content of a coating can be empirically determined, for example, as described in “ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.01, Paint — Tests for Chemical, Physical, and Optical Properties; Appearance,” D1210-96,2002. The size of particulate matter in a coating can affect gloss, with smaller particle size generally more conducive for a higher gloss property of a coating and/or film. It is contemplated that a whole cell particulate material of the present invention will possess similar size and shape as the organism from which it was derived. For example, E. coli is about 2 pm in length and 0.8 pm in diameter, maize cells vary more in size, but a size of about 65 pm in diameter may be found in some cell types, and Saccaromyces cerivsia is about 10 pm in diameter. Of course, processing and purifying techniques may reduce the particle size by fragmentation of the cell wall and membrane, and it is contemplated that a cell-based particulate material of the present invention may be prepared to an average particle size for a specific purpose (e.g., gloss). In certain facets, a visibly coarse and/or low gloss coating (e.g., a low gloss finish, a flat latex paint) has a dispersion of particulate material of 2.0 Hu to 4.0 Hu. A particle size of 100 pm to 50 pm is associated with a dispersion of 0.0 Hu to 4.0 Hu. In some aspects, a semi-gloss or gloss coating has a dispersion of particulate material of 5.0 Hu to 7.5 Hu. A particle size of 50 pm to 40 pm, 40 pm to 26 pm, 26 pm to 13 pm, and 13 pm to 6 pm is associated with a dispersion of 4.0 Hu to 5.0 Hu, 5.0 Hu to 6.0 Hu, 6.0 Hu to 7.0 Hu, and 7.0 Hu to 7.5 Hu, respectively. In other aspects, a high gloss coating has a dispersion of particulate material of 7.5 Hu to 8.0 Hu. A particle size of 6 pm to 3 pm and 3 pm to 0.1 pm is associated with a dispersion of 7.5 Hu to 7.75 Hu and 7.75 Hu to 8.0 Hu, respectively. In embodiments wherein a coating comprises a combination of particulate materials, wherein the different particulate materials such as a combination of a cell-based particulate material of the present invention and one or more of different pigments, with each type of particulate material possessing a different average particle size, it is contemplated that the gloss will be affected most by the particle size of the largest type of particulate material added. However, gloss can also be empirically determined for a coating and/or film, as described herein or as would be known to one of ordinary skill in the art in light of the present disclosures.

H. Coatings

[0210] A coating (“coat,” “surface coat,” “surface coating”) is “a liquid, liquefiable or mastic composition that is converted to a solid protective, decorative, or functional adherent film after application as a thin layer” (“Paint and Coating Testing Manual, Fourteenth Edition of the Gardner-Sward Handbook” (Koleske, I. V. Ed.), p. 696,1995; and in “ASTM Book of .

Standards, Volume 06.01, Paint - Tests for Chemical, Physical, and Optical Properties; Appearance,” DI6-00,2002). Additionally, a thin layer is 5 um to 5000 um thick, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof. However, in most embodiments, it is contemplated that a coating will form a thin layer 15 um to 150 um thick, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof. Examples of a coating of the present invention include a clear coating or a paint.

[0211] A surface is the outer layer of any solid object. As would be known to those of ordinary skill in the art, the term “substrate,” in the context of a coating, is synonymous with the term “surface.” However, as “substrate” has a different meaning to those of skill in coating arts and biological arts, the term “surface” will be preferentially used herein for clarity. A surface wherein a coating has been applied,׳ whether or not film formation has occurred, is known herein as a “coated surface.”

[0212] As is known to those of ordinary skill in the art, a coating generally comprises one or more materials that contribute to the properties of the coating, the ability of a coating to be applied to a surface, the ability of the coating to undergo film formation, and/or the properties of the produced film. Examples of such coating components include a binder, a liquid component, a colorizing agent, an additive, or a combination thereof, and such materials are contemplated for used in a coating of the present invention. A coating typically comprises a material often referred to as a “binder,” which is the primary material in a coating capable of film formation. Often the binder is the coating component that dominates conferring a physical and/or chemical property to a coating and/or film. Examples of properties of a binder typically affects include chemical reactivity, minimum film formation temperature, minimum T_g, volume fraction solids, a rheological property (e.g., viscosity), film moisture resistance, film UV resistance, film heat resistance, film weathering resistance, adherence, film hardness, film flexibility, or a combination thereof. Consequently, different categories of coatings may be identified herein by the binder used in the coating. For example, a binder may be an oil, a chlorinated rubber, or an acrylic, and examples of a coating comprising such binders include an oil onating, a chlorinated rubber-topcoat, an acrylic-lacquer, etc. In certain embodiments, a cell-based particulate material of the present invention may function as a binder, particularly in aspects wherein the coating comprises another thermosetting binder that may crosslink to the chemical moieties (e.g., hydroxyl moieties, amine moieties, polyols, carboxyl moieties, fatty acids, double bonds, etc.) typically found in cells.

[0213] In most embodiments, a coating will comprise a liquid component (e.g., a solvent, a diluent, a thinner), which often confers and/or alters the coating’s rheological properties (e.g., viscosity) to ease the application of the coating to a surface, hi some

WO 2005/026269 PCI7US2004/007263 embodiments, a coating will comprise a colorizing agent (e.g., a pigment), which usually functions to alter an optical property of a coating and/or film. In certain preferred embodiments, a cell-based particulate material of the present invention is a colorizing agent. In particularly preferred embodiments, a colorizing agent comprising a cell-based particulate material of the present invention is an extender, a pigment, or a combination thereof. In other preferred embodiments, a coating comprises a colorizing agent that comprises a cell-based particulate material of the present invention. A coating will often comprise an additive which is a composition incorporated into a coating to reduce and/or prevent the development of a physical, chemical, and/or aesthetic defect in the coating and/or film; confer some addition desired property to a coating and/or film; or a combination thereof. Examples of an additive include an accelerator, an adhesion promoter, an antioxidant, an antiskinning agent, a coalescing agent, a defoamer, a dispersant, a drier, an emulsifier, a fire retardant, a flow control agent, a gloss aid, a leveling agent, a marproofing agent, a slip agent, a thickener, a UV stabilizer, a viscosity control agent, a wetting agent, or a combination thereof. In certain preferred embodiments, a cell-based particulate material of the present invention is an additive. In particularly prefened embodiments, an additive comprising a cell-based particulate material of the present invention comprises a viscosity control agent, a dispersant, or a combination thereof. In other preferred embodiments, a coating comprises an additive that comprises a cellbased particulate material of the present invention. A contaminant is a material that is unintentionally added to a coating, and may be volatile and/or non-volatile component of a coating and/or film. As would be known to those of ordinary skill in the art, a coating component may be categorized as possessing more than one defining characteristic, and thereby simultaneously functioning in a coating composition as a combination of a binder, a liquid component, a colorizing agent, and/or additive. Different coating compositions are described herein as examples of coatings with varying sets of properties.

[0214] In certain embodiments, a coating may be stored in a container (“pot”) prior to application. In certain aspects, the coating is a multi-pack coating, which is a coating wherein different components are stored in a plurality of containers. Typically, this is done to reduce film formation during storage for certain types of coatings. The components are admixed prior to and/or during application. However, in certain embodiments, it is specifically contemplated that a coating comprising a cell-based particulate material of the present invention is a multipack coating. In specific aspects, the coating is a two-pack coating, three-pack coating, fourpack coating, five-pack coating, or more wherein the coating components are stored in separate containers. In certain aspects, 0.000001 % to 100%, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof, of the cell-based particulate material is stored in a separate container

WO 2005/026269 PCI7US2004/007263 from a coating component. It is contemplated that separate storage may reduce undesirable microorganism growth in the coating and/or coating component, damage to the cell-based particulate material of the present invention by the coating component, increase the storage life (“pot life”) of a coating, reduce the amount of a preservative in a coating, or a combination thereof. In certain facets, it is contemplated that the coating components of a container holding the cell-based particulate material of the present invention may further include a coating component such as a preservative, a wetting agent, a dispersing agent, a liquid component, a rheological modifier, or a combination thereof. It is contemplated that a preservative may reduce undesirable growth of a microorganism, whether the microorganism is derived from a microorganism-based particulate material of the present invention or a contaminating microorganism. It is contemplated that a wetting agent, a dispersing agent, a liquid component, a rheological modifier, or a combination thereof, may promote ease of admixing of coating components in a multi-pack coating. In certain aspects, a three-pack coating or fourpack coating may be used, wherein the first container and the second container contain coating components separated to reduced film formation during storage, and a third container comprises 0.000001% to 100%, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof, of the cell-based particulate material. In certain facets, a multi-pack coating may be used to separate two or more preparations of the cell-based particulate material of the present invention such as, for example, to reduce damage by microorganisms used in the preparation of a cellbased particulate material to a second preparation of cell-based particulate material during storage.

[0215] A coating may be applied to a surface using any technique known in the art. Tn the context of a coating, “application,” “apply,” or “applying” is the process of transferring of a coating to a surface to produce a layer of coating upon the surface. As known herein, an “applicator” is a devise that is used to apply the coating to a surface. Examples of an applicator include a brush, a roller, a pad, a rag, a spray applicator, etc. Application techniques that are contemplated as suitable for a user of the present invention of little or no particular skill include, for example, dipping, pouring, siphoning, brushing, rolling, padding, ragging, spraying, etc. Certain types of coatings may be applied using techniques contemplated as more suitable for a skilled artisan such as anodizing, electroplating, and/or laminating of a polymer film onto a surface.

[0216] In certain embodiments, the layer of coating undergoes film formation (“curing,” “cure”), which is the physical and/or chemical change of a coating to a solid that is a preferred solid when in the form of a layer upon the surface. In certain aspects, a coating may be prepared, applied and cured at an ambient condition, a baking condition, or a combination thereof. An ambient condition is a temperature range between — 10°C to 40°C, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof. As used herein, a “baking condition” or “baking” is contacting a coating with a temperature above 40°C and/or raising the temperature of a coating above 40°C, typically to promote film formation. Examples of baking the coating include contacting a coating and/or raising the temperature of coating to 40°C to 300°C, or more, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof. Various coatings described herein or as would be known to one of ordinary skill in the art may be applied and/or cured at ambient conditions, baking conditions, or a combination thereof.

[0217] It is contemplated that in general embodiments, a coating comprising a cell based particulate material of the present invention may be prepared, applied and cured at any temperature range described herein or would be known to one of ordinary skill in the art in light of the present disclosures. An example of such a temperature range is -100°C to 300°C, or more, including all intermediate ranges land combinations thereof. However, a cell-based particulate material may further comprise a desired biomolecule (e.g., a colorant, an enzyme), whether endogenously or recombinantly produced, that may have a reduced tolerance to temperature. It is contemplated that the preferred temperature that can be tolerated by a biomolecule will vary depending on the specific biomolecule used in a coating, and will generally be within the range of temperatures tolerated by the living organism from which the biomolecule was derived. For example, it is preferred for a coating comprising a cell-based particulate material of the present invention that the coating is prepared, applied and cured at — 100°C to 110°C, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof. For example it is contemplated that a temperature of -100°C to 40°C including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof, will be suitable for many biomolecules derived from an eukaryote, while temperatures up to, for example -100°C to 50°C including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof, may be tolerated by biomolecules derived from many prokaryotes. [0218] The type of film formation that a coating may undergo depends upon the coating components. A coating may comprise, for example, volatile coating components, nonvolatile coating components, or a combination thereof. In certain aspects, the physical process of film formation comprises loss of 1% to 100%, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof, of a volatile coating component. In general embodiments, a volatile component is lost by evaporation. In certain aspects, loss of a volatile coating component during film formation reaction is promoted by baking the coating. Examples of volatile coating components include a coalescing agent, a solvent, a thinner, a diluent, or a combination thereof. A non-volatile component of the coating remains upon the surface. Tn specific aspects, the non-volatile component forms a film. Examples of non-volatile coating components include a binder, a colorizing agent, a plasticizer, a coating additive, or a combination thereof. It is contemplated that a cell-based particulate material of the present invention will be a non-volatile coating component, hi specific aspects, a coating component may undergo a chemical change to form a film. In general embodiments, a binder undergoes a cross-linking (e.g., polymerization) reaction to produce a film. In general embodiments, a chemical film formation reaction occurs spontaneously under ambient conditions. In other aspects, a chemical film formation reaction is promoted by irradiating the coating, heating the coat, or a combination thereof. In some embodiments, irradiating the coating comprises exposing the coating to electromagnetic radiation, particle radiation, or a combination thereof. Examples of electromagnetic radiation used to irradiate a coating include UV radiati rm, infrared radiation, or a combination thereof. Examples of particle radiation used to irradiate a coating include electron-beam radiation. Often irradiating the coating induces an oxidative and/or free radical chemical reaction that cross-links of one or more coating components. [0219] However, in some alternate embodiments, it is contemplated that a coating undergoes a reduced amount of film formation than such a solid film is not produced, or does not undergo film formation to a measurable extent during the period of time it is used on a surface. Such a coating is referred to herein as a “non-film forming coating.” Such a non-film forming coating maybe prepared, for example, by increasing the non-volatile component in a thermoplastic coating (e.g., increasing plasticizer content in a liquid component), reducing the amount of a coating component that contributes to the film formation chemical reaction (e.g., a binder, a catalyst), increasing the concentration of a component that inhibits film formation (e.g., an antioxidant/radical scavenger in an oxidation/radical cured thermosetting coating), reducing the contact with an external a curing agent (e.g., radiation, baking), selection of a non-film formation binder produced from components that lack crosslinking moieties, selection of a non-film formation binder that lack sufficient size to undergo thermoplastic film formation, or a combination thereof. As used herein, a “non-film formation binder” refers to a molecule that is chemically similar to a binder, but lacks sufficient size and/or crosslinking moiety to undergo film formation. For example, a coating may be prepared by selection of an oil-based binder that lacks sufficient double bonds to undergo sufficient crosslinking reactions to produce a film. In another example, a non-film formation binder may be selected that lacks sufficient crosslinking moieties such as an epoxide, an isocyanate, a hydroxyl, a carboxyl, an amine, an amide, a silicon moiety, etc., to produce a film by thermosetting. Such a non-film formation binder may be prepared by chemical modification of a binder, such as, for example, a crosslinking reaction with a small molecule (e.g., less than 1 kDa) that comprises a moiety capable of reaction with a binder’s crosslinking moiety, to produce a chemically blocked binder moiety that is inert to a further crosslinking reaction. In another example, a thermoplastic binder typically comprises almolecule 29 kDa to 1000 kDa or more in size, though more specific, preferred ranges for different binders (e.g., acrylics, polyvinyls, etc.) are described herein. Film formation may be !־educed or prevented by selection of a like molecule that is too small to effectively undergo thermoplastic film formation. An example would be selection of a non-film formation binder molecule between 1 kDa to 29 kDa in molecular weight, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof.

[0220] In other alternative embodiments, a coating may undergo film formation, but produce a film whose properties makes it more suited for a temporary use. Such a temporary film will generally possess a poor and/or low rating for a property that would confer longevity

I in use. For example, a film with a poor abrasion (e.g., scrub) resistance, a poor solvent resistance, a poor water resistance, a poor weathering property (e.g., UV resistance), a poor adhesion property, a poor microorganism/biological resistance, or a combination thereof, may be selected as a temporary film. Such a “poor” or “low” property would be known to one of ordinary skill in the art, and often the detection of the coating property (e.g., a change in the coating’s color, gloss, loss of coating material) and/or is a rating in the half of a standard test rating scale and/or a detectable that is associated with a reduced longevity of use. In one aspect, a film may have poor adhesion for a surface, allowing ease of removal by stripping and/or peeling. In certain aspects, a poor or low adhesion rating on a scale of 0 (lowest adhesion) to 5 is denoted 2A, 1A, 0A, 2B, IB, 0B, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof, as described in ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.01, Paint — Tests for Chemical, Physical, and Optical Properties; Appearance, D3359-97,2002. Other examples of standard adhesion assays that may be used to determine a poor or low adhesion property rating include ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.01, Paint - Tests for Chemical, Physical, and Optical Properties; Appearance, D5179-98 and D2197-98,2002; ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.02, Paint -- Products and Applications; Protective Coatings; Pipeline Coatings, D4541-02, D3730-98, D4145-83, D4146-96, and D6677-01,2002; and ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.02, Paint -- Products and Applications; Protective Coatings; Pipeline Coatings, D5064-01,2002. In other aspects, a poor or low abrasion rating for a coating is denoted as a detectable gloss, color and/or material erosion, such as an increase (“I”), large increase (“LI”), decrease (“D”), or large decrease (“LD”) gloss change, a slightly darker (“SD”), considerably darker (“CD”), slightly lighter (“SL”) or considerably lighter (“CL”) color change, a slight (“S”) or moderate (“M”) erosion change, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof for gloss, color and/or erosion, as described in ASTM Book of Standards, and Volume 06.02, Paint ״ Products and Applications; Protective

Coatings; Pipeline Coatings, D4828-94,2002. Additional examples of standard abrasion tests that may be used to determine a poor or low abrasion resistance property rating include those described in ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.01, Paint — Tests for Chemical, Physical, and Optical Properties; Appearance, D968-93 and D4060-01,2002; and ASTM Book of Standards, and Volume 06.02, Paint -- Products and Applications; Protective Coatings; Pipeline Coatings, D3170-01, D4213-96, D2486-00, D3450-00, D6736-01, andD6279-99el, 2002. Weathering resistance is described in ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.01, Paint - Tests for Chemical, Physical, and Optical Properties; Appearance, D4141-01, D1729-96, D660-93, D661-93, D662-93, D772-86, D4214-98, D3274-95, D714-02, D1654-92, D224402, D523-89, D1006-01, D1014-95, and D1186-01, 2002; ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.02, Paint - Products and Applications; Protective Coatings; Pipeline Coatings, D3719-00, D610-01, D1641-97, D2830-96, and D6763-02,2002; and ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.01, Paint -- Tests for Chemical, Physical, and Optical Properties; Appearance, D822-01, D4587-01, D5031-01, D6631-01, D6695-01, D5894-96, and D4141-01,2002; ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.02, Paint -- Products and Applications; Protective Coatings; Pipeline Coatings, D5722-95, Ep361-01 and D3424-01,2002. Examples of poor weathering resistance includes a blistering rating of dense (“D”), medium dense (“MD”), medium (“M”) blistering, a failure at scribe, which is a measure of corrosion and paint loss at the site of contact with a tool known as a scribe, in the range of 0 to 5, a rating of the unscribed areas of 0 to 5, a rust grade rating of a coated steel surface of 0 to 5, a general appearance rating of 0 to 5, a cracking rating of 0 to 5, a checking rating of 0 to 5, a dulling rating of 0 to 5, and/or a discoloration rating of 0 to 5, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof, respectively, as described in ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.01, Paint - Tests for Chemical, Physical, and Optical Properties; Appearance, D714-02 and D1654-92, 2002; and ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.02, Paint — Products and Applications; Protective Coatings; Pipeline Coatings, D610-01 and D1641-97,2002. In additional aspects, a poor or low solvent resistance rating for a coating is denoted as a solvent resistance rating of 0 to 2, a coating removal efficiency rating of 3 to 5, an effect of coating removal on the condition of the surface of 0 to 2, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof, respectively, as described in ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.02, Paint - Products and Applications; Protective Coatings; Pipeline Coatings, D4752-98,2002; and ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.02, Paint - Products and Applications; Protective Coatings; Pipeline Coatings, D6189-97, 2002. An additional example of a standard solvent resistance assay is described in ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.02, Paint - Products and Applications; Protective Coatings; Pipeline Coatings, D5402-93, 2002. In further aspects, a poor or low water resistance rating for a coating is denoted as a discernable change in a coating’s color, blistering, adhesion, softening, and/or embrittlement upon conducting an assay as described in ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.01,׳Paint ״ Tests for Chemical, Physical, and Optical Properties; Appearance, D2247-02 and D4585-99,2002. Further assays for water resistance are described in ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.01, Paint - Tests for Chemical, Physical, and Optical Properties; Appearance, D870-02, D1653-93, D1735-02, 2002; and ״ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.02, Paint - Products and Applications; Protective Coatings; Pipeline Coatings, D2065-96, D2921-98, D3459-98, and D6665-01,2002. [0221] Tn particular aspects, growth of cells, particularly microorganisms, may produce a coating or film with reduced stability, film formation capability, durability, etc. Such a nonfilm formatting film and/or temporary film may be prepared by the inclusion of the cell-based particulate material of the present invention, particularly in embodiments wherein the cellbased particulate material is not a sterilized cell-based particulate material, the coating has a reduced concentration of biocide (e.g., 0% to 99.9999%, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof, a typically used concentration for a coating comprising the cell-based particulate material), the coating comprises a nutrient (e.g., a cell-based particulate material of the present invention, other digestible material, vitamins, trace minerals, etc.) as a coating component (e.g., an additive) that promotes cell growth, or a combination thereof.

[0222] In additional aspects, a poor or low microorganism/biological resistance rating for a coating is denoted as a colony recovery/growth rating of 2 to 4, a discoloration/disfigurement rating of 0 to 5, a fouling resistance (“F.R.”) or antifouling film (“A.F”) rating of 0 to 70, and observed growth (e.g., fungal growth) on specimens of 2 to 4, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof, respectively, as described in “ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.01, Paint - Tests for Chemical, Physical, and Optical Properties; Appearance,” D3274-95, D2574-00, D3273-00, D5589-97 and D5590-00, 2002; and in “ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.02, Paint - Products and Applications; Protective Coatings; Pipeline Coatings,” D3623-78a, 2002. An additional example of a standard microorganism/biological resistance assay is described in “ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.01, Paint - Tests for Chemical, Physical, and Optical Properties; Appearance,” D4610-98 andD3456-86,2002; in “ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.02, Paint Products and Applications; Protective Coatings; Pipeline Coatings,” D4938-89, D4939-89, D5108-90, D5479-94, D6442-99, D6632-01, D4940-98 and D5618-94,2002; and “ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.03, Paint - Pigments, Drying Oils, Polymers, Resins, Naval Stores, Cellulosic Esters, and Ink Vehicles,” D912-81 and D964-65, 2002.

[0223] Tn another example, a film may have a poor resistance to an environmental factor, and subsequently fail (e.g., crack, peel, chalk, etc.) to remain a viable film upon the surface. For example, a film that undergoes chalking is specifically contemplated. Chalking is the erosion a coating, typically by degradation of the binder due to various environmental forces (e.g., UV irradiation). It is contemplated that in some embodiments, chalking may be desirable, to expose remove a contaminant from the surface of a film and/or expose a component of the film (e.g., a cell-based particulate material of the present invention) to the surface of the coating. In some aspects, a chalking coating has a chalking rating on a “Wet Finger Method” of visible or severe and/or a chalk reflectance rating of 0 to 5, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof, as described in ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.01, Paint -- Tests for Chemical, Physical, and Optical Properties; Appearance, D4214-98,2002. A self-cleaning coating is a film with a desirable high chalking property. It is further contemplated that in many aspects the layer of non-film forming coating, a temporary film and/or a self-cleaning film may be removed from a surface with ease. In such embodiments, a non-film forming coating, a temporary film, a self-cleaning film, or a combination thereof would be more suitable for a temporary use upon a surface, due to the ability to be applied as a layer and easily removed when its presence is no longer desired. In these embodiments, it is contemplated that the non-film forming coating, the temporary film, the self-cleaning film, or a combination thereof, is desired for a use upon a surface that lasts a temporary period of time, such as, for example, 1 to 60 seconds, 1 to 24 hours, 1 to 7 days, 1 to 10 weeks, 1 to 6 months, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof, respectively.

[0224] Tn some embodiments, a plurality of coating layers, known herein as a “multicoat system” (“multicoating system”), may be applied upon a surface. The coating selected for use in a specific layer may differ from an additional layer of the multicoat system. This selection of coatings with differing components and/or properties is typically done to sequentially confer, in a desired pattern, the properties of differing coatings to a coated surface and/or multicoat system. Examples of a coating that may be selected for use, either alone or in a multicoat system, includes a sealer, a water repellent, a primer, an undercoat, a topcoat, or a combination thereof. A sealer is coating applied to a surface to reduce or prevent absorption by the surface of a subsequent coating layer and/or a coating component thereof, and/or to prevent damage to the subsequent coating layer by the surface. A water repellant is a coating applied to a surface to repel water. A primer is a coating that is applied to increase adhesion between the surface and a subsequent layer. In typical embodiments a primer-coating, a sealercoating, a water repellent-coating, or a combination thereof is applied to porous surface.

Examples of a porous surface include dry wall, wood, plaster, masonry, damaged and/or degraded film, corroded metal, or a combination thereof. In certain aspects, the porous surface is not coated or lacks a film prior to application of a primer, a sealer, a water repellent, or combination thereof. An undercoat is a coating applied to surface to provide a smooth surface for a subsequent coat. A topcoat (“finish”) is a coating applied to a surface for a protective and/or decorative purpose. Of course, a sealer, water repellent, primer, undercoat, and/or topcoat may possess additional protective, decorative, and/or functional properties.

Additionally, the surface a sealer, water repellent, primer, undercoat, and/or topcoat are applied to may be a coated surface such as a coating and/or film of a layer of the a multicoat system. In certain embodiments, a multicoat system may comprise any combination of a sealer, water repellent, primer, undercoat, and/or topcoat. For example, a multicoat system may comprise any of the following combinations: a sealer, a primer and a topcoat; a primer and topcoat; a water repellent, a primer, undercoat, and topcoat; an undercoat and topcoat; a sealer, an undercoat, and a topcoat; a sealer and topcoat; a water repellent and topcoat, etc. In particular aspects, a coating layer may comprise properties that would be a combination of those associated with different coating types such as a sealer, water repellent, primer, undercoat, and/or topcoat. In such instances, such a combination coating and/or film is designated by a backslash “/” separating the individual coating designations encompassed by the layer. Examples of such a coating layer comprising a plurality of functions include a sealer/primer coating, a sealer/primer/undercoat coating, a sealer/undercoat coating, a primer/undercoat coating, a water repellant/primer coating, an undercoat/topcoat coating, a primer/topcoat coating, aprimer/undercoat/topcoat coating, etc. In embodiments wherein the coated surface comprises a particular type of coating, then the coated surface may be known herein by the type of coating such as a “painted surface,” a “clear coated surface,” a “lacquered surface,” a varnished surface,” a “water repellant/primered surface,” an “primer/undercoat-topcoated surface,” etc.

[0225] In specific aspects, a multicoat system may comprise a plurality of layers of the same type, such as, for example, 1 to 10 layers, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof, of a sealer, water repellent, primer, undercoat, topcoat, or any combination thereof. In specific facets, a multicoat system comprises a plurality of layers of the same coating type, such as, for example, 1 to 10 layers, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof, of a sealer, water repellent, primer, undercoat, or topcoat. In embodiment where a coating does not comprise a multicoat system, but a single layer of coating applied to a surface, such a layer, regardless of typical function in a multicoat system _גis regarded herein as a topcoat.

1. Paints

[0226] A paint is a “pigmented liquid, liquefiable or mastic composition designed for I application to a substrate in a thin layer which is converted to an opaque solid film after application. Used for protection, decoration or identification, or to serve some functional i

purpose such as the filling or concealing of surface irregularities, the modification of light and heat radiation characteristics, etc” [“Paint and Coating Testing Manual, Fourteenth Edition of the Gardner-Sward Handbook” (Koleske, J. V. Ed.), p. 696,1995]. However, as certain coatings disclosed herein are non-film forming coatings, this definition is modified herein to encompass a coating with the same properties of a film forming paint, with the exception that it does not produce a solid film. In particular embodiments, a non-film forming paint possesses a hiding power sufficient to concealing surface feature comparable to an opaque film.

[0227] Hiding power is the ability of a coating and/or film to prevent light from being reflected from a surface, particularly to convey the surface’s visual pattern. Opacity is the hiding power of a film. An example of hiding power would be the ability of a paint-coating to visually block the appearance of grain and color of a wooden surface, as opposed to a clear varnish-coating allowing the relatively unobstructed appearance of wood to pass through the coating. Standard techniques for determining the hiding power of a coating and/or film (e.g., paint, a powder coating) are described, for example, in “ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.01, Paint -- Tests for Chemical, Physical, and Optical Properties; Appearance,” E284-02b, D344-97, D2805-96a, D2745-00 and D6762-02a 2002; “ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.02, Paint - Products and Applications; Protective Coatings; Pipeline Coatings,” D5007-99, D5150-92 and D6441-99,2002; and “Paint and Coating Testing Manual, Fourteenth Edition of the Gardner-Sward Handbook” (Koleske, J. V. Ed.), pp. 481506,1995־.

2. Clear-coatings

[0228] A clear-coating is a coating that is not opaque and/or does not produce an opaque solid film after application. A clear-coating and/or film may be transparent or semitransparent (e.g., translucent). A clear-coating may be colored or non-colored. In certain embodiments, reducing the content of a pigment in a paint composition may produce a clearcoating. Additionally, a clear-coating may comprise a lacquer, a varnish, a shellac, a stain, a water repellent coating, or a combination thereof. Though some opaque coatings are referred to in the art as a lacquer, a varnish, a shellac, or a water repellent coating, all such opaque coatings are considered as paints herein (e.g., a lacquer-paint, a varnish-paint, a shellac-paint, a water repellent paint).

a. Varnishes

[0229] A varnish is a thermosetting coating that converts to a transparent or translucent solid film after application. In general embodiments, a varnish is a wood-coating. A varnish comprises an oil and a dissolved binder. In general embodiments, the oil comprises a drying oil, wherein the drying oil functions as an additional binder. In other embodiments, the binder is solid at ambient conditions prior to dissolving into the oil and/or an additional liquid component of the varnish. Examples of a dissolvable binder include resins obtained from a natural source (e.g., a Congo resin, a copal resin, a damar resin, a kauri resin), a synthetic resin, or a combination thereof. In specific aspects, the additional liquid component comprises a solvent such as a hydrocarbon solvent. In some facets, the solvent is added to reduce viscosity of the varnish. A varnish may further comprise a coloring agent, including a pigment, for such purposes as conferring or altering a color, gloss, sheen, or a combination thereof. A varnish undergoes thermosetting film formation by oxidative cross-linking. In certain aspects, a varnish may additionally undergo film-formation by evaporation of a volatile component. The dissolved binder generally functions to shorten the time to film-formation relative to certain measures (e.g., dryness, hardness), though the final cross-linking reaction time may not be significantly or measurably shortened. Standards for determining a varnish-coating and/or film’s properties are described in, for example, “ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.03, Paint - Pigments, Drying Oils, Polymers, Resins, Naval Stores, Cellulosic Esters, and Ink Vehicles,” DI 54-85,2002.

b. Lacquers

[0230] A lacquer is a thermoplastic, solvent-borne coating that converts to a transparent or translucent solid film after application. In general embodiments, a lacquer is a woodcoating A lacquer-coating comprises a thermoplastic binder dissolved in a liquid component comprising an active solvent. Examples of a thermoplastic binder include a cellulosic binder (e.g., nitrocellulose, cellulose acetate), a synthetic resin (e.g., an acrylic), or a combination thereof. In certain aspects, a liquid component comprises an active solvent, a latent solvent, diluent, a thinner, or a combination thereof. In certain embodiments, a lacquer is nonaqueous dispersion (“NAD”) lacquer, wherein the content of solvent is not sufficient to fully dissolve the thermoplastic binder. In certain aspects, a lacquer may comprise an additional binder (e.g., an alkyd), a colorant, a plasticizer, or a combination thereof. Film formation of a lacquer occurs by loss of the volatile components, typically through evaporation.

[0231] Standards for a lacquer-coating and/or film’s composition (e.g., a lacquer, a pigmented-lacquer, a nitrocellulose lacquer, a nitrocellulose-alkyd lacquer), physical and/or chemical properties (e.g., heat and cold resistance, hardness, film-formation time, stain resistance, particulate material dispersion), and procedures for testing a lacquer’s composition/properties, are described in, for example, in “ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.02, Paint — Products and Applications; Protective Coatings; Pipeline Coatings,” D333-01, D2337-01, D3133-01, D365-01, D2091-96, D2198-02, D2199-82, D2571-95 and D2338-02, 2002.

c. Shellacs

[0232] A shellac is similar to a lacquer, but the binder does not comprise a nitrocellulose binder, and the binder is soluble in alcohol, and the binder is obtained from a natural source. A preferred binder comprises Laciffer lacca beetle secretion. In general embodiments, a shellac comprises a liquid component (e.g., alcohol). In specific aspects, the additional liquid component comprises a solvent. In some facets, the liquid component is added to reduce viscosity of the varnish. In other embodiments, a shellac undergoes rapid film formation. Standards for a shellac-coating and/or film’s composition and properties are described in, for example, “ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.03, Paint — Pigments, Drying Oils, Polymers, Resins, Naval Stores, Cellulosic Esters, and Ink Vehicles,” D29-98 and D360-89,2002.

d. Stains

[0233] A stain a clear or semitransparent coating formulated to change the color of surface. In general embodiments, a stain is a wood-coating designed to color or protect a wood surface but not conceal the grain pattern or texture. A stain comprises a binder such as an oil, an alkyd, or a combination thereof. Often a stain comprises a low solid content. A low solids content for a wood stain is less than 20% volume of solids. The low solid content of a stain promotes the ability of the coating to penetrate the material of the wooden surface. This property is often used to, for example, to promote the incorporation of a fungicide that may be comprised within the stain into the wood., In certain alternative aspects, a stain comprises a high solids content stain, wherein the solid content is 20% or greater, may be used on a surface to produce a film possessing the property of little or no flaking. In other alternative aspects, a water-borne stain may be used such as a stain comprising a water-borne alkyd. A stain typically further comprises a liquid component (e.g., a solvent), a fungicide, a pigment, or a combination thereof. In other aspects, a stain comprises a water repellent hydrophobic compound so it functions as a water repellent-coating (“stain/water repellent-coating”).

Examples of a water repellent hydrophobic compound a stain may comprise include a silicone oil, a wax, or a combination thereof. Examples of a fungicide include a copper soap, a zinc soap, or a combination thereof. Examples of a pigment include a pigment that is similar in color to wood. Examples of such pigments include a red pigment (e.g., a red iron oxide) a yellow pigment (e.g., a yellow iron oxide), or a combination thereof. Standards procedures for testing a stain’s (e.g., an exterior stain) properties, are described in, for example, in “ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.02, Paint - Products and Applications; Protective Coatings; Pipeline Coatings,” D6763-02,2002.

e. Water repellent-coatings

[0234] A water repellent-coating is a coating that comprises hydrophobic compounds that repel water. A water repellent-coating is typically applied to a surface susceptible to water damage such as metal, masonry, wood, or a combination thereof. A water repellent-coating typically comprises a hydrophobic compound and a liquid component. In specific embodiments, a water repellent-coating comprises 1% to 65% hydrophobic compound, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof. Examples of a hydrophobic compound that may be selected include an acrylic, a siliconate, a metal-searate, a silane, a siloxane, a parafinnic wax, or a combination thereof. A water repellent may be a water-bome coating, or a solvent-bome coating. A solvent-borne water repellent-coating typically comprises a solvent that dissolves the hydrophobic compound. Examples of solvents include an aliphatic, an aromatic, a chlorinated solvent, or a combination thereof.

[0235] In certain embodiments, a water repellent-coating, undergoes film formation, penetrates pores, or a combination thereof. In certain aspects, an acrylic-coating, a siliconecoating, or a combination thereof, undergoes film formation. In other aspects, a metal-searate, a silane, a siloxane, a parafinnic wax, or a combination thereof, penetrates pores in a surface. Tn some facets, a water repellent-coating (e.g., a silane, a siloxane) covalently bonds to a surface and/or pore (e.g., masonry). Standards for a water repellent-coating and/or film’s composition and properties are described in, for example, “ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.02, Paint -- Products and Applications; Protective Coatings; Pipeline Coatings,” D2921-98, 2002; and in ‘Taint and Coating Testing Manual, Fourteenth Edition of the Gardner-Sward Handbook,” (Koleske, J. V. Ed.), pp. 748-750,1995. Alternatively, standards for a sealercoating (e.g., a floor sealer) and/or film’s composition and properties are described in, for example, “ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.02, Paint - Products and Applications; Protective Coatings; Pipeline Coatings,” DI546-96,2002.

3. Coating Categories by Use

[0236] In light of the present disclosures, one of ordinary skill in the art may prepare and apply a coating of the present invention to any surface. However, it is preferred that the coating components and methods described herein are selected for a particular application to provide a coating and/or film with properties best suited for a particular use. For example, a mating used in an external environment would preferably comprise a coating component of

WO 2005/026269 PCI7US2004/007263 superior UV resistance than a coating used in interior environment. In another example, a film used upon a surface of a washing machine would preferably comprise a component that confers superior moisture resistance than a component of a film for use upon a ceiling surface. Tn a further example, a coating applied to the surface of an assembly line manufactured product would preferably comprise components suitable for application by a spray applicator. Various properties of coating components are described herein to provide guidance to the selection of specific coating compositions with a suitable set of properties for a particular use.

[0237] A coating of the present invention may be classified by its preferred end use, including, for example, as an architectural coating, an industrial coating, a specification coating, or a combination thereof. An architectural coating is “an organic coating intended for on-site application to interior or exterior surfaces of residential, commercial, institutional, or industrial buildings, in contrast to industrial coatings. They are protective and decorative finishes applied at ambient conditions” [‘Taint and Coating Testing Manual, Fourteenth Edition of the Gardner-Sward Handbook” (Koleske, J. V. Ed.), p. 686,1995)]. An industrial coating is a coating applied in a factory setting, typically for a protective and/or aesthetic purpose. A specification coating (“specification finish coating”) is a coating formulated to a “precise statement of a set of requirements to be satisfied by a material, produce, system, or service that indicates the procedures for determining whether each of the requirements are satisfied” [“Paint and Coating Testing Manual, Fourteenth Edition of the Gardner-Sward Handbook” (Koleske, J. V. Ed.), p. 891, 1995j. Often, a coating may be categorized as a combination of an architectural coating, an industrial coating, and/or a specification coating. For example, a coating for the metal surfaces of ships may be classified as specification coating, as specific criteria of water resistance and corrosion resistance are required in the film, but typically such a coating can be classified as an industrial coating, since it would typically be applied in a factory. Various examples of an architectural coating, an industrial coating and/or a specification coating and coating components are described herein. Additionally, architectural coatings, industrial coatings, specification coatings are known to those of ordinary skill in the art, and are described, for example, in ‘Taint and Surface Coatings: Theory and Practice” 2^nd Edition, pp. 190-192, 1999; in ‘Taints, Coatings and Solvents” 2^nd Edition, pp. 330-410,1998; in “Organic Coatings: Science and Technology, Volume 1: Film Formation, Components, and Appearance” 2^nd Edition, pp. 138 and 317-318.

a. Architectural Coatings

[0238] An architectural coating (“trade sale coating,” “building coating,” “decorative coating,” “house coating”) is a coating suitable to coat surface materials commonly found as part of buildings and/or associated objects (e.g., furniture). Examples of a surface an . .

WO 2005/026269 PCI7US2004/007263 architectural coating is typically applied to include, a plaster surface, a wood surface, a metal surface, a composite particle board surface, a plastic surface, a coated surface (e.g., a painted surface), a masonry surface, a floor, a wall, a ceiling, a roof, or a combination thereof. Additionally, an architectural coating may be applied to an interior surface, an exterior surface, or a combination thereof. An interior coating generally possesses properties such as minimal odor (e.g., no odor, very low VOC), good blocking resistance, print resistance, good washability (e.g., wet abrasion resistance), or a combination thereof. An exterior coating typically is selected to possess good weathering properties. Examples of coating type commonly used as an architectural coating include an acrylic-coating, an alkyd-coating, a vinyl-coating, a urethane-coating, or a combination thereof. In certain aspects, a urethanecoating is applied to a piece of furniture. In other facets, an epoxy-coating, a urethane-coating, or a combination thereof, is applied to a floor.; In some embodiments, an architectural coating is a multicoat system. In certain aspects, an architectural coating is a high performance architectural coating (“HIP AC”). A HIP AC is architectural coatings that produce a film with a combination of good abrasion resistance, staining resistance, chemical resistance, detergent resistance, and mildew resistance. Examples of binders suitable for producing a HIP AC include a two-pack epoxide or urethane, or a moisture cured urethane. Tn general embodiment.^ an architectural coating comprises a liquid component, an additive, or a combination thereof. In certain aspects, an architectural coating is a water-borne coating or a solvent-bome coating. In other aspects, an architectural coating comprises a pigment. In preferred aspects, such an architectural coating is formulated to comprise a reduced amount or lack a toxic coating component. Examples of a toxic coating component include a heavy metal (e.g., lead), formaldehyde, a nonyl phenol ethoxylate surfactant, a crystalline silicate, or a combination thereof.

[0239] In certain embodiments, a water-borne coating has a density of 1.20 kg/L to 1.50 kg/L, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof. In other embodiments, a solvent-bome coating has a density of 0.90 kg/L to 1.2 kg/L, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof. The density of a coating can be empirically determined for example, as described in “ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.01, Paint - Tests for Chemical, Physical, and Optical Properties; Appearance,” D1475-98,2002. In certain embodiments, the course particle content of an architectural coating, by weight, is 0.5% or less. The coarse particle (e.g., coarse contaminants, pigment agglomerates) content of a coating can be empirically determined, for example, as described in “ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.03, Paint - Pigments, Drying Oils, Polymers, Resins, Naval Stores, Cellulosic Esters, and Ink Vehicles,” DI85-84, 2002. In some embodiments, the viscosity for. an architectural coating at relatively low shear rates used during typical application, in Krebs Units (“Ku”), is 72 Ku to 95 Ku, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof.

[0240] In typical use, an architectural coating is often stored in a container for months or even years prior to first use, and/or between different uses. In many embodiments, it will be preferred that a building coating will retain a desirable set properties of a coating, film formation, film, or a combination thereof, for a period of 12 months or greater in a container at ambient conditions. Properties that are preferred for storage include settling resistance, skinning resistance, coagulation resistance, viscosity alteration resistance, or a combination thereof. Storage properties can be empirically determined for a coating (e.g., an architectural coating) as described, for example, in “ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.02, Paint Products and Applications; Protective Coatings; Pipeline Coatings,” D869-85 and DI849-95, 2002.

[0241] It is preferred that application and/or film formation of an architectural coating occurs at ambient conditions to provide ease of use to a casual user of the coating, as well as reduce potential damage to the target surface and the surrounding environment (e.g., unprotected people and objects). In general embodiments, it is preferred that an architectural coating does not undergo film formation by a temperature greater than 40°C to reduce possible heat and fire damage. In other embodiments, it is preferred that an architectural coating is suitable to be applied by using hand-held applicator. Hand-held applicators are generally can be used without difficulty by most users of a coating, and examples include a brush, a roller, a sprayer (e.g., a spray can), or a combination thereof.

[0242] Specific procedures for determining the suitability of a coating and/or film for use as an architectural coating (e.g., a water-borne coating, a solvent-borne coating, an interior coating, an exterior paint, a latex paint), and specific assays for properties typically desired in an architectural coating (e.g., blocking resistance, hiding power, print resistance, washability, weatherability, corrosion resistance) have been described, for example, in “ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.02, Paint — Products and Applications; Protective Coatings; Pipeline Coatings,” D5324-98, D5146-98, D3730-98, D1848-88, D5150-92, D2064-91, D4946-89, D6583-00, D3258-00, and D3450-00,2002; “ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.01, Paint - Tests for Chemical, Physical, and Optical Properties; Appearance,” D660-93, D4214-98, D772-86, D662-93, and D661-93,2002; and in “Paint and Coating Testing Manual, Fourteenth Edition of the Gardner-Sward Handbook” (Koleske, J. V. Ed.), pp. 696-705,1995.

(1) Wood Coatings

[0243] As is well known to those of ordinary skill in the art, a wood coating is often selected to protect the wood from damage, as well as aesthetic purposes. For example, wood is susceptible to damage from bacteria and fungi. Examples of fungi that damage wood include Aureobasidium puUulans, and Ascomycotina, Deutermycotina, Basidiomycetes, Coniophora puteana, Serpula lacrymans, and Dacrymyces stillatus. It is preferred that a wooden surface is impregnated with a preservative such as a fungicide, prior to application of a coating of the present invention. However, most wood that is contemplated as a surface for a coating of the present invention is provided this way from wood suppliers. Specific procedures for determining the presence of a preservative and/or water repellent in wood have been described, for example, in “ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.02, Paint — Products and Applications; Protective Coatings; Pipeline Coatings,” D2921-98,2002.

[0244] Typically, wood surfaces are coated with a paint, a varnish, a stain, or a combination thereof. Often, the choice of coating is based on the ability of a coating to protect the wood from damage by moisture. Generally, a paint, a varnish, and a stain generally have progressively greater permeability to moisture, and moisture penetration of a wooden surface can which can lead to undesirable alterations in wood structure (e.g., splitting); undesirable alteration in piece of wood’s dimension (“dimensional movement”) such as shrinking, swelling, and/or warping; promote the growth of a microorganism such as fungi (e.g., wet rot, dry rot); or a combination thereof. Additionally, UV light irradiation damages a wood surface by depolymerizing lignin comprised in the wood. It is preferred that in embodiments wherein a wood surface is irradiated by UV light (e.g., sunlight), the wood coating comprises a UV protective agent such as a pigment that absorbs UV light. An example of a UV absorbing pigment includes a transparent iron oxide.

[0245] A preferred paint for use on a wood surface comprises an oil-paint, an alkydpaint, or a combination thereof. A preferred alkyd-paint for use on a wood surface comprises a solvent-bome paint. A preferred paint system comprises a combination of a primer, an undercoat, and a topcoat. A film produced by a paint is often moisture impermeable. A film produced by paint upon a wooden surface may crack, flake, trap moisture that can encourage wood decay, be expensive to repair, or a combination thereof.

(2) Masonry Coatings

[0246] Masonry coatings refer to coatings used on a masonry surface, such as, for example, stone, brick, tile, cement-based materials (e.g., concrete, mortar), or a combination thereof. In general embodiments, a masonry coating is selected to confer resistance to water (e.g., salt water), resistance to acid conditions, alteration of appearance (e.g., color, brightness), or a combination thereof. Typically, a masonry coating comprises a multicoat system. Tn specific embodiments, a masonry multicoat system comprises a primer, a topcoat, or a combination thereof. Examples of a masonry primer include a rubber primer (e.g., a styrene butadiene copolymer primer). In certain embodiments, a topcoat comprises a water-borne coating or a solvent borne coating. Examples of a water-borne coating that may be selected for a masonry topcoat include a latex coating, a water reducible polyvinyl acetate-coating, or a combination thereof. In certain aspects, a solvent-borne topcoat comprises a thermoplastic coating, a thermosetting coating, or a combination thereof. Examples of a thermosetting coating include an oil, an alkyd, a urethane, an epoxy, or a combination thereof. In certain aspects, a thermosetting coating is a multi-pack coating, such as, for example, an epoxy, a urethane, or a combination thereof. In specific aspects, a thermosetting coating undergoes film formation at ambient conditions. In other aspects, a thermosetting coating undergoes film formation at film formation at an elevated temperature such as a baking alkyd, a baking acrylic, a baking urethane, or a combination thereof. Examples of a thermoplastic coating include an acrylic, cellulosic, a rubber-derivative, a vinyl, or a combination thereof. In specific aspects, a thermoplastic coating is a lacquer.

[0247] A masonry surface that is basic¹ in pH, such as, for example, cement-based material and/or a calcareous stone (e.g., marble, limestone) may be damaging to certain coatings. Specific procedures for determming the pH of a masonry surface have been described, for example, in “ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.02, Paint -- Products and Applications; Protective Coatings; Pipeline Coatings,” D4262,2002. Due to porosity and/or contact with an external environment, a masonry surface often accumulates dirt and other loose surface contaminants, which are preferably removed prior to application of a coating. Specific procedures for preparative cleaning (e.g., abrading, acid e/c.hing) of a masonry surface (e.g., sandstone, clay brick, concrete) have been described, for example, in “ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.02, Paint -- Products and Applications; Protective Coatings; Pipeline Coatings,” D4259-88, D4260-88D, 5107-90, D5703-95, D4261-83 andD4258-83,2002. In certain embodiments, moisture at or near a masonry surface may be undesirable during application of a coating (e.g., a solvent-bome coating). Specific procedures for determining the presence of such moisture upon a masonry surface have been described, for example, in “ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.02, Paint -- Products and Applications; Protective Coatings; Pipeline Coatings,” D4263-83,2002. Specific procedures for determining the suitability of a coating and/or film, particularly in conferring water resistance to a masonry surface, have been described, for example, in “ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.02, Paint - Products and Applications; Protective Coatings; Pipeline Coatings,” D6237-98, D4787-93, D5860-95, D6489-99, D6490-99 and D6532-00,2002. Additional procedures for determining the suitability of a coating and/or film for use as a masonry coating have been described, for example, in ‘Taint and Coating Testing Manual, Fourteenth Edition of the Gardner-Sward Handbook,” (Koleske, J. V. Ed.), pp. 725-730,1995.

(3) Artist’s Coatings

[0248] Artist coatings refer to a coating used by artists for a decorative purpose. Often, an artist’s coating (e.g., paint) is selected for durability for decades or centuries at ambient conditions, usually indoors. Coatings such as an alkyd coating, an oil coating, an oleoresinous coating, an emulsion (e.g., acrylic emulsion) coating, or a combination thereof, are typically selected for use as an artist’s coating. Specific standards for physical properties, chemical properties, and/or procedures for determining the suitability (e.g., lightfastness) of a coating and/or film for use as an artist’s coating have been described, for example, in “ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.02, Paint — Products arid Applications; Protective Coatings; Pipeline Coatings,” D4236-94, D5724-99, D4302-99, D4303-99, D4941-89, D5067-99, D5098-99, D5383-02, D5398-97, D5517-00 andD6801-02a, 2002; and in ‘Taint and Coating Testing Manual, Fourteenth Edition of the Gardner-Sward Handbook,” (Koleske, J. V. Ed.), pp. 706710,1995.

b. Industrial Coatings

[0249] An industrial coating is a coating applied to a surface of a manufactured product in a factory setting. An industrial coating typically undergoes film formation to produce a film with a protective and/or aesthetic purpose. Industrial coatings share some similarities to an architectural coating, such as comprising similar coating components, being applied to the same material types of surfaces, being applied to an interior surface, being applied to an exterior surface, or a combination thereof. Examples of coating types that are commonly used for an industrial coating include an epoxy-coating, a urethane-coating, alkyd-coating, a vinylcoating, chlorinated rubber-coating, or a combination thereof. Examples of a surface commonly coated by an industrial coating include metal (e.g., aluminum, zinc, copper, an alloy, etc.); glass; plastic; cement; wood; paper; or a combination thereof. An industrial coating may be storage stable for 12 months or more, applied at ambient conditions, applied using a hand-held applicator, undergo film formation at ambient conditions, or a combination thereof.

[0250] However, an industrial coating often does not meet one or more of these characteristics previously described as preferred for an architectural coating. For example an industrial coating may have a storage stability of only days, weeks, or months, as due to a more rapid use rate in coating factory prepared items. An industrial coating may be applied and/or undergo film formation at baking conditions. An industrial coating may be applied using techniques such as, for example, spraying by a robot, anodizing, electroplating, and/or laminating of a coating and/or film onto a surface. In some embodiments, an industrial coating undergoes film formation by irradiating the coating with non-visible light electromagnetic radiation and/or particle radiation such as UV radiation, infrared radiation, electron-beam radiation, or a combination thereof.

[0251] In certain embodiments, an industrial coating comprises an industrial maintenance coating, which is a coating that produces a protective film with excellent heat resistance (e.g., 121°C or greater), solvent resistance (e.g., an industrial solvent, an industrial cleanser), water resistance (e.g., salt water, acidic water, alkali water), corrosion resistance, abrasion resistance (e.g., mechanical produced wear), or a combination thereof. An example of an industrial maintenance coating includes a high-temperature industrial maintenance coating, which is applied to a surface intermittently or continuously contacted with a temperature of 204°C or greater. An additional example of an industrial maintenance coating is an industrial maintenance anti-graffiti coating, which is a two-pack clear coating applied to an exterior surface that is intermittently contacted with ja solvent and abrasion. Examples of coating types that are commonly used for an industrial maintenance coating include an epoxy-coating, a urethane-coating, alkyd-coating, a vinyl-coating, chlorinated rubber-coating, or a combination thereof.

[0252] Industrial coatings (e.g., coil coatings) and their use are well known to those of ordinary skill in the art (see, for example, in “Paint and surface coatings: Theory and Practice,” 2^nd Edition, pp. 502-528, 1999; in “Paints, Coatings and Solvents,” 2^nd Edition, pp. 330-410, 1998; in “Organic Coatings: Science and Technology, Volume 1: Film Formation, Components, and Appearance,” 2^nd Edition, pp. 13 8,317-318). Standard procedures for determining the properties of an industrial coating (e.g., an industrial wood coating, an industrial water-reducible coating) have been described, for example, in “ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.02, Paint — Products and Applications; Protective Coatings; Pipeline Coatings,” D4712-87a, D6577-00a, D2336-99, D3023-98, D3794-00, D4147-99 and D579595,2002.

(1) Automotive Coatings

[0253] Automotive coatings refer to coatings used on automotive vehicles, particularly those for civilian use. The manufacturers of a vehicle typically require that a coating conform to specific properties of weatherability (e.g., UV resistance) and/or appearance. Typically, an automotive coating comprises a multicoat system. In specific embodiments, an automotive multcoat system comprises a primer, a topcoat, or a combination thereof. Examples of an automotive primer include a nonweatherable primer, which lack sufficient UV resistance for single layer use, or a weatherable primer, which possesses sufficient UV resistance to be used

WO 2005/026269 PCT7US2004/007263 without an additional layer. Examples of a topcoat include an interior topcoat, an exterior topcoat, or a combination thereof. I

[0254] Examples of a nonweatherable automotive primer include a primer applied by electrodeposition, a conductive (“electrostatic”) primer, or a nonconductive primer. In certain embodiments, a primer is applied by electrodeposition, wherein a metal surface is immersed in a primer, and electrical current promotes application of a primer component (e.g., a binder) to the surface. An example of a metal primer suitable for electrodeposition application includes a primer comprising an epoxy binder comprising an amino moiety, a blocked isocyanate urethane binder, and a 75% to 95% aqueous liquid component. In other embodiments, a primer is a conductive primer, which allojws additional coating layers to be applied using electrostatic techniques. A conductive primer typically is applied to a plastic surface, including a flexible plastic surface or a nonflexible plastic surface. Such primers vary in their respective flexibility property to better suit use upon the surface. An example of a flexible plastic conductive primer includes a primer comprising polyester binder, a melamine binder and a conductive carbon black pigment. An example of a nonflexible plastic primer includes a primer that comprises an epoxy ester binder and/or an alkyd binder, a melamine binder and conductive carbon black pigment. In certain embodiments, a melamine binder may be partly or fully replaced with an aromatic isocyanate urethane binder, wherein the coating is a twopack coating. A nonconductive primer is similar to a conductive primer, except the carbonblack pigment is absent or reduced in content. In certain embodiments, a nonconductive primer is a metal primer, a plastic primer, or a combination thereof. In specific aspects, the nonconductive primer comprises a pigment for colorizing purposes.

[0255] Examples of a weatherable automotive primer include a primer/topcoat or a conductive primer. An example of a primer/topcoat includes a flexible plastic primer, with suitable weathering properties (e.g., UV resistance) to function as a single layer topcoat. Examples of a flexible plastic primer include a primer comprising an acrylic and/or polyester binder and a melamine binder. In certain embodiments, a melamine binder may be partly or fully replaced with an aliphatic isocyanate urethane binder, wherein the coating is a two-pack coating. A weatherable conductive primer typically is similar to a weatherable primer/topcoat, including a conductive pigment. In specific aspects, a weatherable automotive primer comprises a pigment for colorizing purposes.

[0256] An interior automotive topcoat typically is applied to a metal surface, a plastic surface, a wood surface, or a combination thereof. In certain aspects, an interior automotive topcoat is part of a multicoat system further comprising a primer. Examples of an interior automotive topcoat include a coating comprising a urethane binder, an acrylic binder, or a combination thereof.

[0257] An exterior automotive topcoat is typically is applied to a metal surface, a plastic surface, or a combination thereof. In certain aspects, an exterior automotive topcoat is part of a multicoat system further comprising a primer, a sealer, an undercoat, or a combination thereof. Tn certain embodiments, an exterior automotive topcoat comprises a binder capable of thermosetting in combination with a melamine binder. Examples of such a thermosetting binder include an acrylic binder, an alkyd binder, a urethane binder, polyester binder, or a combination thereof. In certain embodiments, a melamine binder may be partly or fully replaced with an urethane binder, wherein the coating is a two-pack coating. In typical embodiments, an exterior automotive topcoat further comprises a light stabilizer, a UV absorber, or a combination thereof. In general aspects, an exterior automotive topcoat further comprises a pigment.

[0258] Specific procedures for determining the suitability of a coating (e.g., a nonconductive coating) and/or film for use as an automotive coating, including spray application suitability, coating VOC content and film properties (e.g., corrosion resistance, weathering) have been described, for example, in “ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.01, Paint — Tests for Chemical, Physical, and Optical Properties; Appearance,” D5087-02, D626600 and D6675-01,2002; and “ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.02, Paint - Products and Applications; Protective Coatings; Pipeline Coatings,” D5066-91, D5009-02, D5162-01 and D6486-01,2002; and in “Paint and Coating Testing Manual, Fourteenth Edition of the Gardner-Sward Handbook,” (Koleske, J. V. Ed.), pp. 711-716,1995.

(2) Can Coatings

[0259] Can coatings refer to coatings used on a container (e.g., an aluminum container, a steel container), for food, chemicals, or a combination thereof. The manufacturers of a can typically require that a coating conform to specific properties of corrosion resistance, inertness (e.g., to prevent flavor alterations in food, a chemical reaction with a container’s contents, etc.), appearance, durability, or a combination thereof. Typically, a can coating comprises an acrylic-coating, an alkyd-coating, an epoxy-coating, aphenolic-coating, apolyester-coating, a poly(vinyl chloride)-coating, or combination thereof. Though a can may be made of the same or similar material, different surfaces of a can may require coatings of differing properties of inertness, durability and/or appearance. For example, a coating for a surface of the interior of a can that contacts the container’s contents may be selected for a chemical inertness property, a coating for a surface at the end of a can may be selected for a physical durability property,, or a. coating for a surface on the exterior of a can may be selected for an aesthetic property. To

WO 2005/026269 PCI7US2004/007263 meet the varying can surface requirements, a can coating may comprise a multicoat system. In specific embodiments, a can multicoat system comprises a primer, a topcoat, or a combination thereof. In certain embodiments, an epoxy-coating, a poly(vinyl chloride-coating), or a combination thereof is selected as a primer for a surface at the end of a can. In other embodiments, an oleoresinous-coating, a phenolic-coating, or a combination thereof is selected as a primer for a surface in the interior of a' can. In some aspects, a water-borne epoxy and acrylic-coating is selected as a topcoat for a surface of an interior of a can. In addition embodiments, an acrylic-coating, an alkyd-coating, a polyester-coating, or a combination thereof is selected as an exterior coating. In certain facets, a can coating (e.g:, a primer, a topcoat) will further comprise an amino resin, a phenolic resin, or a combination thereof for cross-linking in a thermosetting film formation reaction. In certain embodiments, a can coating is applied to a surface by spray application. In other embodiments, a can coating undergoes film formation by UV irradiation. Specific procedures for determining the suitability of a coating and/or film for use as a can coating, have been described, for example, in “Paint and Coating Testing Manual, Fourteenth Edition of the Gardner-Sward Handbook,” (Koleske, J. V. Ed.), pp. 717-724,1995.

(3) Sealant Coatings

[0260] Sealant coatings refer to coatings used to fill a joint to reduce or prevent passage of a gas (e.g., air), water, a small material (e.g., dust), a temperature change, or a combination thereof. A sealant coating (“sealant”) may be thought of as a coating that bridges by contact two or more surfaces. A joint is a gap or opening between two or more surfaces, which may or may not be of the same material type (e.g., metal, wood, glass, masonry, plastic, etc.). Tn typical embodiments, a joint has a width, depth, breadth, or a combination thereof, of 0.64 mm to 5.10 mm, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof.

[0261] In certain embodiments, a sealant coating comprises an oil, a butyl, an acrylic, a blocked styrene, a polysulfide, a urethane, a silicone, or a combination thereof. A sealant may be a solvent-borne coating or a water-borne coating (e.g., a latex). In certain aspects, a sealant comprises a latex (e.g., an acrylic latex). In other embodiments, a sealant is selected for flexibility, as one or more of the joint surfaces may move during normal use. Examples of a flexible sealant include a silicone, a butyl, an acrylic, a blocked styrene, an acrylic latex, or a combination thereof. An oil sealent typically comprises a drying oil, an extender pigment, a thixotrope, and a drier. A solvent-bome butyl sealent typically comprises a polyisobytylene and/or a polybutene, an extender pigment (e.g., talc, calcium carbonate), a liquid component, and an additive (e.g., an adhesion promoter, an antioxidant, a thixotrope). A solvent-borne׳ acrylic sealent typically comprises a polymethylacrylate (e.g., polyethyl, polybutyl), a colorant, a thixotrope, an additive, and a liquid component. A solvent-bome blocked styrene sealant typically comprises styrene, styrene-butadiene, isoprene, or a combination thereof, and a liquid component. A solvent-bome acrylic sealant, blocked styrene sealant, or a combination thereof typically is selected for aspects wherein UV resistance is desired. A urethane sealant may be a one-pack or two-pack coating. A solvent-bome one-pack urethane sealant typically compnses an urethane that comprises a hydroxyl moiety, a filler, a thixotrope, an additive, an adhesion promoter, and a liquid component. A solvent-bome two-pack urethane sealent typically comprises a polyether that comprises an isocyanate moiety in one-pack and a binder comprising a hydroxyl moiety in a second !jack. A solvent-bome two-pack urethane sealent typically also comprises a filler, an adhesion promoter, an additive (e.g., a light stabilizer), or a combination thereof. In certain aspects, a solvent-bome urethane sealent is selected for a sealent with a good abrasion resistance. A polysulfide sealant may be a one-pack or two-pack coating A solvent-bome one-pack polysulfide sealant typically comprises an urethane that comprises a hydroxyl moiety, a filler, a thixotrope, an additive, an adhesion promoter, and a liquid component. A solvent-bome two-pack polysulfide sealent typically comprises a first pack, which typically comprises a polysulfide, an opacifing pigment, a colorizer (e.g., a pigment), clay, a thixotrope (e.g., a mineral), and a liquid component; and a second pack, which typically comprises a curing agent (e.g., lead peroxide), an adhesion promoter, an extender pigment, and a light stabilizer. A silicone sealant typically comprises a polydimethyllsiloxane and a methyltriacetbxy silane, a methyltrimethoxysilane, a methyltricyclorhexylaminosilane, or a combination thereof. A water-borne acrylic latex sealant typically comprises a thermoplastic acrylic, a filler, a surfactant, a thixotrope, an additive, and a liquid component. Procedures for determining the suitability of a coating _κand/or film for use as an sealant coating have been described, for example, in “Paint and Coating Testing Manual, Fourteenth Edition of the Gardner-Sward Handbook,’ (Koleske, J. V.

Ed.), pp. 735-740,1995.

(4) Marine Coatings

[0262] A marine coating is a coating used on a surface that contacts water, or a surface that is part of a structure continually near water (e.g., a ship, a dock, an drilling platform for fossil fuels, etc.). Typically, such surfaces comprise metal, such as aluminum, high tensile steel, mild steel, or a combination thereof. For embodiments wherein a surface contacts water, the type of marine coating is selected to resist fouling, corrosion, or a combination thereof. Fouling is an accumulation of aquatic organisms, including microorganisms, upon a marine surface. Fouling can damage a film, and as many marine coatings are formulated with a preservative, an anti-corrosion property (e.g., an anticorrosion pigment), or a combination

WO 2005/026269 PCT7US2004/007263 thereof, as such damage often leads to corrosion of metal surfaces. Additionally, a marine coating may be selected to resist fire, such as a coating applied to a surface of a ship. Further properties that are often desirable for a marine coating include chemical resistance, impact resistance, abrasion resistance, ftiction resistance, acoustic camouflage, electromagnetic camouflage, or a combination thereof.

[0263] To achieve the various properties of a marine coating, often a multicoat system is used. For metal surfaces, a primer known as a blast primer is typically applied to the surface within seconds of blast cleaning. Examples of a blast primer include a polyvinyl butyral (“PVB”) and phenolic resin coating, a two-pack epoxy coating, or a two-pack zinc and ethyl silicate coating. A marine metal surface undercoat or topcoat typically comprises an alkyd mating, a bitumen coating, a polyvinyl coating, or a combination thereof. Marine coatings and their use are well known to those of ordinary skill in the art (see, for example, in Taint and Surface Coatings: Theory and Practice,” 2^nd Edition, pp. 529-549,1999; in ‘Taints, Coatings and Solvents,” 2^nd Edition, pp. 252-258,1998; in “Organic Coatings: Science and Technology, Volume 1: Film Formation, Components, and Appearance,” 2^nd Edition, pp. 138,317-318). Specific procedures for determining the purity/properties of a marine coating, anti-fouling mating, or coating component thereof (e.g., cuprous oxide, copper powder, organotin) under marine conditions (e.g., submergence, water based erosion, seawater biofouling resistance, barnacle adhesion resistance) and/or film have been described, for example, in “ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.02, Paint ״ Products and Applications; Protective Coatings; Pipeline Coatings,” D3623-78a, D4938-89, D4939-89, D5108-90, D5479-94, D6442-99, D6632-01, D4940-98 and D5618-94,2002; and “ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.03, Paint Pigments, Drying Oils, Polymers, Resins, Naval Stores, Cellulosic Esters, and Ink Vehicles, D912-81 and D964-65,2002.

c. Specification Coatings

[0264] It is contemplated thaL in light of the present disclosures, a specification coating may be formulated by selection of coating components one of ordinary skill in the art to fulfill a set of requirements prescribed by a consumer. Examples a specification finish coating include a military specified coating, a Federal agency specified coating (e.g., Department of Transportation), a state specified coating, or a combination thereof. A specification coating such as a CARC, a camouflage coating, or a combination thereof would be preferred in certain embodiments for incorporation of a microorganism-based particulate material of the present invention. A camouflage coating is a coating that is formulated with materials (e.g., pigments) that reduce the visible differences between the appearances of a coated surface from the surrounding environment. Often, as would be known to one of ordinary skill in the art, a

WO 2005/026269 PCI7US2004/007263 camouflage coating is formulated to reduce the detection of a coated surface by devise that measures nonvisible light (e.g., infrared radiation). Various sources of specification coating requirements are described in, for example, “Paint and Coating Testing Manual, Fourteenth Edition of the Gardner-Sward Handbook,”| (Koleske, J. V. Ed.), pp. 891-893,1995).

(1) Pipeline Coatings

[0265] An example of a specification coating is a pipeline (e.g., a metal pipeline) coating used to convey a fossil fuel. A pipeline coating must possess corrosion resistance, and an example of a pipeline coating includes a coal tar-coating, a polyethylene-coating, an epoxy powder-coating, or a combination thereof. A coal tar-coating may comprise, for example, a coal tar mastic-coating, a coal tar epoxide-coating, a coal tar urethane-coating, a coal tar enamel-coating, or a combination thereof. A coal tar mastic-coating typically comprises an extender, a vicosifier, or a combination thereof. In general aspects, a coal tar mastic-coating layer is 127 mm to 160 mm thick, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof. In embodiments wherein superior water resistance is desired, a coal tar epoxide-coating may be selected. In embodiments wherein rapid film formation is desired (e.g., pipeline repair), a coal tar urethane-coating may be selected. In embodiments wherein good water resistance, heat resistance up to 82°C, bacterial resistance, poor UV resistance, or a combination thereof, is suitable, a coal tar enamel may be selected. In embodiments wherein cathodic protection, physical durability, or a combination thereof is desired, an epoxide powder-coating may be selected. In certain embodiments, an electrostatic spray applicator may be used to apply the powder coating. In certain embodiments, a pipeline coating comprises a multicoat system. In specific aspects, a pipeline multicoat system comprises an epoxy powder primer, a two-pack epoxy primer, a chlorinated rubber primer, or a combination thereof and a polyethylene topcoat. Specific procedures for determining the suitability of a coating and/or film for use as a pipeline coating, including coating storage stability (e.g., settling) and film properties (e.g., abrasion resistance, water resistance, flexibility, weathering, film thickness, impact resistance, chemical resistance, cathodic disbonding resistance, heat resistance) have been described, for example, in “ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.02, Paint -־ Products and Applications; Protective Coatings; Pipeline Coatings,” G6-88, G9-87, GIO-83, Gll-88, G1283, G13-89, G20-88, G70-81, G8-96, G17-88, G18-88, G19-88, G42-96, G55-88, G62-87, G80-88, G95-87 and D6676-01el, 2002; and in ‘Taint and Coating Testing Manual, Fourteenth Edition of the Gardner-Sward Handbook,” (Koleske, J. V. Ed.), pp. 731-734,1995.

(2) Traffic Marker Coatings

[0266] A traffic marker coating is a coating (e.g., a paint) used to very visibly convey information on a surface usually subjected to weathering and abrasion (e.g., a pavement). A traffic marker coating may be a solvent-borne coating or a water-borne coating. Examples of a solvent-bome traffic marker coating include an alkyd, a chlorinated rubber, or a combination thereof. Tn certain aspects, a solvent-bome coating is applied by spray application. In some embodiments, a traffic marker coating is a two-pack coating, such as, for example, an epoxycoating, a polyester-coating, or a combination thereof. In other embodiments, a traffic marker coating comprises a thermoplastic coating[ a thermosetting coating, or a combination thereof. Examples of a combination thermoplastic/thermosetting coating include a solvent-bome alkyd and/or solvent-bome chlorinated rubber-coating. Examples of a thermoplastic coating include a maleic-modified glycerol ester-coatmg, a hydrocarbon-coating, or a combination thereof. In certain aspects, a thermoplastic coating comprises a liquid component, wherein the liquid component comprises a plasticizer, a pigment, and an additive (e.g., a glass bead).

[0267] Specific procedures for determining the suitability of a coating and/or film for use as a traffic marker paint, including coating storage stability (e.g., settling), glass bead properties (e.g., reflectance), film durability (e.g., adhesion, pigment retention, solvent resistance, fuel resistance) and particularly relevant film visual properties (e.g., retroreflectance, fluorescence) have been described, for example, in “ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.02, Paint -- Products and Applications; Protective Coatings; Pipeline Coatings,” D713-90, D868-85, D969-85, D1309-93, D2205-85, D2743-68, D2792-69, D479688, D4797-88, DI 155-89, D1214-89 and D4960-89,2002; in “ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.01, Paint -- Tests for Chemical, Physical, and Optical Properties; Appearance,” F923-00, E1501-99el, E1696-02, E1709-00el, E1710-97, E1743-96, E2176-01, E808-01, E809-02, E810-01, E811-95, D4061-94, E2177-01, E991-98 andE1247-92,2002; and in “Paint and Coating Testing Manual, Fourteenth Edition of the Gardner-Sward Handbook,” (Koleske, J. V. Ed.), pp. 741-747,1995.

(3) Aircraft Coatings

[0268] An aircraft coating protects and/or decorates a surface (e.g., metal, plastic) of an aircraft. Typically, an aircraft coating is selected for excellent weathering properties, excellent heat and cold resistance (e.g., -54°C to 177°C), or a combination thereof. Specific procedures for determining the suitability of a coating and/or film for use as aircraft coating, are described in, for example, in “Paint and Coating Testing Manual, Fourteenth Edition of the GardnerSward Handbook,” (Koleske, J. V. Ed.), pp. 683-695,1995.

(4) Nuclear Power Plant Coatings

[0269] An additional example of a specification coating is a coating for a nuclear power plant, which generally must possess particular properties (e.g., gamma radiation resistance, chemical resistance), as described in “ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.02,

Paint - Products and Applications; Protective Coatings; Pipeline Coatings,” D5962-96, D5163-91, D5139-90, D5144-00, D4286-90, D3843-00, D3911-95, D3912-95, D4082-02, D4537-91, D5498-01 andD4538-95, 2002.

I. Coating Components

[0270] In addition to the disclosures herein, the preparation and/or chemical syntheses of coating components, other than the cell-based particulate material of the present invention disclosed herein, are well known to those ordinary skill in the art [see, for example, “Paint and Coating Testing Manual, Fourteenth Edition of the Gardner-Sward Handbook,” (Koleske, J. V., Ed.) (1995); “Paint and Surface Coatings, Theory and Practice, Second Edition,” (Lamboume, R. and Strivens, T. A., Eds.) (1999); Wicks, Jr., Z. W., Jones, F. N״ Pappas, S. P. “Organic Coatings, Science and Technology, Volume 1: Film Formation, Components, and Appearance,” (1992); Wicks, Jr., Z. W., Jones, F. N., Pappas, S. P. “Organic Coatings, Science and Technology, Volume 2: Applications, Properties and Performance,” (1992); “Paints, Coatings and Solvents, Second, Completely Revised Edition,” (Stoye, D. and Freitag, W., Eds.) (1998); ‘Handbook of Coatings Additives,” 1987; In “Waterborne Coatings and Additives” 1995; “ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.01, Paint - Tests for Chemical, Physical, and Optical Properties; Appearance,” (2002); “ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.02, Paint -- Products and Applications; Protective Coatings; Pipeline Coatings,” (2002); “ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.03, Paint -- Pigments, Drying Oils, Polymers, Resins, Naval Stores, Cellulosic Esters, and Ink Vehicles,” (2002); and “ASTM Book of Standards, Vohme 06.04, Paint--Solvents; Aromatic Hydrocarbons,” (2002)].

[0271] However, as would be !mown to one of ordinary skill in the art, coating components are typically obtained from commercial vendors, which is a preferred method of obtaining a coating component due to ease and reduced cost. As would be known to one of ordinary skill in the art, texts as, for example, Flick, E. W. ‘Handbook of Paint Raw Materials, Second Edition,” 1989, describes over 4,000 coating components (e.g., an antifoamer, an antiskinning agent, a bactericide, a binder, a defoamer, a dispersant, a drier, an extender, a filler, a flame/fire retardant, a flatting agent, a fungicide, a latex emulsion, an oil, a pigment, a preservative, a resin, a rheological/viscosity control agent, a silicone additive, a surfactant, a titanium dioxide, etc.) provided by commercial vendors; and Ash, M. and Ash, I. “Handbook of Paint and Coating Raw Materials, Second Edition,” 1996, which describes over 18,000 coating components (e.g., an accelerator, an adhesion promoter, an antioxidant, an anti skinning agent, a binder, a coalescing agent, a defoamer, a diluent, a dispersant, a drier, an emulsifier, a fire retardant, a flow control agent, a gloss aid, a leveling agent, a marproofing agent, a pigment, a slip agent, a thickener, a UV stabilizer, viscosity control agent, a wetting agent, etc.) provided by commercial vendors.

[0272] Specific commercial vendors are referred to herein as examples, and include Acima™ AG, Im Ochsensand, CH-9470 Buchs / SG; Air Products and Chemicals, Inc., 7201 i Hamilton Boulevard, Allentown, PA 18195-1501; Arch Chemicals, Inc., 350 Knotter Drive, Cheshire, CT, 06410 U.S.A.; Avecia Inc., 1405 FoulkRoad, PO Box 15457, Wilmington, DE 19850-5457, U.S.A.; Bayer Corporation, 100 Bayer Rd., Pittsburgh, PA 15205-9741, U.S.A.; Buckman Laboratories, Inc., 1256 North McLean Blvd., Memphis, TN 38108-0305, U.S.A.; BYK-Chemie GmbH, Abelstrasse 45, P.O. Box 100245, D-46462 Wesel, Germany; Ciba Specialty Chemicals, 540 White Plains Road, P.O. Box 2005, Tarrytown, NY 10591-9005, U.S.A.; Clariant LSM (America) Inc., 200 Rodney Building, 3411 Silverside Road, Wilmington, Delaware 19810 U.S.A.; Cognis Corporation, 5051 Estecreek Drive, Cincinnati, OH 45232-1446, U.S.A.; Condea Servo LLC., 4081 B Hadley Road, South Plainfield, NJ 07080-1114, U.S.A.; Cray Valley Limited( Waterloo Works, Machen, Caerphilly CF83 8YN United Kingdom; Dexter Chemical L.L.C., 845 Edgewater Road Bronx, NY 10474, U.S.A.; Dow Chemical Company, 2030 Dow Center, Midland, Michigan 48674 U.S.A.; Elementis Specialties, Inc., PO Box 700, 329 Wyckoffs Mill Road, Hightstown, NJ 08520 U.S.A.; Goldschmidt Chemical Coip., 914 East Randolph Road PO Box 1299 Hopewell, VA 23860 U.S.A.; Hercules Incorporated, 1313 North Market Street, Wilmington, DE 19894-0001, U.S.A.; International Specialty Products, 1361 Alps Road, Wayne, New Jersey 07470, U.S.A.; Octel-Starreon LLC USA, North American Headquarters, 8375 South Willow Street, Littleton, Colorado 80124, U.S.A.; Rohm and Haas Company, 100 Independence Mall West, Philadelphia, PA 19106-2399, U.S.A.; Solvay Advanced Functional Minerals, Via Varesina 24,1-21021 Angera (VA); Troy Corporation, 8 Vreeland Road, PO Box 955, Florham Park, New Jersey, 07932 U.S.A.; R. T. Vanderbilt Company, Inc., 30 Winfield Street, Norwalk, CT 06855, U.S.A; Union Carbide Chemicals and Plastics Co., Inc., 39 Old Ridgebury Road, Danbury, CT 06817-0001, U.S.A.

1. Binders

[0273] A binder (“polymer,” “resin,” “film former”) is a molecule capable of film formation. Film formation is a physical and/or chemical change of a binder in a coating, wherein the change converts the coating into a film. Often, a binder converts into a film through a polymerization reaction, wherein a first binder molecule covalently bonds with at least a second binder molecule to form a larger molecule, known as a “polymer.” As this process is repeated a plurality of times, the composition converts from a coating comprising a binder into a film comprising a polymer.

[0274] A binder may comprise a monomer, an oligomer, a polymer, or a combination thereof. A monomer is a single unit of a chemical species that can undergo a polymerization reaction. However, a binder itself is often a polymer, as such larger binder molecules are more suitable for formulation into a coating capable of both being easily applied to a surface and undergoing an additional polymerization reaction to produce a film. An oligomer comprises 2 to 25 polymerized monomers, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof.

[0275] A homopolymer is a polymer that comprises monomers of the same chemical species. A copolymer is a polymer that comprises monomers of at least two different chemical species. A linear polymer is an unbranched chain of monomers. A branched polymer is a branched (“forked”) chain of monomers. A network (“cross-linked”) polymer is a branched polymer wherein at least one branch forms an interconnecting covalent bond with at least one additional polymer molecule.

[0276] A thermoplastic binder and/or coating reversibly softens and/or liquefies when heated. Film formation for a thermoplastic coating generally comprises a physical process, typically the loss of the volatile (e.g., liquid) component from a coating. As a volatile component is removed, a solid film may be produced through entanglement of the binder molecules. In many aspects, a thermoplastic binder is generally a higher molecular mass than a comparable thermosetting binder. In many aspects, a thermoplastic film is often susceptible to damage by a volatile component that can be absorbed by the film, which can soften and/or physically expand the film. In certain facets, a thermoplastic film may be removed from a surface by use of a volatile component. However, in many aspects, damage to a thermoplastic film may be repaired by application of a thermoplastic coating into the damaged areas and subsequent film formation.

[0277] A thermosetting binder undergoes film formation by a chemical process, typically the cross-linking of a binder into a network polymer. In certain embodiments, a thermosetting binder does not possess significant thermoplastic properties.

[0278] The glass transition temperature is the temperature wherein the rate of increase of the volume of a binder or a film changes. Binders and films often do not convert from solid to liquid (“melt”) at a specific temperature (“T_m”), but rather possess a specific glass transition temperature wherein there is an increase in the rate of volume expansion with increasing temperature. At temperatures above the glass transition temperature, a binder or film becomes increasingly rubbery in texture until it becomes a viscous liquid. In certain embodiments described herein, a binder, particularly a thermoplastic binder, may be selected by its glass transition temperature, which provides guidance to the temperature range of film formation, as . well as thermal and/or heat resistance of a film. The lower the T_g, the “softer” the resin, and generally, the film produced from such a resin. A softer film typically possesses greater flexibility (e.g., crack resistance) and/or poorer resistance to dirt accumulation than a harder film.

[0279] Tn certain embodiments, a coating comprises a low molecular weight polymer, a high molecular weight polymer, or a combination thereof. Examples of a low molecular weight polymer include an alkyd, an amino resin, a chlorinated rubber, an epoxide resin, an oleoresinous binder, a phenolic resin, a urethane, a polyester, an urethane oil, or a combination thereof. Examples of a high molecular weight polymer include a latex, a nitrocellulose, a nonaqueous dispersion polymer (“NAS”), a solution acrylic, a solution vinyl, or a combination thereof. Examples of a latex include an acrylic, a polyvinyl acetate (“PVA”), a styrene/butadiene, or a combination thereof.

[0280] in addition to the disclosures herein, a binder, methods of binder preparation, commercial vendors of binder, and techniques for using an binder in a coating known to those of ordinary skill in the art may be applied m the practice of the present invention [see, for example, Flick, E. W. ‘Handbook of Paint Raw Materials, Second Edition,” pp. 287-805 and 879-998,1989; in ‘Taint and Coating Testing Manual, Fourteenth Edition of the GardnerSward Handbook,” (Koleske, J. V. Ed.), pp. 23-29,39-67,74-84, 87,268285,410,539-540־, 732, 735-736, 741, 770, 806-807, 845-849 and 859-861,1995; in “Paint and Surface Coatings, Theory and Practice, Second Edition,” (Lamboume, R. and Strivens, T. A., Eds.), pp. 2-3,7-

,494-497 ,398,405,433-448 ,396 ,381-394 ,358 ,352 ,86־81 ,76 ,60-71 ,40-54 ,24-40 ,21 ,10

500, 537-540,700-702 and 734,1999; Wicks, Jr., Z. W., Jones, F. N., Pappas, S. P. “Organic Coatings, Science and Technology, Volume 1: Film Formation, Components, and Appearance,” pp. 39,49118,155,168,178,182-183־80,83,91,104־67,67,76־57,62,65־, 200,202-203,209, 214216,220־ and 250,462216־186,215־ and 232, 59־184,133־60,183־ 143,39,144220־161,203,219־ and 239, 23,110,120-132,122203,209־202 ,130,198־ and 220,60187,195,206־178,184־167,173,177־103,164־62,83־ and 216-219,1992; Wicks, Jr., Z. W., Jones, F. N., Pappas, S. P. “Organic Coatings, Science and Technology, Volume 2: Applications, Properties and Performance,” pp. 1392,95 ,77 ,57 ,34,36,41־33 ,19,26־14,18־, 116־214,216,219־211,213־180,191-193,197-203,210־165,179־145,156,161־119,143־ 222,230319-321 ,293,301-307,310,315-316־269-271,276-284,288 ,263־239,260־ and 325346,1992; and in ‘Taints, Coatings and Solvents, Second, Completely Revised Edition,” (Stoye, D. and Freitag, W., Eds.) pp. 5, 11-22, 37-50, 54-55, 72, 80108,126 ,98־96 ,87־ and 136,1998].

a. Oil-Based Binders

[0281] Certain binders, such as, £0ף example, an oil (e.g., a drying oil), an alkyd, an oleoresinous binder, a fatty acid epoxide ester, or a combination thereof, are prepared and/or synthesized from an oil and/or a fatty acid, and undergo film formation by thermosetting oxidative cross-linking of fatty acids, and will be referred to herein as an “oil-based binder.” These types of binders often possess similar properties (e.g., solubility, viscosity). An oilbased binder coating often further comprises a drier, an antiskinning agent, an alkylphenolic resin, a pigment, an extender, a liquid component (e.g., a solvent), or a combination thereof. A drier, such as a primary drier, secondary drier, or a combination thereof, may be selected to promote film formation. In certain facets, an oil-based binder coating may comprise an antiskinning agent, which is typically used to control undesirable film-formation caused by a primary drier and/or oxidation. A liquid component may be selected, for example, to alter a rheological property (e.g., flow), wetting and/or dispersion of particulate material, or a combination thereof, hi certain embodiments, a liquid component comprises a hydrocarbon. In particular embodiments, the hydrocarbon comprises an aliphatic hydrocarbon, an aromatic hydrocarbon (e.g., toluene, xylene), or a combination thereof, hi some facets, the liquid component comprises, by weight, 5% to 20% of an oil-based binder coating, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof.

[0282] In alternative embodiments, an oil-based temporary coating (e.g, a non-film forming coating) may be produced, for example, by inclusion of an antioxidant, reduction of the amount of a drier, selection of a oil-based binder that comprises fewer or no double bonds, or a combination thereof.

[0283]. An oil-based binder coating may be selected for embodiments wherein a relatively low viscosity is desired, such as, for example, application to a corroded metal surface, a porous surface (e.g., wood), or a combination thereof, due to the penetration power of a low viscosity coating. In certain facets, it is preferred that application of an oil-binder coating produces a layer is less than 25 pm on vertical surfaces and 40 pm on horizontal surfaces to reduce shrinkage, wrinkling. Additionally, in aspects wherein the profile of the wood surface is to be retained, a such a thin film thickness is preferred. In specific aspects, an oil-binder coating may be selected as a wood stains, a topcoat, or a combination thereof. In particular facets, a wood stain comprises an oil (e.g., linseed oil) coating, an alkyd, or a combination thereof. Often, wood coating comprises a lightstabilizer (e.g., UV absorber).

(1) Oils

[0284] An oil is a polyol esterified to at least one fatty acid. A polyol (“polyalcohol,’’ “polyhydric alcohol”) is an alcohol comprising more than one hydroxyl moiety per molecule.

In certain embodiments, an oil comprises an acylglycerol esterified to one fatty acid (“monacylglycerol”), two fatty acids (“diacylglycerol”), or three fatty acids (“triacylglycerol,” “triglyceride”). Typically, however, an oil will comprise a triacylglycerol. A fatty acid is an organic compound comprising a hydrocarbon chain that includes a terminal carboxyl moiety. A fatty acid maybe unsaturated, monounsaturated, and polyunsaturated referring to whether the hydrocarbon chain possess no carbon double bonds, one carbon double bond, or a plurality of carbon double bonds (e.g., 2,3,4,5, 6, 7, or 8 double bonds), respectively.

[0285] In typical use in a coating, a plurality of fatty acids forms covalent cross-linking bonds to produce a film in coatings comprising oil binders and/or other binders comprising a fatty acid., Usually oxidation through contact with atmospheric oxygen is used to promote film formation. Exposure to light also enhances film formation. The ability of an oil to undergo film formation by chemical cross-linking is related to the content of chemically reactive double bonds available in its fatty acids. Oils are generally a mixture of chemical species, comprising different combinations of fatty acids esterified to glycerol. The overall types and percentages of particular fatty acids that are comprised in oils affect the ability of the oil to be used as a binder. Oils can be classified as a drying oil, a semi-drying oil, or a non-drying oil depending upon the ability of the oil to cross-link into a dry film without additives (e.g., driers) at ambient conditions and atmospheric oxygen. A drying oil forms a dry film to touch upon cross-linking, a semi-drying oil forms a sticky (“tacky”) film to touch upon cross-linking, while a non-drying oil does not produce a tacky or dry film upon cross-linking. In certain facets, it is contemplated that film-formation of a non-chemically modified oil-binder coating win typically take from 12 hours to 24 hours at ambient conditions, air, and lighting. Procedures for selection and testing of drying oils for a coating are described in, for example, “ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.03, Paint -- Pigments, Drying Oils, Polymers, Resins, Naval Stores, Cellulosic Esters, and Ink Vehicles,” D555-84,2002.

[0286] Drying oils comprise at least one polyunsaturated fatty acid to promote crosslinking. Polyunsaturated fatty acids (”polyenoic fatty acids”) include, but are not limited to, 7,10,13-hexadecatrienoic (“16:3 n-3”); linoleic [“9,12-octadecadienoic,” “18:2(n-6)”]; γlinolenic [“6,9,12-octadecatrienoic,” “18:3(n-6)”]; a trienoic 20:3(n-9); dihomo- γ-linolenic [“8,11,14-eicosatrienoic,” “20:3(n-6)”]; arachidonic [“5,8,11,14-eicosatetraenoic,” “20:4(n6)”]; alicanic, (“4-oxo 9cl 1/13/-18:3”); 7,10,13,16-docosatetraenoic [“22:4(n-6)”]; 4,7,10,13,16-docosapentaenoic [“22:5(n-6)”]; a-linolenic [“9,12,15-octadecatrienoic,” “18:3(n3)”]; stearidonic [“6,9,12,15-octadecatetraenoic,” “18:4(n-3)”]; 8,11,14,17-eicosatetraenoic [“20:4(n-3)”]; 5,8,11,14,17-eicosapentaenoic [‘.ΈΡΑ,” “20:5(n-3)”]; 7,10,13,16,19docosapentaenoic [“DPA,” “22:5(n-3)”]; 4,7,10,13,16,19-docosahexaenoic [“DHA,” “22:6(n155

WO 2005/026269 PCT7US2004/007263

3)”]; 5,8,11-eicosatrienoic [“Mead acid,” “20:3(n-9)”]; taxoleic (“all-cis-5,9-18:2”); pmolemc (“all-cis-5,9,12-18:3”); sciadonic (“all-cis-5,11,14-20:3״); dihomotaxoleic (“7,11-20:2”); cis-9, cis-15 octadecadienoic (“9,15-18:2”); retinoic; or a combination thereof.

[0287] Drying oils can be further characterized as non-conjugated or conjugated drying oils depending upon whether their most abundant fatty acid comprises a polymethyleneinterrupted double bond or a conjugated double bond, respectively. A polymethyleneinterrupted double bond is two double bonds separated by two or more methylene moieties. A polymethylene-interrupted fatty acid is a fatty acid comprising such a configuration of double bonds. Examples of polymethylene-interrupted fatty acids include taxoleic, pinolenic, sciadonic, dihomotaxoleic, cis-9, cis-15 octadecadienoic, retinoic, or a combination thereof. [0288] A conjugated double bond is a moiety wherein a single methylene moiety connects pair of carbon chain double bonds. A conjugated fatty acid is a fatty acid comprising such a pair of double bonds. A conjugated double bond is more prone to cross-linking reactions than non-conjugated double bonds. A conjugated diene fatty acid, a conjugated triene fatty acid or a conjugated tetraene fatty acid, possesses only two, three or four conjugated double bonds, respectively. An example of a common conjugated diene fatty acid is a conjugated linoleic. Examples of a conjugated triene fatty acid include an octadecatrienoic, a licanic, or a combination thereof. Examples of an octadecatrienoic acid include an a-eleostearic comprising the 9c,1 lt,13t isomer, a calendic comprising a 8t,10t,12c isomer, a catalpic comprising the 9c,1 lt,13c isomer, or a combination thereof. An example of a conjugated tetraene fatty acid is a-parinaric comprising the 9c,1 lt,13t,15c isomer, and βparinaric comprising the 9t,l lt,13t,15t isomer, or a combination thereof.

[0289] Oils for use in coatings are generally obtained from renewable biological sources, such as plants, fish or a combination thereof. Examples of plant oils commonly used in coatings or coating components include cottonseed oil, linseed oil, oiticica oil, safflower oil, soybean oil, sunflower oil, tall oil, rosin, tung oil, or a combination thereof. An example of a fish oil commonly used in coatings or coating components include caster oil. A colder envirnnmant generally promotes a higher polyunsaturated fatty acid content in an organism (e.g., sunflowers). Cottonseed oil comprises about 36% saturated fatty acids, 24% oleic, and 40% linoleic. Castor oil comprises about 3% saturated fatty acids, 7% oleic, 3% linoleic, and 87% ricinoleic (“12-hydroxy-9-octadecenoic”). Linseed oil comprises about 10% saturated fatty acids, 20% to 24% oleic (“cis-9-octadecenoic”), 14% to 19% linoleic, and 48% to 54% linolenic. Oiticica oil comprises about 16% saturated fatty acids, 6% oleic, and 78 Λ licanic. Safflower oil comprises about 11% saturated fatty acids, 13% oleic, 75% linoleic, and 1% . linolenic. Soybean oil comprises about 14% to 15% saturated fatty acids, 22% to 28 /0 oleic,

WO 2005/026269 PCT7US2004/007263

52% to 55% linoleic, and 5% to 9% linolenic. Tall oil, which is a product of paper production and generally is not in the form of a triglyceride, often comprises about 3% saturated fatty acids, 30% to 35% oleic, 35% to 40% linoleic, 2% to 5% linolenic, and 10% to 15% of a combination of pinolenic and conjugated linoleic. Rosin is a combination of acidic compounds isolated during paper production, such as, for example, abietic acid, neoabietic acid, dihydroabietic acid, tetraabietic acid, isodextropimaric acid, dextropimaric acid, dehydroabietic acid, and levopimaric acid. Tung oil comprises about 5% saturated fatty acids, 8% oleic, 4% linoleic, 3% linolenic, and 80% a-elestearic. Standards for physical properties, chemical properties, and/or procedures for testing the purity/properties of various oils (e.g., caster, linseed, oiticica, safflower, soybean, sunflower, tall, tung, rosin, dehydrated caster, boiled linseed, a drying oil, a fish oil, a heat-bodied drying oil) for use in a coating are described, for example in “ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.03, Paint - Pigments, Drying Oils, Polymers, Resins, Naval Stores, Cellulosic Esters, and Ink Vehicles,” D555-84, D960-02a, D961-86, D234-82, D601-87, D1392-92, D1462-92, D12-88, D1981-02, D5768-95, D316989, D260-86, D124-88, D803-02, D1541-97, D1358-86, D1950-86, D1951-86, D1952-86, D1954-86, D1958-86, D464-95, D465-01, D1959-97, D1960-86, D1962-85, D1964-85, D1965-87, D1966-69, D1967-86, D3725-78, D1466-86, D890-98, D1957-86, D1963-85, D5974-00, D1131-97, D1240-02, D889-99, D509-98, D269-97, D1065-96 ,andD804-02, 2002.

[0290] In certain embodiments, an oil comprises a chemically modified oil, which is an oil altered by a reaction thought to promote limited cross-linking. Generally, such a modified oil possesses an altered property, such as a higher ־viscosity, which may be more suitable for a particular coating application. Examples of a chemically modified oil include a bodied oil, a blown oil, a dimer acid, or a combination thereof. A bodied oil (“heat bodied oil,” “stand oil”) is produced, for example, by heating a nonconjugated oil (e.g., 320°C) or a conjugated oil (e.g., 240°C) in an chemically unreactive atmosphere to promote limited cross-linking. A blown oil is produced, for example, by passing air through a drying oil at, for example, 150°C. A dimer acid is produced, for example, by acid catalyzed dimerization or oligomerization of a polyunsaturated acid.

[0291] In certain embodiments, an oil comprises a synthetic conjugated oil, which is an oil altered by a reaction thought to produce a conjugated double bond in a fatty acid of the oil. Conjugated fatty acids have been produced from nonconjugated fatty acids by alkaline hydroxide catalyzed reactions. However, a synthetic conjugated oil is generally semi-drying in air catalyzed film formation at ambient conditions and a coating comprising such an oil is typically cured by baking. Additionally richinoleic acid, which is prevalent in castor oil, can be dehydrogenated to produce a mixture of conjugated and non-conjugated fatty acids. Dehydrogenated castor oil comprises about 2% to 4% saturated fatty acids, 6% to 8% oleic, 48% to 50% linoleic, and 40% to 42% conjugated linoleic.

[0292] Certain other compounds comprising a fatty acid and polyol are classified herein as an oil for use as a binder such as a high ester oil, a maleated oil, or a combination thereof. A high ester oil comprises a polyol capable of comprising greater than three fatty acid esters per molecule and at least one fatty acid ester. However, a high ester oil comprising four or more fatty acid esters per molecule is preferred. Examples of such a polyol include a pentaerythritiol, a dipentaerythritiol, a tripehtaerytbritiol, or a styrene/allyl alcohol copolymer. These high ester oils generally form films more rapidly than acylglycerol based oil, as the opportunity for cross-linking reactions between fatty acids increases with the number of fatty acids attached to a single polyol. A maleated oil is an oil modified by a chemical reaction with maleic anhydride. Maleic acid and an unsaturated or polyunsaturated fatty acid react to produce a fatty acid with additional acid moieties. A maleated oil generally is more hydrophilic and/or has a faster film formation time than a comparative non-maleated oil.

(2) Alkyd Resins

[0293] Tn certain embodiments, a binder can comprise an alkyd resin. In general embodiments, an alkyd-coating may be selected as an architectural coating, a metal coating, a plastic coating, a wood coating, or a combination thereof. In certain aspects, an alkyd coating may be selected for use as a primer, an undercoat, a topcoat, or a combination thereof. In particular aspects, an alkyd coating comprises a pigment, an additive, or a combination thereof. [0294] An alkyd resin comprises a polyester prepared from a polyol, a fatty acid, and a polybasic (“polyfunctional”) organic acid or acid anhydride. An alkyd resin is generally produced by first preparing monoacylpolyol, which is a polyol esterified to one fatty acid. The monoacylpolyol is polymerized by ester linkages with a polybasic acid to produce an alkyd resin of desired viscosity in a solvent. Examples of a polyol include 1,3-butylene glycol; diethylene glycol; dipentaerythritol; ethylene glycol; glycerol; hexylene glycol; methyl glucoside; neopentyl glycol; pentaerythritol; pentanediol; propylene glycol; sorbitol; triethylene glycol; trimethylol ethane; trimethylol propane; trimethylpentanediol; or a combination thereof. In certain aspects, a polyol comprises ethylene glycol; glycerol;

neopentyl glycol; pentaerythritol; trimethylpentanediol; or a combination thereof. Examples of a polybasic acid or an acid anhydride include adipic acid, azelaic acid, chlorendic anhydride, citric acid, fumaric acid, isophthalic acid, maleic anhydride, phthalic anhydride, sebacic acid, succinic acid, trimelletic anhydride, or a combination thereof. In certain aspects, a polybasic acid or an acid anhydride comprises isophthalic acid, maleic anhydride, phthalic anhydride,

WO 2005/026269 PCI7US2004/007263 trimelletic anhydride, or a combination thereof. Examples of a fatty acid include abiatic, benzoic, caproic, caprylic, lauric, linoleic, linolenic, oleic, a tertiary-butyl benzoic acid, a fatty acid from an oil/fat (e.g., castor, coconut, cottonseed, tall, tallow), or a combination thereof. In certain aspects, a fatty acid comprises benzoic, a fatty acid from tall oil, or a combination thereof. Tn specific aspects, an oil is used in the reaction directly as a source of a fatty acid and/or a polyol. Examples of an oil include castor oil, coconut oil, com oil, cottonseed oil, dehydrated castor oil, linseed oil, safflower oil, soybean oil, tung oil, walnut oil, sunflower oil, menhaden oil, palm oil, or a combination thereof. In some aspects, an oil comprises coconut oil, linseed oil, soybean oil, or a combination thereof.

[0295] In addition to the standards and analysis techniques previously described for an oil, standards for physical properties, chemical properties, and/or procedures for testing the purity/properties of various fatty acids (e.g., coconut, com, cottonseed, dehydrated caster, linseed, soybean, tall oil fatty acids, rosin fatty acids) and a polyol (e.g., pentaerythritol, hexylene glycol, ethylene glycol, diethylene glycol, propylene glycol, dipropylene glycol) and acid anhydrides (e.g., phthalic anhydride, maleic anhydride) for use in an alkyd or other coating components are described, for example, in “ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.03, Paint — Pigments, Drying Oils, Polymers, Resins, Naval Stores, Cellulosic Esters, and Ink Vehicles,” D1537-60, D1538-60, D1539-60, D1841-63, D1842-63, D1843-63, D5768-95, D1981-02, D1982-85, D1980-87, D804-02, D1957-86, D464-95, D465-01, D1963-85, D597400, D1466-86, D2800-92, D1585-96, D1467-89, and D1983-90, 2002; and in “ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.04, Paint — Solvents; Aromatic Hydrocarbons,” D2403-96, D3504-96, D2930-94, D3366-95, D3438-99, D2195-00, D2636-01, D2693-02, D2694-91, D5164-91, D1257-90, and D1258-95,2002. Further, the composition, properties and/or purity of an alkyd resin and/or a solution comprising an alkyd resin selected for use in a coating such as phthalic anhydride content, isophthalic acid content, unsaponifiable matter content, fatty acid content/identification, polyhydric alcohol content/identification, glycerol, ethylene glycol and/or pentaerythirol content, and silicon content can be empirically determined by procedures known to those of ordinary skill in the art (see, for example, “ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.03, Paint - Pigments, Drying Oils, Polymers, Resins, Naval Stores, Cellulosic Esters, and Ink Vehicles,” D2689-88, D563-88, D2690-98, D2998-89, D1306-88, D1397-93, D1398-93, D2455-89, D1639-90, D1615-60, and D2456-91,2002).

(i) Oil Length Alkyd Binders

[0296] In specific embodiments, an alkyd resin may be selected based on the materials used in its preparation, which typically affect the alkyd’s properties. In general aspects, an alkyd resin is often classified and/or selected for use in a particular application by its oil

WO 2005/026269 PCI7US2004/007263 content, as the oil content affects the alkyd resin properties. Oil content is the amount of oil relative to the solvent-free alkyd resin. Based on oil content, an alkyd resin may be classified as a very long oil alkyd resin, a long oil alkyd resin, a medium oil alkyd resin, or a short oil alkyd resin. Generally, the greater the oil content classification of an alkyd resin that is comprised in a coating, the greater the ease of brush application, the slower the rate of film formation, the greater the film’s flexibility, the poorer the chemical resistance of the film, the poorer the retention of gloss in exterior environments, or a combination thereof. A short oil alkyd, a medium oil alkyd, a long oil alkyd, and a very long oil alkyd has an oil content range of 1% to 40%, 40% to 60%, 60% to 70%, and 70% to 85%, respectively, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof, respectively. In typical embodiments, a short oil alkyd, a medium oil alkyd, a long oil alkyd, and a very long oil alkyd resin and/or coating comprise 50%, 45% to 50%, 60% to 70%, of 85% to 100% nonvolatile component, respectively.

[0297] Tn certain embodiments, a short oil alkyd coating may be selected as an industrial coating. In certain aspects, a short oil alkyd is synthesized from an oil, wherein the oil comprises castor, dehydrated castor, coconut, linseed, soybean, tall, or a combination thereof. Tn some aspects, the oil of a short oil alkyd comprises a saturated fatty acid.

Examples of a saturated fatty acid include, but are not limited to, caproic ( hexanoic, 6.0 ), caprylic (“octanoic,” “8:0”); lauric (“dodecanoic,” “12:0”); or a combination thereof. In particular facets, a short oil alkyd coating comprises a solvent, wherein the solvent comprises an aromatic hydrocarbon, isobutanol, VMP naphtha, xylene, or a combination thereof. In other facets, the aromatic solvent comprises a high boiling aromatic solvent. In some aspects, a short oil alkyd is insoluble or poorly soluble in an aliphatic hydrocarbon. In further embodiments, a short oil alkyd coating undergoes film formation by baking.

[0298] In certain embodiments, a medium oil alkyd coating may be selected as a farm implement coating, a railway equipment coating, a maintenance coating, or a combination thereof. In certain aspects, a medium oil alkyd is synthesized from an oil, wherein the oil comprises linseed, safflower, soybean, sunflower, tall, or a combination thereof. In some aspects, the oil of a medium oil alkyd comprises a monounsaturated fatty acid (e.g., oleic acid). In particular facets, a medium oil alkyd coating comprises a solvent, wherein the solvent comprises an aliphatic hydrocarbon, an aromatic hydrocarbon, or a combination thereof.

[0299] In certain embodiments, a tall oil alkyd coating may be selected as an architectural coating, a maintenance coating, a primer, a topcoat, or a combination thereof. In certain aspects, a tall oil alkyd is synthesized from an oil, wherein the oil comprises linseed, safflower, soybean, sunflower, tall, or a combination thereof. In some aspects, the oil of a long

WO 2005/026269 PCT7US2004/007263 oil alkyd comprises a polyunsaturated fatty acid. In particular facets, a tall oil alkyd coating comprises a solvent, wherein the solvent comprises an aliphatic hydrocarbon.

[0300] In certain embodiments, a very long oil alkyd coating may be selected as a latex architectural coating, a wood stain, or a combination thereof. In certain aspects, a very long oil alkyd is synthesized from an oil, wherein the oil comprises linseed, soybean, tall, or a combination thereof. In some aspects, the oil of a long oil alkyd comprises a polyunsaturated fatty acid. In particular facets, a very long oil alkyd coating comprises a solvent, wherein the solvent comprises an aliphatic hydrocarbon.

(ii) High Solid Alkyd Coatings

[0301] A high solid alkyd possesses a reduced viscosity, a lower average molecular weight, or a combination thereof. A high sotid alkyd may be selected for embodiments wherein a reduced quantity liquid content (e.g., solvent) of a coating is desired. In some embodiments, a high solid alkyd coating comprises an enamel coating. In other aspects, a high solid long or very long oil alkyd coating comprises an architectural coating. In further aspects, a high solid medium oil alkyd coating comprises a transportation coating. In further aspects, a high solid short oil alkyd coating comprises an industrial coating. Additional, various chemical moieties may be incorporated in an alkyd to modify a property. Examples of such moieties include an acrylic, a benzoic acid, an epoxide, an isocyanate, a phenolic, a polyamide, a rosin, a siticon, a styrene (e.g., a paramethyl styrene), a vinyl toluene, or a combination thereof. In certain embodiments, a benzoic acid modified high solid alkyd coating comprises a coating for a tool. In other embodiments, a phenolic modified high solid alkyd coating comprises a primer. A silicone modified alkyd coating may be selected for improved weather resistance, heat resistance, or a combination thereof. In specific aspects, a silicone modified alkyd coating may comprise an additional binder capable of cross-linking with the silicone moiety (e.g., a melamine formaldehyde resin). In specific facets, a silicone modified alkyd coating may be selected as a coil coating, an architectural coating, a metal coating, an exterior coating, or a combination thereof. In certain facets, a high sotid siticon-modified alkyd coating may substitute an oxygenated compound (e.g., a ketone, an ester) for an aromatic hydrocarbon liquid component. However, a high solid silicon-modified alkyd coating, to achieve crosslinking during film-formation. should comprise an additional binder capable of cross-hnking. Tn further embodiments, a silicone modified high solid alkyd coating comprises a maintenance coating, a topcoat, or a combination thereof.

(iii) Uralkyd Coatings

[0302] An uralkyd binder (“uralkyd,” “urethane alkyd,” “urethane oil,” “urethane modified alkyd”) is an alkyd‘binder, with the modification that compound comprising plurality of diisocyanate moieties partly or fully replacing the dibasic acid (e.g., phthalic anhydride) in the synthesis reactions. Examples of an isocyanate comprising compounds include a 1,6hexamethylene diisocyanate (“HDI”), a toluene diisocyanate ( TDI ), or a combination thereof. An uralkyd binder may be selected for embodiments wherein a superior abrasion resistance, superior resistance to hydrolysis, or a combination thereof, relative to an alkyd, is desired in a film. However, an uralkyd binder prepared using TDI often has greater viscosity in a coating, inferior color retention in a film, or a combination thereof, relative to an alkyd hinder. Additionally, an uralkyd binder prepared using an aliphatic isocyanate generally possesses superior color retention to an uralkyd prepared from TDI. An uralkyd coating tends to undergo film formation faster than a comparable alkyd binder, due to a generally greater number of available conjugated double bonds, an increased T_g in an uralkyd binder prepared using an aromatic isocyanate, or a combination thereof. A film comprising an uralkyd binder tends to develop a yellow to brown color. An uralkyd binder is often used in preparation of an architectural coating such as a varnish, an automotive refinish coating, or a combination thereof. Examples of a surface where an uralkyd coating may be applied include a furniture surface, a wood surface, or a floor surface.

(iv) Water-Borne Alkyd Coatings

[0303] In general embodiments, an alkyd coating is a solvent-borne coating. However, an alkyd (e.g., a chemically modified alkyd) may be combined with a coupling solvent and water to produce a water-borne alkyd coating. Examples of a coupling solvent that may confer water reducibility to an alkyd resin includes ethylene glucol monobutyether, propylene glycol monoethylether, propylene glycol monopropylether, an alcohol whose carbon content is four carbon atoms (e.g., 5-butanol), or a combination thereof. In certain embodiments, a waterborne long oil alkyd coating may be selected as a stain, an enamel, or a combination thereof. In other embodiments, a water-borne medium oil alkyd coating may be selected as an enamel, an industrial coating, or a combination thereof. In further facets, a water-borne medium oil alkyd coating may undergo film formation by air oxidation. In other embodiments, a waterborne short oil alkyd coating may be selected as an enamel, an industrial coating, or a combination thereof. In further facets, a water-borne short oil alkyd coating may undergo film formation by baking.

(3) Oleoresinous Binders

[0304] An oleoresinous binder is a type of binder prepared from heating a resin and an oil. Examples of a resin typically used in the preparation of an oleoresinous binder include resins obtained from a biological source (e.g., a wood resin, a bitumen resin); a fossil source (e.g., copal resin, a Kauri gum resin, a rosin resin, a shellac resin); a synthetic source (e.g., a rosin derivative resin, a phenolic resin, an epoxy resin); or a combination thereof. An example of an oil typically used in the preparation of an oleoresinous binder includes a vegetable oil, particularly an oil that is comprises a polyunsaturated fatty acid such as tung, linseed, or a combination thereof. The type of resin and oil used can identify an oleoresinous binder such as a copal-tung oleoresinous binder, a rosin-linseed oleoresinous binder, etc. An oleoresinous binder generally are used in clear varnishes such as a lacquer, as well as in applications as a primer, an undercoat, a marine coating, or aj combination thereof. In addition to the standards and analysis techniques previously described for an oil, standards for physical properties, chemical properties, and/or procedures for testing the purity/properties (e.g., glass transition temperature, molecular weight, color stability) of a hydrocarbon resin (e.g., a synthetic source resin) for use in an oleoresinous binder or other coating component are described, for example, in “ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.03, Paint - Pigments, Drying Oils, Polymers, Resins, Naval Stores, Cellulosic Esters, and Ink Vehicles,” E28-99, D6090-99, D6440-01, D6493-99, D6579-00, D6604-00, and D6605-00, 2002.

[0305] Similar to alkyd resins, oleoresinous binders can be categorized by oil length as a short oil or long oil oleoresinous binder, depending whether oil length is 1% to 67% or 67% to 99% oil, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof, respectively. Short oil oleoresinous binders generally dry fast and form relatively harder, less flexible films, and are used, for example., for floor varnishes. Long oil oleoresinous binders generally dry slower and form relatively more flexible films, and are used, for example, as an undercoat, exterior varnish, or combination thereof.

(4) Fatty Acid Epoxy Esters

[0306] In certain facets, an epoxy coating may be cured by fatty acid oxidation rather than epoxide moiety or hydroxyl moiety cross-linking reactions. A fatty acid epoxide ester resin is an ester of an epoxide resin and a fatty acid, which can be used to produce an ambient cure coating that undergoes film formation by oxidative reactions as an oil-based coating. In certain embodiments, an epoxy resin may be selected with an epoxy equivalent weight of 800 to 1000, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof. Short, medium, and long oil epoxide ester resins comprise 30% to 50%, 50% to 70%, or 70% to 90% fatty acid esterification, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof, respectively, with similar, though sometimes superior, properties relative to an analogous alkyd. An epoxide ester resin is inferior in chemical resistance than a film produced by an epoxy and a curing agent comprising an amine. An epoxy ester resin may be selected as a substitute for an alkyd, a marine coating, an industrial maintenance coating, a floor topcoat, or a combination thereof.

PCI7US2004/007263

b. Polyester Resins

[0307] A polyester resin (“polyester,” “oil-free alkyd”) is a polyester chemical, other than an alkyd resin, capable as use as a binder. A polyester resin is chemically very similar to an alkyd, though the oil content is 0%. Consequently, a polyester-coating does not form crosslinking bonds by fatty acids oxidation during thermosetting film formation, but rather is combined with an additional binder to form a cross-linked film. The selection of a polyester and additional binder combination is generally determined by the polyester’s crosslinkable moieties. For example, a hydroxy-terminated polyester is a polyester produced by an esterification reaction comprising a molar excess of a polyol, and may be crosslinked with a urethane, an amino resin, or a combination thereof. A hydroxy-terminated polyester’s hydroxyl moiety may react with a urethane’s isocyanate moiety such as at ambient conditions or low-bake conditions, while such a polyester generally undergoes film formation at baking temperatures with an amino resin. In another example, a “carboxylic acid-terminated polyester” is a polyester produced by an esterification reaction comprising an molar excess of a polycarboxylic acid, and may be crosslinked with a urethane, an amino resin, a 2hydroxylakylamide, or a combination thereof.

[0308] In general embodiments, a polyester-coating possesses superior color retention, flexibility, hardness, weathering, or a combination thereof, relative to an alkyd-coating. In some embodiments, a polyester resin may be selected to produce a coating for a metal surface. Generally, a polyester-coating possesses a superior adhesion property on a metal surface than a thermosetting acrylic-coating. Often, a polyester-coating is a thermosetting coating, particularly in embodiments for use upon a metal surface. However, a polyester-coating generally comprises an ester linkage that is susceptible to hydrolysis, therefore, applications wherein such a polyester-coating contacts water is less preferred.

[0309] A polyester resin is generally prepared by an acid catalyzed esterification of a polyacid (e.g., a polycarboxylic acid, an aromatic polyacid) and a polyalcohol. A “polyacid” (“polybasic acid”) is a chemical comprising more than one acid moiety. Typically, a polyacid used in the preparation of a polyester comprise two acidic moieties, such as, for example, an aromatic dibasic acid, an anhydride of an aromatic dibasic acid, an aliphatic dibasic acid, or a combination thereof. Usually, a polyester resin comprises a plurality of polycafboxylic acids and/or polyalcohols, and such a polyester resin is known herein as a “copolyester resin.” Examples of polycafboxylic acids commonly used to prepare a polyester resin includes adipic acid (“AA”); azelic acid (“AZA”); dimerized fatty acid; dodecanoic acid; hexahydrophthalic anhydride (“HHPA”); isophthalic acid (“IPA”); phthalic anhydride (“PA”); sebacid acid; terephthalic acid;“trimellitic anhydride; or a combination thereof. Examples of a polyalcohol־...

commonly used to prepare a polyester resin include 1,2-propanediol; 1,4-butanediol; 1,4cyclohexanedimethanol (“CHDM”); 1,6-hexanediol (“HD”); diethylene glycol; ethylene glycol; glycerol; neopentyl glycol (“NPG”); pentaerythitol (‘TE”); trimethylolpropane (“TMP”); or a combination thereof. In certain embodiments, a polyester may be selected that has been synthesized by an acid catalyzed esterification reaction between a plurality of polyalcohols comprising two hydroxy moieties (a “diol”), a polyalcohol comprising three hydroxy moieties (a “triol”), and a dibasic acid. An example of a diol includes 1,4cyclohexanedimethanol; 1,6-hexanediol; neopentyl glycol; or a combination thereof. An example of a triol includes trimethylolpropane. An example of a polyol comprising four hydroxy moieties (a “tetraol”) includes pentaerythitol. In addition to the standards and analysis techniques previously described for an oil, an alkyd, a polyol, an acid anhydride standards for physical properties, chemical properties, and/or procedures for testing the purity/properties of an polyester are described, for example, in “ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.03, Paint Pigments, Drying Oils, Polymers, Resins,(Naval Stores, Cellulosic Esters, and Ink Vehicles,” D2690-98 and D3733-93,2002.

[0310] The selection of a polyacid and/or a polyalcohol often affects a property of the polyester resin, such as the resistance of the polyester resin to hydrolysis, and similarly the water resistance of a coating and/or film comprising such a polyester resin. In embodiments wherein a polyester-coating is desired with a superior water resistance property relative to other types ofpolyester-coatings, it is preferred that the coating comprises a polyester prepared with a polyol that is more difficult to esterify, and thus generally more difficult to hydrolyze. Examples of such polyols include neopentyl glycol, trimethylolpropanel,4cyclohexanedimethanol, or a combination thereof.

[0311] In general embodiments, a polyester-coating is a solvent-borne coating. However, a polyester suitable for a water-borne coating is known to one of ordinary skill in the art. A water-borne polyester-coating generally comprises a polyester resin, wherein the acid number of the polyester resin is 40 to 60 including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof, and wherein the acid moieties have been neutralized by an amine, and wherein the coating comprises liquid component that comprises a co-solvent. An additional water-borne binder (e.g., an amino resin) may be used to produce thermosetting film formation. In specific aspects, a water-borne polyester-coating produces a film of excellent hardness, gloss, flexibility, or a combination thereof.

[0312] In alternative embodiments, a polyester temporary coating (e.g, a non-film forming coating) may be produced, for example, by selection of a polyester that that comprises ־ fewer or no crosslinkable moieties, selection of an addition binder that comprises fewer or no crosslinkable moieties, reducing the concentration of the polyester or additional binder, or a combination thereof.

c. Modified Cellulose Binders

[0313] Tn some embodiments, a chemically modified cellulose molecule (“modified cellulose,” “cellulosic”) may be used as a coating component (e.g., a binder). Cellulose is a polymer of anhydroglucose monomers that is insoluble in water and organic solvents. Various chemically modified forms of cellulose with enhanced solubility have been used as a coating component. Examples of chemically modified cellulose (“modified cellulose,” “cellulosic”) include a cellulose ester, a nitrocellulose, jor a combination thereof. Examples of a cellulose ester include cellulose acetate (“CA”), cellulose butyrate, cellulose acetate butyrate (“CAB”), cellulose acetate propionate (“CAP”), a hydroxy ethyl cellulose, a carboxy methyl cellulose, cellulose acetobutyrate, ethyl cellulose, or a combination thereof. A cellulose ester coating typically produces films with excellent flame resistance, toughness, clarity, or a combination thereof. In certain embodiments, a cellulose ester coating is selected as a topcoat, a clear coating, a lacquer, or a combination thereof. A cellulose ester is often selected for embodiments wherein the coating comprises an automotive coating, a furniture coating, a wood surface coating, cable coating, or a combination thereof. A cellulose ester coating may be a thermoplastic coating, a thermosetting coating, or a combination thereof.

[0314] A cellulose ester may be selected by the properties associated with the degree and/or type of esterification. Typically, solubility in a liquid component and/or combinability with an addition binder is increased by partial esterification of an anhydroglucose’s hydroxy moieties. For example, for a cellulose acetate butyrate, properties such as compatibility, diluent tolerance, flexibility (e.g., lower T_g), moisture resistance, solubility, or a combination thereof, increases with greater butyrate esterification. However, decreased hydroxyl content alters properties in a cellulose ester. For example, a cellulose acetate butyrate comprising a hydroxy content of 1% or below has limited solubility in most solvents, while a hydroxy content of 5% or greater allows solubility in many alcohols, and the increased number of hydroxy moieties allows a greater degree of cross-linking reactions with binders such as, for example, an amino binder, an acrylic binder, urethane binder, or a combination thereof. A cellulose acetate butyrate acrylic-coating maybe selected as lacquers, an automotive coating, a coating comprising a metallic pigment (e.g., aluminum), or a combination thereof. A cellulose acetate butyrate acrylic-coating may comprise a liquid component that comprises greater amounts of an aromatic hydrocarbon solvent with the selection of a CAB with greater butyrate ester content. Though not a cellulosic, sucrose esters may be similarly used as cellulose ester, particularly CAB. ״

[0315] In some embodiments, in a cellulose ester comprising an acetyl ester (e.g., comprises cellulose acetate, cellulose acetate butyrate, cellulose acetate propionate), the acetyl content will range from 0.1% to 40.5% acetate, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof. In certain aspects, the acetyl content of a cellulose acetate, a cellulose acetate butyrate, or a cellulose acetate propionate will range from 39.0% to 40.5%, 1.0% to 30.0%, or 0.3% to 3.0%, respectively, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof, respectively. In many aspects, in a cellulose ester comprising a butyryl ester (e.g., cellulose acetate butyrate), the butyryl content will range from 15.0% to 55.0% butyryl, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof. In other aspects, in a cellulose ester comprising a propionyl ester (e.g., cellulose acetate propionate), the propionyl content will range from 40.0% to 47.0% propionyl, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof. In other embodiments, lhe hydroxyl content of a cellulose acetate, a cellulose acetate butyrate, or a cellulose acetate propionate will range from 0% to 5.0%, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof.

[0316] A nitrocellulose (“cellulose nitrate”) resin comprises a cellulose molecule wherein a hydroxyl moiety has been nitrated. A nitrocellulose for use in a coating typically comprises an average of 2.15 to 2.25 nitrates per anhydroglucose monomer, and is soluble in an ester, a ketone, or a combination thereof. Additionally, nitrocellulose is soluble in a combination of a ketone, an ester, and an alcohol and/or hydrocarbon. A nitrocellulose may be selected as a lacquer, an automotive primer, automotive topcoat, a wood topcoat, or a combination thereof. Nitrocellulose coatings are typically a thermoplastic coating.

[0317] Standard procedures for determining physical and/or chemical properties (e.g., acetyl content, ash, apparent acetyl content, butyryl content, carbohydrate content, carboxyl content, color and haze, combined acetyl, free acidity, heat stability, hydroxyl content, intrinsic viscosity, solution viscosity, moisture content, propionyl content, sulfur content, sulfate content, metal content), of a cellulose and/or a modified cellulose (e.g., cellulose acetate, cellulose acetate propionate, cellulose acetate butyrate, methylcellulose, sodium carboxymethylcellulose, ethylcellulose, hydroxypropyl methylcellulose, hydroxyethylcellulose, hydroxypropylcellulose) have been described, for example, in “ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.03, Paint -- Pigments, Drying Oils, Polymers, Resins, Naval Stores, Cellulosic Esters, and Ink Vehicles,” D1695-96 D817-96, D871-96, D1347-72, D143997, D914-00, D2363-79, D2364-01, D5400-93, D1343-95, D1795-96, D2929-89, D3971-89, D4085-93, D1926-00, D4794-94, D3876-96, D3516-89, D5897-96, D5896-96, D6188-97, D1348-94, and D1696-95,2002. Specific procedures for determining purity/properties of a ־ nitrocellulose (e.g., nitrogen content) have been described, for example, in “ASTM Book of

WO 2005/026269 PCT7US2004/007263

Standards, Volume 06.03, Paint - Pigments, Drying Oils, Polymers, Resins, Naval Stores, Cellulosic Esters, and Ink Vehicles,” D301-95 and D4795-94,2002.

[0318] In alternative embodiments, a modified cellulose temporary coating (e.g, a nonfilm forming coating) may be produced, for example, by selection of a modified cellulose that that comprises fewer or no crosslinkable moieties, selection of an addition binder that comprises fewer or no crosslinkable moieties, reducing the concentration of the modified cellulose or additional binder, or a combination thereof.

d. Polyamide and Amidoamine Binders

[0319] A polyamide (“fatty nitrogen compound,” “fatty nitrogen product”) is a reaction product of a polyamine and a dimerized and/or trimerized fatty acid. In typical embodiments, a polyamide is an oligomer. An amide resin comprises a terminal amine moiety capable of cross-linking with an epoxy moiety, and it is particularly preferred that a polyamide binder is combined with an epoxide binder, hi other aspects, a polyamide may be considered an additive (e.g., a curing agent, a hardening agent, a coreactant) of an epoxide coating. A I polyamine-epoxy coating may be used as an industrial coating (e.g., an industrial maintenance coating), a marine coating, or a combination thereof. A polyamide-epoxide coating may be applied to a surface such as, for example, wood, masonry, metal (e.g., steel), or a combination thereof. However, it is preferred that any surface is thoroughly cleaned prior to application to promote adhesion. Such surface preparation are well known to those of ordinary skill in the art, and include, for example, removal of rust, degraded film, grease, etc. A polyamide-epoxy coating typically is a solvent-borne coating. Examples of solvents for a polyamide include an alcohol, an aromatic hydrocarbon, a glycol ether, a ketone, or a combination thereof. In certain embodiments, a polyamide-epoxy coating may comprise a two-pack coating, wherein coating component(s) comprising the polyamide resin are stored in one container, and coating components comprising the epoxy resin are stored in a second container. Such a two-pack coating is admixed immediately before application, as the stoichiometric mix ratio of resin is formulated to promote a rapid cure. However, in other embodiments, a polyamide-epoxy coating may be a single container coating. Such a solvent-borne polyamine-epoxy coating may be formulated for a storage life of a year or more. An aluminum and or stainless steel container is suitable, though a carbon steel container may alter coating and/or film color. However, such a coating typically undergoes film formation in stages, wherein the liquid component is physically lost by evaporation while thermosetting produces a physically durable film in about 8 to 10 hours, a chemically resistant film in three to four days, and final crosslinking completed in about ,three weeks. In some embodiments, a polyamine-epoxy coating may undergo chalking upon exterior weathering.

[0320] Though a polyamide is prepared from a fatty acid, it is not classified as an oilbased binder herein due to the chemistry of film formation for polyamide binder. The dimerized (“dibasic”) or trimerized fatty acid generally comprises a polyunsaturated fatty acid, a monounsaturated fatty acid, or a combination thereof. In certain aspects, the fatty acid is a linseed oil fatty acid, soybean oil fatty acid, tall oil fatty acid, or a combination thereof. In specific facets, the fatty acid is an 18-carbon fatty acid. However, to reduce the volatile organic compounds of solvent-bome coating, a polyamide binder may be partly or fully substituted, such as 0% to 100% substitution, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof, with an amidoamine binder. An amidomine binder differs from a polyamide binder by the use of a fatty acid rather than a dimerized fatty acid in the synthesis of the resin. The selection ofthe polyamine in the preparation of a polyamide can affect the properties ofthe polyamide. The polyamine may be linear (e.g., diethylenetriamine), branched or cyclic (e.g., aminoethylpiperazine). Standards for physical properties, chemical properties, and/or procedures for testing the purity/properties (e.g., amine value) of a polyamide and/or an amidoamine are described, for example, in “ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.03, Paint -Pigments, Drying Oils, Polymers, Resins, Naval Stores, Cellulosic Esters, and Ink Vehicles, D2071-87, D2073-92, D2082-92, D2072-92, D2074-92, D2075-92, D2076-92, D2077-92, D2078-86, D2079-92, D2080-92, D2081-92, and D2083-92, 2002.

[0321] In general embodiments, a pblyamine comprises a polyethylene amine. A polyamide produced from diethylenetriamine can be prepared to comprise a varying amount, typically 35% to 85%, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof, of an imidazoline moiety. In other embodiments, the amount of amine moiety capable of crosslinking with an epoxy moiety may vary from 100 to 400 amine value, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof. However, the amine value is converted into units known as “active hydrogen equivalent weight,” which varies from 550 to 140, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof, for comparison to the epoxy resms epoxide equivalent weight for determining the stoichiometric mix ratio of a polyamide-epoxy combination. The stoichiometric mix ratio affects coating and film properties. As the polyamide to epoxy stoichiometric mix ratio increases from a ratio of less than one to a ratio of greater than one, properties such as excellent impact resistance, excellent chemical resistance, or a combination thereof, decrease while film flexibility increases. Examples of polyamide to epoxy stoichiometric mix ratio include 2:1 to 1:2, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof.

[0322] In alternative embodiments, a polyamide and/or amidoamine temporary coating (e.g, a non-film forming coating) may be produced, for example, by selection of a polyamide

WO 2005/026269 PCT7US2004/007263 and/or amidoamine that that comprises fewer or no crosslinkable moieties, selection of an additinn binder that comprises fewer or no crosslinkable moieties, reducing the concentration of the polyamide and/or amidoamine or additional binder, selection of a stoichiometric ratio that is less suitable for crosslinking reactions, or a combination thereof.

e. Amino Resins

[0323] An amino resin (“amino binder,” “aminoplast,” “nitrogen resin”) is a reaction product of formaldehyde, an alcohol and a nitrogen compound such as, for example, urea, melamine (“1:3:5 triamino triazine”), benzoguanamine, glucoluril, or a combination thereof. An amino resin may be used to a thermosetting coating. An amino resin comprises an alkoxymethyl moiety capable of cross-linking with a hydroxyl moiety of an additional binder such as an acrylic binder, an alkyd resin, a polyester binder, or a combination thereof, and it is preferred that an amino resin is combined with a binder that comprises a hydroxyl moiety in a coating. In aspects wherein the coating comprises an amino resin and an alkyd resin, it is preferred that the amino :alkyd resin ratio is 1:1 to 1:5, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof. An amino resin coating typically is a solvent-borne coating. Examples of solvents for an amino resin include an alcohol (e.g., butanol, isobutanol, methanol, isopropanol), a ketone, hydroxyl functional glycol ether, or a combination thereof. Additionally, an amino resin generally possesses limited solubility in a hydrocarbon (e.g., xylene), which may be added to a solvent-bome coating’s liquid component. In certain aspects, an amino resin coating may be a water-borne coating, wherein water is a solvent for an amino resin comprising a plurality of methylol moieties. In other embodiments, a water-borne amino resin coating may comprise a water-reducible coating, particularly wherein the liquid component comprises a glycol ether, an alcohol, or a combination thereof. In certain embodiments, an amino coating comprises an acid catalyst. .

[0324] An amino resin coating generally is cured by baking at a temperature of 82 C and 204°C, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof. Baking generally promotes reactions between amino resins, though it does improve the reaction rate between an amino resin and an additional binder. It is preferred that in embodiments wherein the coating comprises an additional binder, the additional resin comprises less hydroxyl moieties and/or the amino resin is polar amino resin (e.g., a conventional amino resin) a when cured by baking than embodiments wherein an acid catalyst is used. An amino resin coating undergoes rapid Alm formation, typically lasting 30 seconds and 30 minutes, wherein a higher temperature and/or acid catalyst shortens film formation time. An amino resin prepared from urea is generally undergoes film formation faster than an amino resin prepared from melamine.

WO 2005/026269 PCI7US2004/007263

However, an amino resin coating generally produces an alcohol (e.g., methanol, butanol) and formaldehyde during film formation as byproducts.

[0325] An amino resin for use in a coating may be classified by content of a liquid component (e.g., a solvent) as a high solids amino resin or a conventional ammo resin. The liquid component is generally used to reduce the viscosity of the resin for coating preparation. A high solids amino resin comprises 80% to ,100%, by weight, an amino resin, with the balance a liquid component. A high solids amino resin is are relatively less polar, less polymeric, lower in viscosity, or a combination thereof, !relative to a conventional amino resin. The lower viscosity allows the use of little or no liquid component. Additionally, a high solids ammo resin maybe water-soluble and/or water reducible. A conventional amino resin comprises less than 80% amino resin, by weight, with the balance a liquid component. Properties of a high solids or conventional amino resin selected for use in a coating such as the amount of amino resin and liquid component, the amount of unreacted formaldehyde in the resin preparation, the viscosity of the resin, the ability of the resin to accept additional liquid component as a solvent, can be empirically determined by procedures known to those of ordinary skill in the art (see, for example, “ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.03, Paint - Pigments, Drying Oils, Polymers, Resins, Naval Stores, Cellulosic Esters, and Ink Vehicles,” D4277-83, D1545-98, D1979-97, and DI 198-93,2002; and “ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.01, Paint -- Tests for Chemical, Physical, and Optical Properties; Appearance,” D2369-01el, 2002).

[0326] Tn embodiments wherein an amino resin coating comprise an amino resin prepared from urea, the coating may be used as wood coating (e.g., furniture coating), an industrial coating (e.g., an appliance coating), an automotive primer, a clear coating, or a combination thereof. However, an amino resin film, wherein the resin was prepared from urea, generally produces a film with poor resistance to moisture, and is preferred as an internal mating and/or as part of a multicoat system. In certain embodiments, an amino resin prepared from melamine, generally produces films with good resistance to moisture, temperature, UV irradiation, or a combination thereof. A melamine-based amino coating may be applied to a metal surface. In specific aspects, such a melamine amino resin coating may be an automotive coating, a coil coating, a metal container coating, or a combination thereof. In embodiments wherein an amino resin coating comprise an amino resin prepared from benzoguanamine, the film produced generally possesses poor weathering resistance, good corrosion resistance, water resistance, detergent resistance, flexibility, hardness, or a combination thereof. A benzoguanarnine amino resin may be used as an industrial coating, particularly for indoor applications (e.g., an appliance coating). In embodiments wherein an amino resin coating׳ comprise an amino resin prepared from, glycoluril, a higher baking temperature and/or acid

WO 2005/026269 PCI7US2004/007263 catalyst may be used during film formation, but less byproducts may be released. A glycolunibased ammo-coating typically produces a film with excellent corrosion resistance, humidity resistance, or a combination thereof. A glycltaril-based ammo-coating may be selected as a metal coating.

[0327] In alternative embodiments, an amino resin temporary coating (e.g, a non film forming coating) may be produced, for example, by selection of an ammo resin that that comprises fewer or no crosslinkable moieties, selection of an addition binder that comprises fewer or no crosslinkable moieties, reducing the concentration of the amino resin and/or additional binder, selection of a binder ratio that is less suitable for crosslinking reactions, using a bake cured amino resin coating at temperatures less than is needed for curing (e.g., ambient conditions) or a combination thereof.

f. Urethane Binders

[0328] A urethane binder (“polyurethane binder,” ”urethane,” “polyurethane”) is a binder comprising prepared from compounds that comprise an isocyanate moiety. The urethane binder’s urethane moiety can form intermolecular hydrogen bonds between urethane binder polymers, and these non-covalent bonds confer useful properties in a coating or film comprising an urethane binder. The hydrogen bonds can be broken by mechanical stress, but will reform, thereby conferring a property of abrasion resistance. Additionally, a urethane binder can form some hydrogen bonds with water, conferring a plasticizing property to the coating. In certain embodiments, a urethane binder comprises an isocyanate moiety. The isocyanate moiety is highly reactive (e.g., crosslinkable) with a moiety comprising a chemically reactive hydrogen. Examples of a chemically reactive hydrogen moiety include a hydroxyl moiety, an amine moiety, or a combination thereof. Examples of an additional binder include a polyol, an amine, an epoxide, silicone, vinyl, phenolic, or a combination thereof. In certain embodiments, a urethane coating is a thermosetting coating. In specific aspects, a urethane coating comprises a catalyst (e.g., dibutyltin dilaurate, stannous octoate, zinc octoate). Tn specific facets, the coating comprises 10 to 100 parts per million catalyst, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof. In some embodiments, such a coating will undergo film formation at ambient conditions or slightly greater temperatures. A binder comprising an isocyanate moiety is often selected to produce a coating with durability in an external environment. A urethane coating typically possesses good flexibility, toughness, abrasion resistance, chemical resistance, water resistance, or a combination thereof. An aliphatic urethane coating may be selected for the additional property of good lightfastness. [0329] In general embodiments, a urethane binder may be selected based on the־, materials used in its preparation, which typically affect the urethane binder’s properties. An example of a urethane binder includes an aromatic isocyanate urethane binder, an aliphatic isocyanate urethane binder, or a combination thereof. Aliphatic isocyanate urethane binders are often selected for embodiments wherein a superior exterior durability, color stability, good lightfastness, or a combination thereof relative to an aromatic isocyanate binder is desired. Examples of an aliphatic isocyanate urethane!binder includes a hydrogenated bis(4isocyanatophenyl)methane (“4,4’dicyclohexylmethane diisocyanate,” “HMDI”), HDI, a combination of 2,2,4-trimethyl hexamethylene diisocyanate and 2,4,4-trimethyl hexamethylene diisocyanate (“TMHDI”), 1,4-cyclohexane diisocyanate (“CHDI”), isophorone diisocyanate (“3-isocyanatomethyl-3,5,5-trimethylcyclohexyl isocyanate,” “IPDI”), or a combination thereof. In certain aspects, a HDI derived binder is prepared from excess HDI reacted with water, known as ‘HDI biuret.” hi certain aspects, a HDI derived binder may be prepared from a 1,6-hexamethylene diisocyanate isocyanurate, wherein such a HDI derived binder produces a coating with generally superior heat resistance and/or exterior durability is desired relative to other HDI derived binders. As would be known to one of ordinary skill in the art, standards for physical properties, chemical properties, and/or procedures for testing the purity/properties of urethane precursor components (e.g., toluene) and urethane resins (e.g., isocyanate moieties) for use in a coating are described, for example in “ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.04, Paint -- Solvents; Aromatic Hydrocarbons,” D5606-01,2002; and “ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.03, Paint — Pigments, Drying Oils, Polymers, Resins, Naval Stores, Cellulosic Esters, and Ink Vehicles,” D3432-89 andD2572-97,2002.

[0330] In certain embodiments, a urethane coating comprises a urethane binder capable of a self-crosslinking reaction. An example is a moisture-cure urethane, which comprises an isocyanate moiety. Contact between an isocyanate moiety and a water molecule produces an amine moiety capable of bonding with an isocyanate moiety of another urethane binder molecule in a linear polymerization reaction. In certain aspects, a moisture cure urethane coating is baked at 100°C to 140°C, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof, to promote crosslinking reactions between the linear polymers. In certain embodiments, a moisture-cure urethane coating is a solvent-borne coating. In specific aspects, a moisture-cure urethane coating comprises a dehydrator. In general aspects, moisture-cure urethane coating typically is a one-pack coating, prepared for storage of the coating in anhydrous conditions.

[0331] In certain embodiments, an urethane coating comprises a blocked isocyanate urethane binder, wherein the isocyanate moiety has been chemically modified by a hydrogen donor to be inert until contacted with a baking temperature. Such a blocked isocyanate urethane coating typically is a one-pack coating, as it is designed for stability at ambient conditions. Additionally, a blocked isocyanate urethane coating may be a powder coating. [0332] Tn certain embodiments, a urethane coating comprises an additional binder. In certain embodiments, a urethane may be combined with a binder such as an amine, an epoxide, silicone, vinyl, phenolic, a polyol, or a combination thereof, wherein the binder comprises a reactive hydrogen moiety. Tn specific embodiments, selection of a second binder to crosslink with the urethane binder affects coating and/or film properties. In certain aspects, a coating comprising a urethane and an epoxide, vinyl, phenolic, or a combination thereof produces a film with good chemical resistance. In other aspects, a coating comprising a urethane and a silicone produces a coating with good thermal resistance. In some aspects, a coating comprises a urethane and apolyol. A primary hydroxyl!moiety, secondary hydroxyl moiety, and tertiary hydroxyl moiety of a polyol are respectively the fastest, moderate, and slowest to react with a urethane. Steric hindrance from a neighboring moiety may slow the reaction with a hydroxyl moiety. In an additional example, use of a polyol may increase flexibility of a urethane coating. Often, a selected polyol has a molecular weight from 200 Da to 3000 Da, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof. Generally, a lower molecular weight polyol increases the hardness property, lowers the flexibility property, or a combination thereof, of a urethane polyol film. Examples of a polyol include a glycol, a triol (e.g., 1,4-butane-diol, diethylene glycol, trimethylolpropane), a tetraol, a polyester polyol, a polyether polyol, an acrylic polyol, a polylactone polyol, or a combination thereof. Examples of a polyether polyol include a poly (propylene oxide) homopolymer polyol, a poly (propylene oxide) and ethylene oxide copolymer polyol, or a combination thereof.

[0333] Tn certain embodiments, a urethane binder comprises a thermoplastic urethane hind pt, Typically, a thermoplastic urethane binder is from 40 kDa to 100 kDa, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof. In particular aspects, a thermoplastic urethane binder comprises little or no isocyanate moieties. In general aspects, a thermoplastic urethane coating is a solvent borne coating. In specific facets, a thermoplastic urethane coating is a lacquer, a high gloss coating, or a combination thereof.

[0334] Tn certain embodiments, a urethane binder is an urethane acrylate (“acrylated urethane”) binder. An urethane acrylate binder generally comprises an acrylate moiety at an end of the polymeric binder. The acrylate moiety is typically part of an acrylate monomer, wherein the monomer comprises a hydroxyl moiety (e.g., a 2-hydroxy-ethyl acrylate). An urethane acrylate coating generally comprises another binder for crosslinking reactions. Examples of a suitable binder include a triacrylate (e.g.,. teimethylolpropane). A urethane acrylate coating generally also comprises a viscosifier, wherein the viscosifier reduces viscosity. Examples of such a viscosifer include an acrylate monomer, aN-vinyl pyrrolidone, or a combination thereof. A urethane acrylate coating is cured by irradiation. Examples of irradiation include UV light, electron beam, or a combination thereof. Tn embodiments wherein UV light is a curing agent, a urethane acrylate coating typically comprises a photoinitiator. Examples of a suitable initiator include 2,2,-diethoxyacetophenone, a combination of benzophenone and an amine synergist, or a combination thereof. Tn specific facets, an urethane acrylate coating is applied to a plastic surface. Tn other facets, an urethane acrylate coating floor coating, an electronic circuit board coating, or a combination thereof. [0335] In alternative embodiments, a urethane temporary coating (e.g, a non-film forming coating) may be produced, for example, by selection of a urethane resin that that comprises fewer or no crosslinkable moieties, selection of an addition binder that comprises fewer or no crosslinkable moieties, reducing the concentration of the a urethane resin and/or additional binder, using a bake cured a urethane resin coating at temperatures less than is needed for curing (e.g., ambient conditions), selection of size range for a thermoplastic urethane resin coating that is less suitable for film formation (e.g., 1 kDa to 40 kDa), or a combination thereof.

(1) Water-Borne Urethanes

[0336] The previous discussion of urethane coatings focused on solvent-borne urethane coating. A water-borne urethane coating typically is comprises a water-dispersible urethane binder such as a cationic modified urethane binder and/or anionic modified urethane binder. A cationic modified urethane binder is a urethane binder chemically modified by an diol comprising an amine, such as, for example, diethanolamine, methyl diethanolamine, Ν,Νbis(hydroxyethyl)-a-aminopyridine, lysine, N-hydroxyethylpiperidine, or a combination thereof. An anionic modified urethane binder is a urethane binder chemically modified by an diol comprising a carboxylic acid such as dimethylolpropionic acid (2,2-bis(hydroxymethyl) propionic acid), dihydroxybenzoic acid, and/or a sulfonic acid (e.g., 2-hydroxymethyl-3hydroxy-propanesulfonic acid), or a combination thereof.

(2) Urethane Powder Coatings

[0337] A urethane powder coating refers to a polyester and/or acrylic coating, wherein the binder has been modified to comprise a urethane moiety. Such a coating is typically a thermosetting, bake cured coating, an industrial coating (e.g., an appliance coating), or a combination thereof.

g. Phenolic Resins

[0338] A phenolic resin (“phenolic binder,” “phenolic”) is reaction product of a phenolic compound and an aldehyde. A preferred aldehyde is formaldehyde, and“such a phenolic resin is known as a “phenolic formaldehyde resin” (“PF resin”). The properties of a phenolic resin are affected by the phenolic compound and reaction conditions used during synthesis. A resole resin (“resole phenolic”) is prepared by a reaction of a molar excess of a phenolic compound with formaldehyde under alkaline conditions. A novolac resin (“novolac phenolic”) is prepared by a reaction of a molar excess of formaldehyde with a phenolic compound under acidic conditions. Examples of phenolic compounds used in preparing a phenolic resin include phenol; orthocresol (“o-cresol”); metacresol, paracresol (“p-cresol”); a xylenol (e.g., 4-xylenol); bisphenol-A [“2,2-bis (4-hydroxylphenyl) propane”; “diphenylol propane”); /?-phenylphenol; p-tert-butylphenol; p-iert-amylphenol; p-tert-octyl phenol; pnonylphenol; or a combination thereof. As would be known to one of ordinary skill in the art, standards for physical properties, chemical properties, and/or procedures for testing the purity/properties of various compounds used in phenolic resins (e.g., bisphenol A, a phenol, a cresol, formaldehyde) for use in a coating are described, for example in “ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.04, Paint - Solvents; Aromatic Hydrocarbons,” D6143-97, D3852-99, D4789-94, D2194-02, D2087-97, D2378-02, D2379-99, D2380-99, D1631-99, D6142-97, D4493-94, D4297-99, and D4961-99,2002. As would be known to one of ordinary skill in the art, standards for physical properties, chemical properties, and/or procedures for testing the purity/properties of phenolic resins for use in a coating are described, for example in “ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.03, Paint - Pigments, Drying Oils, Polymers, Resins, Naval Stores, Cellulosic Esters, and Ink Vehicles,” D1312-93, D4639-86, D4706-93, D4613-86 and D4640-86,2002.

[0339] In alternative embodiments, a phenolic resin temporary coating (e.g, a non-film forming coating) may be produced, for example, by selection of a phenolic resin that that comprises fewer or no crosslinkable moieties, selection of an addition binder that comprises fewer or no crosslinkable moieties, reducing the concentration of the a phenolic resin and/or additional binder, using a bake cured a phenolic resin coating at temperatures less than is needed for curing (e.g., ambient conditions), or a combination thereof.

(1) Resole

[0340] A resole resin is the more commonly used PF resin. A solvent-borne phenolic formaldehyde coating typically comprises an alcohol, an ester, a glycol ether, a ketone, or a combination thereof, as a PF solvent. However, a phenolic resin prepared from phenolic compound comprising an alkyd moiety, such as, for example, p-tert-butylphenol p-tertamylphenol p״/ert־octyl phenol, or a combination thereof, typically has solubility in an aromatic compound and/or able to tolerate an aliphatic diluent. Often, a phenolic-resin coating comprises an additional binder such as an alkyd resin, an amino resin, a blown oil, an epoxy resin, a polyamide, a polyvinyl resin [e.g., poly(vinyl butyral)], or a combination thereof. An example of a phenolic-resin coating includes a varnish, an industrial coating, or a combination thereof. A phenolic resin-coating may be selected for embodiments wherein a film possessing solvent resistance, corrosion resistant, of a combination thereof, is desired. Examples of surfaces wherein such properties are often desirable include a surface of a metallic container (e.g., a can, a pipeline, a drum, a tank), a coil coating, or a combination thereof. In specific aspects, a phenolic coating produces a film 0.2 to 1.0 mil thick, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof. In specific aspects, coating comprising a phenolic-binder and additional binder undergoes thermosetting cross-linking reactions between the binders during film formation. In certain embodiments, a phenolic-resin coating undergoes cure by baking, such as, for example, 135^QC to 204°C, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof. In specific aspects, a baking cure time is one minute to four hours, with shorter cure times at high temperatures. A phenolic-resin film generally possesses excellent hardness property (e.g., glass-like), excellent resistance to solvents, water, acids, salt, electricity, heat resistance, as well as thermal resistance up to 370°C for a period of minutes. [0341] However, a phenolic-resin film is poorly resistant to alkali unless made from a coating that also comprised an epoxy binder. In certain embodiments, a phenolic-epoxy coating comprises a binder ratio of 15:85 to 50:50 phenolic binderepoxy binder, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof. In certain aspects, a phenolic-epoxy coating possesses superior flexibility, toughness, or a combination thereof relative to a phenolic coating. In specific facets, a phenolic-epoxy coating is cured at 200°C for 10 to 12 minutes. [0342] In other aspects, a phenolic coating comprises a blown oil, an alkyd, or a combination thereof. In some aspects, such a coating comprises a phenolic resin prepared from p-iert-butylphenolp-ieri-amylphenol p-tert-octyl phenol, or a combination thereof. In specific aspects, such a coating is applied to electrical coil, electrical equipment, or a combination thereof.

(2) Novolak

[0343] In other aspects, wherein a film is desired, it novolak coating may be used. However, a novolak resin is generally a non-film forming resin. In is particularly preferred that the coating comprise an epoxy resin. It is also preferred that the coating comprise a basic catalyst. A film produced from such a novolak-epoxy coating typically possesses good resistance to chemicals, water, heat, or a combination thereof. In specific facets, a novolakepoxy coating may be a high solids coating, a powder coating, a pipeline coating, or a combination thereof.

WO 2005/026269 PCI7US2004/007263

[0344] A novolak resin prepared from phenolic compound comprising an alkyd moiety such as p-teri-butylphenol p-tert-amylphenol p-teri-octyl phenol, or a combination thereof, typically has solubility in an oil. Additionally, a PF resin may be modified by reaction with an oil to produce an oil modified PF resin, which is also oil soluble. An alkyd phenolformaldehyde resin, an oil modified phenol-formaldehyde resin, is generally a non-film forming resin. A coating capable of producing a film may be formulated by combining such a resin with a drying oil, an alkyd, or a combination thereof. In specific aspects, an alkyd phenol-formaldehyde resin, an oil modified phenol-formaldehyde resin undergoes crosslinking with an oil and/or an alkyd. Such a coating may further comprise a liquid component (e.g., a solvent), a drier, a UV absorber, an anti-skinning agent, or a combination thereof. In certain facets, such a coating undergoes film formation under ambient conditions or by baking. Tn particular aspects, such a coating comprises a varnish, a wood coating, or a combination thereof. In specific facets, such a coating comprises a pigment.

h. Epoxy Resins

[0345] An epoxy resin (“epoxy binder,” “epoxy”) is a compound comprising an epoxide (“oxirane”) moiety. An epoxide resin may be used in a thermosetting coating, thermoplastic coating, or a combination thereof. An epoxide coating typically is a solvent borne coating, though examples of a water-borne and powder epoxy coating are described herein. An epoxide coating generally possesses excellent properties of adhesion, corrosion resistance, chemical resistance, or a combination thereof. An epoxide coating may be selected for various surfaces, particularly a metal surface.

[0346] An epoxide resin (e.g., a bisphenol A epoxy resin) generally comprises one or two epoxide moieties per resin molecule. An epoxide resin may additionally comprise a monomer, oligomer, or polymer of repeating chemical units, each generally lacking an epoxide moiety, but comprising a hydroxy moiety. The number of monomer(s) present is expressed “n” value, wherein an average increase of one monomer per epoxide resin molecule increase the n value by one. The chemical and/or physical properties of an epoxide resin are affected by the n value. For example, as the מ value increases, the chemical reactions selected for film formation in a thermosetting coating may become more dominated by reactions with the increasing numbers of hydroxyl moieties, and less dominated by the epoxide moieties. Often, an epoxide resin is classified by an epoxide equivalent weight, which is the grams of resin required to provide 1 M epoxide moiety equivalent. In certain embodiments, the epoxide equivalent weight is 182 to 3050, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof. Additionally, an epoxide resin may be used in a thermoplastic coating, particularly wherein the n value is greater than 25. In certain embodiments, an epoxide resin may possess, an n value of to 250, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof. As would be known to one of ordinary skill in the art, standards for physical properties, chemical properties, and/or procedures for testing the purity/properties of epoxy resins (e.g., epoxy moiety content) for use in a coating are described, for example in “ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.03, Paint Pigments, Drying Oils, Polymers, Resins, Naval Stores, Cellulosic Esters, and Ink Vehicles,” D4142-89, D1652-97, D1726-90, D1847-93, and D4301-84,2002.

[0347] An epoxide moiety is chemically reactive with a variety of other moieties, such as, for example, an amine, a carboxyl, a hydroxyl or a phenol. An epoxide coating may comprise an additional binder capable of undergoing a cross-linldng reaction with the epoxide during film formation. Various such additional binders are known to those of ordinary skill in the art, and are often referred to as a “curing agent” or “hardener.” The selection of a curing agent and/or an epoxide can affect whether the coating undergoes film formation at ambient conditions or by baking.

[0348] In alternative embodiments, an epoxide resin temporary coating (e.g, a non-film forming coating) may be produced, for example, by selection of an epoxide resin that that comprises fewer or no crosslinkable moieties, selection of an addition binder that comprises fewer or no crosslinkable moieties, reducing the concentration of the an epoxide resin and/or additional binder, using a bake cured an epoxide resin at temperatures less than is needed for curing (e.g., ambient conditions), not irradiating the coating, or a combination thereof.

(1) Ambient Condition Curing Epoxies

[0349] In certain embodiments, a curing agent suitable for curing at ambient conditions comprises an amine moiety such as a polyamine adduct, which is an epoxy resin modified to comprise an amine moiety, a polyamide, a ketimine, an aliphatic amine, or a combination thereof. Examples of an aliphatic amine include ethylene diamine (“EDA”), diethylene tri amine (“DETA”), triethylene tetraamine (“TETA”), or a combination thereof. Selection of a polyamine adduct generally produces a film with excellent solvent resistance, corrosion resistance, acid resistance, flexibility, impact resistance, or a combination thereof. Selection of a polyamide generally produces a film with superior adhesion, particularly to a moist or poorly prepared surface, good solvent resistance, excellent corrosion resistance, good acid resistance, superior flexibility retention, superior impact resistance retention, or a combination thereof. A ketimine is a reaction product of a primary amine and a ketone, and produces a coating and/or film with similar properties as a polyamine or amine adduct. However, the pot life is longer with a ketimine, and moisture (e.g., atmospheric humidity) activates this cure agent. Examples of an epoxide selected for curing at ambient conditions includes a low mass epoxide resins with an n value from 0 to 2.0, includirig'all intermediate ranges, and combinations thereof. In certain embodiments, an epoxy resin may be selected with an epoxy equivalent weight of 182 to 1750, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof. In specific aspects, the greater the n value of an epoxide resin, the longer the pot life in a two-pack coating, the greater the coating leveling property, the lower the film solvent resistance, the lower the film chemical resistance, the greater the film flexibility, or a combination thereof. In certain aspects, an ambient curing epoxide coating is a two-pack coating, wherein the epoxide resin is in one container and the curing agent in a second container. In typical aspects, the pot life upon admixing the coating components is two hours to two days. An ambient cure epoxide may be selected for an industrial coating (e.g., industrial maintenance coating), a marine coating, an aircraft primer, a pipeline coating, a HIP AC, or a combination thereof.

(2) Bake Curing Epoxies

[0350] Tn other embodiments, a curing agent suitable for curing by baking includes an amino resin (e.g., a urea or melamine-based amino resin), a phenolic resin, or a combination thereof. Since baking is generally needed to promote film formation, an epoxy coating comprising such a curing agent typically is a one-pack coating. In certain embodiments, an epoxy resin may be selected with an epoxy equivalent weight of 1750 to 3050, including all intermediate ranges and combinations !hereof. An epoxy resin coating that comprises an amino resin cure agent typically is selected for a lower cure temperature. Such a coating may be selected as a can coating, a metal coating, an industrial coating (e.g., equipment, appliances), or a combination thereof. An epoxy coating comprises an phenolic resin cure agent typically possesses greater chemical resistance and/or solvent resistance, and is typically selected for a can coating, a pipeline coating, a wire coating, an industrial primer, or a combination thereof. Examples of an epoxide selected for curing by baking includes a higher mass epoxide resins with an n value from 9.0 to 12.0, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof. In certain embodiments, a heat-cured epoxy coating is a water-borne coating. Such a water-borne coating comprises a higher mass epoxide resin modified to comprise a terpolymer that comprises monomers of styrene, methacrylic, acrylate, or a combination thereof, and an amino resin, a phenolic resin, or a combination thereof. Such a water-borne coating is typically selected as a can coating.

(3) Electrodeposition Epoxies

[0351] Another example of a water-borne epoxide coating is an electrodeposition epoxy coating. In certain embodiments, an epoxy resin may be selected with an epoxy equivalent weight of 500 to 1500, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof. An anionic and/or cationic epoxy resin is electrically attracted to a surface for application. The surface remdved from the coating bath, and the coating is baked cured into a film upon the surface. Such a water-borne coating may be selected for an automotive primer, described elsewhere herein.

(4) Powder Coating Epoxies

[0352] An epoxy coating may be a powder coating, wherein the various nonvolatile coating components are admixed. Examples of typical admixed components include an epoxy resin, a curing agent, and a pigment, an additive, or a combination thereof. In certain embodiments, an epoxy resin may be selected with an epoxy equivalent weight of 550 to 750, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof. The mixture is then melted, cooled, and powderized. The powder coating is typically applied by attraction to an electrostatic charge of a surface. The thermosetting coating is cured by baking. An epoxy powder coating may be selected as a pipe coating, an electrical devise coating, an industrial coating (e.g., appliance coating, automotive coating, furniture coating), or a combination thereof.

(5) Cycloaliphatic Epoxies

[0353] A cycloaliphatic epoxy binder possesses a ring structure, rather than the linear structure for the epoxy embodiments described above. Examples of a cycloaliphatic epoxide is ERL-4221 (“3,4-epoxycyclohexylmethyl 3,4-epoxycyclohexane carboxylate”), which has an epoxy equivalent weight of 131 to 143, bis(3,4-epoxycyclohexylmethyl) adipate, which has an epoxy equivalent weight of 190 to 210,2-(3,4-epoxycyclohexyl-5,5-spiro-3,4epoxy)cyclohexane-m-dioxane, which has an epoxy equivalent weight of 133-154, 1-vinylepoxy-3,4-epoxycyclohexane, which has an epoxy equivalent weight of 70 to 74, or a combination thereof. Usually, a cycloaliphatic epoxy coating is combined with another binder, such as a polyol, a polyol modified to comprise a carboxyl moiety, or a combination thereof. An acid may be used to initiate crosslinking, particularly with a polyol. A cycloaliphatic epoxy polyol coating may comprise a triflic acid salt (e.g, diethylammonium triflate) to produce a one-pack coating with a pot life of up to eight months. In certain embodiments, a cycloaliphatic epoxy coating is a UV radiation cured coating, wherein the coating comprises a compound that converts to a strong acid upon UV irradiation (e.g., an onium salt). In certain aspects, a UV radiation cured cycloaliphatic epoxy coating is a one-pack coating. A UV radiation cured cycloaliphatic epoxy coating generally possesses excellent flame resistance, water resistance, or a combination thereof, and may be selected as a can coating or an electrical equipment coating. A compound comprising a carboxyl moiety (e.g, a carboxyl modified polyol) readily crosslinks with a cycloaliphatic epoxy binder. However, such a cycloaliphatic epoxy coating comprising such an additional binder generally has a short pot life (e.g., less than eight hours). In certain aspects, a cycloaliphatic epoxy carboxylic acid binder coating is a two-pack coating A cycloaliphatic epoxy carboxylic acid polyol coating generally possesses excellent adhesion, toughness, gloss, hardness, ,solvent resistance, or a combination thereof.

i. Polyhydroxyether Binders

[0354] A polyhydroxyether binder (“polyhydroxyether resin,” “phenoxy binder, “phenoxy”) chemically resembles a bisphenol A epoxy resin, though a polyhydroxyether binder lacks an epoxide moiety, and about 30 kDa in size. A polyhydroxyether coating is typically a thermoplastic coating. The polyhydroxyether binder comprises a hydroxyl moiety, and can be cross-linked with an additional binder such as an epoxide, a polyurethane comprising an isocyanate moiety, an amino resin, or a combination thereof. A thermosetting polyhydroxyether coating typically possesses excellent physical resistance properties, excellent chemical resistance, modest solvent resistance, or a combination thereof. In alternative embodiments, a polyhydroxyether binder temporary coating (e.g, a non-film forming coating) may be produced, for example, by selection of a polyhydroxyether binder that that comprises fewer or no crosslinkable moieties, selection of an addition binder that comprises fewer or no crosslinkable moieties, reducing the concentration of the a polyhydroxyether binder and/or additional binder, or a combination thereof.

j. Acrylic Resins

[0355] An acrylic resin (“acrylic polymer,” “acrylic binder,” “acrylic”) is a binder comprising a polymer of an acrylate ester monomer, a methacrylate ester monomer, or combination thereof. An acrylic-coating generally possesses a superior property of water resistance and/or exterior use durability than a polyester-coating. Other properties that an acrylic-coating typically possesses include color stability, chemical resistance, resistance to a UV light, or a combination thereof. An acrylic resin may further comprise an additional monomer to confer a desirable property to the resin, coating and/or film. For example, a styrene, a vinyltoluene, or a combination thereof, generally improve alkali resistance. Examples of such properties include the acrylic resin’s chemical reactivity (e.g., crosslinkability), acidity, alkalinity, hydrophobicity, hydrophilicity, glass transition temperature, or a combination thereof. However, a thermoplastic acrylic film generally possesses poor solvent (e.g., acetone, toluene) resistance. Like other thermoplastic films, a thermoplastic acrylic film is generally easy to repair by application of additional acrylic coating to an area of solvent damage. An acrylic-coating is often suitable for various surfaces (e.g., metal), and examples of such coatings include an aerosol lacquer, an automotive coating, an architectural coating, a clear coating, a coating for external environment, an industrial coating, or a combination thereof. An acrylic resin may be used to prepare a thermoplastic coating, a thermosetting . . coating, or a combination thereof. In certain aspects, an acrylic-coating is selected for use as a thermosetting coating, particularly in embodiments for use upon a metal surface. Acrylic resins generally are soluble in a solvent with a similar solubility parameter. Examples of solvents typically used to dissolve an acrylic resin include an aromatic hydrocarbon (e.g., toluene, a xylene); a ketone (e.g., methyl ethyl ketone), an ester, or a combination thereof.

[0356] The thermoplastic and/or thermosetting properties of an acrylic resin are related to the monomers that are comprised in the selected resin. Examples of an acrylate ester monomer include a butylacrylate, an ethylacrjjlate (‘ΈΑ”), ethylhexylacrylate (“EHA”), or a combination thereof. Examples of a methacrylate ester monomer include a butylmethacrylate (“BMA”), an ethylmethacrylate, a methylmethacrylate (“MMA”), or a combination thereof. Standards for physical properties, chemical properties, and/or procedures for empirically determining the purity/properties of various acrylic monomers (e.g, acrylate esters, 2־ ethylhexyl acrylate, π-butyl acrylate, ethyl acrylate, methacrylic acid, acrylic acid, methyl acrylate) are known to those of ordinary skill in the art (see, for example, “ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.04, Paint - Solvents; Aromatic Hydrocarbons,” D3362-93, D3125-97, D4415-91, D3541-91, D3547-91, D3548-99, D3845-96, D4416-89, and D4709-02,2002).

[0357] Tn alternative embodiments, ah acrylic resin temporary coating (e.g, a non-film forming coating) may be produced, for example, by selection of an acrylic resin that that comprises fewer or no crosslinkable moieties, selection of an addition binder that comprises fewer or no crosslinkable moieties, reducing the concentration of the an acrylic resin and/or additional binder, using a bake cured an acrylic resin coating at temperatures less than is needed for curing (e.g., ambient conditions), selection of size range for a thermoplastic acrylic resin coating that is less suitable for film formation (e.g., 1 kDa t075 kDa), selection of a thermoplastic acrylic resin with T_g that is lower than the temperature ranges herein and/or 20°C lower than the temperature range of use, or a combination thereof.

(1) Thermoplastic Acrylic Resins

[0358] A strait acrylic resin (“strait acrylic polymer,” “strait acrylic binder”) is a homopolymer or copolymer comprising an acrylate ester monomer and/or a methacrylate ester monomer. A strait acrylic resin may be used to formulate a thermoplastic coating, as crosslinking reactions are absent or limited without additional reactive moieties in the monomers. Generally, a thermoplastic film produced from an acrylic resin-coating will possess a lower elongation, an increased hardness, an increased tensile strength, greater UV resistance (e.g., chalk resistance), color retention, a greater Tg, or a combination thereof, with increasing methacrylate ester monomer content in the acrylic resin. However, the ester of a monomer ‘ ־ may comprise various alcohol moieties, and an alcohol moiety of larger size׳ generally reduces the Tg. Examples a T_g value for a homopolymer strait acrylic resins with the include -100°C, poly(octadecyl methacrylate); -72°C, poly(tetradecyl methacrylate); -65°C, poly(lauryl methacrylate); -60°C, poly(heptyl acrylate); -60°C, poly(«-decyl methacrylate); -55°C, poly(«butyl acrylate); -50°C, poly(2-ethoxyethyl acrylate); -50°C, poly(2-ethylbutyl acrylate); -50°C, poly(2-ethylhexyl acrylate); -45°C, poly(propyl acrylate); -43°C, poly(isobutyl acrylate); 38°C, poly(2-heptyl acrylate); -24°C, poly(ethyl acrylate); -20°Cj poly(«-octyl methacrylate); 20°C, poly(5ec-butyl acrylate); -20°C, poly(ethylthioethyl methacrylate); -10°C, poly(2ethylhexyl methacrylate); -5°C, poly(«-hexyl methacrylate); -3°C, poly(isopropyl acrylate); 6°C, poly(methyl acrylate); 11°C, poly(2־ethylbutyl methacrylate); 16°C, poly(cyclohexyl acrylate); 20°C, poly(«-butyl methacrylate); 35°C, poly(hexadecyl acrylate); 35°C, poly(«propyl methacrylate); 43°C, poly(t-butyl acrylate); 53°C, poly(isobutyl methacrylate); 54°C, poly(benzyl methacrylate); 60°C, poly(5ec-butyl methacrylate); 65°C, poly(ethyl methacrylate); 79°C, poly(3,3,5-trimethylcyclohexylmethacrylate); 81°C, poly(isopropyl methacrylate); 94°C, poly(isobomyl acrylate); 104°C, poly(cyclohexyl methacrylate); 105°C, poly(methyl methacrylate); 107°C, poly(i-butyl methacrylate); and 110°C, poly(phenyl methacrylate). Additionally, an estimated T_g of a copolymer comprising one or more monomers of an acrylate and/or methyacrylate monomer can be made by using the following equation: l/T_g=W!/T_g1 + W2/Tg2, wherein W! and W2 are the are the molecular weight ratios of the first and second monomer, respectively; and wherein T_g1 and Tg2 are glass transition temperatures of the first and second monomer, respectively (Fox, T. G., 1956). For many embodiments (e.g., solvent-bome coatings), it is contemplated that a T_g of 40°C to 60°C, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof, will be suitable.

[0359] The thermoplastic properties of an acrylic resin are also related to the molecular mass of the selected resin. Increasing the polymer size of an acrylic resin promotes physical polymer entanglement during film formation. Typically, a thermoplastic film produced from an acrylic-coating will possess a lower flexibility, an increased exterior durability, an increased hardness, an increased solvent resistance, an increased tensile strength, a greater T_g, or a combination thereof, with increasing polymer size of the acrylic resin. However, increasing polymer size of an acrylic resin generally increases viscosity of a solution comprising a dissolved acrylic resin, which may make application to a surface more difficult, such as cobwebbing of coating during spray application and the changes of film properties generally will reach a plateau at 100 kDa. In most embodiments, it is contemplated that an acrylic resin will range in mass from 75 kDa tolOO kDa, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof.

[0360] Examples of such a thermoplastic acrylic-coating include a lacquer. In specific facets, the lacquer possesses a good, high, or spectacular gloss. In specific aspects, such a thermoplastic acrylic-coating further comprises a pigment. In specific aspects, a wetting agent is less preferred in a coating comprising an acrylic resin and a pigment, due to the ease of dispersion of a pigment with an acrylic resin. In certain aspects, a thermoplastic acryliccoating may be selected to coat a metal surface, a plastic surface, or a combination thereof. However, in particular aspects, a thermoplastic acrylic coating is an automotive coating. Such an automotive coating may comprise an acrylic binder with a high temperature T_g to produce a film of sufficient durability (e.g., hardness) for external use and contact with heated surfaces. In certain aspects, a thermoplastic acrylic coating comprises a binder with a T_g to 90°C to 110°C, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof. In additional aspects, an automotive coating comprises a plasticizer, a metallic pigment, or a combination thereof. In specific aspects, a binder for an automotive coating comprises a methylmethacrylate ester monomer. In specific facets, an automotive coating comprises poly(methyl methacrylate).

(2) Water-Borne Thermoplastic Acrylic Coatings

[0361] The thermoplastic acrylic coatings described above are solvent-borne coatings. In other embodiments, a thermoplastic acrylic resin may be a waterborne coating. A waterbome acrylic (“acrylic latex”) typically is an emulsion, wherein the acrylic binder is dispersed in the liquid component. In general embodiments, an emulsifier (e.g., a surfactant) promotes dispersion. In certain embodiments, an acrylic latex coating comprises 0% to 20% coalescent per weight of binder. In most embodiments, tit is contemplated that a water-borne acrylic resin will range in mass from 100 kDa to1000 kDa, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof In certain embodiments, a water-borne acrylic coating comprises an associative thickener (“rheology modifier”), which may enhance flow, brushability, splatter resistance, film build, or a combination thereof. A water-borne acrylic may be selected as an architectural coating. An associative thickener forms a network with acrylic resin latex particles by hydrophobic interactions. Hydroxyethyl cellulose (“HEC”) changes the coating rheology by promoting flocculation, which tends to reduce gloss, flow, or a combination thereof. Selection of an acrylic resin with smaller size, greater hydrophobicity, or a combination thereof, and an associative thickener may produce higher gloss, better flow, lower roller splatter, or a combination thereof.

(i) Architectural Coatings

[0362] A flat interior coating typically comprises a vinyl acetate and a lesser amount of acrylate (e.g., butyl acrylate) monomers, which generally produces a film with suitable scrub resistance. A copolymer of acrylate and methacrylate may be selected for a semigloss or gloss coating. In certain embodiments, the acrylate resin has a T_g to 20°C to 50°C, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof.׳ In some aspects, such a coating generally possesses good block resistance good print resistance, or a combination thereof. An acrylic resin that comprises a monomer that comprises a ureide moiety may be selected for enhanced film adhesion (e.g., to a coated surface), blistering resistance, or a combination thereof. An acrylic resin that comprises a styrene monomer may be selected for enhanced film water resistance.

[0363] An exterior latex coating typically produces a film with greater flexibility than an interior latex due to temperature changes and/or dimensional movement of a substrate (e.g., wood). In certain embodiments, the acrylic resin has a T_g to 10°C to 35°C, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof. The selection of a T_g may be influences by the selection of the amount particulate material (e.g., pigment) in the coating to achieve a particular visual appearance. For example, a higher the pigment volume content (“PVC”) that is typically selected to reduce gloss. However, to retain properties such as flexibility, a binder with a lower a T_g may be selected for combination with the higher PVC. For example, flat exterior latex a coating generally possesses a pigment volume content of 40% to 60% and a T_gof 10°C to 15°C, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof, respectively. In another example, a semigloss or gloss exterior latex binder of a coating generally possesses a T_g of 20°C to 35°C, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof, respectively. In other embodiments, the exterior latex binder particle size is selected to be relatively small such as 90 nm to 110 nm, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof. In certain facets, a smaller latex particle size promotes adhesion of the coating and/or film, particularly to a surface that comprises a degraded (e.g., chalking) film. In certain other embodiments, a larger latex particle size may be selected to increase the coating and/or film’s build (e.g., thickness). In certain aspects, a larger latex particle size ranges from, for example 325 nm to 375 nm, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof.

(ii) Industrial Coatings

[0364] A water-borne thermoplastic acrylic latex industrial coating typically comprises a binder with a T_g of 30°C to 70°C, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof. Such a coating typically is applied to a metal surface, and thus often further comprises a surfactant, an additive, or a combination thereof to improve an anti-corrosion property. In specific aspects, the industrial coating comprises an anti-corrosion pigments, anti-corrosion pigment enhancers, or a combination thereof. In contrast, a water-borne acrylic latex industrial maintenance coating typically is similar to an exterior flat architectural coating in selection of

WO 2005/026269 PCI7US2004/007263 binders, though they preferably comprise anti-corrosion pigments, anti-corrosion pigment enhancers, and other anti-corrosion components for use on a metal surface.

(3) Thermosetting Acrylic Resins

[0365] Unless otherwise noted, the following thermosetting acrylic resins and/or coatings are preferably solvent-bome coatings. In certain embodiments an acrylic coating comprises a thermosetting acrylic resin. A thermosetting acrylic coating typically possesses superior hardness, superior toughness, superior temperature resistance, superior resistance to a solvent, superior resistance to a stain, superior resistance to a detergent, higher application of solids, relative to a thermoplastic acrylic coating. The average size of a thermosetting acrylic resin is typically less than a thermoplastic acrylic resin, which promotes a relatively lower viscosity and/or higher application of solids in a solution comprising a thermosetting acrylic resin. In certain embodiments, a thermosetting acrylic resin is from 10 kDa to 50 kDa, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof.

[0366] A thermosetting acrylic resin comprises a moiety capable of undergoing a crosslinking reaction. A monomer may comprise the moiety, and be incorporated into the polymer structure of an acrylic resin during resin synthesis (e.g., a styrene, a vinyltoluene), and/or the acrylic resin may be chemically modified after polymerization to comprise a chemical moiety. In additional embodiments, an acrylic resin may be selected to comprise chemical moieties, such as an amine, a carboxyl, an epoxy, a hydroxyl, an isocyanate, or a combination thereof, to confer a desirable property to the acrylic resin produced. Examples of such properties include the acrylic resin’s chemical reactivity (e.g., crosslinkability), acidity, alkalinity, hydrophobicity, hydrophilicity, glass transition temperature, or a combination thereof. In general embodiments, an acrylic resin comprising a carboxyl moiety, a hydroxyl moiety, or a combination thereof, promotes a crosslinking reaction with another binder. In other embodiments, an acrylic resin may be chemically modified to comprise a methylol and/or methylol ether group, which is a resin capable of self-crosslinking.

(i) Acrylic-Epoxy Combinations

[0367] In certain embodiments, a thermosetting acrylic resin may be combined ־with an epoxide resin. In general embodiments, an acrylic resin comprising a carboxyl moiety may be selected for cross-linking with an epoxy resin. In specific aspects, an acrylic resin comprises 5% to 20% including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof, of a monomer that comprises a carboxyl moiety, such as of an acrylic acid monomer, a methacrylic acid monomer, or a combination thereof. The carboxyl moiety may undergo a cross-linking reaction with an epoxide resin (e.g., a bisphenol A/epichlorohydrin epoxide resin) during film ׳ formation. In certain aspects, an epoxide resin cross-linked with an acrylic resin generally produces a film with good hardness, good alkali resistance, greater solvent resistance to a film, poorer UV resistance, or a combination thereof.

[0368] A thermosetting acrylic-epoxy coating may be selected for application to a metal surface. Examples of surfaces that an acrylic-epoxy coating is selected for use include an indoor surface, an indoor metal surface (e.g., an appliance), or a combination thereof. In certain aspects, an epoxide resin cross-linked with an acrylic resin generally produces a film with good hardness, good alkali resistance, greater solvent resistance to a film, poorer UV resistance, or a combination thereof. In some facets, an acrylic resin may be combined with an aliphatic epoxide resin to produce a film with relatively superior UV resistance than a bisphenol A/epichlorohydrin based epoxide resin. In another facet, an acrylic resin polymerized with an allyl glycidyl ether monomer, a glycidyl acrylate monomer, a glycidyl methacrylate monomer, or a combination thereof, may undergo a cross-linking reaction with an epoxide resin during film formation. In specific facets, a film produced from cross-linking an epoxide other than a bisphenol A/epichlorohydrin epoxide resin and an acrylic resin comprising an allyl glycidyl ether monomer, a glycidyl acrylate monomer, a glycidyl methacrylate monomer, or a combination thereof possesses a relatively superior UV resistance. [0369] Tn certain embodiments, an aOrylic epoxy coating comprises a catalyst to promote cross-linking during film formation. In specific aspects, the catalyst is a base such as a dodecyl trimethyl ammonium chloride, a tri(dimethylammomethyl) phenol, a melamineformaldehyde resin, or a combination thereof. In other embodiments, an acrylic epoxy coating is cured by hiking at 150°C to 190°C, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof. In particular aspects, film formation time of an acrylic epoxy coating is from 15 minutes to 30 minutes, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof. In certain embodiments, a thermosetting coating comprises an acrylic epoxide melamine-formaldehyde coating, wherein an acrylic resin, an epoxide resin and a melamine-formaldehyde resin undergo cross-linking during film formation.

(ii) Acrylic-Amino Combinations

[0370] In other embodiments, a thermosetting acrylic resin may be combined with an aminn resin. In general embodiments, an acrylic resin comprising an acid (e.g., carboxyl) moiety, a hydroxyl moiety, or a combination thereof, may be selected for cross-linking with an arninn resin. An acrylic amino coating, wherein the acrylic resin comprises an acid moiety, may be cured by baking at, for example 150°C for 30 minutes. However, an acid moiety acrylic aminn coating is typically undergoes a greater degree of reactions between amino resins, which reduces properties such as toughness, hi specific aspects, an acrylic, resin comprises a monomer that comprises a hydroxyl moiety such as a hydroxyethyl acrylate (“HRA”), a hydroxyethyl methacrylate (“HEMA”), or a combination thereof. An acrylic amino coating, wherein the acrylic resin comprises a hydroxyl moiety, typically comprises an acid catalyst to promote curing by baking at, for example 125°C for 30 minutes. An acrylic amino coating, wherein the amino resin was prepared from urea, generally produces a film with lower gloss, less chemical resistance, or a combination thereof, than an amino resin prepared from another nitrogen compound. Selection of a melamine and/or benzoguanamine based amino coating generally produces a film with excellent weathering resistance, excellent solvent resistance, good hardness, good mar resistance, or a combination thereof, and such an acrylic amino coating may be selected for an automotive topcoat.

(iii) Acrylic-Urethane Combinations

[0371] In other embodiments, a thermosetting acrylic resin may be combined with an urethane resin. In general embodiments, an acrylic resin comprising an acid moiety, a hydroxyl moiety, or a combination thereof; may be selected for crosslinking with an urethane resin. In specific embodiments, an acrylic resin comprises a hydroxyl moiety, such as, for example, a moiety provided by a HEA monomer, a HEMA monomer, or a combination thereof. Selection of an aliphatic isocyanate urethane (e.g., hexamethylene diisocyanate based) generally produces a film with superior color, weathering, or a combination thereof relative to other urethanes. An acrylic urethane coating may comprise a catalyst, such as, for example, triethylene diamine, zinc naphthenate, dibutyl tin-di-laurate, or a combination thereof. An acrylic urethane coating cures at ambient conditions. However, an acrylic urethane coating typically is a two-pack coating to separate the reactive binders until application. An acrylic urethane coating generally produces a film with good weathering, good hardness, good toughness, good chemical resistance, or a combination thereof. An acrylic urethane coating maybe selected an aircraft coating, an automotive coating, an industrial coating (e.g., an industrial maintenance coating), or a combination thereof.

(iv) Water-Borne Thermosetting Acrylics

[0372] In other embodiments, a thermosetting acrylic coating may be a waterborne coating (e.g., a latex coating). Typically, such a thermosetting acrylic coating comprises an acrylic resin with a hydroxyl moiety, an acid moiety, or a combination thereof. An acrylic resin may further comprise an additional monomer such as a styrene, a vinyltoluene, or a combination thereof. The acrylic resin typically is combined in a coating with an amino resin, an epoxy resin, or a combination thereof as previously described. A film produced from a water-borne thermosetting acrylic coating is similar in properties as a solvent-bome counterpart. Such a coating may be selected for surfaces such as masonry, wood, metal, or -a combination thereof.

K. jpoiyvinyi binders

[0373] A polyvinyl binder (“polyvinyl,” “vinyl binder,” “vinyl”) is a binder comprising a polymer of a vinyl chloride monomer, a vinyl acetate monomer, or combination thereof. A solvent-bome polyvinyl coating may comprise a ketone, ester, chlorinated hydrocarbon, nitroparaffin, or a combination thereof, as a solvent. A solvent-bome polyvinyl coating may comprise a hydrocarbon (e.g., aromatic, aliphatic) as a diluent. A polyvinyl binder is generally insoluble in an alcohol, however, in embodiments wherein a solvent-bome polyvinyl coating that comprises an additional alcohol soluble binder, alcohol may comprise 0% to 20% of the liquid component. In embodiments wherein solvent-bome polyvinyl coating is cured by baking, a glycol ether and/or glycol ester may be used in the liquid component to enhance a rheological property. In other embodiments, the liquid component of a polyvinyl coating may comprise a plasticizer (e.g., a phthalate, a phosphate, a glycol ester), wherein the plasticizer is 1 to 25 parts per hundred parts polyvinyl binder, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof, for a non-plastisol or non-organosol coating. A polyvinyl-coating may be used to prepare a thermoplastic coating, a thermosetting coating, or a combination thereof. Tn specific aspects, a thermoplastic polyvinyl binder coating possesses a T_g of 50°C to 85°C, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof. However, in some aspects, a polyvinyl-coating/film possesses moderate resistance to heat, UV irradiation, or a combination thereof. Tn specific aspects, a polyvinyl-coating comprises a light stabilizer, a pigment, or a combination thereof. In particular facets, the light stabilizer, the pigment (e.g., titanium dioxide), or the combination thereof, improves the polyvinyl-coating and/or film’s resistance to heat, UV irradiation, or a combination thereof.

[0374] Tn embodiments wherein a polyvinyl coating comprises a solvent-bome coating, it is contemplated that a polyvinyl resin will range in mass from 2 kDa to 45 kDa, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof. A typical solvent-bome polyvinyl coating comprises a polyvinyl resin, a liquid component wherein the liquid component comprises a solvent, and a plasticizer. A solvent-bome polyvinyl coating may additionally comprise a colorizing agent (e.g., a pigment), a light stabilizer, an additional binder, a cross-linker, or a combination thereof.

[0375] A polyvinyl binder typically possesses excellent adhesion for a plastic surface, an acrylic and/or acrylic coated surface, paper, or a combination thereof. A thermoplastic polyvinyl coating may be selected as a lacquer, a topcoat of a can coating (e.g., can interior surface), or a combination thereof. In some embodiments, an polyvinyl-coating may be selected to produce a film with such properties, for example, as excellent water resistance, excellent resistance to various solvents (e.g., an aliphatic hydrocarbon, an alcohol, an oil), excellent resistance to acid pH, excellent resistance to basic pH, inertness relative to food, or a combination thereof.

[0376J Tn many aspects, a polyvinyl resin is a copolymer that comprises a combination of a vinyl chloride monomer and vinyl acetate monomer. Often during resin synthesis (e.g., polymerization), a polyvinyl resin is prepared to further comprise monomers with specific chemical moieties to confer a property such as solubility in water, solubility in a solvent, compatibility with another coating component (e.g., a binder), or a combination thereof. In certain embodiments, a polyvinyl resin comprises a monomer comprising carboxyl moiety, a hydroxyl moiety (e.g., a hydroxyalkyl acrylate monomer), a monomer comprising an epoxy moiety, a monomer comprising a maleic acid, or a combination thereof. A carboxyl moiety may confer an increased adhesion property (e.g., excellent adhesion to metal). However, a polyvinyl resin comprising a carboxyl moiety is generally not compatible with a basic pigment. A thermosetting polyvinyl coating comprising a polyvinyl binder that comprises a carboxyl moiety and a polyvinyl binder that comprises an epoxy moiety generally possesses one or more excellent physical properties (e.g., flexibility), and may be selected as a coil coating. A hydroxyl moiety may confer cross-linkability, compatibility with another mating component, an increased adhesion property (e.g., good adhesion to aluminum), or a combination thereof. Additionally, after polymer synthesis, a polyvinyl resin can be chemically modified to comprise such a specific chemical moiety. In some embodiments, a polyvinyl resin is chemically modified to comprise a secondary hydroxyl moiety, an epoxy moiety, a carboxyl moiety, Or a combination thereof. A polyvinyl resin comprising a secondary hydroxyl moiety may be combined with another binder such as an alkyd, an urethane, an aminn-form aldehyde, or a combination thereof. A thermosetting polyvinyl amino-formaldehyde coating comprising a polyvinyl binder that comprises a hydroxyl moiety generally possesses good corrosion resistance, water resistance, solvent resistance, chemical resistance, and may be selected as a can coating, a coating for an interior wood surface, or a combination thereof. Standards for physical properties, chemical properties, and/or procedures for testing the purity/properties of various polyvinyl monomers (e.g., vinyl acetate) and polyvinyl resins (e.g., polymer components, polymer mass, shear viscosity for a higher mass resin, chlorine content) are described, for example, in “ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.04, Paint -- Solvents; Aromatic Hydrocarbons,” D2190-97, D2086-02, D2191-97, and D2193-97,2002; “ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.03, Paint - Pigments, Drying Oils, Polymers, Resins, Naval Stores, Cellulosic Esters, and Ink Vehicles,” D4368-89, D3680-89, and D1396-92, 2002; and in “ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.01, Paint -- Tests for . Chemical, Physical, and Optical Properties; Appearance,” D2621-87,2002.

[0377] In alternative embodiments, a polyvinyl resin temporary coating (e.g, a non-film forming coating) may be produced, for example, by selection of a polyvinyl resin that that comprises fewer or no crosslinkable moieties, selection of an addition binder that comprises fewer or no crosslinkable moieties, reducing the concentration of the a polyvinyl resin and/or additional binder, using a bake cured a polyvinyl resin coating at temperatures less than is needed for curing (e.g., ambient conditions), selection of size range for a plastisol or organisol i polyvinyl resin coating that is less suitable for film formation (e.g., 1 kDa to 60 kDa), selection of a polyvinyl resin with T_g that is lower than the temperature ranges herein and/or 20°C lower than the temperature range of use, or a combination thereof.

(1) Plastisols and Organisols

[0378] A polyvinyl resin of 60 kDa to 110 kDa, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof, may be selected for use as an organosol or a plastisol. A plastisol is coating comprising a vinyl homopolymer binder and a liquid component, wherein the liquid component comprises a plasticizer comprising a minimum of 55 parts or more of plasticizer per hundred parts of homopolymer binder injthe coating. In certain embodiments, a plastisol comprises, by weight, 0% to 10% including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof, of a thinner (e.g., an aliphatic hydrocarbon). A plastisol coating typically comprises an additional vinyl binder. A plastisol may comprise a pigment, however, a low oil absorption pigment is preferred to avoid undesirable increase in coating viscosity given the liquid component used for a plastisol.

[0379] An organosol is similar to a plastisol, except the less than 55 parts of plasticizer per hundred parts of homopolymer binder is used in the coating. In typical embodiments, the liquid component of comprises a weak solvent that may act as a dispersant and a thinner (e.g״ a hydrocarbon). In typical aspects, the reduced content of plasticizer produced a film with a superior hardness property relative to a plastisol. In additional embodiments, the nonvolatile component of an organisol is 50% to 55%, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof. An organosol coating typically comprises a second binder. In specific aspects, the second binder is a vinyl copolymer, an acrylic, or a combination thereof. In certain aspects, the second binder comprises a carboxyl moiety, a hydroxyl moiety, or a combination thereof. In further aspects, an organisol may comprise a third binder. In specific facets, the third binder comprises an amino resin, a phenolic resin prepared from formaldehyde, or a combination thereof. In additional facets, a second binder that comprises a hydroxyl moiety may undergo a thermosetting cross-linking reaction with a third binder. An organisol may comprise a pigment suitable for general polyvinyl coatings.

[0380] A plastisol or organisol typically is cured by baking. In general embodiments, baking is at a temperature of 175°C to 180°C, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof. In general embodiments, a plastisol or organisol comprises a heat stabilizer. The heat stabilizer may protect a vinyl binder during baking. Examplesofa suitable heat stabilizer include a combination of a metal salt of an organic acid and an epoxidized oil or a liquid epoxide binder. However, in an embodiment wherein the plastisol or organisol comprises a binder that comprises an carboxyl moiety, a metal salt is less preferred due to possible gellation of the coating, and may be substituted with a merapto tin and/or tin ester compound.

[0381] In embodiments wherein a plastisol or organisol comprise a binder with good adhesion properties for a surface such as a binder comprising carboxy moiety, the plastisol or organisol may be used as a single layer coating. For example, such an organisol may be selected to coat the end of a can. However, a plastisol or organisol typically is part of a multicoat system that comprises a primer to promote adhesion. In specific aspects, the primer comprises a vinyl resin comprising a carboxy moiety. In specific facets, the primer further comprises a thermosetting binder such as an amino-formaldehyde, phenolic, or a combination thereof, to enhance solvent resistance. In certain facets, it is preferred that a primer or other coat layer of a multicoat system possesses good solvent resistance to the plasticizers of the organosol and/or plastisol coat layer.

(2) Powder Coatings

[0382] A polyvinyl binder may be selected as a powder coating. Typically, coating components such as a polyvinyl binder and a plasticizer, colorizing agent, additive, or a combination thereof, admixed to prepare a powder coating. Such a powder coating is usually applied by a fluidized bed applicator, a spray applicator, or a combination thereof, hi some aspects, the coating components are melted then ground into a powder. Such a powder coating is usually applied by an electrostatic spray applicator. The coating is cured by baking. A polyvinyl powder coating may be selected to coat a metal surface.

(3) Water-Borne Coatings

[0383] The previous discussions of polyvinyl coatings focused upon solvent-bome and powder coatings. A polyvinyl binder with a T_g of 75°C to 85°C, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof, may be selected for use in a dispersion waterborne coating. The liquid component may comprise a cosolvent such as a glycol ether, a plasticizer, or a combination thereof. Examples of a cosolvent include ethylene glycol monobutyl ether. The dispersion water-borne polyvinyl coating may be used as described for a solvent-bome polyvinyl coating. In another example, an organisol may be prepared with a plasticizer as a latex coating. Such a latex is suitable for selection as a primer coating. The latex coating is cured by baking.

I. Rubber Resins ן

[0384] In certain embodiments, a coating may comprise a rubber resin as a binder. A rubber may be either obtained from a biological source (“natural rubber”), synthesized from petroleum (“synthetic rubber”), or a combination thereof. Examples of synthetic rubber include polymers of styrene monomers, butadiene monomers, or a combination thereof. In alternative embodiments, a rubber temporary coating (e.g, a non-film forming coating) may be produced, for example, by selection of rubber resin that that comprises fewer or no crosslihkable moieties, selection of an addition binder that comprises fewer or no crosslinkable moieties, reducing the concentration of the a rubber resin and/or additional binder, or a combination thereof.

(1) Chlorinated Rubber Resins

[0385] In general embodiments, a rubber resin comprises a chlorinated rubber resin, wherein a rubber isolated from a biological source has been chemically modified by reaction with chlorine to produce a resin comprising 65% to 68% chlorine by weight, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof. A chlorinated rubber resins generally are in a molecular weight range of 3.5 kDa to 20 kDa, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof. A chlorinated rubber coating may comprise another binder, such as, for example, an acrylic resin, an alkyd resin, a bituminous resin, or a combination thereof. In specific aspects, a chlorinated rubber resin comprises 10% to 50%, by weight, inc-hiding all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof, of the binder when in combination with an acrylic resin, an alkyd resin, or a combination thereof. In general embodiments, a chlorinated rubber coating is a solvent-borne coating. In certain aspects, a chlorinated rubber coating comprises a liquid component, such as, for example, a solvent, a diluent, a thinner, a plasticizer, or a combination thereof. A chlorinated rubber coating may be a thermoplastic coating. To reduce the T_g of a film produced from a chlorinated rubber resin, the liquid component generally comprises a plasticizer. In certain aspects, a chlorinated rubber coating comprises 30% to 40%, by weight, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof, of plasticizer, hi certain facets, a plasticizer is selected for water resistance (e.g., hydrolysis resistance) such as a bisphenoxyethylformal. In certain facets, a chlorinated rubber coating comprises light stabilizer, an epoxy resin, an epoxy plasticizer (e.g., epoxidized soybean oil), or combination thereof, to chemically stabilize a chlorinated resin, coating and/or film. In other embodiments, a chlorinated rubber coating comprises a pigment, an extender, or a combination thereof. In particular aspects, the pigment is a corrosion resistant pigment. A chlorinated rubber film are generally has good chemical resistance (e.g., acid resistance, alkali resistance), water resistance, or a combination thereof. Coatings comprising chlorinated rubber resins may be used, for example, on surfaces that contact gaseous, liquid and/or solid external environments. Examples of such uses include a coating for an architectural coating (e.g., a masonry coating), a traffic marker coating, a marine coating (e.g., a marine vehicle, a swimming pool), a metal primer, a metal topcoat, or a combination thereof.

(2) Synthetic Rubber Resins

[0386] Examples of synthetic rubber include polymers comprising a styrene monomer, a methylstyrene (e.g., a-methylstyrene) monomer, or a combination thereof. A polystyrene and/or polymethylstyrene coating may be a solvent-bome coating. Examples of a solvent include an aliphatic hydrocarbon, an aromatic hydrocarbon, a ketone, an ester, or a combination thereof. A polystyrene and/or polymethylstyrene coating may possess good water resistance, good chemical resistance, or a combination thereof. A polystyrene and/or polymethylstyrene coating may be selected as a primer, a lacquer, a masonry coating, or a combination thereof. A polystyrene homopolymer has a T_g of 100°C, and in certain embodiments, a polystyrene coating is bake cured. Standards for physical properties, chemical properties, and/or procedures for testing the purity/properties of a styrene monomer, a methylstyrene monomer, (e.g., a-methylstyrene), a resin comprising a styrene and/or methylstyrene monomer, are described, for example, in “ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.04, Paint - Solvents; Aromatic Hydrocarbons,” D2827-00, D6367-99, D6144-97, D459000, D2119-96, D2121-00, and D2340-96,2002.

[0387] Similar to the variability of T_g previously described for a thermoplastic acrylic resin, a styrene copolymer with a lower a T_g than polystyrene or other altered properties can be produced from polymerization with other monomers such as a butadiene monomer, an acrylic monomer, a maleate ester, an acrylonitrile, an allyl alcohol, a vinyltoluene, or a combination thereof. For example, a butadiene monomer decreases lightfastness, but confers selfcrosslinkability to the resin. In another example, an acrylic resin increases the resin’s solubility in an alcohol. In a further example, an allyl alcohol monomer confers crosslinkability in combination with a polyol. In certain embodiments, a styrene-butadiene copolymer resin maybe selected. In certain aspects, a styrene-butadiene resin comprises a carboxyl moiety to improve an adhesion property, dispersibility in a liquid component, or a combination thereof. In particular facets, a styrene-butadiene coating comprises an emulsifier to increase dispersion in a liquid component, a light stabilizer, or a combination thereof. A styrene-butadiene coating may be a thermosetting coating, due to oxidative crosslinking of a butadiene double bond moiety. However, styrene-butadiene film may have poor chalking resistance, poor color stability, poor UV resistance, or a combination thereof. A styrenebutadiene coating may be selected as a corrosion resistant primer, a wood primer, or a combination thereof. A styrene-vinnyltoluene-acrylate copolymer coating may be selected for an exterior coating, a traffic marker paint, a metal coating (e.g., a metal lacquer), a masonry coating, or a combination thereof.

m. Bituminous Binders

[0388] A bituminous binder (“bituminous”) is a binder comprising a hydrocarbon soluble in carbon disulfide, is black or dark colored, and is obtained from a bitumen deposit and/or as a product of petroleum processing. A bituminous binder typically is used in asphalt, tar, and other construction materials. However, in certain embodiments, a bituminous binder may be used in a coating of the present invention, particularly in embodiments wherein good resistance to a chemical such as a petroleum based solvent, an oil, water, or a combination thereof is desired. Examples of a bituminous binder include a coal tar, a petroleum asphalt, a pitch, an asphaltite, or a combination thereof. In certain embodiments, a coal tar and/or pitch is combined with an epoxy resin to form a thermosetting coating. Such as coating may be selected as a pipeline coating. In other embodiments, an asphaltite and/or petroleum asphalt may be selected for use as an automotive coating (e.g., an underbody part coating). An asphaltite and/or petroleum asphalt coating may further comprise an additional binder such as an epoxy. In certain aspects, an asphaltite and/or petroleum asphalt coating is a solvent-bome coating. In specific aspects, an asphaltite and/or petroleum asphalt coating comprises a plasticizer. In further aspects, an asphaltite and/or petroleum asphalt coating comprises a wax to increase abrasion resistance.

[0389] In further embodiments, bituminous coating may be selected as a roof coating. Typically, a bituminous roof coating comprises an extender, a thixotrope, or a combination thereof. Examples of a thixotrope additive include asbestos, a silicon extender, a celluosic, a glass fiber, or a combination thereof. In some aspects, a bituminous roof coating comprises a solvent-bome coating or a water-borne coating. Examples of solvents that may be selected include a mineral spirit, an aliphatic hydrocarbon (e.g., a naphtha, a mineral spirit), an aromatic solvent (e.g., xylene, toluene) or a combination thereof. A bituminous roof coating may be selected as a primer, a topcoat, or a combination thereof. A bituminous roof topcoat typically further comprises a metallic pigment.

[0390] In certain aspects, a solvent-bome or water-borne bituminous coating is an emulsion comprising water and a bituminous binder. In specific facets, the emulsion further comprises a solvent, an extender (e.g., a silica), an emusifier (e.g., a surfactant), or a combination thereof. The extender typically functions to stabilize the emulsion. Ίη particular

WO 2005/026269 PCI7US2004/007263 facets, the emulsion bituminous coating is a roof coating, a road coating, a sealer, a primer, a topcoat, or a combination thereof. In facets wherein an emulsion bituminous coating is selected as a sealer, an additional binder may be added to increase solvent resistance.

[0391] In alternative embodiments, a bituminous temporary coating (e.g, a non-film forming coating) may be produced, for example, by selection of an addition binder that comprises fewer or no crosslinkable moieties, reducing the concentration of the a bituminous resin and/or additional binder, or a combination thereof.

n. Polysulfide Binders

[0392] A polysulfide binder is a polymer produced from a reaction of sodium polysufide, bis(2-chlorethyl)formal and 1,2,3-trichloropropane. Typically, a polysulfide binder is 1 kDa to 8 kDa, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof. A polysulfide binder comprises a thiol (“mercaptan”) moiety capable of crosslinking with an additional binder. A polysulfide may undergo crosslinking by an oxidative reaction with an additional binder comprising a peroxide (e.g., dicumen hydroperoxide), a manganese dioxide, pquinonedioxime, or a combination thereof. A polysulfide binder may be crosslinked with a glycidyl epoxide, though a tertiary amine is preferably part of the coating to promote this reaction. A polysulfide may undergo crosslinking with a binder comprising an isocyanate moiety, though it is preferred that the binder comprises a plurality of isocyanates. A polysulfide film typically possesses excellent UV resistance, good general weatherability properties, good chemical resistance, or a combination thereof.

[0393] In alternative embodiments, a polysulfide temporary coating (e.g, a non-film forming coating) may be produced, for example, by selection of an addition binder that comprises fewer or no crosslinkable moieties, reducing the concentration of the a bituminous resin and/or additional binder, or a combination thereof.

0. Silicone Binders

[0394] The previous described binders are molecules based on carbon, and are considered herein as “organic binders.” A silicone binder (“silicone”) is a binder molecule based on silicone. Examples of a silicone binder include a polydimethyllsiloxane and a methyltriacetoxy silane, a methyltrimethoxysilane, a methyltricyclorhexylaminosilane, a fluorosilicone, a trifluoropropyl methyl polysiloxane, or a combination thereof. In general embodiments, a silicone binder comprises a crossreactive silicon moiety, examples of which are described below. A silicone coating may be selected for excellent resistance to irradiation (e.g., UV, infrared, gamma), excellent weatherability, excellent biodegradation resistance, flame resistance, excellent dielectric property, which is poor electrical conductivity with little detrimental effect on an electrostatic field, or a combination thereof, hr specific aspects, a silicon, coating is an industrial coating. In particular facets, a silicon coating is applied to an appliance part, a furnace part, a jet engine !)art, an incinerator part, or a missile part. In other embodiments, a silicon coating comprises an organic binder. In particular aspects, a silicon organic binder coating possesses superior heat resistance to an organic binder coating. In other aspects, the greater the silicon binder to organic binder ratio, the greater the crosslinking reactions, greater film hardness, reduced flexibility, or a combination thereof.

[0395] In general embodiments, a silicone coating is a thermosetting coating. Often, a silicon coating is a multi-pack coating due to a limited pot life one the coating components are admixed. The crosslinking reaction depends upon the binder’s specific silicon moiety. A plurality of binders may be used, each comprising one or more crosslinking moieties. A binder comprising crosslinking SiOH and HOSi moieties generally comprises a cure agent such as a lead octoate, a zinc octoate, or a combination thereof. In general aspects, the thermosetting SiOH and HOSi silicon coating is bake cured (e.g., 250°C for one hour). A binder comprising crosslinking SiOH and HSi moieties typically comprises a tin catalyst. A binder comprising crosslinking SiOH and ROSi moieties, wherein RO is an alkoxy moiety, also typically comprises a tin catalyst. A coating prepared using SiOH and ROSi silicon binder typically further comprises an iron oxide, a glass microballon, or a combination thereof to improve heat resistance. This type of silicon may be selected for rocket and jet engine parts. A binder comprising crosslinking SiOH and CH3COOSi moieties is moisture cured, and typically comprises a tin catalyst (e.g., an organotin compound). A binder comprising crosslinking SiOH and R₂NOSi moieties, wherein R₂NO is an oxime moiety, is also moisture cured, and typically comprises a tin catalyst. The moisture cured silicon coatings may be selected for onepack silicon coatings, though film formation is generally slower than other types of silicon thermosetting coatings. A binder comprising crosslinking SiCH=CH₂ and R₂NOSi moieties, wherein R₂NO is an oxime moiety, typically comprises a platinum catalyst, and may be bake cured. A film produced by a SiCH=CH₂ and R₂NOSi silicon coating possesses excellent toughness, flame resistance, or a combination thereof. Such a coating may be selected for a rocket part. However, coating components such as a rubber, a tin compound (e.g., an organotin), or a combination thereof, may inhibit platinum catalyzed film formation in this silicon coating.

[0396] In certain embodiments, a silicone coating is a solvent-borne coating. Examples of liquid components that may function as a silicon solvent include a chlorinated hydrocarbon (e.g, 1,1,1-trichloroethane), an aromatic hydrocarbon (e.g., a VMP naphtha, xylene), an aliphatic hydrocarbon, or a combination thereof. A silicone binder typically is insoluble or poorly soluble in an bxigenated compound such as an alcohol, a ketone, or a combination thereof, of relatively low molecular weight (e.g., ethanol, isopropanol, acetone). However, a fluorosilicone, which is a silicone binder that comprises a fluoride moiety, may be combined with a liquid component comprising a ketone such as methyl ethyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone, or a combination thereof. A fluorosilicone binder may be selected for producing a film with excellent solvent resistance. A silicon coating often comprises a pigment. In specific embodiments, a pigment comprises zinc oxide, titanium dioxide, zinc orthotitanate, or a combination thereof, which may improve a film’s resistance to extreme temperature variations, such as those of outerspace. In specific embodiments, a silicon coating may comprise a silica extender (e.g., fumed silica), which often increases durability.

[0397] Tn certain embodiments, a silicon binder comprises a trifluoropropyl methyl polysiloxane binder. In certain aspects, a trifluoropropyl methyl polysiloxane binder may be selected for producing a film with excellent resistance to petroleum products (e.g., automotive fuel, aircraft fuel), but poor resistance to an acid or an alkali, particularly at baking conditions. [0398] Tn alternative embodiments, a silicon temporary coating (e.g, a non-film forming coating) may be produced, for example, by selection of an addition binder that comprises fewer or no crosslinkable moieties, reducing the concentration of the a silicon resin and/or additional binder, using a bake-cured silicon coating at non-baking conditions, inclusion of a rubber, a tin compound (e.g., an organotin), or a combination thereof.

Liquid Components

A liquid component is a chemical composition that is in a liquid state while

2.

[0399] comprised in a coating and/or film. A liquid component is typically added to a coating composition, for example, to improve a rheological property for ease of application, alter the period of time that thermoplastic film formation occurs, alter an optical property (e.g., color, gloss) of a film, alter a physical property of a coating (e.g., reduce flammability) and/or film (e.g., increase flexibility), or a combination thereof.

[0400] As would be known to those of ordinary skill in the art, often a liquid component comprises a volatile liquid that is partly or fully removed (e.g, evaporated) from the coating during film formation. Examples of a volatile liquid include a volatile organic compound (“VOC”), water, or a combination thereof. In many embodiments, 0% to 100%, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof, of the liquid component is lost during film formation. Various environmental laws and regulations have encouraged the reduction of volatile organic compound use in coatings [see “Paint and Coating Testing Manual, Fourteenth Edition of the Gardner-Sward Handbook,” (Koleske, J. V. Ed.), pp. 3-12, 1995]. As a consequence, a coating may comprise a solvent-borne coating, which typically . comprises a VOC and was the coating usually selected prior to enactment of the environmental laws, a high solids coating, which is generally a solvent-bome coating formulated with a minimum amount of a VOC, a water-borne coating, which comprises water and typically even less VOC, or a powder coating, which comprises little or no VOC.

[0401] hr many embodiments, a liquid component may comprise a liquid composition classified based upon function such as a solvent, a thinner, a diluent, a plasticizer, or a combination thereof. A solvent is a liquid component used to dissolve one or more coating components. A thinner is a liquid component used to reduce the viscosity of a coating, and often additionally confers one or more properties to the coating, such as, for example, dissolving a coating component (e.g., a binder), wetting a colorizing agent, acting as an antisettling agent, stabilizing a coating in storage, acting as an antifoaming agent, or a combination thereof. A diluent is a liquid component that does not dissolve a binder.

[0402] Liquid components can be classified, based on their chemical composition, as an organic, compound, an inorganic compound, or a combination thereof. Preferred organic compounds include a hydrocarbon, an oxygenated compound, a chlorinated hydrocarbon, a nitrated hydrocarbon, a miscellaneous organic liquid component, or a combination thereof. A hydrocarbon consists of or consists essentially of one or more carbon and/or hydrogen atoms. Examples of a hydrocarbon include an aliphatic hydrocarbon, an aromatic hydrocarbon, a naphthene, a terpene, or a combination thereof. An oxygenated compound comprises of one or more carbon, hydrogen and/or oxygen atoms. Examples of an oxygenated compound include an alcohol, an ether, an ester, a glycol ester, a ketone, or a combination thereof. A chlorinated hydrocarbon comprises one or more carbon, hydrogen and/or chlorine atoms, but does not comprise an oxygen atom. A nitrated hydrocarbon comprises one or more carbon, hydrogen and/or nitrogen atoms, but does not comprise an oxygen atom. A miscellaneous organic liquid component is a liquid other than a chlorinated hydrocarbon and/or a nitrated hydrocarbon that comprises one or more carbon, hydrogen and/or other atoms, hi certain aspects, a miscellaneous organic liquid component does not comprise an oxygen atom. Preferred inorganic compounds include ammonia, hydrogen cyanide, hydrogen fluoride, hydrogen cyanide, sulfur dioxide, or a combination thereof. However, an inorganic compound generally is used at temperatures less than ambient conditions, and at pressures greater than atmospheric pressure.

[0403] Tn certain embodiments, a liquid component may comprise an azeotrope. An azeotrope (”azeotropic mixture”) is a solution of two or more liquid components at concentrations that produces a constant boiling point for the solution. An azeotrope BP ( ABP”) i^s tbs boiling point of an azeotrope. Often, the boiling point (“BP ) of ths majority component of an azeotrope is higher than the A-BP, and in some embodiments, such an azeotrope evaporates from a coating faster than a similar coating that does not comprise the azeotrope. However, in some aspects, a coating comprising an azeotrope with a superior evaporation property may possess a lower flash point temperature, a lower explosion limit, a reduced coating flow, greater surface defect formation, or a combination thereof, relative to a similar coating that does not comprise the ¹azeotrope. Alternatively, an azeotrope may be selected for embodiments wherein a component’s BP is increased. In specific aspects, a coating comprising such an azeotrope may have a relatively slower evaporation rate than a similar coating that does not comprise the azeotrope. It is contemplated that the greater the percentage of liquid component is an azeotrope, the greater the conference of an azeotrope’s property to a coating. Thus, a specific range of 50% to 100%, 90% to 100%, or 95% to 100%, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof, is sequentially more preferred in embodiments wherein an azeotrope’s property is desired as a property of a coating.

[0404] In some embodiments, a chemically non-reactive (“inert”) liquid component may be selected. Typically, a liquid component is selected that is inert relative to a particular chemical reaction to prevent an undesirable chemical reaction with other coating components. An example of such an undesirable chemical reaction is a binder-liquid component reaction that is inhibitory to a desired binder-binder film-formation reaction. Examples of a liquid component that are generally inert in an acetal formation reaction include benzene, hexane, or a combination thereof. An example of a liquid component that is generally inert in a decarboxylation reaction includes quinoline. Examples of a liquid component that are generally inert in a dehydration reaction include benzene, toluene, xylene, or a combination thereof. An example of a liquid component that is generally inert in a dehydrohalogenation reaction includes quinoline. Examples of a liquid component that are generally inert in a diazonium compound coupling reaction include ethanol, glacial acetic acid, methanol, pyridine, or a combination thereof. Examples of a liquid component that are generally inert in a diazotization reaction include benzene, dimethylformamide, ethanol, glacial acetic acid, or a combination thereof. Examples of a liquid component that are generally inert in an esterification reaction include benzene, dibutyl ether, toluene, xylene, or a combination thereof. Examples of a liquid component that are generally inert in a Friedel-Crafts reaction include benzene, carbon disulfide, 1,2-dichloroethane, nitrobenzene, tetrachloroethane, tetrachloromethane, or a combination thereof. An example of a liquid component that is generally inert in a Grignard reaction includes diethyl ether. Examples of a liquid component that are generally inert in a halogenation reaction include dichlorobenzene, glacial acetic acid, nitrobenzene, tetrachloroethane, tetrachloromethane, trichlorobenzene, or a combination ' thereof. Examples of a liquid component that are generally inert in a hydrogenation reaction

WO 2005/026269 .. PCT/US2004/007263 include an alcohol, dioxane, a hydrocarbon, glacial acetic acid, or a combination thereof. Examples of a liquid component that are generally inert in a ketene condensation reaction include acetone, benzene, diethyl ether, xylene, or a combination thereof. Examples of a liquid component that are generally inert in a nitration reaction include dichlorobenzene, glacial acetic acid, nitrobenzene, or a combination thereof. Examples of a liquid component that are generally inert in an oxidation reaction include glacial acetic acid, nitrobenzene, pyridine, or a combination thereof. Examples of a liquid component that are generally inert in a sulfonation reaction include dioxane, nitrobenzene, or a combination thereof.

[0405] A solvent-borne coating is a coating wherein 50% to 100%, the including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof, of a coating’s liquid component is not water. Generally, the liquid component of a solvent-borne coating comprises an organic compound,

I an inorganic compound, or a combination thereof. The liquid component of a solvent-borne coating may function as a solvent, a thinner, a diluent, a plasticizer, or a combination thereof. In certain embodiments, a solvent-borne coating may comprise water. In specific aspects, the water may function as a solvent, a thinner, a diluent, or a combination thereof. The water component of a solvent-borne coating may comprise 0% to 49.999%, the including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof, of the liquid component. In certain embodiments, the water component of a water-borne coating may be fully or partly miscible in the non-aqueous liquid component. Examples of the percent of water that is miscible, by weight at 20°C, in various liquids typically used in solvent-borne coatings include 0.01% water in tetrachloroethylene; 0.02% water in ethylbenzene; 0.02% water in /»-xylene; 0.02% water in tricholorethylene; 0.05% water in 1,1,1-tricholoroethane; 0.05% water in toluene; 0.1% water in hexane; 0.16% water in methylene chloride; 0.2% water in dibutyl ether; 0.2% water in tetrahydronaphthalene; 0.42% water in diisobutyl ketone; 0.5% water in cyclohexyl acetate; 0.5% water in nitropropane; 0.6% water in 2-nitropropane; 0.62% water in butyl acetate;

0.72% water in dipentene; 0.9% water in nitroethane; 1.2% water in diethyl ether; 1.3% water in methyl ieri-butyl ether; 1.4% water in trimethylcyclohexanone; 1.65% water in isobutyl acetate; 1.7% water in butyl glycol acetate; 1.9% water in isopropyl acetate; 2.4% water in methyl isobutyl ketone; 3.3% water in ethyl acetate; 3.6% water in cyclohexanol; 4.0% water in trimethylcyclohexanol; 4.3% water in isophorone; 5.8% water in methylbenzyl alcohol; 6.5% water in ethyl glycol acetate; 7.2% water in hexanol; 7.5% water in propylene carbonate; 8.0% water in methyl acetate; 8.0% water in cyclohexanone; 12.0% water in methyl ethyl ketone; 16.2% water in isobutanol; 19.7% water in butanol; 25.0% water in butyl glycolate; or 44.1% water in 2-butanol.

[0406] Various examples of such liquid components are described herein, including properties often used to select a chemical composition for use as a liquid component for a particular coating composition. Additionally, 'standards for physical properties, chemical properties, and/or procedures for testing purity/properties, are described for various types of liquid components (e.g., hydrocarbons, cycloaliphatic hydrocarbons, aromatic hydrocarbons, alcohols, ketones, esters, glycol ethers, mineral spirits, miscellaneous solvents, plasticizers) in, for example, “ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.04, Paint - Solvents; Aromatic Hydrocarbons,” D4790-99, D268-01, D3437-99, D1493-97, D235-02, D1836-02, D3735-02, D3054-98, D5309-02, D4734-98, D2359-02, D4492-98, D4077-00, D3760-02, D6526-00, D841-02, D843-97, D5211-01, D5471-97, D5871-98, D5713-00, D852-02, D1685-00, D473502, D3797-00, D3798-00, D5135-02, D5136-00, D5060-95, D3193-96, D3734-01, DI 152-97, D770-95, D3622-95, D1007-00, D1719-95, D304-95, D319-95, D2635-01, D1969-01, D230600, D1612-95, D5008-01, D268-01, D1078-01, D329-02, D1363-94, D740-94, D2804-02, DI 153-94, D3329-99, D2917-02, D3893-99, D4360-90, D2627-02, D2916-88, D2192-96, D4614-95, D3545-02, D3131-02, D3130-95, D1718-98, D4615-95, D3540-90, D1617-90, D2634-02, D5137-01, D3728-99, D4835-93, D4773-02, D3128-02, D331-95, D330-93, D4837-02, D4773-02, D4836-95, D5776-99, D5808-95, D5917-02, D6069-01, D6212-99, D6313-99, D6366-99, D6428-99, D6621-00, D6809-02, D5399-95, D6229-01, D6563-00, D6269-98, D3257-01, D847-96, D1613-02, D848-02, D1614-95, D4367-02, D4534-99, D2360-00, D1353-02, D1492-02, D849-02, D3961-98, D1364-02, D3160-96, D1476-02 and D1722-98, D853-97, D5194-96, D363-90, D1399-95, D1468-93, D3620-98, D3546-90, and

D1721-97,2002.

a. Solvents, Thinners, and Diluents

[0407] A coating may comprise a liquid component that may function as a solvent, a thinner, a diluent or a combination thereof. In one embodiment of a coating, a particular liquid component may function as a solvent, while in another coating composition comprising, for example, a different binder the same liquid component may function as a thinner and/or a diluent. Whether a liquid component functions primarily as a solvent, a thinner, or a diluent depends considerably upon the particular solvent and/or rheological property the liquid component confers to a specific coating composition. For example, the ability of the liquid component to function as a solvent, or lack thereof of such ability, relative to the other coating components generally differentiates a solvent from a diluent. A thinner is primarily included into a coating composition in combination with a solvent and/or diluent to alter a rheological property such as to reduce viscosity, enhance flow, enhance leveling, or a combination thereof. In addition to the ability of one of ordinary skill in the art to discern such differences of use for a specific liquid composition in a coating, examples of differing solubility properties for specific categories of liquid components, and empirical techniques for determining the solubility properties of a specific liquid component, relative to another coating component, are described herein.

[0408] A solute is a coating component dissolved by a solvent liquid component. A solute may be in solid, liquid or gas from prior to being dissolved. Solvency (“solvent power”) is the ability of a solvent to dissolve a solute, maintain a solute in solution upon addition of a diluent, and reduce the viscosity of a solution. A solvent is typically used to produce a solventborne coating, wherein the coating possesses desirable a rheological property for application to a surface and/or creation of a film of a desirable thickness. Additionally, a solvent may contribute to an appearance property, a physical property, a chemical property, or a combination thereof, of a coating and/or film. In most embodiments, a solvent is a volatile component of a coating, wherein 50% to 100%, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof, of the solvent is lost ^(e.g., evaporates) during film formation. In certain aspects, the rate of solvent loss slows during application and/or film formation. Such a change in solvent loss rate may promote a desirable Theologically related property during application and/or initial film formation, such as ease of application, minimum sag, reduce excessive flow, or a combination thereof, while still promoting a desirable Theologically related property postapplication, such as a desirable leveling property, a desirable adhesion property, or a combination thereof.

[0409] Depending upon the ability of a liquid component to dissolve, partly dissolve, or unsuccessfully dissolve a coating component, a coating may comprise, a real solution, a colloidal solution or a dispersion, respectively. Often the ability of a liquid component to dissolve a coating component is detrimentally affected by increasing particulate matter size (e.g., pigment size, cell-based particulate material size, etc.) anAlat molecular mass of the coating component. For example, a real solution comprises a clear and/or homogenous liquid solution. In typical embodiments, a real solution is produced when a potential solute of 1.0 nm or less in diameter is combined with a solvent. A colloidal solution comprises a physically non-homogenous solution, which may be a clear to opalescent in appearance. Often, a colloidal solution is produced when a potential solute of between 1.0 nm to 100 nm (“0.1 pm”) in diameter is combined with a solvent. A dispersion is a composition comprising two liquid and/or solid phases, which is typically turbid to milky in appearance. Generally, a dispersion is produced when a potential solute of greater than 0.1 pm in diameter is combined with a solvent. In many aspects, a coating composition may comprise a combination of a real ’ solution, a colloidal solution and/or a dispersion, depending upon the various solubility’s of mating components and liquid components. For example, a paint may comprise a real solution of a binder and a liquid component, and a dispersion of a pigment within the liquid component. [0410] Depending upon other coating components, a liquid component may function as an active solvent or a latent solvent. An active solvent is capable of dissolving a solute. Additionally, an active solvent often reduces viscosity of a coating composition. In certain embodiments, an ester, a glycol ether, a ketone, or a combination thereof may be selected for use as an active solvent. A latent solvent, in pure form, does not demonstrate solute dissolving ability. However, the latent solvent may demonstrate the ability to dissolve a solute in a combination of an active solvent and the latent solvent; confer a synergistic improvement in the dissolving ability of an active solvent when combined with the active solvent, or a combination thereof. In certain embodiments, an alcohol may be selected for use as a latent solvent. In certain embodiments, a latent solvent is a thinner. A diluent, whether in pure form or in combination with an active solvent and/or a latent solvent, does not demonstrate solute dissolving ability, but may be combined with an active solvent and/or latent solvent to produce a liquid component with a suitable ability to dissolve a coating component. In certain embodiments, hydrocarbon may be selected for use as a diluent. In particular aspects, a hydrocarbon diluent comprises an aromatic hydrocarbon, an aliphatic hydrocarbon, or a combination thereof. In particular facets, an aromatic hydrocarbon diluent may be selected, due to a generally greater tolerance by a many solvents relative to an aliphatic hydrocarbon. In certain aspects, a diluent is used to alter a rheological property (e.g., reduce viscosity) of a mating composition, reduce cost of a coating composition, or a combination thereof. [0411] The ability of a solvent to dissolve a potential solute is related to the intermolecular interactions between the solvent molecules, between the potential solute molecules, between the solvent and the potential solute, as well as the molecular size of the potential solute. Examples of intermolecular interactions include, for example, ionic (“Coulomb”), dipole-dipole (“directional”), ionic-dipole, induction (“permanent dipole/induced dipole”), dispersion (“nonpolar,” “atomic dipole,” “London-Van der Walls”), hydrogen bond, or a combination thereof. As is known to those of ordinary skill in the art, the sum of intramolecular interactions for a compound, relevant for the preparation of a solution, is the solubility parameter (“δ”). The solubility parameter is a measure of the total energy needed to separate molecules of a liquid. Such a separation of molecules of a solvent occurs during the incorporation of the molecules of a solute during the dissolving process. The solubility parameter is the square root of the molar energy of vaporization of a liquid divided by the molar volume of a liquid; measured at 25°C. Additionally, the solubility parameter can also be expressed as the square root of the sum of the squares of the dispersion (“8_d”), polar (“δ_ρ”) and hydrogen bond (“8_h”) solubility parameters.

[0412] Often, preparation of a coating composition may be aided by comparing the solubility parameter of a potential solvent and a potential solute (e.g., a binder) to ascertain the theoretical ability of a coating composition comprising a solution to be created. In many embodiments, coating components, wherein at least one coating component comprises a liquid, with a solubility parameter that is less than an absolute value of 6 are able to form a solution. The closer this value is to 0, the greater the general ability to form a solution. Additionally, the lower the individual absolute difference (e.g., six or less) between the dispersion solubility parameters of coating components, the polar solubility parameter of coating components, and/or the hydrogen bond solubility parameter of coating components, the generally greater ability to form a solution. The solubility parameter, dispersion solubility parameter, polar solubility parameter, and hydrogen bond solubility parameter, and methods for determining such values, and additional methods for determining the theoretical ability of coating components to form a solution have been described (see, for example, in “ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.03, Paint ״ Pigments, Drying Oils, Polymers, Resins, Naval Stores, Cellulosic Esters, and Ink Vehicles,” D3132-84,2002).

[0413] However, due to exceptions to the ability of certain liquid components and potential solute coating components to form solutions, empirically determining the ability of a solute to dissolve in a solvent may be desirable in certain embodiments. Standard techniques for determining the ability of a liquid component comprising one or more liquids to function as an active solvent, a latent solvent, a diluent, or a combination thereof, relative to one or more potential solutes are known to those of ordinary skill in the art. For example, the solvency of a liquid component comprising an active solvent (e.g., an oxygenated compound), a latent solvent, a diluent (e.g, a hydrocarbon), or a combination thereof, particularly for use in a lacquer coating, may be determined as described in “ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.04, Paint - Solvents; Aromatic Hydrocarbons,” DI720-96,2002. In an additional example, the solvency for a liquid component that primarily comprises a hydrocarbon, and comprises little or lacks an oxygenated compound, may be determined as described in “ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.04, Paint -- Solvents; Aromatic Hydrocarbons,” DI 133-02,2002. In a further example, the solvency of a solution comprising liquid component and an additional coating component (e.g., a binder) may be used to determined, as described in “ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.03, Paint - Pigments, Drying Oils, Polymers, Resins, Naval Stores, Cellulosic Esters, and Ink Vehicles,” D1545-98, D1725-62, D5661-95, D5180-93, D6038-96, D5165-93, and D5166-97,2002. In a supplemental example, the dilutability of a solution

WO 2005/026269 PCI7US2004/007263 comprising liquid component (e.g., a solvent and diluent) and an additional coating component (e.g., a binder) may be used to determined, as described in “ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.03, Paint — Pigments, Drying Oils, Polymers, Resins, Naval Stores, Cellulosic Esters, and Ink Vehicles,” D5062-96,2002.

[0414] In certain embodiments, a liquid component may be selected on the basis of evaporation rate. The evaporation rate of a coating directly affects a physical aspect of film formation caused by loss of a liquid component, as well as the pot life of a coating, such as after a coating container is opened. Though the evaporation rate is known for various pure chemicals, one of ordinary skill in the art can empirically determine the evaporation rate of a liquid component and/or a coating, in “ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.01, Paint — Tests for Chemical, Physical, and Optical Properties; Appearance,” D3539-87,2002. Additionally, the boiling point range of a liquid component often is useful in estimating whether the liquid component will evaporate faster or slower relative to another liquid component. Examples of methods for measuring a boiling point for a liquid component (e.g., a hydrocarbon, a chlorinated hydrocarbon) are described in “ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.04, Paint -Solvents; Aromatic Hydrocarbons,” D1078-01 and D850-02el, 2002. The evaporation rate is also related to the flash point of a liquid component and/or coating. In certain embodiments, a liquid component may be selected on the basis of flash point and/or fire point, which is a measure of the danger of use of a flammable coating composition in, for example, storage, application in an indoor environment, etc. A flash point is the “lowest temperature at which the liquid gives off enough vapor to form an ignitable mixture with air to produce a flame when a source of ignition is brought close to the surface of the liquid under specified conditions of test at standard barometric pressure (760 mmHG, 101.3 kPa),” and a fire point is “the lowest temperature at which sustained burning of the sample takes place for at least 5 seconds” [‘Taint and Coating Testing Manual, Fourteenth Edition of the Gardner-Sward Handbook” (Koleske, J. V. Ed.), pp. 140 and 142, 1995]. Examples of methods for measuring the flash point and/or fire point for a liquid component and/or a coating are described in and “ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.01, Paint - Tests for Chemical, Physical, and Optical Properties; Appearance,” D1310-01, D3934-90, D3941-90, andD3278-96el, 2002.

[0415] Though it is contemplated that most or all liquid component will be lost from a coating composition during film formation, a liquid component may still contribute to the visual properties of a coating and/or film. In embodiments wherein a liquid component is selected as a colorizing agent, the color and/or darkness of the liquid may be empirically measured (see, for example, “ASTM Book of Stand ards, Volume 06.04, Paint — Solvents; Aromatic Hydrocarbons,” D1209-00, D1686-96, and D5386-93b, 2002); and “ASTM Book of

Standards, Volume 06.01, Paint -- Tests for Chemical, Physical, and Optical Properties; Appearance,” D1544-98,2002. In some embodiments, a liquid component and/or coating may be selected on the basis of odor (e.g., faint odor, pleasant odor, etc.). A coating or coating component can be evaluated for suitability in a particular application based on odor using, for example, techniques described in “ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.04, Paint — Solvents; Aromatic Hydrocarbons,” D1296-01, 2002; and “ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.01, Paint -- Tests for Chemical, Physical, and jOptical Properties; Appearance,” D6165-97,2002.

(1) Hydrocarbons

[0416] A hydrocarbon is typically obtained as a petroleum product, a vegetable product, or a combination thereof. As a consequence of imperfect purification (e.g., distillation) from these sources, a hydrocarbon is often a mixture of chemical components. A hydrocarbon may be selected as an active solvent to dissolve an oil (e.g., a drying oil), an alkyd, an asphalt, a rosin, a petroleum product, or a combination thereof. A hydrocarbon is more suitable as a latent solvent or diluent in embodiments wherein an acrylic resin, an epoxide resin, a nitrocellulose resin, an urethane resin, or a combination thereof is to be dissolved. However, a hydrocarbon generally is immiscible in water.

(i) Aliphatic Hydrocarbons i

[0417] In general embodiments, an aliphatic hydrocarbon may be selected as an active solvent for an alkyd, an oil, wax, a polyisobutene, a polyethylene, a poly(butyl acrylate), a poly(butyl methacrylate), a poly(vinyl ethers), or a combination thereof. In other embodiments, an aliphatic hydrocarbon may be selected as a diluent in combination with an additional liquid component. In alternative embodiments wherein an aliphatic hydrocarbon is selected as a non-solvent liquid component, a composition comprising a polar binder, a cellulose derivative, or a combination thereof, is usually insoluble. An aliphatic hydrocarbon is often selected as a liquid component in embodiments wherein a chemically inert liquid component is desired. Examples of an aliphatic hydrocarbon include, a petroleum ether, pentane (CAS No. 109-66-0), hexane (CAS No. 110-54-3), heptane (CAS No. 142-82-5), isododecane (CAS No. 13475-82-6), a kerosene, a mineral spirit, a VMP naphthas or a combination thereof. A hexane, a heptane, or a combination thereof, may be selected for a coating wherein rapid evaporation of such a liquid component is desired (e.g., a fast drying lacquer). An example of an azeotrope comprising an aliphatic hydrocarbon includes an azeotrope comprising hexane. Examples of an azeotrope comprising a majority of hexane (BP 65°C to 70°C) include those comprising 2.5% isobutanol (azeotrope BP 68.3°C); 5.6% water (A-BP 61.6°C); 21% ethanol (A-BP 58.7°C); 22% isopropyl alcohol (A-BP 61.0°C); 26.9% methanol (A-BP 50.0°C); 37% methyl ethyl ketone (A-BP 64.2°C); or 42% ethyl acetate (ABP 65.0°C).

[0418] As would be known to one |0f ordinary skill in the art, an aliphatic hydrocarbon can comprise a petroleum distillation product of heterogeneous chemical composition. Such an aliphatic hydrocarbon may be classified by a physical and/or chemical property (e.g., boiling point range, flash point, evaporation rate) (see, for example, “ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.04, Paint — Solvents; Aromatic Hydrocarbons,” D235-02 and D3735, 2002). In certain embodiments, such a petroleum distillation product aliphatic hydrocarbon may be classified, for example, as a mineral spirit, a VMP naphthas or a kerosene (e.g., deodorized kerosene). A mineral spirit (“white spirit,” “petroleum spirit”) is a petroleum distillation fraction with a boiling point between 149°C to 204°C, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof, and a flash point of 38°C or greater. A mineral spirit may further be classified as a regular mineral spirit, which possesses the properties previously described for a mineral spirit; a high flash mineral spirit, which possesses a higher minimum flash point (e.g., 55°C or greater); a low dry point mineral spirit (“Stoddard solvent”), which typically evaporates 50% faster than a regular mineral spirit; or an odorless mineral spirit, which generally possesses less odor than a regular mineral spirit, but may also possess relatively weaker solvency property. A mineral spirit may be selected for embodiments wherein a solvent and/or diluent is desired for an alkyd coating, a chlorinated rubber coating, an oil-coating, a vinyl chloride copolymer coating, or a combination thereof. A VMP naphtha possess a similar solvency property as a mineral spirit, but evaporates faster with a BP of 121°C to 149°C, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof, and typically has a flash point of 4°C or greater. A VMP naphtha may further be classified as a regular VMP naphtha, which possesses the properties previously described for a VMP naphtha; a high flash VMP naphtha, which possesses a higher minimum flash point (e.g., 34°C or greater); or an odorless VMP naphtha, which generally possesses less odor than a regular mineral spirit. A VMP naphtha may be selected for a coating that is spray applied, an industrial coating, or a combination thereof. A petroleum ether is a petroleum distillation fraction with a boiling point between 35°C to 80°C, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof, with a low flash point (e.g., -46°C), and may be used in embodiments wherein rapid evaporation is desired.

(ii) Cycloaliphatic Hydrocarbons

[0419] In embodiments wherein a cycloaliphatic hydrocarbon is selected as a solvent, a composition comprising an oil, alkyd, bitumen, rubber, or a combination thereof, usually canbe dissolved. In alternative embodiments wherein a cycloaliphatic hydrocarbon is selected as a non-solvent liquid component, a composition comprising a polar binder such as a ureaformaldehyde binder, a melamine-formaldehyde binder, a phenol-formaldehyde binder; a cellulose derivative, such as, a cellulose ester binder; or a combination thereof, is usually insoluble. A cycloaliphatic hydrocarbon is generally soluble in other organic solvents, but not soluble in water. Examples of a cycloaliphatic hydrocarbon include cyclohexane (CAS No. 110-82-7); methylcyclohexane (CAS No. 108-87-2); ethylcyclohexane (CAS No. 1678-91-7); tetrahydronaphthalene (CAS No. 119-64-2); decahydronaphthalene (CAS No. 91-17-8); or a combination thereof. Tetrahydronaphthalene is often selected for coatings wherein oxidation of a binder is preferable during film formation; a high gloss is preferable in a film, smooth surface is preferable in a film, or a combination thereof. An example of an azeotrope comprising a cycloaliphatic hydrocarbon includes an azeotrope comprising cyclohexane.

Examples of an azeotrope comprising a majority of cyclohexane (BP 80.5°C to 81.5°C) include those comprising 8.5% water (A-BP 69.8°C); 10% butanol (A-BP 79.8°C); 14% isobutanol (ABP 78.1°C); 20% propanol (A-BP 74.3°C); 37% methanol (A-BP 54.2°C); or 40% methyl ethyl ketone (A-BP 72.0°C).

(iii) Terpene Hydrocarbons

[0420] A terpene typically possesses a superior solvency property, stronger odor, or a combination thereof, relative to an aliphatic hydrocarbon. Examples of a terpene include wood terpentine oil (CAS No. 8008-64-2); pine oil (CAS No. 8000-41-7); a-pinene (CAS No. 80-568); β-pinene; dipentene (CAS No. 138-86-3); D-limonene (CAS No. 5989-27-5); or a combination thereof. Dipentene may be selected for embodiments wherein a superior solvency property, a slower evaporation rate, or a combination thereof, relative to a turpentine, is desired. Pine oil may be classified as an oxygenated compound, but is described under hydrocarbons due to convention by those of skill in the art. Pine oil generally comprises a terpene alcohol. Pine oil may be selected for embodiments wherein a greater range of solvency for solutes, a slow evaporation rate, or a combination thereof, is desired. An example of an azeotrope comprising a terpene includes an azeotrope comprising a-pinene. An example of an azeotrope comprising a majority of a-pinene (BP 154.0°C to 156.0°C) includes an azeotrope comprising 35.5% cyclohexanol (A-BP 149.9°C).

[0421] As would be known to one of ordinary skill in the art, a terpene hydrocarbon (“terpene”) can comprise a by-product from pines tree and/or citrus processing of heterogeneous chemical composition. Such a terpene hydrocarbon (e.g., a terpentine) may be classified by a physical and/or chemical property (see, for example, “ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.03, Paint - Pigments, Drying Oils, Polymers, Resins, Naval Stores, Cellulosic Esters, and Ink Vehicles,” D804-02, D13-02, D233-02, D801-02, D802-02, and

D6387-99, 2002). Examples of a terpentine include a gum turpentine, a steam-distilled wood turpentine, a sulfate wood turpentine, a destructively distilled wood turpentine, or a combination thereof. Both a gum turpentine and a sulfate wood turpentine generally comprise a combination of a-pinene and a lesser quantity of β-pinene. A steam-distilled wood terpentine generally comprises a-pinene and a lesser component of dipentene and one or more other terpenes. Destructively distilled wood turpentine generally comprises various aromatic hydrocarbons and a lesser quantity of one or more terpenes.

(iv) Aromatic Hydrocarbons

[0422] An aromatic hydrocarbon typically possesses a greater solvency property and/or odor relative to other hydrocarbon types. Examples of an aromatic hydrocarbon include benzene (CAS No. 71-43-2); toluene (CAS No. 108-88-3; “methylbenzene”); ethylbenzene (CAS No. 100-41-4); xylene (CAS No. 1330-20-7); cumene (“isopropylbenzene”; CAS No. 98-82-8); a type I high flash aromatic naphthas; a type H high flash aromatic naphthas; mesitylene (CAS No. 108-67-8); pseudocumene (CAS No. 95-63-6); cymol (CAS No. 99-876); styrene (CAS No. 100-42-5); or a combination thereof. Xylene typically comprises 0xylene (CAS No. 56004-61-6); ?«-xylene (CAS No. 108-38-3); p- xylene (CAS No. 41051-88-

1); and trace ethylbenzene. Toluene may be selected for embodiments wherein rapid evaporation is desired. In specific aspects, toluene may be selected for a spray applied coating, an industrial coating, or a combination thereof. Xylene may be selected for embodiments wherein a moderate evaporation rate is desired. In specific aspects, xylene may be selected for an industrial coating. As would be known to one of ordinary skill in the art, an aromatic hydrocarbon may comprise a petroleum-processing product of heterogeneous chemical composition such as a high flash aromatic naphtha (e.g., type I, type H). A type I high flash aromatic naphtha and type Π high flash aromatic naphtha possess a minimum flash point of 38°C and 60°C, respectively. Standards for the characteristic chemical an/or physical property of an aromatic naphtha are known to those of ordinary skill in the art (see, for example, “ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.04, Paint — Solvents; Aromatic Hydrocarbons,” D3734,2002). A high flash naphtha typically has a slow evaporation rate. In specific embodiments, a high flash aromatic naphtha may be used in an industrial coating, a coating that is baked, or a combination thereof. An example of a high flash aromatic is Solvesso 100 (CAS No. 64742-95-6). Examples of an azeotrope comprising an aromatic hydrocarbon include an azeotrope comprising toluene or 7«-xylene. Examples of an azeotrope comprising a majority of toluene (BP 110°C to 111°C) include those comprising 27% butanol (A-BP 105.6°C); or 44.5% isobutanol (A-BP 100.9°C). Examples of an azeotrope comprising a majority of w-xylene (BP 137.0°C to 142.0°C) include those comprising 14% cyclohexanol (ABP 143.0°C); or 40% water (A-BP 94.5°G).

i (2) Oxygenated Compounds

[0423] An oxygenated compound !(“oxygenated liquid compound”) is typically chemically synthesized by standard chemical manufacturing techniques. As a consequence, an individual oxygenated compound is typically an extremely homogenous chemical composition, with singular, rather than a range of, chemical and physical properties. The oxygen moiety of an oxygenated compound generally enhances the strength and breadth of solvency for potential solutes relative to a hydrocarbon. Additionally, an oxygenated compound typically has some or complete miscibility with water. Examples of an oxygenated compound include an alcohol, an ester, a glycol ether, a ketone, or a combination thereof. As would be known to one of ordinary skill in the art, a liquid component often comprises a combination of an alcohol, an ester, a glycol ether, a ketone and/or an addition liquid to produce suitable chemical and/or physical properties for a coating and/or film.

(i) Alcohols

[0424] An alcohol comprises an alcohol moiety. However, a preferred “alcohol” comprises a single hydroxyl moiety. The alcohol moiety confers miscibility with water. Consequentially, increasing molecular size of an alcohol comprising a single alcohol moiety generally reduces miscibility with water. Alcohols typically possess a mild and/or pleasant odor. An alcohol is typically a poor primary solvent, though ethanol is an exception relative to a solute comprising a phenolic and/or polyvinyl resin. An alcohol may be selected as a latent solvent, co-solvent, a coupling solvent, a diluent, or combination thereof such as with solute comprising a nitrocellulose lacquer, melamine-formaldehyde, urea formaldehyde, alkyd, or combination thereof. Examples of an alcohol include methanol (CAS No. 67-56-1); ethanol (CAS No. 64-17-5); propanol (CAS No. 71-23-8); isopropanol (CAS No. 67-63-0); 1-butanol (CAS No. 71-36-3); isobutahol (CAS No. 78-832 ;(1־-butanol (CAS No. 78-92-2); teri-butanol (CAS No. 75-65-0); amyl alcohol (CAS No. 71-41-0); isoamyl alcohol (123-51-3); hexanol (25917-35-5); methylisobutylcarbinol (CAS No. 108-11-2); 2-ethylbutanol (CAS No. 97-950); isooctyl alcohol (CAS No. 26952-21-6); 2-ethylhexanol (CAS No. 104-76-7); isodecanol (CAS No. 25339-17-7); cylcohexanol (CAS No. 108-93-0); methylcyclohexanol (CAS No. 583-59-5); trimethylcyclohexanol; benzyl alcohol (CAS No. 100-51-6); methylbenzyl alcohol (CAS No. 98-85-1); furfuryl alcohol (CAS No. 98-00-0); tetrahydrofurfuryl alcohol (CAS No. 97-99-4); diacetone alcohol (CAS No. 123-42-2); trimethylcyclohexanol (116-02-9); or a combination thereof. Furfuryl alcohol and tetrahydrofurfuryl alcohol may be selected as a ׳ primary solvent for a polyvinyl binder. Examples of an azeotrope comprising an alcohol include an azeotrope comprising butanol, ethanol, isobutanol, or methanol. Examples of an azeotrope comprising a majority of butanol (BP 117.7°C) include those comprising 97% butanol and 3% hexane (A-BP 67°C); 32%/»-xylene (A-BP 115.7°C); 32.8% butyl acetate (ABP 117.6°C); 44.5% water (A-BP 93°C); or 50% isobutyl acetate (A-BP 114.5°C). Examples of an azeotrope comprising a majority of ethanol (BP 78.3°C) include those comprising 4.4% water (A-BP 78.2°C); or 32% toluene (A-BP 76.7°C). Examples of an azeotrope comprising a majority of isobutanol (BP 107.7°C) include those comprising 2.5% hexane (A-BP 68.3°C); 5% isobutyl acetate (A-BP 107.6°C); 17%'/?-xylene (A-BP 107.5°C); 33.2% water (A-BP 89.9°C); or 48% butyl acetate (A-BP 80.1°C). An example of an azeotrope comprising a majority of methanol (BP 64.6°C) includes an azeotrope comprising 30% methyl ethyl ketone (A-BP 63.5°C).

(ii) Ketones

[0425] A ketone comprises a ketone moiety. However, a preferred ketone comprises a single ketone moiety. A ketone generally possesses some miscibility with water, and a strong odor. In general embodiments, a ketone may be selected as a primary solvent, thinner, or combination thereof. Examples of a ketone include acetone (CAS No. 67-64-1); methyl ethyl ketone (CAS No. 78-93-3); methyl propyl ketone (CAS No. 107-87-9); methyl isopropyl ketone (CAS No. 563-80-4); methyl butyl ketone (CAS No. 591-78-6); methyl isobutyl ketone (CAS No. 108-10-1); methyl amyl ketone (CAS No. 110-43-0); methyl isoamyl ketone (CAS No. 110-12-3); diethyl ketone (CAS No. 96-22-0); ethyl amyl ketone (CAS No. 541-85-5); dipropyl ketone (CAS No. 110-43-0); diisopropyl ketone (CAS No. 565-80-0); cyclohexanone (CAS No. 108-94-1); methylcylcohexanone (CAS No. 1331-22-2); trimethylcyclohexanone (CAS No. 873-94-9); mesityl oxide (CAS No. 141-79-7); diisobutyl ketone (CAS No. 108-838); isophorone (CAS No. 78-59-1); or a combination thereof. Acetone may be selected for complete miscibility in water, fast evaporation, or a combination thereof. In certain embodiments, acetone may be used as a liquid component in an aerosol, a spay-applied coating, or a combination thereof. In specific aspects, acetone may be used as a thinner. In other aspects, acetone may be used in a coating wherein nitrocellulose, an acrylic, or a combination thereof, is dissolved. Methyl ethyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone, and isophorone maybe selected in embodiments wherein a fast evaporation rate, moderate evaporation rate, or slow evaporation rate, respectively, is desired. In specific facets, isophorone may be selected for a baited coating, an industrial coating, or a combination thereof. Examples of an azeotrope comprising a ketone include an azeotrope comprising acetone, methyl ethyl ketone or methyl isobutyl ketone. Examples of an azeotrope comprising* a majority of acetone (BP 56.2°C) include those comprising 12% methanol (A-BP 55.7°C); or

WO 2005/026269 PC17US2004/007263

41% hexane (A-BP 49.8°C). Examples of an azeotrope comprising a majority of methyl ethyl ketone (BP 79.6°C) include those comprising 11% water (A-BP 73.5°C); 32% isopropyl alcohol (A-BP 77.5°C); or 34% ethanol (A-BP 74.8°C). Examples of an azeotrope comprising a majority of methyl isobutyl ketone (BP 114°C to 117°C) include those comprising 24.3% water (A-BP 87.9°C); or 30% butanol (A-BP 114.35°C).

(iii) Esters

[0426] An ester may comprise an alkyl acetate, an alkyl propionate, a glycol ether acetate, or a combination thereof. An ester generally possesses a pleasant odor. In general embodiments, an ester possesses a solubility property that decreases with increasing molecular weight. A glycol ester acetate typically possesses a slow evaporation rate. In specific aspects, a glycol ester acetate may be selected as a retarder solvent, a coalescent, or a combination thereof. Examples of an ester include methyl formate (CAS No. 107-31-3); ethyl formate (CAS No. 109-94-4); butyl formate (CAS No. 592-84-7); isobutyl formate (CAS No. 542-55-

2); methyl acetate (CAS No. 79-20-9); ethyl acetate (CAS No. 141-78-6); propyl acetate (CAS No. 109-60-4); isopropyl acetate (CAS No. 108-21-4); butyl acetate (CAS No. CAS-No. 12386-4); isobutyl acetate (CAS No. 110-19-0); sec-butyl acetate (CAS No. 105-46-4); amyl acetate (CAS No. 628-63-7); isoamyl acetate (CAS No. 123-92-2); hexyl acetate (CAS No. 142-92-7); cyclohexyl acetate (CAS No. 622-45-7); benzyl acetate (CAS No. 140-11-4); methyl glycol acetate (CAS No. 110-49-6); ethyl glycol acetate (CAS No. 111-15-9); butyl glycol acetate (CAS No. 112-07-2); ethyl diglycol acetate (CAS No. 111-90-0); butyl diglycol acetate (CAS No. 124-17-4); 1-methoxypropyl acetate (CAS No. 108-65-6); ethoxypropyl acetate (CAS No. 54839-24-6); 3-methoxybutyl acetate (CAS No. 4435-53-4); ethyl 3ethoxypropionate (CAS No. 763-69-9); isobutyl isobutyrate (CAS No. 97-85-8); ethyl lactate (CAS No. 97-64-3); butyl lactate (CAS No. 138-22-7); butyl glycolate (CAS No. 7397-62-8); dimethyl adipate (CAS No. 627-93-0); glutarate (CAS No. 119-40-0); succinate (CAS No. 106-65-0); ethylene carbonate (CAS No. 96-49-1); propylene carbonate (CAS No. 108-32-7); butyrolactone (CAS No. 96-48-0); or a combination thereof. Ethylene carbonate and propylene carbonate generally possess a high flash point, a slow evaporation rate, a weak odor, or a combination thereof. Ethylene carbonate is prefeaed for use in coatings at temperatures greater than 25°C. Examples of an azeotrope comprising an ester include an azeotrope comprising butyl acetate, ethyl acetate or methyl acetate. Examples of an azeotrope comprising a majority of butyl acetate (BP 124°C to 128°C) include those comprising 27% water (A-BP 90.7°C) or 35.7% ethyl glycol (A-BP 125.8°C). Examples of an azeotrope comprising a majority of ethyl acetate (BP 76°C to 77°C) include those comprising 5% cyclohexanol (A-BP 153.8°C); 8.2% water (A-BP 70.4°C); 22% methyl ethyl ketone (A-BP״ '

76.7°C); 23% isopropyl alcohol (A-BP 74.8°C); or 31% ethanol (A-BP 71.8°C). An example of an azeotrope comprising a majority of methyl acetate (BP 55.0°C-57.0°C) includes an azeotrope comprising 19% methanol (A-BP 54°C).

(iv) Glycol Ethers

[0427] A glycol ether comprises an alcohol moiety and an ether moiety. The glycol ether generally possesses good solvency, high flash point, slow evaporation rate, mild odor, miscibility with water, or a combination thereof. In some embodiments, a glycol ether may be selected as a coupling solvent, a thinner, or |a combination thereof. In particular aspects, a glycol ether may be selected as a liquid component of a lacquer. Examples of a glycol ether include methyl glycol (CAS No. 109-86-4); ethyl glycol (CAS No. 110-80-5); propyl glycol (CAS No. 2807-30-9); isopropyl glycol (CAS No. 109-59-1); butyl glycol (CAS No. 111-76-

2) ; methyl diglycol (111-77-3); ethyl diglycol (CAS No. 111-90-0); butyl diglycol (CAS No. 112-34-5); ethyl triglycol (CAS No. 112-50-5); butyl triglycol (CAS No. 143-22-6); diethylene glycol dimethyl ether (CAS No. 111-96-6); methoxypropanol (CAS No. 107-98-2);

isobutoxypropanol (CAS No. 23436-19-3); isobutyl glycol (CAS No. 4439-24-1); propylene glycol monoethyl ether (CAS No. 52125-53-8); l-isopropoxy-2-propanol (CAS No. 3944-36-

3) ; propylene glycol mono-n-propyl ether (CAS No. 30136-13-1); propylene glycol n-butyl ether (CAS No. 5131-66-8); methyl dipropylene glycol (CAS No. 34590-94-8);

methoxybutanol (CAS No. 30677-36-2); or a combination thereof. An example of an azeotrope comprising a glycol ether includes an azeotrope comprising ethyl glycol. An example of an azeotrope comprising a majority of ethyl glycol (BP 134°C to 137°C) includes an azeotrope comprising 50% dibutyl ether (A-BP 127°C).

(v) Ethers

[0428] Examples of an ether include diethyl ether (CAS No. 60-29-7); diisopropyl ether (CAS No. 108-20-3); dibutyl ether (CAS No. 142-96-1); di-sec-butyl ether (CAS No. 6863-58-7); methyl tert-butyl ether (CAS No. 1634-04-4); tetrahydrofuran (CAS No. 109־99־ 9); 1,4-dioxane (CAS No. 123-91-1); metadioxane (CAS No. 505-22-6); or a combination thereof. Tetrahydrofuran may be selected as a primary solvent for a polyvinyl binder. An example of an azeotrope comprising an ether includes an azeotrope comprising tetrahydrofuran. An example of an azeotrope comprising a majority of tetrahydrofuran (BP 66°C) includes an azeotrope comprising 5.3% water (A-BP 64.0°C).

(3) Chlorinated Hydrocarbons

[0429] A chlorinated hydrocarbon generally comprises a hydrocarbon, wherein the hydrocarbon comprises a chloride atom moiety. A chlorinated hydrocarbon generally « possesses a very high degree of non-flammability, and consequently lacks a flash point. A chlorinated hydrocarbon may be selected for embodiments where high flash point is desired. Tn particular facets, a chlorinated hydrocarbon may be added to a liquid component to reduce the liquid component’s flash point. In certain facets, it is less preferred that a chlorinated hydrocarbon be combined with a mineral spirit, methylene chloride, or a combination thereof, wherein reduction of the flash point is desired. In particular aspects, a chlorinated hydrocarbon (e.g., methylene chloride, trichloroethylene) may be selected as a solvent for removal of hydrophobic material from a surface (e.g., grease, an undesired coating and/or film). However, a chlorinated hydrocarbon may be less preferred due to an environmental regulation or law. Examples of a chlorinated hydrocarbon include methylene chloride (CAS No. 75-092־; “dichloromethane”); trichloromethane (CAS No. 67-66-3); tetrachloromethane (CAS No. 5623-5); ethyl chloride (CAS No. 75-00-3); isopropyl chloride (CAS No. 75-29-6); 1,2dichloroethane (CAS No. 107-06-2); 1,1,1-trichloroethane (CAS No. 71-55-6; “methylchloroform”); trichloroethylene (CAS No. 79-01-6); 1,1,2,2-tetrachlorethane (CAS No. 79-55-6); 1,2-dichloroethylene (CAS No. 75-35-4); perchloroethylene (CAS No. 127-18-4); 1,2-dichloropropane (CAS No. 78-87-5); chlorobenzene (CAS No. 108-90-7); or a combination thereof. Methylene chloride may be selected for embodiments wherein a fast evaporation rate is desired. 1,1,1-trichloroethane may be selected for embodiments wherein a photochemically inert liquid component is desired. Additionally, methylene chloride may be selected as a coating remover. Examples of an azeotrope comprising a chlorinated hydrocarbon include an azeotrope comprising methylene chloride, trichloroethylene or 1,1,1trichloroethane. Examples of an azeotrope comprising a majority of methylene chloride (BP 40.2°C) include those comprising 1.5% water (A-BP 38.1°C); 3.5% ethanol (A-BP 41.0°C); or 8% methanol (A-BP 39.2°C). Examples of an azeotrope comprising a majority of trichloroethylene (BP 86.7°C) include those comprising 6.6% water (A-BP 72.9°C); 27% ethanol (A-BP 70.9°C); or 36% methanol (A-BP 60.2°C). An example of an azeotrope comprising a majority of 1,1,1-trichloroethane (BP 74.0°C) includes an azeotrope comprising 4.3% water (A-BP 65.0°C).

(4) Nitrated Hydrocarbons

[0430] A nitrated hydrocarbon comprises a hydrocarbon, wherein the hydrocarbon comprises a nitrogen atom moiety. Examples of a nitrated hydrocarbon include a nitroparaffin, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone (“NMP”), or a combination thereof. Examples of a nitroparaffin include nitroethane, nitromethane, nitropropane, 2-nitropropane (“2NP”), or a combination thereof. 2-nitropropane may be selected for embodiments as a substitute for butyl acetate relative to a solvent property, but wherein a greater evaporation rate is desired. N-methyl-2pyrrolidone may be selected for embodiments wherein a strong solvent property, miscibility with water, high flash point, biodegradability, low toxicity, or a combination thereof is desired. Tn certain aspects, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone may be used in a water-borne coating, a coating remover, or a combination thereof.

(5) Miscellaneous Organic Liquids

[0431] A miscellaneous organic liquid is a liquid comprising carbon that are useful as a liquid component for a coating, but are not readily classified as a hydrocarbon, an oxygenated compound, a chlorinated hydrocarbon, a nitrated hydrocarbon, or a combination thereof. Examples of a miscellaneous organic liquid׳ include carbon dioxide; acetic acid, methylal (CAS No. 109-87-5); dimethylacetal (CAS No. 534-15-6); Ν,Ν-dimethylformamide (CAS No. 68-122); Ν,Ν-dimethylacetamide (CAS No. 127-195־); dimethylsulfoxide (CAS No. 67-68-5); tetramethylene suflone (CAS No. 126-33-0); carbon disulfide (CAS No. 75-15-0), 2nitropropane (CAS No. 79-46-9); N-methylpyrrolidone (CAS No. 872-50-4); hexamethylphosphoric triamide (CAS No. 680-31-9); l,3-dimethyl-2-imidazolidinone (CAS No. 80-73-9); or a combination thereof. As would be known to one of ordinary skill in the art, carbon dioxide may function as a liquid component when prepared under pressure and temperature conditions to form a supercritical liquid. A supercritical liquid has properties between that of a liquid and a gas, and can be used in spray application of a coating wherein the appropriate pressure conditions can be maintained. Supercritical carbon dioxide may be formulated with a coating using the tradename technique Unicarb™ (Union Carbide Chemicals and Plastics Co., Inc.). Supercritical carbon dioxide may be selected as a substitute for a hydrocarbon diluent in embodiments wherein chemical inertness, non-flammability, rapid evaporation, or a combination thereof, is desirable. In certain aspects, 0% to 30%, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof, of a hydrocarbon liquid component may be replaced with supercritical carbon dioxide.

b. Plasticizers

[0432] In certain embodiments, a coating may comprise a plasticizer. A plasticizer may be selected for embodiments wherein the resin possesses an unsuitable brittleness and/or low flexibility property upon film formation. Properties a plasticizer typically confers to a coating and/or film include, for example, enhancing a flow property of a coating, lowering a film-forming temperature range, enhancing the adhesion property of a coating and/or film, enhancing the flexibility property of a film, lowering the T_g, improving film toughness, enhancing film heat resistance, enhancing film impact resistance, enhancing UV resistance, or a combination thereof. Since a function of a plasticizer typically is to alter a film’s properties, most plasticizer’s possess a high (e.g., baking temperature) boiling point, as such a compound . is generally less volatile, with increasing boiling point temperature. In certain aspects, a plasticizer may function as a solvent, thinner, diluent, plasticizer, or combination thereof, for a coating composition and/or film at a temperature greater than ambient conditions.

[0433] A plasticizer is thought to interact ־with a binder by a polar interaction, but is chemically inert relative to the binder. A plasticizer typically will lower the T_g of a binder below the temperature a coating comprising the binder will be applied to a surface. In many embodiments, a plasticizer have a vapor pressure less than 3 mm at 200°C, a mass of 200 Da to 800 Da, a specific gravity of 0.75 to 1.35, a viscosity of 50 cSt to 450 cSt, a flash point temperature greater than 120°C, or a combination thereof. Preferred plasticizers comprise an organic liquid (e.g., an ester). Standards for physical properties, chemical properties, and/or procedures for testing purity/properties, are described for plasticizers (e.g., undesired acidity, color, undesired copper corrosion, boiling point, ester content, odor, undesirable water contamination) in, for example, “ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.04, Paint - Solvents; Arnmatir. Hydrocarbons,” D1613-02, D1209-00, D849-02, D1078-01, D1617-90, D1296-01, D608-90, and DI364-02,2002; and “ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.01, Paint - Tests for Chemical, Physical, and Optical Properties; Appearance,” DI544-98,2002. Compatibility of a plasticizer with a binder and/or a solvent has been described (see, for example, Riley, H. E., “Plasticizers,” Paint Testing Manual, American Society for Testing Materials, 1972). Additinnany., techniques previously described for estimating solubility for liquid and an additional coating component may be applied for a plasticizer.

[0434] Various plasticizers comprise an ester of a monoalcohol and an acid (e.g., a dicarboxylic acid). In many embodiments, the monoalcohol comprises 4 to 13 carbons. In specific aspects, the monoalcohol comprises butanol, 2-ethylhexanol, isononanol, isooctyl, isodecyl, or a combination thereof. Examples of an acid include an azelaic acid, a phthalic acid, a sebacic acid, a trimellitic acid, an adipic acid, or a combination thereof. Examples of such plasticizers include di(2-ethylhexyl) azelate (“DOZ”); di(butyl) sebacate (“DBS”); di(2ethylhexyl) phthalate (“DOP”); di(isononyl) phthalate (“DINP”); dibutyl phthalate (“DBP”); butyl benzyl phthalate (“BBP”); di(isooctyl) phthalate (“DIOP”); di(idodecyl) phthalate (“DIDP”); tris(2-ethylhexyl) trimellitate (“TOTM”); tris(isononyl) trimellitate (“TINTM”); di(2-ethylhexyl) adipate (“DOA”); di(isonpnyl) adipate (“DINA”); or a combination thereof.

[0435] A plasticizer may be classified by a moiety, such as, for example, as an adipate (e.g., DOA, DINA), an azelate (e.g., DOZ), a citrate, a chlorinated plasticizer, an epoxide, a phosphate, a sebacate (e.g., DBS), a phthalate (e.g., DOP, DINP, DIOP, DIDP), a polyester, or a trimellitate (e.g., TOTM, TINTM). An example of a citrate plasticizer includes acetyl tri-nbutyl citrate. Examples of an epoxide plasticizer include an epoxy modified soybean oil (“ESO”), 2-ethylhexyl epoxytallate (“2EH tallate”),-or a combination thereof. Examples of a phosphate plasticizer include isodecyl diphenyl phosphate, tricresyl phosphate ( TPC ), isodecyl diphenyl phosphate, tri-2-ethylhexyl phosphate (“TOP”), or a combination thereof. Tricresyl phosphate may function as aplastizer, confer flame resistance, confer fungi resistance, or a combination thereof to a coating. Examples of a polyester plasticizer include an adipic acid polyester, an azelaic acid polyester, or a combination thereof. In certain aspects, a plasticizer is selected for water resistance (e.g., hydrolysis resistance, inertness toward water) such as abisphenoxyethylformal.

c. Water-Borne Coatings

[0436] A water-borne coating (“water reducible coating”) refers to a coating wherein components such as a pigment, a binder, an additive, or a combination thereof are dispersed in water. Often, an additional solvent, surfactant, emulsifier, wetting agent, dispersant, or a combination thereof promotes dispersion of a coating component. A latex coating refers to a water-borne coating wherein the binder is dispersed in water. Typically, a binder of a latex coating comprises a high molecular weight binder. Often a latex coating (e.g; ^a paint, a lacquer) is a thermoplastic coating. Film formation occurs by loss of the liquid component, typically through evaporation, and fusion of dispersed thermoplastic binder particles. Often, a latex coating further comprises a coalescing solvent (e.g., diethylene glycol monobutyl ether) that promotes fusion of the binder particles. In some embodiments, a film produced from a latex coating is more porous, possesses a lower moisture resistance property, is less compact (e.g., thicker), or a combination thereof, relative to a solvent-borne coating comprising similar non-volatile components. Specific procedures for determining the purity/properties of a latex coating, coating component (e.g., solids content, nonvolatile content, vehicles), and/or film have been described, for example, in “ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.01, Paint - Tests for Chemical, Physical, and Optical Properties; Appearance,” D4747-02 and D4827-93,2002; “ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.02, Paint - Products and Applications; Protective Coatings; Pipeline Coatings,” D3793-00,2002; and “ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.03, Paint -- Pigments, Drying Oils, Polymers, Resins, Naval Stores, Cellulosic Esters, and Ink Vehicles,” D5097-90 D4758-92, and D4143-89,2002.

[0437] In certain embodiments, a water-borne coating is a coating wherein 50% to 100%, the including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof, of a coating’s liquid component is water. In general embodiments, the water component of a water-borne coating may function as a solvent, a thinner, a diluent, or a combination thereof. In certain embodiments, a water-borne coating may comprise an additional non-aqueous liquid component. In specific aspects, such an additional liquid component may function as a solvent, a thinner, a diluent, a plasticizer, or a combination thereof. An additional liquid

WO 2005/026269 PCT7US2004/007263 component of a water-borne coating may comprise 0% to 49.999%, the including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof, of the Equid component. Examples of additional Equid components in a water-borne coating include a glycol ether, an alcohol, or a combination thereof.

[0438] In certain embodiments, an additional Equid component of a water-borne coating may be fully or partly miscible in water. Examples of a Equid that is completely miscible in water, and visa versa, include methanol, ethanol, propanol, isopropyl alcohol, tertbutanol, ethylene glycol, methyl glycol, ethyl glycol, propyl glycol, butyl glycol, ethyl diglycol, methoxypropanol, methyldipropylene glycol, dioxane, tetrahydorfuran, acetone, diacetone alcohol, dimethylformamide or dimethyl sulfoxide. Examples of a Equid that is partly miscible in water, by weight at 20°C, include 0.02% ethylbenzene; 0.02% tetrachloroethylene; 0.02%/)-xylene; 0.035% toluene; 0.04% diisobutyl ketone; 0.1% tricholorethylene; 0.19% trimethylcyclohexanol; 0.2% cyclohexyl acetate; 0.3% dibutyl ether; 0.3% trimethylcyclohexanone; 0.44% 1,1,1-tricholoroethane; 0.53% hexane; 0.58% hexanol; 0.67% isobutyl acetate; 0.83% butyl acetate; 1.2% isophorone; 1.4% nitropropane; 1.5% butyl glycol acetate; 1.7% 2-nitropropane; 2.0% methylene chloride; 2.0% methyl isobutyl ketone; 2.3% cyclohexanone; 2.9% isopropyl acetate; 2.9% methylbenzyl alcohol; 3.6% cyclohexanol; 4.5% nitroethane; 4.8% methyl tert-butyl ether; 6.1% ethyl acetate; 6.9% diethyl ether; 7.5% butanol; 7.5% butyl glycolate; 8.4% isobutanol; 12.5% 2-butanol; 21.4% propylene carbonate; 23.5% ethyl glycol acetate; 24% methyl acetate; or 26.0% methyl ethyl ketone. Examples of an azeotrope comprising a majority of water (BP 100°C) include those comprising 16.1% isophorone (A-BP 99.5°C); 20% 2-ethylhexanol (A-BP 99.1°C); 20% cyclohexanol (A-BP 97.8°C); 20.8% butyl glycol (A-BP 98.8°C); or 28.8% ethyl glycol (A-BP 99.4°C).

3. Colorants

[0439] A colorant (“colorizing agent”) is a composition that confers a desirable optical property to a coating. Examples of desirable optical properties, depending upon the appEcation of the present invention, include a reflection property, a light absorption property, a tight scattering property, or a combination thereof. A colorant that increases the reflection of tight may increase gloss. A colorant that increased light scattering may increase the opacity and/or confer a color to a coating and/or film. Light scattering of a broad spectrum of wavelengths can confer a white color to a coating and/or film. Scattering of a certain wavelength may confer a color associated with the wavelength to a coating and/or film. Light absorption also affects opacity and/or color. Light absojption over a broad spectrum confers a black color to a coating and/or film. Absorbance of a certain wavelength may eliminate the ¹color associated with the wavelength from the appearance of a coating־and/or film. Examples

WO 2005/026269 PCI7US2004/007263 of colorants include pigments, dyes, extenders, or a combination thereof. Colorants (e.g., pigments, dyes) and procedures for determining the optical properties and physical properties (e.g., hiding power, transparency, light absorption, light scattering, tinting strength, color, particle size, particle dispersion, pigment content, color matching) of a colorant, coating component, coating and/or film are described in, for example, (in “Industrial Color Testing, Fundamentals and Techniques, Second, Completely Revised Edition,” 1995; “Colorants for Non-Textile Applications,” 2000). Various colorants are well known to those of ordinary skill in the art, and are often identified by their Colour Index (“CI”) number (see, for example, “Colour Index International,” 1971; and “Colour Index International,” 1997). In some cases, a common name for a colorant encompasses several related colorants, which can be differentiated by CI number.

a. Pigments

[0440] A pigment is a composition that is insoluble in the other components of a coatings and further confers a desirable optical properties, confers a property affecting the application of the coating (e.g., a rheological property), confers a performance property to a coating, reduces the cost of the coating, or a combination thereof. In certain embodiment, a pigment confers a performance property to a coating such as a desirable corrosion resistance property, magnetic property, or a combination thereof. Examples of a pigment include an inorganic pigment, an organic pigment, or a combination thereof.

[0441] Pigments possess a variety of properties in addition to color that aid in the selection of a particular pigment for a specific application. Examples of such properties include a tinctorial property, an insolubility property, a corrosion resistance property, a durability property, a heat resistance property, an opacity property, a transparency property, or a combination thereof. A tinctorial property is the ability of a composition to produce a color, wherein a greater tinctorial strength indicating less of the composition is needed to achieve the color. An insolubility property is the ability of a composition to remain in a solid form upon contact with another coating component (e.g., a liquid component), even during a curing process involving chemical reactions (e.g., thermosetting, baking, irradiation). A corrosion resistance property is the ability of a composition to reduce the damage of a chemical (e.g; water, acid) that contacts metal.

[0442] Pigments (e.g., extenders, titanium pigments, inorganic pigments, surface modified pigments, bismuth vanadates, cadmium pigments, cerium pigment, complex inorganic color pigments, metallic pigments, benzimidazolone pigments, diketopyrrolopyrrole pigments, dioxazine violet pigments, disazocondensation pigments, isoindoline pigments, isoindolinone pigments, perylene pigments, phthalocyanine pigments, quinacridone pigments,

WO 2005/026269 PCI7US2004/007263 quinophthalone pigments, thiazine pigments, oxazine pigments, zinc sulfide pigments, zinc oxide pigments, iron oxide pigments, chromium oxide pigments, cadmium pigments, cadmium sulfide, cadmium yellow, cadmium sulfoselenide, cadmium mercury sulfide, bismuth pigments, chromate pigments, chrome yellow, molybdate red, molybdate orange, chrome orange, chrome green, fast chrome green, Ultramarine pigments, iron blue pigments, black pigments, carbon black, specialty pigments, magnetic pigments, cobalt-containing iron oxide pigments, chromium dioxide pigments, metallic iron pigments, barium ferrite pigments, anticorrosive pigments, phosphate pigments, zinc phosphate, aluminum phosphate, chromium phosphate, metal phosphates, multiphase phosphate pigments, borosilicate pigments, borate pigments, chromate pigments, molybdate pigments, lead cyanamide pigments, zinc cyanamide pigments, iron-exchange pigments, metal oxide pigments, red lead pigment, red lead, calcium plumbate, zinc ferrite pigments, calcium ferrite pigments, zinc oxide pigments, powdered metal pigments, zinc dust, lead powder, flake pigments, nacreous pigments, interference pigments, natural pearl essence pigment, basic lead carbonate pigment, bismuth oxychloride pigment, metal oxide-mica pigments, metal effect pigments, transparent pigments, transparent iron oxide pigments, transparent iron blue pigment, transparent cobalt blue pigment, transparent cobalt green pigment, transparent iron oxide, transparent zinc oxide, luminescent pigments, inorganic phosphor pigments, sulfide pigments, selenide pigments, oxysulfide pigments, oxygen dominant phosphor pigments, halide phosphor pigments, azo pigments, monoazo yellow pigments, monoazo orange pigment, disazo pigments, β-naphthol pigments, naphthol AS pigments, salt-type azo pigments, benzimidazolone pigments, disazo condensation pigments, metal complex pigments, isoindolinone pigments, isoindoline pigments, polycyclic pigments, phthalocyanine pigments, quinacrindone pigments, perylene

ץ pigments, perinone pigments, diketopyrrolo pyrrole pigments, thioindigo pigments, anthrapyrimidine pigments, flavanthrone pigments, pyranthrone pigments, anthanthrone pigments, dioxanzine pigments, triarylcarbonium pigments, quinophthalone pigments) and their chemical properties, physical properties and/or optical properties (e.g., color, tinting strength, lightening power, scattering power, hiding power, transparency, light stability, weathering resistance, heat stability, chemical fastness, interactions with a binder), in coating component, coating and/or film, and techniques for determining such properties, are known to one of ordinary skill in the art (see, for example, Solomon, D. H. and Hawthorne, D. G., “Chemistry of Pigments and Fillers,” 1983; “High Performance Pigments,” 2002; “Industrial Inorganic Pigments,” 2002; “Industrial Organic Pigments, Second, Completely Revised Edition,” 1993).

[0443] As would be known to one of ordinary skill in the art, specific standards for physical properties, chemical properties, purity, and/or procedures for testing the purity/properties of various pigments (e.g., lead chromate, chromium oxide, phthalocyanine green, a phthalocyanine blue, molybdate orange, white zinc, zinc oxide, calcium carbonate, barium sulfate, aluminum silicate, diatomaceous silica, magnesium silicate, mica, calcium borosilicate, zinc, hydroxy phosphite, aluminum powder, micaceous iron oxide, zinc phosphate, basic lead silicochromate, strontium chronlate, ochre, lampblack, orange shellac, raw umber, burnt umber, raw sienna, burnt sienna, bone black, carbon black, red iron oxide, brown iron oxide, basic carbonate, white lead, white titanium dioxide, iron blue, ultramarine blue, chrome yellow, chrome orange, hydrated yellow iron oxide, zinc chromate yellow, red lead, para red toner, toluidine red toner, chrome oxide green, zinc dust, cuprous oxide, mercuric oxide, iron oxide, anhydrous aluminum silicate, black synthetic iron oxide, gold bronze powder, aluminum powder, strontium chromate pigment, basic lead silicochromate) for use in a coating are described, for example in “ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.03, Paint Pigments, Drying Oils, Polymers, Resins, Naval Stores, Cellulosic Esters, and Ink Vehicles,” D280-01, D2448-85, D126-87,D305-84, D3021-01, D3256-86, D2218-67, D3280-85, D50-90, D79-86, DI 199-86, D602-81, D715-86, D603-66, D718-86, D604-81, D719-91, D605-82, D717-86, D607-82, D716-86, D4288-02, D4487-90, D4462-02, D4450-85, D962-81, D5532-94, D628098, D1648-86, D1649-01, D85-87, D209-81, D237-57, D763-01, D765-87, D210-81, D56182, D3722-82, D3724-01, D34-91, D81-87, D1301-91, D1394-76, D261-75, D262-81, DI 13586, D211-67, D768-01, D444-88, D3872-86, D478-02, D1208-96, D83-84, D49-83, D392680, D475-67, D656-87, D970-86, D3721-83, D263-75, D520-00, D521-02, D283-84, D28488, D3720-90, D3619-77, D769-01, D476-00, D267-82, D480-88, D1845-86,D1844-86, and D279-02,2002; and in “ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.01, Paint — Tests for Chemical, Physical, and Optical Properties; Appearance,” D5381-93 and D6131-97 2002.

(1) Corrosion Resistance Pigments

[0444] Addition of certain pigments may improve the corrosion resistance of a coating and/or film, or specifically, the protection of a metal surface coated with a coating and/or film from corrosion. Often, a primer comprises such pigments. Examples of corrosion resistance pigments include aluminum flake, aluminum triphosphate, aluminum zinc phosphate, ammonium chromate, barium borosilicate, barium chromate, barium metaborate, basic calcium zinc molybdate, basic carbonate white lead, basic lead silicate, basic lead silicochromate, basic lead silicosulfate, basic zinc molybdate, basic zinc molybdate-phosphate, basic zinc molybdenum phosphate, basic zinc phosphate hydrate, bronze flake, calcium barium phosphosilicate, calcium borosilicate, calcium chromate, calcium plumbate (CI Pigment Brown

WO 2005/026269 PCI7US2004/007263

10), calcium strontium phosphosilicate, calcium strontium zinc phosphosilicate, dibasic lead phosphite, lead chromosilicate, lead cyanamide, lead suboxide, lead sulfate, mica, micaceous iron oxide, red lead (CI Pigment Red 105), steel flake, strontium borosilicate, strontium chromate (CI Pigment Yellow 32), tribasic lead phophosilicate, zinc borate, zinc borosilicate, zinc chromate (CI Pigment Yellow 36), zinc dust (CI Pigment Metal 6), zinc hydroxy phosphite, zinc molybdate, zinc oxide, zinc phosphate (CI Pigment White 32), zinc potassium chromate, zinc silicophosphate hydrate, zinc tetraoxylchromate, or a combination thereof. [0445] The selection of a corrosion resistant pigment may be made based on the mechanism of corrosion resistance it confers to a coating and/or film. Corrosion often occurs as a cathodic process wherein a metal surface acts as a cathode and passes electrons to an electron accepter moiety of a corrosive chemical, such as, for example, hydrogen, oxygen, or a combination thereof. Corrosion can also occur as an anodic process wherein ionized metal atoms then enter solution. Pigments such as, for example, mica, micaceous iron oxide, metallic flake pigments (e.g., aluminum, bronze, steel), or a combination thereof confer corrosion resistance to a coating and/or film by acting as a physical barrier between a metal surface and corrosive chemicals. However, a chemically reactive pigment such as a metal flake pigment be used in an environment at or near neutral pH (e.g., pH 6 to pH 8). Micaceous iron oxide can be selected for a primer, a topcoat, or a combination thereof, and can also function as a UV absorber. Aluminum flake may be selected for an industrial coating, an automotive coating, an architectural coating, a primer, or a combination thereof. Aluminum flake may additionally confer heat resistance, moisture resistance, UV resistance, or a combination thereof to a coating and/or film. Aluminum flake may also be stearate modified for use in a topcoat. However, aluminum flake may produce gas in a coating comprising more than 0.15% water. A metallic zinc pigment (e.g., zinc flake, zinc dust) acts by functioning as an anode instead of the metal surface (e.g., steel). However, the effectiveness of a coating’s corrosion resistance fades as the zinc pigment is used up in protective reactions. A metallic zinc primer may be selected for a primer, particularly in combination with an epoxy topcoat, a urethane topcoat, or a combination thereof.

[0446] Red lead and/or basic lead silicochromate can confer an orange color, and may be selected for combination with an oil-based coating (e.g., a primer), as the pigment chemically reacts with an oil-based binder to produce a corrosion resistant lead soap in the coating and/or film. Red lead and/or basic lead is typically selected for a primer in an industrial steel coating.

[0447] A barium metaborate pigment acts by retarding an anodic process. A barium metaborate pigment is usual chemically modified by combination with silica to reduce solubility. A zinc, borate combined with a zinc phosphate, a modified barium metaborate, or combination thereof demonstrates synergistic enhancement of corrosion resistance, as well as flame retardancy.

[0448] Zinc potassium chromate may confer a yellow color as well as an anticorrosive property. Zinc tetraoxylchromate can also confer a yellow color, and is typically selected for use in a two pack poly(viny butyryl) primer. Zinc oxide may be selected for an oleoresinous coating, a water-borne coating, a primer, or a combination thereof, and may be combined with a zinc chromate and/or calcium borosilicate, and additionally may improve thermosetting crosslinking density and/or act as a UV absorber. Strontium chromate may confer a yellow color, and may be selected for an aluminum surface, an aircraft primer, or a combination thereof. Strontium chromate may be combined with a zinc chromate in a water-borne coating, though it is preferred that total chromate content is less from 0.001% to 2%. Ammonium chromate, barium chromate and calcium chromate may be selected as a corrosion inhibitor, particularly as a flash rust inhibitor.

[0449] A zinc molybdate, zinc phosphate, zinc hydroxy phosphite, or a combination thereof may confer a white color. These zinc pigments function by reducing an anodic process, though zinc hydroxy phosphite may form corrosion resistant soap in an oleoresinouscoating. Basic zinc molybdate typically is selected for an alkyd-coating, an epoxide-coating, an epoxy ester-coating, a polyester-coating, a solvent-bome coating, or a combination thereof. Basic zinc molybdate-phosphate is similar to basic zinc molybdate, though it may provide superior corrosion resistance for a rusted steel surface. Basic calcium zinc molybdate may be selected for a water-borne coating, a two-pack polyurethane coating, a two-pack epoxy coating, or a combination thereof. A combination of basic calcium zinc molybdate and zinc phosphate may confer a superior adhesion property to a surface comprising iron, and may be selected for a water-borne coating or a solvent-bome coating. A zinc phosphate may be selected for an alkyd coating, a water-reducible coating, a coating cured by an acid and baking, or a combination thereof. A zinc phosphate is less preferred for a marine coating for salt water embodiments. A modified zinc phosphate, such as, for example, aluminum zinc phosphate, basic zinc phosphate hydrate, zinc silicophosphate hydrate, basic zinc molybdenum phosphate, or a combination thereof may confer improved corrosion resistance for a salt water embodiment. Zinc hydroxy phosphite may be selected for a solvent-bome coating.

[0450] An aluminum triphosphate typically confers a white color, acts by chelating iron ions, and is preferred for a surface that comprises iron. A grade I aluminum triphosphate is modified with zinc and silicate, and may be selected for an alkyd-coating, an epoxy coating, a ”solvent-bome coating, a primer, or a combination thereof. A grade II aluminum triphosphate is modified with zinc and silicate, and may be selected for a water-borne coating or a solventborne coating. A grade HI aluminum triphosphate is modified with zinc, and may be selected for a water-borne coating or a solvent-botne coating.

[0451] A silicate pigment such as| barium borosilicate, calcium borosilicate, strontium borosilicate, zinc borosilicate, a calcium barium phosphosilicate, a calcium strontium phosphosilicate, a calcium strontium zinc, phosphosilicate, or a combination thereof, typically acts through inhibiting an anodic or cathodic process, as well as forming a corrosion resistant soap in an oleoresinous-coating. A grade I and/or ΙΠ calcium borosilicate may be selected for a medium oil alkyd-coating, a long oil alkyd, an epoxy ester-coating, a solvent-borne coating, an architectural coating, an industrial coating, or a combination thereof, but is less preferred for a marine coating, an epoxide-coating, a water-borne coating, or a combination thereof.

Calcium barium phosphosilicate grade I pigment may be selected for a solvent-borne epoxycoating, to confer an antisettling property to a primer comprising zinc, or a combination thereof. Calcium barium phosphosilicate grade Π pigment may be selected for a water-borne coating, an alkyd-coating, or a combination thereof. Calcium strontium phosphosilicate may be selected for a water-borne acrylic lacquer, a water-borne sealant, or a combmation thereof. In aspects wherein a water-borne acrylic lacquer comprises calcium strontium phosphosilicate, it is preferred that a 1:1 ratio of zinc phosphate pigment is included. Calcium strontium zinc phosphosilicate may be selected for an alkyd-coating, an epoxide coating, a coating cured by a catalyst and baking, a water-borne coating, or a combination thereof.

(2) Camouflage Pigments

[0452] A camouflage pigment refers to a pigment typically selected to camouflage a surface (e.g., a military surface) from visual and, more preferred, infrared detection. Examples of a camouflage pigment include an anthraquinone black, a chromium oxide green, or a combination thereof. A chromium oxide green may be selected for embodiments wherein good chemical resistance, dull color, good heat stability, good infrared reflectance, good light fastness, good opacity, good solvent resistance, low tinctorial strength, or a combination thereof, is suitable. Anthraquinone black (CI Pigment Black 20) may be selected for good light fastness and moderate solvent resistance, and is often selected for camouflage coatings, due to its infrared absorption property.

(3) Color Property Pigments

[0453] A color property is the ability of a composition to confer a visual color and/or metallic appearance to a coating and/or a coated surface. Color pigments are often categorized by a common name recognized within the art, which often encompasses several specific color pigments, each identified by a CI number.

(i) Black Pigments

[0454] A black pigment is a pigment that confers a black color to a coating. Examples of black pigments, identified by common name with examples of specific pigments in parentheses, include aniline black; anthraquinone black; carbon black; copper carbonate; graphite; iron oxide; micaceous iron oxide; manganese dioxide; or a combination thereof.

[0455] Aniline black (e.g., CI Pigment Black 1); may be selected for a deep black color (e.g., strong light absorption, low fight scattering) and/or fastness. Coatings comprising aniline black typically comprise relatively higher concentrations of binder, and thus often possesses a matt property.

[0456] Anthraquinone black (e.g., CI Pigment Black 20) may be selected for good fight fastness and moderate solvent resistance.

[0457] Carbon black (e.g., CI Pigment Black 6, CI Pigment Black 7, CI Pigment Black 8) generally possesses properties such as chemical stability, good fight fastness, good solvent resistance, heat stability, or a combination thereof. Carbon black is often categorized into separate grades, based on the intensity of black color (“jetness”). To reduce flocculation in preparing a coating comprising a carbon black pigment, such pigments may be incrementally added to a coating during preparation, chemically modified by surface oxidation, chemically modified by an organic compound (e.g., a carboxylic acid), or a combination thereof.

i

Additionally, a carbon black pigment may absorb certain other coating components such as a metal soap drier. Typically, increasing the concentration of the susceptible component by, for example, two-fold will reduce this effect. A high jet channel black pigment is often selected for use in an automotive coating wherein a high jetness is desired. The other grades of carbon black pigments are often selected for architectural coatings.

[0458] Graphite (e.g., CI Pigment Black 10) may be selected for properties such as relative chemically inertness, low in color intensity, low in tinctorial strength, an anti-corrosive property, an increase in coating spreading rate, or a combination thereof.

[0459] Iron oxide (e.g., CI Pigment Black 11) may be selected for properties such as good chemical resistance, relative inertness, good solvent resistance, limited heat resistance, low tinctorial strength, or a combination thereof. Iron oxide possesses superior floating resistance than carbon black, particularly in combination with titanium dioxide.

[0460] Micaceous iron oxide may be selected for properties such as relative inertness, grayish appearance, shiny appearance, function as a UV absorber, function as an anti-corrosive pigment due to resistance to oxygen and moisture passage. However, over-dispersal of a micaceous iron oxide during coating preparation may damage the pigment.

(ii) Brown Pigments

[0461] A brown pigment is a pigment that confers a brown color to a coating.

Examples of a brown pigment include azo condensation (CI Pigment Brown 23, CI Pigment Brown 41, CI Pigment Brown 42); benzimidazolone (CI Pigment Brown 25); iron oxide; metal complex brown; or a combination thereof. A synthetically produced iron oxide brown (CI Pigment Brown 6, CI Pigment Brown 7) may be selected for embodiments wherein a rich brown color, good lightfastness, or a combination thereof is suitable. A metal complex brown (CI Pigment Brown 33) may be selected for embodiments wherein high heat stability, good fastness, or a combination thereof is suitable. A metal complex brown may be used, for example, in a coil coating, a coating for a ceramic surface, or a combination thereof.

(iii) White Pigments

[0462] A white pigment is a pigment that confers a white color to a coating. Examples of a white pigment include antimony oxide; basic lead carbonate (CI Pigment White 25); lithopone; titanium dioxide; white lead; zinc oxide; zinc sulphide (CI Pigment White 7); or a combination thereof.

[0463] Antimony oxide (CI Pigment White 11) is chemically inert, and used in fire resistant coatings. In some embodiments, antimony oxide may be combined with titanium dioxide, particularly in a coating where chalking is undesirable and a white color in the coating is desired.

[0464] Titanium dioxide (CI Pigment White 6) is resistant to heat, many chemicals, and organic solvents, allowing use in many different applications where such properties are desirable. Titanium dioxide may be in the form of a crystal, such as an anatase crystal, a rutile crystal, or a combination thereof. Rutile is more opaque than anatase. Anatase has a greater ability to chalk and is whiter in color than rutile. In aspects wherein chalking is undesirable, a titanium dioxide crystal may be reacted with an inorganic oxide to enhance chalking resistance. Examples of such inorganic oxides include aluminum oxide, silicon oxide, zinc oxide, or a combination thereof.

[0465] White lead (CI Pigment White 1) is chemically reactive with acidic binders to form strong films with elastic properties, but also chemically reacts with sulphur to become black in color. It is less preferred in certain coatings due to the toxic nature of lead.

[0466] Zinc oxide (CI Pigment White 4) confers desirable properties such as resistance to mildew, as well as chemically reacting with oleoresin binders in film formation to enhance resistance to abrasion, to enhance resistance to moisture, to enhance hardness, and/or reduce chalking. However, these reactions may undesirably occur during storage. In־ some embodiments, it may be combined with titanium dioxide, particularly in a coating comprising an oleoresin binder when chalking is undesirable and a white color in the coating is desired. [046η Zinc sulfide (CI Pigment White 7) is chemically inert, and confers a strong chalking property. In certain embodiments, a zinc sulfide comprises a lithopone. A lithopone (CI Pigment White 5) comprises a mixture of ZnS and barium sulphate (BaSO4), usually from 30% to 60% ZnS and 70% to 40% BaSO₄.

(iv) Pearlescent Pigments

[0468] A pearlescent pigment is a pigment that confers a pearl-like appearance to a coating. Examples of a white pigment include titanium dioxide and ferric oxide covered mica, bismuth oxychloride crystal, or a combination thereof.

(v) Violet Pigments

[0469] A violet pigment is a pigment that confers a violet color to a coating. However, a ^,violet pigment is often used in combination with a red pigment or a blue pigment to produce a desirable color of an intermediate hue between red and blue. Additionally, a violet pigment is often combined with titanium dioxide to balance the slight yellow color of that white pigment. An example of a violet pigment includes dioxanine violet (CI Pigment Violet 23; CI Pigment Violet 37). A dioxazine violet may be selected for embodiments wherein high heat stability, good light fastness, good solvent fastness, or a combination thereof is suitable. CI Pigment Violet 23 (“carbazole violet”) is relatively transparent and bluer than CI Pigment 37, and is typically used in a metallic coating. A dioxazine violet is susceptible to flocculation, loss in a powder coating, or a combination thereof, due to small particle size.

(vi) Blue Pigments

[0470] A blue pigment is a pigment that confers a blue color to a coating. Examples of a blue pigment include carbazol Blue; carbazole Blue; cobalt blue; copper phthalocyanine;

dioxanine Blue; indanthrone; phthalocyanin blue; Prussian blue; ultramarine; or a combination thereof.

[0471] A cobalt blue (CI Pigment Blue 36) may be selected for embodiments wherein good chemical resistance, good lightfastness, good solvent fastness, or a combination thereof, is suitable. An indanthrone (CI Pigment Blue 60) may be selected for embodiments wherein a redish-blue hue, good chemical resistance, good heat resistance, good solvent fastness, transparency, superior resistance to flocculation relative to a copper phthalocyanine, or a combination thereof, is suitable.

[0472] A copper phthalocyanine (CI Pigment Blue 15, CI Pigment Blue 15:1, CI Pigment Blue 15:2, CI Pigment Blue 15:3, CI Pigment Blue 15:4, CI Pigment Blue 15:6, CI Pigment Blue 16) may be selected for embodiments wherein good color strength, good tinctorial strength, good heat stability, good lightfastness, good solvent resistance, transparency, or a combination thereof, is suitable. CI Pigment Blue 15 is redish in hue, but is chemically unstable upon contact with an aromatic hydrocarbon, and converts to a greenish blue compound. CI Pigment Blue 15:1 is¹ form of CI Pigment Blue 15 chemically stabilized by chlorination, greener, and tinctorially weaker than CI Pigment Blue 15. CI Pigment Blue 15:2 is modified form of CI Pigment Blue 15 that is resistant to flocculation. CI Pigment Blue 15:3 is greenish-blue, while CI Pigment Blue 15:4 is modified form of CI Pigment Blue 15:3 that is resistant to flocculation. CI Pigment Blue 16 is relatively transparent. Examples of coatings wherein copper phthalocyanine are used include a metallic automotive coating. However, as described above, a copper phthalocyanine may be susceptible to flocculation due to small primary particle size, and various modified forms are known wherein flocculation is reduced. Examples of modifications used to reduce, flocculation adding a sulfonic acid moiety; a sulfonic acid moiety and a long chain amine moiety; an aluminum benzoate; an acidic binder (e.g., a rosin); a chloromethyl moiety; or a: combination thereof, to the phthalocyanine. A modified phthalocyanine may be selected for embodiments wherein superior color shade, dispersibility, gloss, or a combination thereof is suitable.

[0473] A Prussian blue (CI Pigment Blue 27) may be selected for embodiments wherein a strong color, good heat stability, good solvent fastness, or a combination thereof is suitable. However, a Prussian blue is chemically unstable in alkali conditions. An ultramarine (CI Pigment Blue 29) may be selected wherein a strong color, good heat stability, good light fastness, good solvent resistance, or a combination thereof is suitable. However, an ultramarine is chemically unstable in acidic conditions.

(vii) Green Pigments

[0474] A green pigment is a pigment that confers a green color to a coating. However, often a “green pigment” comprises a mixture of a yellow pigment and a blue pigment, with the properties of each component pigment generally retained. Examples of a green pigment include chrome green; chromium oxide green; halogenated copper phthalocyanine; hydrated chromium oxide; phthalocyanine green; or a combination thereof.

[0475] A chrome green (“Brunswick green,” CI Pigment Green 15) comprises a combination of a Prussian blue and/or a copper phthalocyanine blue and a chrome yellow. A coating comprising a chrome green may be susceptible to floating and flooding defects. A chromium oxide green (CI Pigment Green 17) may be selected for embodiments wherein good chemical resistance, dull color, good heat stability, good infrared reflectance, good light fastness, good opacity, good solvent,resistance, low tinctorial strength, or a combination . thereof is suitable. A hydrated chromium oxide (CI Pigment Green 18) is similar to chromium oxide, and may be selected for embodiments wherein good light fastness, relatively brighter appearance, relatively greater transparency, relatively less heat stability, relatively less acid stability, or a combination thereof, is suitable. A phthalocyanine green (CI Pigment Green 7, CI Pigment Green 36) may be selected for embodiments wherein good chemical resistance, good heat stability, good light fastness, gojod solvent resistance, good tinctorial strength, color transparency, or a combination thereof is suitable. CI Pigment Green 7 may be selected for a bluish green color, while CI Pigment Green 36 may be selected for a yellower-greenish color.

A phthalocyanine green is often selected for an automotive coating (e.g., a metallic coating), an industrial coating, an architectural coating, a powder coating, or a combination thereof.

(viii) Yellow Pigments

[0476] In certain embodiments, a coating may comprise a yellow pigment. A “yellow pigment” is a pigment that confers a yelljw color to a coating. Examples of a yellow pigment include anthrapyrimidine; arylamide yellow; barium chromate; benzimidazolone yellow; bismuth vanadate (CI Pigment Yellow 184); cadmium sulfide yellow (CI Pigment Yellow 37); complex inorganic color pigment; diarylide yellow; disazo condensation; flavanthrone; isoindoline; isoindolinone; lead chromate; nickel azo yellow; organic metal complex; quinophthalone; yellow iron oxide; yellow oxide; zinc chromate; or a combination thereof.

[0477] An anthrapyrimidine pigment (CI Pigment Yellow 108) may be selected for embodiments wherein, moderate light fastness, moderate solvent resistance, a dull color, transparency, or a combination thereof is suitable.

[0478] An arylamide yellow (‘Hansa® yellow,” CI Pigment Yellow 1, CI-Pigment

Yellow 3, CI Pigment Yellow 65, CI Pigment Yellow 73, CI Pigment Yellow 74, CI Pigment Yellow 75, CI Pigment Yellow 97, CI Pigment Yellow 111) maybe selected for embodiments wherein, poor heat stability, good light fastness, poor solvent resistance, moderate tinctorial strength, or a combination thereof is suitable. CI Pigment 1 and CI Pigment 74 are mid-yellow in hue. CI Pigment Yellow 3 is greenish in hue. CI Pigment Yellow 73 is mid-yellow in hue, and resistant to recrystalization during dispersion. CI Pigment 97 possesses superior solvent fastness than other arylamide yellow pigments, and has been used in a stoving enamel, an automotive coating, or a combination thereof. Other arylamide yellow pigments may be used in a water-borne coating, a coating comprising a white spirit liquid component, or a combination thereof.

[0479] A benzimidiazolone yellow (CI Pigment Yellow 120, CI Pigment Yellow 151, CI Pigment Yellow 154, CI Pigment Yellow 175, CI Pigment Yellow 181, CI Pigment Yellow 194) may be selected for embodiments wherein, good chemical resistance, good heat stability, good light fastness, good solvent resistance, or a combination thereof is suitable. A

WO 2005/026269 . PCT/US2004/007263 benzimidiazolone with larger particle size been used in an automotive coatmg, a powder coating, or a combination thereof. ן

[0480] A cadmium sulfide yellow (pi Pigment Yellow 37) may be selected for embodiments wherein good stability in basic pH, good heat stability, good light fastness, good opacity, good solvent fastness, or a combination thereof is suitable. However, a cadmium yellow comprises cadmium, which may IwLit suitability relative to an environmental law or regulation. ¹

[0481] A complex inorganic color pigment (“mixed phase metal oxide, CI Pigment Yellow 53, CI Pigment Yellow 119, CI Pigment Yellow 164); may be selected for embodiments wherein, good chemical stability, good heat resistance, good light fastness, good opacity, good solvent fastness, or a combination thereof is suitable. However, a complex inorganic color pigment generally produces a pale color, and is often combined with an additional pigment (e.g., an organic pigment). A complex inorganic color pigment is often selected for an automotive coating, a coil coating, or a combination thereof. A bismuth vanadate is similar to a complex inorganic pigment, but possesses superior color of greenyellow hue, poorer light fastness, and greater use in a powder coating. A bismuth vanadate is often combined with a light stabilizer.

[0482] A diarylide yellow (CI Pigment Yellow 12, CI Pigment Yellow 13, CI Pigment Yellow 14, CI Pigment Yellow 17, CI Pigment Yellow 81, CI Pigment Yellow 83) may be selected for embodiments wherein, good chemical resistance, poor light fastness, good solvent resistance, good tinctorial strength, or a combination thereof is suitable. A diarylide yellow is not stable at a temperature of200°C or greater. CI Pigment Yellow 83 has superior tight fastness than other diarytide yellow pigments, and has been used in an industrial coating, a powder coating, or a combination thereof.

[0483! A diazo condensation pigment (CI Pigment Yellow 93, CI Pigment Yellow 94,

CI Pigment Yellow 95, CI Pigment Yellow 128, CI Pigment Yellow 166) may be selected for embodiments wherein, good chemical resistance, good heat stability, good solvent resistance, good tinctorial strength, or a combination thereof is suitable. A diazo condensation pigment typically is used in plastics, though CI Pigment Yellow 128 has been used in a coatmg such as an automotive coating.

[0484] A fl a vanthrone pigment (CI Pigment Yellow 24) may be selected for embodiments wherein, good heat stability, moderate tight fastness, a reddish yellow hue superior to an anthrapyrimidine, transparency, or a combination thereof is suitable.

[0485] An isoindoline yellow pigment (CI Pigment Yellow 139, CI Pigment Yellow

185) may be selected for embodiments wherein, good chemical resistance, good heat stability, good light fastness, good solvent resistance, moderate tinctorial strength, or a combination thereof is suitable. An isoindolinone yellow pigment (CI Pigment Yellow 109, CI Pigment Yellow 110, CI Pigment Yellow 173) typically has been used in an automotive coating or an architectural coating. An isoindoline yellow pigment may be selected for embodiments wherein good light fastness, good tinctorial strength, or a combination thereof is suitable. However, an isoindoline pigment is not stable in a basic pH. An isoindoline yellow pigment typically has been used in an industrial coating.

[0486] A lead chromate (CI Pigment Yellow 34) may be selected for embodiments wherein moderate heat stability, low oil absorption, good opacity, good solvent resistance, or a combination thereof is suitable. However, a lead chromate is susceptible to an acidic or a basic pH, and a lower light fastness so that the pigment darkens upon irradiation by light. The pH and lightfastness properties of commercially produced lead chromate are often improved by treatment of a lead chromate with silica, antimony, alumina, metal, or a combination thereof. Additionally, a lead chromate comprises lead and/or chromium, which may limit suitability relative to an environmental law or regulation. A lead chromate may comprise a lead sulfate, which is used to modify color. Examples of lead chromates include a lemon chrome, which comprises from 20% to 40% lead sulfate and is greenish yellow in color; a middle chrome, which comprises little lead sulfate and is reddish yellow in color; orange chrome, which comprises no detectable lead sulfate; and primrose chrome, which comprises from 45% to 55% lead chrome and is greenish yellow in color.

[0487] An organic metal complex (CI Pigment Yellow 129, CI Pigment Yellow 153) may be selected for embodiments wherein good solvent resistance is suitable. An organic metal complex typically is transparent and dull in color.

[0488] A quinophthalone pigment (CI Pigment Yellow 138) may be selected for embodiments wherein, good heat stability, good light fastness, good solvent resistance, a reddish yellow hue, or a combination thereof is suitable. A quinophthalone can be either highly opaque or transparent. A quinophthalone pigment has been used as a substitute for chrome as a pigment.

[0489] A yellow iron oxide (CI Pigment Yellow 42, CI Pigment Yellow 43) may be selected for embodiments wherein good covering power, good disperability, good resistance to chemicals, good light fastness, good solvent resistance, a yellow with greenish hue is desired, or a combination thereof is suitable. A yeftow iron oxide can function as a U.V. absorber. However, a yellow iron oxide is generally of duller color relative to other pigments, and is susceptible to temperatures of 1.05°C or greater. Additionally, a yellow iron oxide may comprise a a-crystal, a β-crystal, a γ-crystal, or a combination thereof; Overdispersion may damage the needle-shape crystal structure, which can reduce the color intensity. Additionally, a transparent yellow iron oxide can be prepared by selecting particles with minimum size, and such a pigment is used, for example, in an automotive coating or a wood coating.

(ix) Orange Pigments

[0490] In certain embodiments, a coating may comprise an orange pigment. An “orange pigment” is a pigment that confers an orange color to a coating. Examples of an orange pigment include perinone orange; pyrazolone orange; or a combination thereof.

[0491] A perinone orange pigment (CI Pigment Orange 43) may be selected for embodiments wherein very good resistance to heat, good light fastness, good solvent resistance, high tinctorial strength, or a combination thereof is suitable.

[0492] A pyrazolone orange pigment (CI Pigment Orange 13, CI Pigment Orange 34) is similar to a diarylide yellow pigment, and may be selected for embodiments wherein moderate resistance to heat, poor light fastness, moderate solvent resistance, high tinctorial strength, or a combination thereof is suitable. However, CI Pigment Orange 34 possesses greater lightfastness relative to CI Pigment Orange 13, and has been used in an industrial coating and/or a replacement for chrome.

(x) Red Pigments

[0493] In certain embodiments, a coating may comprise a red pigment. A “red pigment” is a pigment that confers a red color to a coating. Examples of an red pigment include anthraquinone; benzimidazolone; BON arylamide; cadmium red; cadmium selenide;

chrome red; dibromanthrone; diketopyrrolo-pyrrole pigment (CI Pigment Red 254, CI Pigment Red 255, CI Pigment Red 264, CI Pigment Red 270, CI Pigment Red 272); disazo condensation pigment (CI Pigment Red 144, CI Pigment Red 166, CI Pigment Red 214, CI Pigment Red 220, CI Pigment Red 221, CI Pigment Red 242); lead molybdate; perylene; pyranthrone; quinacridone; quinophthalone; red iron oxide; red lead; toluidine red; tonor pigment (CI Pigment Red 48, CI Pigment Red 57, CI Pigment Red 60, CI Pigment Red 68); βnaphthol red; or a combination thereof.

[0494] A lead molybdate red pigment (CI Pigment Red 104) may be selected for embodiments wherein good resistance to heat, moderate resistance to basic pH, good opacity, excellent solvent resistance, or a combination thereof is suitable. A molybdate red is bright in color, and is often combined with an organic pigment to extend a color range. However, a molybdate is easy to disperse, and overdispersion may damage this pigment. Additionally, a molybdate red comprising lead and/or chromium may have limited suitability relative to an environmental law or regulation. .

WO 2005/026269 PCI7US2004/007263

[0495] A cadmium red pigment (CI Pigment Red 108) may be selected for embodiments wherein excellent resistance to heat, good lightfastness, poor resistance to acidic pH, good opacity, excellent solvent resistance, or a combination thereof is suitable. However, a cadmium red comprises cadmium, and may have limited suitability relative to an environmental law or regulation.

[0496] A red iron oxide pigment (CI Pigment Red 101, CI Pigment Red 102) may be selected for embodiments wherein excellent resistance to heat, good lightfastness, poor resistance to acidic pH, good opacity, excellent solvent resistance, or a combination thereof is suitable. However, a cadmium red comprises cadmium, and may have limited suitability relative to an environmental law or regulation.

[0497] β-naphthol red (CI Pigment Red 3) may be selected for embodiments wherein modest heat resistance, good lightfastness, modest solvent resistance, or a combination thereof is suitable.

[0498] BON arylamide (CI Pigment Red 2, CI Pigment Red 5, CI Pigment Red 12, CI Pigment Red 23, CI Pigment Red 112, CI Pigment Red 146, CI Pigment Red 170) comprises various pigments that generally have good lightfastness, good solvent resistance, or a combination thereof.

[0499] Tonor pigment (CI Pigment Red 48, CI Pigment Red 57, CI Pigment Red 60, CI Pigment Red 68) comprises various pigments that generally have good solvent resistance, but often have poor acid resistance, poor alkali resistance, or a combination thereof.

[0500] Benzimidazolone (CI Pigment Red 171, CI Pigment Red 175, CI Pigment Red 176, CI Pigment Red 185, CI Pigment Red 208) comprises various pigments that generally have good heat stability, excellent solvent resistance, or a combination thereof.

[0501] Disazo condensation pigment (CI Pigment Red 144, CI Pigment Red 166, CI

Pigment Red 214, CI Pigment Red 220, CI Pigment Red 221, CI Pigment Red 242) comprises various pigments that generally have excellent heat stability, good solvent resistance, or a combination thereof.

[0502] Quinacridone (CI Pigment Red 122, CI Pigment Red 192, CI Pigment Red 202, CI Pigment Red 207, CI Pigment Red 209) comprises a various pigments that generally have bright color, excellent heat stability, excellent solvent resistance, excellent chemical resistance, good lightfastness, or a combination thereof.

[0503] Perylene (CI Pigment Red 123, CI Pigment Red 149, CI Pigment Red 178, CI Pigment Red 179, CI Pigment Red 190, CI Pigment Red 224) comprises a various pigments that generally have excellent heat stability, excellent solvent resistance, excellent lightfastness, or a combination thereof.

[0504] Anthraquinone (CI Pigment Red 177) has a bright color, good heat stability, good solvent resistance, good lightfastness, or a combination thereof.

[0505] Dibromanthrone (CI Pigment Red 168) has a bright color, moderate heat stability, good solvent resistance, excellent lightfastness, or a combination thereof.

[0506] Pyranthrone (CI Pigment Red 216, CI Pigment Red 226) has a dull color, moderate heat stability, good solvent resistance, poor lightfastness in combination with titanium dioxide, or a combination thereof.

[0507] Diketopyrrolo-pyrrole pigment (CI Pigment Red 254, CI Pigment Red 255, CI

Pigment Red 264, CI Pigment Red 270, CI Pigment Red 272) comprises a various pigments that generally have a bright color, good opacity, excellent heat stability, excellent solvent resistance, or a combination thereof.

(xi) Metallic Pigments

[0508] In certain embodiments, a coating may comprise a metallic pigment. A “metallic pigment” is a pigment that confers a metallic appearance to a coating, and as previously described, is often a corrosion resistance pigment. A metallic pigment may be selected for a topcoat, particularly to confer a metallic appearance, a primer, particularly to confer a corrosion resistance property, an automotive coating, an industrial coating, or a combination thereof. Metallic flake pigments are preferred for embodiments wherein UV and/or infrared resistance is to be conferred to a coating. Examples of a metallic pigment include aluminum flake (CI Pigment Metal 1); aluminum non-leafing, gold bronze flake, zinc dust, stainless steel flake, nickel (e.g., flake, powder), or a combination thereof.

(4) Extender Pigments

[0509] An extender pigment (“inert pigment,” “extender,” “inert,” “filler”) is a substance that is insoluble in the other components of a coating, and further confers a desirable optical property (e.g., opacity, gloss), a rheological property, physical property, an antisettling property, or a combination thereof, to the coating and/or film. An extender pigment is often white or near white in color, and typically are used to provide a cheap partial substitute for a more expensive white pigment (e.g., titanium dioxide). Often an extender has a refractive index below 1.7. In some aspects, an extenders refractive index is 1.30 to 1.70, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof. Examples of an inorganic extender include a barium sulphate (CI Pigment White 21, CI Pigment White 22); a calcium carbonate (CI Pigment White 18); a calcium sulphate; a silicate (CI Pigment White 19, CI Pigment White 26); a silica (CI Pigment White 27); or a combination thereof.

[0510] Calcium carbonate (“calcite,” “whiting,” “limestone,” CI Pigment White 18׳) is generally chemically inert with the exception of reactions with an acid. Calcium carbonate may be used in a water-borne coating or a solvent-borne coating. Properties specifically associated with calcium carbonate include conferring settling resistance, sag resistance, or a combination thereof. Precipitated calcium carbonate obtained from processing of limestone, and may have superior opacity.

[0511] Kaolin (“china clay”) is topically selected for a latex coating, an alkyd coating, an architectural coating, or a combination thereof. In addition to the typical properties of an extender (e.g., opacity), kaolin can confer scrub resistance to a coating.

[0512] Talc is a hydrated magnesium aluminum silicate, and is soluble in water. Talc may be selected for an architectural coating (e.g., interior, exterior), a primer, a traffic marker coating, an industrial coating, or a combination thereof. Talc comprising a platy particle shape can confer chemical resistance, water resistance, improved flow property, or a combination thereof.

[0513] Silica is silicon dioxide, and may be classified as crystalline silica, diatomaceous silica or synthetic silica. Crystalline silica is produced from crushed and ground quartz, and may be selected for an architectural coating, an industrial coating, a primer, a latex coating, a powder coating, or a combination thereof. Crystalline silica may confer burnish resistance to a coating and/or film. Diatomaceous silica (“diatomaceous earth,” “diatomite”) is the mineral fossil of diatoms, which were single celled aquatic plants. Diatomaceous silica may be selected for an architectural coating, a latex coating, or a combination thereof.

Diatomaceous silica may also function as a flattening agent. Synthetic silica is produced from chemical reactions, and includes, for example, precipitated silica, fumed silica, or a combination thereof. Precipitated silica may be selected for an industrial coating, a solventborne coating, or a combination thereof. Precipitated silica may also function as a flattening agent. Fumed silica may be selected for an industrial coating. Fumed silica may also function as a flattening agent, a rheology modifier, or a combination thereof.

[0514] Mica is a hydrous silica aluminum potassium silicate, and typically comprises plate shaped particles. Mica may be selected for an architectural coating, an exterior coating, a traffic marker coating, a primer, or a combination thereof. Mica may also confer durability, moisture resistance, corrosion resistance, heat resistance, chemical resistance, cracking resistance, sagging resistance, or a combination thereof, to a coating and/or film,

[0515] Barium sulfate may be classified as baryte or a blanc fixe. Baryte may be selected for an automotive coating, an industrial coating, a primer, an undercoat, or a combination thereof. Blanc fixe has good opacity for an extender, and may be selected for an automotive coating, an industrial coating, or a combination thereof. .

237

[0516] Wollastonite is a calcium metasilicate, and may be selected for a latex coating. Wollasonite may also function as an alkali pH buffer. Surface modified wollasonite may be selected for an industrial coating.

[0517] Nepheline syenite is an anhydrous sodium potassium aluminum silicate, and may be selected for an architectural coating, a latex coating, an interior coating, an exterior coating, or a combination thereof. Nepheline syenite may function may confer cracking resistance, scrub resistance, or a combination thereof.

’ I

[0518] Sodium aluminosilicate may be selected for a latex coating, an architectural coating, or a combination thereof. Sodium: aluminosilicate may also function as a flattening agent.

[0519] Alnmina trihydrate may be selected for an architectural coating, a thermoplastic coating, a thermosetting coating, or a combination thereof. Alumina trihydrate may confer flame retardancy to a film.

b. Dyes

[0520] A dye is a composition that is soluble in the other components of a coating, and further confers a desirable color property to the coating. It is contemplated that many of the compounds that give a cell-based particulate material of the present invention color, such as photosynthetic pigment and/or carotenoid pigment, will be partly or fully soluble in many nonaqueous liquids described herein. It is further contemplated that a cell-based particulate material of the present invention is added to a coating comprising such a liquid component, the material may act as a dye, as well as a pigment and/or extender, due to the dissolving of colored compounds into the liquid component.

4. Coating Additives

[0521] A coating additive is any material which is added to a coating to confer a desirable property other than that described for a binder, a liquid component, a colorizing agent, or a combination thereof. It is contemplated that, in addition to the examples of additives described herein, any additive known to one of ordinary skill in the art, in light of the present disclosures, may be included in a composition of the present invention.

[0522] Examples of coating additives include a cell-based particulate material of the present invention, as well as an antifloating agent, an antiflooding agent, an antifoaming agent, an anti settling agent, an antiskinning agent, a catalyst, a corrosion inhibitor, a film-formation promoter, a leveling agent, a matting agent, a neutralizing agent, a preservative, a thickening agent, a wetting agent, or a combination thereof. The content for an individual coating additive in a coating generally is 0.000001% to 20.0%, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof. However, inmost embodiments, it is contemplated the concentration of a single additive in a coating will comprise between 0.000001% and 10.0%, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof.

a. Preservatives j

[0523] A coating may comprise a preservative to reduce or prevent the deterioration of a coating and/or film by a microorganism. As would be known to one of ordinary skill in the art, a microorganism is generally considered a contaminant capable damaging a film and/or coating the point of suitable usefulness in a given embodiment. It is preferred that a coating comprising a cell-based particulate material of the present invention also comprises a preservative. It is contemplated that continued growth of a microorganism from a microorganism-based particulate material of the present invention would be detrimental to a coating and/or film, and a preservative may reduce or prevent such growth. It is further contemplated that a contaminating microorganism could use the cell-based particulate material of the present invention as a readily available source of nutrients for growth, and a preservative may reduce or prevent such growth. It is also contemplated that the amount of preservative added to a coating comprising a cell-based particulate material of the present invention may be increased relative to a preservative content of a similar coating lacking such an added cellbased particulate material. Examples of preservatives include a biocide, which kills an organism, a biostatic, which reduces or prevents the growth of an organism, or a combination thereof. Examples of a biocide include, for example, a bactericide, a fungicide, an algaecide, or a combination thereof. In certain aspects, it is contemplated that the amount of preservative may be increased 1.01 to 10-fold or more, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof, the amount of an example of a preservative content described herein or as would be known to one of ordinary skill in the art (e.g., a manufacture’s instructions) in light of the present disclosures.

[0524] In addition to the disclosures herein, a preservative and use of a preservative in a coating is known to those of skill in the art, and all such materials and techniques for using a preservative in a coating may be applied in the practice of the present invention (see, for example, Flick, E. W. ‘Handbook of Paint Raw Materials, Second Edition,” 263-285 and 879998,1989; in “Paint and Coating Testing Manual, Fourteenth Edition of the Gardner-Sward Handbook,” (Koleske, J. V. Ed.), pp 261-267 and 654-661,1995; in ‘Taint and Surface Coatings, Theory and Practice, Second Edition,” (Lamboume, R. and Strivens, T. A., Eds.), pp. 193-194,371-382 and 543-547,1999; Wicks, Jr., Z. W., Jones, F. N., Pappas, S. P. “Organic Coatings, Science and Technology, Volume 1; Film Formation, Components, and Appearance,” pp. 318-320,1992; Wicks, Jr., Z. W., Jones, F. N., Pappas, S. P. “Organic ־ Coatings, Science and Technology, Volume 2: Applications, Properties and Performance,” pp.

145, 309, 319-323 and 340-341,1992; in “Paints, Coatings and Solvents, Second, Completely Revised Edition,” (Stoye, D. and Freitag, W., Eds.) pp 6,127 and 165,1998; and in “Handbook of Coatings Additives,” pp. 177-224,1987).

[0525] In certain embodiments, a preservative may comprise an in-can preservative, an in-film preservative, or a combination thereof. An in-can preservative is a composition that reduces or prevents the growth of a microorganism prior to film formation. Addition of an incan preservative during a water-borne coating production typically occurs with the introduction of water to a coating composition. Typically, an in-can preservative is added to a coating composition for function during coating preparation, storage, or a combination thereof. An infilm preservative is a composition that reduces or prevents the growth of a microorganism after film formation. In many embodiments, an in-film preservative is the same chemical as an incan preservative, but added to a coating composition at a higher (e.g, two-fold) concentration for continuing activity after film formation.

[0526] Examples of preservatives that have been used in coatings include a metal compound (e.g., an organo-metal compound) biocide, an organic biocide, or a combination thereof. Examples of a metal compound biocide include barium metaborate (CAS No. 1370159-2), which is a fungicide and bactericide; copper(!!) 8-quinolinolate (CAS No. 10380-28-6), which is a fungicide; phenylmercuric acetate (CAS No. 62-38-4), tributyltin oxide (CAS No. 56-35-9), which is less preferred for use against Gram-negative bacteria; tributyltin benzoate (CAS No. 4342-36-3), which is a fungicide and bactericide; tributyltin salicylate (CAS No. 4342-307־), which is a fungicide; zinc pyrithione (“zinc 2-pyridinethiol-N-oxide”; CAS No. 13463-41-7), which is a fungicide; zinc oxide (CAS No. 1314-13-2), which is a fungistatic/fungicide and algaecide; a combination of zinc-dimethyldithiocafbamate (CAS No. 137-30-4) and zinc 2-mercaptobenzothiazole (CAS No. 155-04-4), which acts as a fungicide; zinc pyrithione (CAS No. 13463-41-7), which is a fungicide; a metal soap; or a combination thereof. Examples of metals comprised in a metal soap biocide include copper, mercury, tin, zinc, or a combination thereof. Examples of an organic acid comprised in a metal soap biocide include a butyl oxide, a laurate, a naphthenate, an octoate, a phenyl acetate, a phenyl oleate, or a combination thereof.

[0527] An example of an organic biocide that acts as an algaecide includes 2methylthio-4-tert-butylamino-6-cyclopropylamino-s-triazine (CAS No. 28159-98-0). Examples of an organic biocide that acts as a bactericide include a combination of 4,4dimethyl-oxazolidine (CAS No. 51200-87-4) and 3,4,4-trimethyloxazolidine (CAS No. 7567343-7); 5-hydroxy-methyl-l־aza-3,7-dioxabicylco (3.3.0.) octane (CAS No. 59720-42-2); ׳ 2(hydroxymethyl)-aminoethanol (CAS No. 34375-28-5); 2-(hydroxymethyl)-amino-2-methyl240

1-propanol (CAS No. 52299-20-4); hexahydro-1,3,5-triethyl-s-triazme (CAS No. 108-74-7); 1(3-chloroallyl)-3,5,7-triaza-l-azonia-adamantane chloride (CAS No. 51229-78-8); 1-methyl3,5,7-triaza-l-azonia-adamantane chloride (CAS No. 76902-90-4); p-chloro-m-cresol (CAS No. 59-50-7); an alkylamine hydrochloride; 6-acetoxy-2,4-dimethyl-1,3-dioxane (CAS No. 828-00-2); 5-chloro-2-methyl-4-isothiazolin-3-one (CAS No. 26172-55-4); 2-methyl-4isothiazolin-3-one (CAS No. 2682-20-4); l,3-bis(hydroxymethyl)-5,5-dimethylhydantoin (CAS No. 6440-58-0); hydroxymethyl-5,5-dimethylhydantoin (CAS No. 27636-82-4); or a combination thereof. Examples of an organic biocide that acts as a fungicide include a parabens; 2-(4-thiazolyl)benzimidazole (CAS No. 148-79-8); N-trichloromethyl-thio-4cyclohexene-1,2-dicarboximide (CAS No'. 133-06-2); 2-n-octyl-4-isothiazoline-3-one (CAS No. 26530-20-1); 2,4,5,6-tetrachloro-isophthalonitrile (CAS No. 1897-45-6); 3-iodo-2propynyl butyl carbamate (CAS No. 55406-53-6); N-(trichloromethyl-thio)phthalimide (CAS No. 133-07-3); tetrachloroisophthalonitrile (CAS No. 1897-45-6); potassium N-hydroxymethyl-N-methyl-dithiocarbamate (CAS No. 51026-28-9); sodium 2-pyridinethiol-l-oxide (CAS No. 15922-78-8); or a combination thereof. Examples of a parbens include butyl parahydroxybenzoate (CAS No. 94-26-8); ethyl parahydroxybenzoate (CAS No. 120-47-8); methyl parahydroxybenzoate (CAS No. 99-76-3); propyl parahydroxybenzoate (CAS No. 9413-3); or a combination thereof. Examples of an organic biocide that acts as an bactericide and fungicide include 2-mercaptobenzo-thiazole (CAS No. 149-30-4); a combination of 5-chloro-

2-methyl-3(2H)-isothiazoline (CAS No. 26172-55-4) and 2-methyl-3(2H)-isothiazolone (CAS No. 2682-20-4); a combination of 4-(2-nitrobutyl)-morpholine (CAS No. 2224-44-4) and 4,4’(2-ethylnitrotrimethylene dimorpholine (CAS No. 1854-23-5); tetra-hydro-3,5-di-methyl-2Hl,3,5-thiadiazine-2-thione (CAS No. 533-74-4); potassium dimethyldithiocarhamat? (CAS No. 128-03-0); or a combination thereof. An example of an organic biocide that acts as an algaecide and fungicide includes diiodomethyl-p-tolysulfone (CAS No. 20018-09-1). Examples of an organic biocide that acts as an algaecide, bactericide and fungicide include glutaraldehyde (CAS No. 111-30-8); methylenebis(thiocyanate) (CAS No. 6317-18-6); 1,2dibromo-2,4-dicyanobutane (CAS No. 35691-65-7); l,2-benzisothiazoline-3-one (“1,2benzisothiazolinone”; CAS No. 2634-33-5); 2-(thiocyanomethyl-thio)benzothiazole (CAS No. 21564-17-0); or a combination thereof. An׳ example of an organic biocide that acts as an algaecide, bactericide, fungicide and molluskicide includes 2-(thiocyanomethylthio)benzothiozole (CAS No. 21564-17-0) and methylene bis(thiocyanate) (CAS No 6317-186).

[0528] hi certain embodiments an environmental law or regulation may encourage the selection of an organic biocide such as a benzisothiazolinone derivative. An example of a benzisothiazolinone derivative is Busan™ 1264 (Buckman Laboratories, Inc.), Proxel™ GXL, Proxel™ TN, Proxel™ XL2, Proxel™ BD20 and Proxel™ BZ (Avecia Inc.), Preventol® VP OC 3068 (Bayer Corporation), or Mergal® KI ON (Troy Corp.) which comprises 1,2benzisothiazoline-3-one (CAS No. 2634-33-5). In the case of Busan™ 1264, the primary use is a bactericide and/or fungicide at 0.03% to 0.5% in a water-borne coating. Proxel™ TN comprises l,2-benzisothiazoline-3-one (GAS No. 2634-33-5) and hexahydro-1,3,5-tris(2hydroxyethyl)-s-triazine (“triazine”; CAS No. 4719-04-4), Proxel™ GXL, Proxel™ XL2 and Proxel™ BD20 comprises l,2-benzisothiazoline-3-one (CAS No. 2634-33-5), Proxel™ BZ comprises l,2-benzisothiazolme-3-one (CAS No. 2634-33-5) and zinc pyrithione (CAS No. 13463-41-7), and are typically used in industrial coatings and water-based coatings as a bactericide/fungicide. Mergal® KI ON comprises l,2-benzisothiazoline-3-one (CAS No. 263433-5), and is typically used in water-borne coatings as a bactericide/fungicide.

[0529] Often, a preservative is a proprietary commercial formulation and/or a compound sold under a tradename. Examples include organic biocides under the tradename Nuosept® (International Specialty Products), which are typically used in a water-borne coating. Specific examples of a Nuosept® biocide includes Nuosept® 95, which comprises a mixture of bicyclic oxazolidines, and is typically added to 0.2% to 0.3% concentration to a coating composition; Nuosept® 145, which comprises an amine reaction product, and is typically added to 0.2% to 0.3% concentration to a coating composition; Nuosept® 166, which comprises 4,4-dimethyloxazolidine (CAS No. 51200-87-4), and is typically added to 0.2% to 0.3% concentration to a basic pH water-borne coating composition; or a combination thereof. A further example is Nuocide® (International Specialty Products) biocides, which are typically used fungicides and/or algaecides. Examples of a Nuocide® biocide is Nuocide® 960, which comprises 96% tetrachlorisophthalohitrile (CAS No. 1897-45-6), and is typically used at 0.5% to 1.2% in a water-borne or solvent-borne coating as a fungicide; Nuocide® 2010, which comprises chlorothalonil (CAS No. 1897-45-6) and IPBC (CAS No. 55406-53-6) at 30%, and is typically used at 0.5% to 2.5% in a coating as a fungicide and algaecide; Nuocide® 1051 and Nuocide® 1071, each which comprises 96%N-cyclopropyl-N-(l-dimethylethyl)-6(methylthio)-1,3,5-triazine-2,4-diamine (CAS No. 28159-98-0), and is typically used as an algaecide in antifouling coatings at 1.0% to 6.0% or water-based coatings at 0.05% to 0.2%, respectively; and Nuocide® 2002, which comprises chlorothalonil (CAS No. 1897-45-6) and a triazine compound at 30%, and is typically used at 0.5% to 2.5% in a coating and/or a film as a fungicide and algaecide.

[0530] An additional example of a tradename biocide for coatings includes Vancide® (R. T. Vanderbilt Company, Inc.). Examples of a Vancide® biocide include Vancide® TH, which comprises hexahydro-1,3,5-triethyl-s-triazine (CAS No. 108-74-7), and is generally used in a water-borne coating; Vancide® 89, which comprises N-trichloromethylthio-4cyclohexene-1,2-dicarboximide (CAS No. 133-06-2) and related compounds such as captan (CAS No. 133-06-2), and is used as a fungicide in a coating composition; or a combination thereof. A bactericide and/or fungicide for coatings, particularly a water-borne coating, is a Dowicil™ (Dow Chemical Company). Examples of a Dowicil™ biocide include Dowicil™ QK-20, which comprises 2,2-dibromo-3-nitrilopropionamide (CAS No. 10222-01-2), and is used as a bactericide at 100 ppm to 2000 ppm in a coating; Dowicil™ 75, which comprises 1(3-chloroallyl)-3,5,7-triaza-l-azoniaadamantane chloride (CAS No. 51229-78-8), and is used as a bactericide at 500 ppm to 1500 ppm in a coating; Dowicil™ 96, which comprises 7-ethyl bicyclooxazolidine (CAS No. 7747-35-5), ;and is used as a bactericide at 1000 ppm to 2500 ppm in a coating; Bioban™ CS-1135, which comprises 4,4-dimethyloxazolidine (CAS No. 51200-87-4), and is used as a bactericide at 100 ppm to 500 ppm in a coating; or a combination thereof. An additional example of a tradename biocide for coatings includes Kathon® (Rohm and Haas Company). An example of a Kathon® biocide includes Kathon® LX, which typically comprises 5-chloro-2-methyl-4-isothiazolin-3-one (CAS no 26172-55-4) and 2methyl-4-isothiazolin-3-one (CAS no 2682-20-4) at 1.5%, and is added from 0.05% to 0.15% in a coating. Examples of tradename fungicides and algaecides include those described for Fungitrol® and Biotrehd® (International Specialty Products), which are often formulated for solvent-borne and water-borne coatings, and in-can and film preservation. An example is Fungitrol® 158, which comprises 15% tributyltin benzoate (CAS No. 4342-36-3) (15%) and 21.2% alkylamine hydrochlorides, and is typically used at 0.35% to 0.75% in a water-borne coating for in-can and film preservation. An additional example is Fungitrol® 11, which comprises N-(trichloromethylthio) phthalimide (CAS No. 133-07-3), and is typically used at 0.5% to 1.0% as a fungicide for solvent-borne coating. A further example is Fungitrol® 400, which comprises 98% 3-iodo-2-propynl N-butyl carbamate (“IPBC”) (Cas No. 55406-53-6), and is typically used at 0.15% to 0.45% as a fungicide for a water-borne or a solvent-borne coating.

[0531] Further examples of a tradename biocide for coatings includes various Omadine® or Triadine® products (Arch chemicals, Inc.), Densil™ P, Densil™ C404, Densil™ DN, Densil™ DG20 and Vantocil™ IB (Avecia Inc.), Polyphase® 678, Polyphase® 663, Polyphase® CST, Polyphase® 641, Troysan® 680 (Troy Corp.), Rocima® 550, Rocima® 607, Rozone® 2000 and Skane™ M-8 (Rohm and Haas Company) and Myacide™ GDA, Myacide™ GA 15, Myacide™ Ga 26, Myacide™ 45, Myacide™ AS Technical, Myacide™ AS 2, Myacide™ AS 30, Myacide™ AS 15, Protectol™ PE, Daomet™ Technical and

Myacide™ HT Technical (BASF Corp.). Zinc omadine® (“zinc pyrithione”; CAS No. 1346341-7) is a fimgicide/algaecide typically used as an in-film preservative and/or anti-fouling preservative; sodium omadine® (“sodium pyrithione”; CAS No. 3811-73-2) is typically used as a fimgicide/algaecide in-film preservative; copper omadine® (“copper pyrithione”; CAS No. 14915-37-8) is typically used as a fimgicide/algaecide in-film preservative and/or anti-fouling preservative; Triadine® 174 (“triazine,” “l,3,5-triazine-(2H,4H,6H)-triethanol”; “hexahydrol,3,5-tris(2-hydroxyethyl)-s-triazine “; CAS No. 4719-04-4) is a bacteria biostatic/bactericide typically used in water-borne coatings; Densil™ P comprises dithio-2,2-bis(benzmethylamide) (CAS No. 2527-58-4) and is typically used in industrial coatings, water-based coatings and films thereof as a fungicide/ bactericide; Densil™ C404 comprises 2,4,5,6tetrachloroisophthalonitrile (“chlorothalonil”; CAS No. 1897-45-6) and is used as a fungicide; Densil™ DN and Densil™ DG20 comprise N-butyl-l,2-benzisothiazolin-3-one (CAS No. 4299-07-4), and each may be used as a fungicide; Vantocil™ IB comprises poly(hexamethylene biguanide) hydrochloride (CAS No. 27083-27-8) and is a micobiocide; Polyphase® 678 comprises carbendazim (CAS No. 10605-21-7) and 3-iodo-2-propynyl butyl carbamate (CAS No. 55406-53-6) and is typically used as an antimicrobial biocide for exterior coatings and surface treatments; Polyphase(© 663 comprises 3-iodo-2-propynyl butyl carbamate (CAS No. 55406-53-6), carbendazim (CAS No. 10605-21-7) and diuron (CAS No. 330-54-1) and is typically used as a fimgicide/algaecide in exterior coatings; Rocima® 550 comprises 2-methyl-4-isothiazolin-3-one (CAS No. 2682-20-4), and is typically used as a bactericide/fungicide for water-borne coatings; Rozone® 2000 comprises 4,5-dichlord-2-Noctyl-3(2H)-isothiazolone (CAS No. 64359-81-5) and is used as a microbiocide for latex coatings; Skane™ M-8 comprises 2 - Octyl - 4 - isothiazolin - 3 - one (CAS No. 26530-20-1), and may be used as an in-film fungicide; Myacide GDA Technical, Myacide GA 15, Myacide™ Ga26 and Myacide™ 45 each comprise glutaraldehyde (CAS No. 111-30-8) and are typically used as an algaecide/bactericide/fungicide; Myacide™ AS Technical, Myacide™ AS 2, Myacide™ AS 30, Myacide™ AS 15 each comprise 2-bromo-2-nitropropane-l,3-diol (“bronopol”; Cas No. 52-51-7) and are typically used as an algaecide; Protectol™ PE comprises phenoxyethanol (CAS No. 122-99-6) and can be used as microbiocide/fungicide; Dazomet™ Technical comprises 3,5-dimethyl-2H-l,3,5-thiadiazinane-2-thione (“dazomet”; CAS No. 533-74-4) and may be used as a microbiocide/fungicide; Myacide™ HT Technical comprises l,3,5-tris-(2-hydroxyethyl)- 1,3,5-hexahydrotriazine (CAS No. 4719-04-4) and can be used as a microbiocide/fungicide.

[0532] As would be known to one of ordinary skill in the art, determination of whether damage to a coating and/or film is due to microorganisms (e.g., film algal defacement, film fungal defacement), as well as the efficacy of addition of a preservative to a coating and/or film composition in reducing microbial damage to a coating and/or film, may be empirically determined by techniques such as those that are described in “ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.01, Paint - Tests for Chemical, Physical, and Optical Properties; Appearance,” D3274-95, D4610-98, D2574-00, D3273-00, D3456-86, D5589-97, and D5590-00,2002; and in ‘Taint and Coating Testing Manual, Fourteenth Edition of the Gardner-Sward Handbook,” (Koleske, J. V. Ed.), pp. 654-661,1995. Examples of microorganisms typically selected in such procedures as positive controls of a coating and/or film damaging microorganism include, for example, Aspergillus oryzae (ATCC No.: 10196), Aspergillus flavus (ATCC No. 9643), Aspergillus niger (ATCC No. 9642), Pseudomonas aeruginosa (ATCC No. 10145), Aureobasidiumpullulans (ATCC No. 9348), Penicillium citrinum (ATCC No. 9849), Penicilliumfuniculosum (ATCC No. 9644), or a combination thereof.

b. Wetting Additives and Dispersants

[0533] It is contemplated that one or more types of particulate matter (e.g., a pigment, a cell-based particulate material of the present invention) may be incorporated into a coating composition of the present invention. As is known to those of ordinary skill m the art, physical force and/or chemical additives are used to promote a desirable level of dispersion of particulate matter in a coating composition; for purposes such as coating homogeneity and ease of application. Depending upon whether such an additive is admixed earlier or latter m a coating composition, such an additive is known as a wetting agent or a dispersant, respectively, though it is common that an additive has dual classification. A wetting agent and/or a dispersant often can be used to reduce the particulate matter grinding time during coating preparation, improve wetting of particulatematter, improve dispersion of particulate matter, improve gloss, improve leveling, reduce flooding, reduce floating, reduce viscosity, reduce thixotropy, or a combination thereof.

[0534] It is contemplated that in certain embodiments, a cell-based particulate material of the present invention may be used as a wetting additive and/or dispersant. Though this use of the present invention may be conter-intuitive, it is contemplated that the cell-based particulate material of the present invention may promote the separation of particulate material (e.g., a pigment, an additional preparation of a cell-based particulate material) by acting as a physical barrier between particles of particulate material. It is further contemplated that in embodiments wherein the cell-based particulate material is used as a wetting additive and/or dispersant, it may, of course, be combined with a traditional wetting additive and/or dispersant, examples of which are described below.

(1) Wetting Additives

[0535] As is known to those of ordinary skill in the art, preparation of a coating comprising particulate material often comprises a step wherein the particulate material is dispersed in an additional coating component. An example of this type of dispersion step is the dispersion of a pigment into a combination of a liquid component and a binder to form a material known as a millbase. A wetting additive (“wetting agent”) is a composition added to promote dispersion of particulate material during coating preparation.

[0536] In certain embodiments, a wetting agent is a molecule that comprises a polar region and a nonpolar region. An example is an ethylene oxide molecule comprising a hydrophobic moiety. Such a wetting agent is thought to act by reducing interfacial tension between a liquid component and particulate matter. In specific aspects, a wetting agent comprises a surfactant. Examples of such a wetting agent include pine oil, which is typically added at 1% to 5% ofthe total coating liquid component, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof. Other examples of wetting agents include a metal soap, such as, for example, calcium octoate, zinc octoate, aluminum stearate, zinc stearate, or a combination thereof. An additional example of a wetting agent is bis(2-ethylhexyl)sulfosuccinate (“Aerosol OT”) (CAS No. 577-11-7); (octylphenoxy)polyethoxyethanol octylphenyl-polyethylene glycol (“Igepal-630”) (CAS no. 9036-19-5); nonyl phenoxy poly (ethylene oxy) ethanol (“Tergitol NP-14”) (CAS No. 9016-45-9); ethylene glycol octyl phenyl ether (“Triton X-100”) (CAS No. 9002-93-1); or a combination thereof.

[0537] Often a wetting agent and/or dispersant is a proprietary formulation and/or commonly available under a trade name. Examples include an Anti-Terra® or Disperbyk® (BYK-Chemie GmbH) and EnviroGem® or Surfynol® (Air Products and Chemicals, Inc.) wetting agents and/or dispersants. An example is Anti-Terra®-U, which comprises a 50% solution of an unsaturated polyamine amide salt and a lower molecular weight acid, dissolved in xylene and isobutanol, and preferred for used in a solvent-bome coating. Anti-Terra®-U is typically added from 1% to 2% to an inorganic pigment, 1% to 5% to an organic pigment, and at 0.5% to 1.0% to titanium dioxide, and 30% to 50% to a bentonite. An example of a Disperbyk® is Disperbyk®, which comprises a polycarboxylic acid polymer alkylni ammonium salt and water, and is added to 0.3% to 1.5% to the solvent-bome or waterborne coating composition. A further example is Disperbyk®-101, which comprises a 52% solution of a long chain polyamine amide salt and a polar acidic ester, dissolved in a mineral spirit and butylglycol, and preferred for used in a solvent-bome coating. The ranges for addition to particulate material for Disperbyk®-101 is similar to Anti-Terra®-U. An

’.״ additional example is Disperbyk®-108, which comprises over 97% of a hydroxyfunctional carboxylic acid ester that includes moieties with pigment affinity, and is typically added from 3% to 5 % to an inorganic pigment, 5% to 8% to an organic pigment. However, Disperbyk®־ 108 is typically added at 0.8% to 1.5% to titanium dioxide, or 8% to 10% to a carbon black, and is preferred for coatings lacking a non-aqueous solvent. A supplemental example is EnviroGem® AD01, which comprises anon-ionic wetting agent with a defoaming property, and is added to 0.1% to 2% to a water-borne coating composition. An additional example is Surfynol® TG (Air Products and Chemicals, Inc.), which comprises a non-ionic wetting agent, and is added to 0.5% to 5% to a water-borne coating composition. A further example is Surfynol® 104 (Air Products and Chemicals, Inc.), which comprises a non-ionic wetting agent, dispersant, and defoamer, and is added to 0.05% to 3% to a water-borne coating composition.

(2) Dispersants

[0538] As is known to those of ordinary skill in the art, maintenance of the dispersal of particulate matter comprised within a coating composition is often promoted by the addition of a dispersant. A dispersant (“dispersing additive,” “deflocculant,” “antisettling agent”) is a composition that is added to promote continuing dispersal of particulate matter. In specific aspects, a dispersant is added to a coating composition to reduce or prevent flocculation.

Flocculation is the process wherein a plurality of primary particles that have been previously dispersed form an agglomerate. In other aspects, a dispersant is added to a coating composition to prevent sedimentation of particulate matter. Standard procedures to determining the degree of settling by particulate matter in a coating (e.g., paint) are described, for example, in “ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.02, Paint -- Products and Applications; Protective Coatings; Pipeline Coatings,” D869-85,2002.

[0539] Often a dispersant is a compound comprising phosphate, such as, for example, tetra-potassium pyrophosphate or “TKPP” (CAS No. 7320-34-5). Examples of a tradename/ proprietary phosphate compounds are those known as a Strodex™ (Dexter Chemical L.L.C.), including Strodex™ PK-90, Strodex™ PK-OVOC, and/or Strodex™ MOK-70, which comprise a phosphate ester surfactant.

[0540] In some aspects, a dispersant may be a particulate material. Examples include Winnofil® SPT Premium, Winnofil® S, Winnofil® SPM, and Winnofil® SPT (Solvay Advanced Functional Minerals), which comprise 97.4% calcium carbonate (CAS No. 471-341) coated with 2.6% fatty acid (CAS No. 64755-01-7) and generally used at 2% to 3%.

[0541] Various preparations of modified montmorillonite clay are known in the art as a dispersant. Examples include those under the name Bentone® (Elementis Specialties, Inc). Bentone® 34 (Elementis Specialties, Inc), which comprises tetraallkyl ammonium bentonite, and is prepared with 33% or more polar solvent prior to addition to a coating composition. M

P-A® 14 (Elementis Specialties, Inc.), which comprises a montmorillonite clay modified by and organic chemical, and is prepared with 33% or more polar solvent prior to addition to a solvent-bome coating composition. Bentone® SD-1 (Elementis Specialties, Inc.), which comprises a montmorillonite clay modified by and organic chemical, and typically added from 0.2% to 2% by weight to a solvent-bome coating composition, particularly those comprising an aliphatic liquid component.

[0542] A further example of a dispersant is a castor wax formulation under the trade names Crayvallac® SF, Crayvallac® MT, and Crayvallac® AntiSettle CVP (Cray Valley Limited), each of which are typically added from 0.2% to 1.5% as a dispersant, thixotropy additive, anti-sagging agent, or a combination thereof. Crayvallac® AntiSettle CVP comprises caster wax (“hydrogenated caster oil”), and is suitable for a solvent free epoxy-coating and a mineral spirit liquid component. Crayvallac® SF and Crayvallac® MT each comprise amide modified caster wax, and maybe used in an epoxy-coating, an acrylic-coating, a chlorinated rubber-coating, or a combination thereof. Crayvallac® SF and Crayvallac® MT are preferred for use with a liquid component comprising an aromatic hydrocarbon, an alcohol, a glycol ether, or a combination thereof with Crayvallac® MT being also preferred for use with a mineral spirit.

c. Buffers

[0543] In certain embodiments, it is preferred to maintain a coating’s pH within a certain range. pH may range from 0 to 14, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof. A coating may be acidic, which is a pH between 0 and 7, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof, or basic, which is a pH between 7 and 14, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof. A neutral pH is pH 7.0, and it is contemplated that a coating may have a neutral pH, or a pH that is near neutral, which is a pH between 6.5 and 7.5, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof. A buffer may be added to maintain a coating’s pH in a desired range, such as, for example acidic, basic, neutral, or near neutral. In certain aspects, a basic pH is preferred to optimize the function of a preferred enzyme, such as, for example, OPH. Examples of buffers include a bicarbonate (e.g., an ammonium bicarbonate), a monobasic phosphate buffer, a dibasic phosphate buffer, Trizma base, a 5 zwitterionic buffer, triethanolamine, or a combination thereof. In particular facets, it is contemplated that a buffer will comprise 0.000001 M to 2.0 M, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof, in a coating or other surface treatment.

d. Rheology Modifiers

[0544] A rheology modifier (”rheology control agent,” “rheology additive,” “thickener and rheology modifier,” “TRM,” “rheological and viscosity control agent,” “viscosifier,” “viscosity control agent,” “thickener”) is a composition that alters (e.g., increases, decreases, maintains) a rheological property of a coating. A thickener (“thickening agent”) increases and/or maintains viscosity. A rheological property is a property of flow and/or deformation. Examples of a rheological property include viscosity, brushability, leveling, sagging, or a combination thereof. Viscosity is a measure of a fluid's resistance to flow (e.g., a shear force). Brushability is the ease a coating can be applied using an applicator (e.g., a brush). Leveling is the ability of a coating to flow into and fill uneven areas of coating thickness (e.g., brush marks) after application to a surface and before sufficient film formation to end such flow.

Sagging is the gravitationally induced downward flow of a coating after application to a surface and before sufficient film formation to end such flow. It is specifically contemplated that a cell-based particulate material of the present invention may be added to a coating as a rheology modifier. It is ftirther contemplated that in embodiments wherein the cell-based particulate material is used as a rheology modifier, it may, of course, be combined with a traditional rheology modifier, examples of which are described below.

[0545] A rheology modifier that alters viscosity (e.g., increases, decreases, maintains) is known as a “viscosifier.” During preparation, the viscosity of a coating (“medium-shear viscosity,” “mid-shear viscosity”, “coating consistency”) is often measured to verify a viscosity that is often suitable for a coating during storage, application, etc. The typical range of shear force for measuring mid-shear viscosity is between 10 s’¹ to 10³ s’¹, hi many embodiments, particularly for architectural coatings, a medium shear viscosity will be between 60 Ku and 140 Ku, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof. During application (‘high-shear”), a coating is usually subjected to a shear force of 10³ s'¹ to 10⁴ s’¹ by techniques such as brush application, and a shear force up to or greater than 10⁶ s’¹ by techniques including, for example, blade application, high-speed roller application, spray application, or a combination thereof. As Would be known to one of ordinary skill in the art, a coating typically is formulated to possess a viscosity upon the shear force of application (“high-shear viscosity”) that promotes the ease of application. An example of a high shear viscosity during application is between 0.5 P (“50 mPa s”) to 2.5 P (“250 mPa s”), including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof. In certain aspects, a coating may possess a viscosity greater or lower than this range, however, it is contemplated such a viscosity may make the coating more difficult to apply using the above application techniques. Postpreparation and/or post-application, a coating is usually subjected to a shear force of 10 s’¹ to 10’ s' produced, for example, by forces such as gravity, capillary pressure, or a combination thereof. In embodiments wherein a coating’s viscosity (“low-shear viscosity”).is too high at ׳ these levels of shear force (“low-shear”), leveling during and/or after application may be undesirably low. In embodiments wherein a viscosity is to low at these levels of shear force, a coating may suffer in-can settling, sagging during or after application, or a combination thereof. A preferred viscosity of a coating post-preparation and/or application is between 100 P (“10 Pa s”) to 1000 P (“100 Pa s”), the including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof. Of course, the viscosity of a coating will change post-application in embodiments wherein film formatinn occurs; however״the post-application viscosity refers to the viscosity prior to completion of film formation, and may be determined immediately post-application (e.g., within seconds, within minutes) as appropriate to the coating, as would be known to one of ordinary skill in the art. In certain aspects, a coating may possess a viscosity greater or lower than this range, however, it is contemplated such a viscosity may make the coating more prone to sagging and/or settling defects. Techniques for measuring viscosity (e.g., low-shear viscosity, medium-shear viscosity, high-shear viscosity) are known to those of skill in the art [see, for example, “ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.01, Paint - Tests for Chemical, Physical, and Optical Properties; Appearance,” D562-01, D2196-99, D4287-00,2002;and m “Paint and Coating Testing Manual, Fourteenth Edition of the Gardner-Sward Handbook, (Koleske, J. V. Ed.), 1995].

[0546] A rheology modifier is typically added to alter and/or maintain a rheology property within a desired range post-formulation, during application, post-application, or a combination thereof. In specific embodiments, a rheology modifier alters viscosity at or above 10³ s⁴ and/or at or below 10 s⁴. Viscosity, including non-Newtonian (e.g., shear-thinning) viscosity for coatings and/or coating components (e.g., binders, binder solutions, vehicles) upon formulation with or without a viscosity modifier can be empirically determined, particularly for shear rates comparable to application techniques (e.g., blade, brush, roller, spray) by standard techniques such as in “ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.01, Paint — Tests for Chemical, Physical, and Optical Properties; Appearance,” D562-01, D2196-99, D4287-00, D4212-99, D1200-94, D5125-97, and D5478-98,2002; “ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.02, Paint ״ Products and Applications; Protective Coatings; Pipeline Coatings,” D4958-97,2002; and “ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.03, Paint -- Pigments, Drying Oils, Polymers, Resins, Naval Stores, Cellulosic Esters, and Ink Vehicles,” D1545-98, D172562, D6606-00 and D6267-98, 2002. Additionally, other rheological properties can be determined to aid formulation of a coating of the present invention using techniques known to those of ordinary skill in the art. For example, brush drag, which is the resistance during coating (e.g., a latex) application using a brush, can be determined by standard techniques, such as, for example, in “ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.02, Paint - Products and Applications; Protective Coatings; Pipeline Coatings,” D4040-99,2002. In an additional

WO 2005/026269 PCT7US2004/007263 example, leveling and sagging can be empirically determined for a coating by standard techniques such as in “ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.02, Paint - Products and Applications; Protective Coatings; Pipeline Coatings,” D4062-99 and D4400-99, 2002. [0547] As would be known to one of ordinary skill in the art, the addition of a coating component to a coating composition typically alters a rheological property, and many coating components have multiple classifications to include function as a rheology modifier.

Examples of coating components more commonly added for function as a rheology modifier includes an inorganic rheology modifier, an organometallic rheology modifier, an organic rheology modifier, or a combination thereof. An example of an inorganic rheology modifier includes a silicate such as a montmorillonite silicate. An example of a montomorillonite silicate includes aluminum silicate, a bentonite, magnesium silicate, or a combination thereof. A silicate rheology modifier typically confers a superior washfastness property, a superior abrasion resistance property, or a combination thereof, to a coating relative to an organic rheology modifier. An example of an organic rheology modifier includes a cellulose ether, a hydrogenated oil, a polyacrylate, a polyvinylpyrrolidone, a urethane, or a combination thereof. Organic rheology modifiers of a polymeric nature (e.g., a cellulose ether, a urethane, a polyacrylate, etc.) are sometimes used as an associative thickener, and are preferred for a latex coating. An organic rheology modifier typically confers a greater water retention capacity property (“open time”) to a coating relative to a silicate rheology modifier. A common example of a cellulose ether is a methyl cellulose, a hydroxyethyl cellulose, or a combination thereof. An example of a hydroxyethyl cellulose includes Natrosol® (Hercules Incorporated); Cellosize™ (Dow Chemical Company); or a combination thereof. An example of hydrogenated oil includes hydrogenated castor oil. An example of a urethane rheology modifier (“associative thickener”) includes a hydrophobically modified ethylene oxide urethane (‘HEUR”), which comprises a polyethylene glycol block covalently linked by urethane, and has both a hydrophilic and hydrophobic regions capable of use in an aqueous environment. An example of a HEDR includes a block of polyethylene oxide linked by an urethane and modified with a nonyl phenol hydrophobe (Rohm and Haas Company). Often a urethane rheology modifier confers a superior leveling property over another type of organic rheology modifier. An example of an organometallic rheology modifier includes a titanium chelate, a zirconium chelate, or a combination thereof.

[0548] In addition to the disclosures herein, a rheology modifier and use of a rheology modifier in a coating is known to those of skill in the art, and such compositions and techniques may be included in the practice of the present invention (see, for example, Flick, E. W. “Handbook of Paint Raw Materials, Second Edition,” 808843־ and 879-998, Γ989; in “Paint and Coating Testing Manual, Fourteenth Edition of the Gardner-Sward Handbook,” (Koleske, J. V. Ed.), pp 268-285 and 348-349,1995; in “Paint and Surface Coatings, Theory and Practice, Second Edition,” (Lamboume, R. and Strivens, T. A., Eds.), pp. 73,218,227, 352, 558-559 and 718,1999; Wicks, Jr., Z. W., Jones, F. N., Pappas, S. P. “Organic Coatings, Science and Technology, Volume 2: Applications, Properties and Performance,” pp. 42,215, 293,315,320 and 323-328,1992; and in “Paints, Coatings and Solvents, Second, Completely Revised Edition,” (Stoye, D. and Freitag, W., Eds.) pp 6,128 and 166-167,1998.

e. Defoamers

[0549] A coating sometimes comprises a gas capable of forming a bubble (“foam”) that can undesirably alter a physical and/or aesthetic property. Undesirable gas incorporation into a coating composition is often a side affect of coating preparation processes, and a particular bane of latex coatings. Often, a wetting agent and/or a dispersant used in a coating may promote creation or retention of foam. Additionally, cells (e.g., microorganisms) can produce gas, and in certain embodiments, a coating comprising a cell-based particulate material of the present invention may also comprise a defoamer. A defoamer (“antifoaming agent,” “antifoaming additive”) is a composition that releases gas (e.g., air) and/or reduces foaming in a coating during production, application, film formation, or a combination thereof. A defoamer often acts by lowering the surface tension around a bubble, allowing merging of a bubble with a second bubble, which produces a larger and less stable bubble that collapses. It is contemplated that in certain coating compositions, a cell-based particulate material may act as a defoamer by destabilizing a bubble in a coating. It is further contemplated that in embodiments wherein the cell-based particulate material is used as a defoamer, it may, of course, be combined with a traditional defoamer, examples of which are described below.

[0550] Examples of a defoamer include an oil (e.g., a mineral oil, a silicon oil), a fatty acid ester, dibutyl phosphate, a metallic soap, a siloxane, a wax, an alcohol comprising between six to ten carbons, or a combination thereof. An example of an oil defoamer is pine oil. In some aspects, an antifoaming agent is combined with an emulsifier, a hydrophobic silica, or a combination thereof. Examples of a tradename defoamer is a TEGO® Foamex 8050 (Goldschmidt Chemical Corp.), which comprises a polyether siloxane copolymer and fumed silica, and typically is used at 0.1% to 0.5% during coating preparation; and BYK®-31 (BYK-Chemie), which comprises a paraffin mineral oil and hydrophobic compounds, and typically is used at 0.1% to 0.5% in a coating.

f. Catalysts

[0551] A catalyst is an additive that promotes film formation by catalyzing a crosslinking reaction in a thermosetting coating. Examples of a catalyst include a drier, an acid or a

WO 2005/026269 PCT7US2004/007263 base, and the selection of the type of catalyst is specific to the chemistry of the film formation reaction.

(1) Driers

[0552] A drier (“siccative”) catalyzes is an oxidative film formation reaction, such as those that occur in an oil-based coating. In addition to the disclosures herein, an drier and use of an drier in a coating is known to those of skill in the art, and such materials and techniques for using an drier in a coating may be applied in the practice of the present invention [see, for example, Flick, E. W. ‘Handbook of Paint Raw Materials, Second Edition,” pp. 73-93 and 879-998,1989; in “Paint and Coating Testing Manual, Fourteenth Edition of the GardnerSward Handbook,” (Koleske, J. V. Ed.), pp 30-35,1995; in “Paint and Surface Coatings, Theory and Practice, Second Edition,” (Lamboume, R. and Strivens, T. A., Eds.), pp. 190-192, 1999; Wicks, Jr., Z. W., Jones, F. N., Pappas, S. P. “Organic Coatings, Science and Technology, Volume 1: Film Formation, Components, and Appearance,” pp. 138,317-318, 1992; Wicks, Jr., Z. W., Jones, F. N., Pappas, S. P. “Organic Coatings, Science and Technology, Volume 2: Applications, Properties and Performance” pp. 138,197-198, 330, 344,1992; and in ‘Taints, Coatings and Solvents, Second, Completely Revised Edition,” (Stoye, D. and Freitag, W., Eds.) pp. 11,48,165,1998].

[0553] A drier may comprise a metal drier, an alternative drier, a feeder drier, or a combination thereof. Usually a drier comprising a metal (“a metal drier”) catalyzes the oxidative reaction. Examples of a metal typically used in a drier includes aluminum, barium, bismuth, calcium, cerium, cobalt, iron, lanthanum, lead, manganese, neodymium, potassium, vanadium, zinc, zirconium, or a combination thereof. Examples of types of metal driers include an inorganic metal salt, a metal-organic acid salt (“soap”), or a combination thereof. A “salt” is the composition formed between the anion of an acid and the cation of a base. Typically, the acid and base of a salt interact by an ionic bond. Examples of organic acids used in such a soap include a monocarboxylic acid of 7 to 22 carbon atoms. Examples of such a monocarboxylic acid include a linoleate, a naphthenate, a neodecanoate, an octoate, a rosin, a synthetic acid, a tallate, or a combination thereof. Examples of a drier comprising a synthetic acid include those under the tradenames Troymax™ (Troy Corporation). Though most driers are water insoluble, water dispersible driers can be prepared by combining a surfactant with a naphthenate drier and/or a synthetic acid drier. However, water dispersible driers are typically obtained under a tradename such as, for example, Troykyd® Calcium WD, Troykyd® Cobalt WD, Troykyd® Manganese WD Troykyd® Zirconium WD (Troy Corporation). Additionally, a potassium soap, lithium soap, or a combination thereof, has limited aqueous solubility.

[0554] A primary drier (“surface drier,” “active drier,” “top drier”) acts at the coatingexternal environment interface. A secondary drier (“auxiliary drier,”“through drier”) acts throughout the coatmg. Examples of primary driers include metal driers comprising cobalt, manganese, vanadium, or a combination thereof. Examples of secondary driers include metal driers comprising aluminum, barium, calcium, cerium, iron, lanthanum, lead, manganese, neodymium, zinc, zirconium, or a combination thereof. A rare earth drier comprises lanthanum, neodymium, cerium, or a combination thereof.

[0555] In many embodiments, it is contemplated that a coating will comprise from 0.01% to 0.1%, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof, of an individual metal of a primary drier, by weight of thej non-volatile components of a coating composition. In many embodiments, it is contemplated that a coating will comprise from 0.1% to 1.0%, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof, of an individual metal of a secondary drier, by weight of the non-volatile components of a coating composition. Standard physical and/or chemical properties for various driers comprising a metal (e.g., calcium, cerium, cobalt, iron, lead, manganese, nickel, rare earth, zinc, zirconium), and procedures for determining various metals’ content for a driers are described in, for example, “ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.04, Paint - Solvents; Aromatic Hydrocarbons,” D600-90,2002; and “Volume 06.01, Paint — Tests for Chemical, Physical, and Optical Properties; Appearance,” D2373-85, D2374-85, D2375-85, D2613-01, D3804-02, D3969-01, D3970-80, D3988-85, and D3989-01,2002; and ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.01, Paint -- Tests for Chemical, Physical, and Optical Properties; Appearance,” D564-87,2002.

[0556] It is particularly preferred that in embodiments wherein a secondary drier is used, it is combined with a primary drier, as the activity of most secondary driers are often very limited when acting without the presence of a primary drier. Skinning is film-formation disproportionately at the coating-external environment interface. Skinning often results in undesirable wrinkle formation (“wrinkling”) in the film. A primary drier undesirably promotes skinning when acting without the presence of a secondary drier. In certain aspects, zinc may be selected for reducing wrinkling in thick films. In other aspects, calcium and/or zirconium may be selected instead of lead, which may be limited due to an environmental law or regulation. In some facets, an iron drier, rare earth drier, or combination thereof, may be selected for use during film formation by baking. However, an iron drier may darken a coating. In further aspects, an aluminum drier may be selected for an alkyd-coating.

[0557] An alternative drier is a type of drier developed for use in a high solid and/or water-borne coating, due.40 the .inefficiency of a metal-soap drier in these types of coatings. Often, an alternative drier is combined with a metal-soap drier. An example of a metal soap drier include a 1,10-phenanthronine, 2,2’-dipyridyl. A feeder drier is a type of drier designed to prolong the pot life of a coating in embodiments wherein a metal soap drier is absorbed by a coating component such as a carbon black pigment, an organic red pigment, or a combination thereof. A feeder drier dissolves over time into the coating, thereby providing a continual supply of drier. An example a feeder drier include a tradename composition such as Troykyd® Penna Dry (Troy Corporation).

(2) Acids

[0558] An acid catalyzes amino resin cross-linking between a plurality of amino resins and/or an amino resin and an addition resin, though an acid is more effective in promoting cross-linking between the additional resin and an amino resin. A coating may comprise a strong acid, a weak acid, or a combination thereof. Examples of an acid include a strong acid or a weak acid. The rate of curing is typically accelerated by selection of a strong acid over a weak acid. Examples of a strong acid include, /׳-toluenesulfonic acid (“PTSA”), dodecylbenzenesulfonic acid (‘ODBSA”), or a combination thereof. Examples of a weak acid include phenyl acid phosphate (“PAP”), butyl acid phosphate (“BAP”), or a combination thereof.

(3) Bases

[0559] A base catalyzes cross-linking between an acrylic resin and an epoxy resin in film formation. In specific aspects, the base comprises, for example, a dodecyl trimethyl ammonium chloride, a tri(dimethylaminomethyl) phenol, a melamine-formaldehyde resin, or a combination thereof.

(4) Urethane Catalysts

[0560] In specific aspects, a urethane coating comprises a catalyst to accelerate the reaction between an isocyanate moiety and a reactive hydrogen moiety. Examples of such a urethane catalyst include a tin compound, a zinc compound, a tertiary amine, or a combination thereof. Examples of a zinc compound include zinc octoate, zinc naphthenate, or a combination thereof. Examples of a tin compound include dibutyltin dilaurate, stannous octoate, or a combination thereof. An example of a tertiary amine includes a triethylene diamine.

g. Antiskinning Agent

[0561] An antiskinning agent is a composition, other than a drier, that reduces filmformation at the coating-external environment interface, reduce shrinkage (“wrinkling”), or a combination thereof. Such antiskinning agents are often used to protect coatings from undesired film-formation after a container of coating has been opened, during normal film- formation, or a combination thereof. Examples of antiskinning agents, with commonly used

WO 2005/026269 PCT7US2004/007263 coating concentrations in parentheses, include butyraloxime (0.2%), cyclohexanone oxime, dipentene, exkin 1, exkin 2, exkin 3, guaiacol (0.001% to 0.1%), methyl ethyl ketoxime (0.2%), pine oil (1% to 2%), or a combination thereof. Generally, an antiskinning agent acts by reducing the rate of film-formation and/or promotes even film-formation throughout a coating by slowing an oxidative reaction that occurs as part of film formation. Examples of antioxidant antiskinning agents include a phenolic antioxidant, an oxime, or a combination thereof. Example of a phenolic antioxidant includes guaiacol, 4-ierZ-butylphenol, or a combination thereof. Oximes tend to evaporate such as during film formation, are colorless, do not affect a coating’s color property, and generally do not significantly alter the time of film-formation. Examples of an oxime include, butyraldoxime, methyl ethyl ketoxime, cyclohexanone oxime, or a combination thereof. In certain facets, an oxime is used to slow skinning promoted by a copper drier.

h. Light Stabilizers

[0562] A coating, a film and/or a surface may be undesirably altered by contact with an environmental agent such as, for example, oxygen, pollution, water (e.g., moisture), and/or irradiation with light (e.g., UV light). To reduce such damaging alterations to a coating and/or film, it is contemplated that a coating composition may comprise a light stabilizer. A light stabilizer (“stabilizer”) is a composition that reduces or prevents damage to a coating, film and/or surface by an environmental agent. Such agents may alter the color, cause a separation between two layers of film (“delamination”), promote chalking, promote crack formation, reduce gloss, or a combination thereof. This is a particular problem for a film in an exterior environment, such as, for example, an automotive film. Additionally, wood surfaces are susceptible to damage by environmental agents, particularly UV light.

[0563] Typically, a light stabilizer may comprise a UV absorber, a radical scavenger, or a combination thereof. A UV absorber is a composition that absorbs UV light. Examples of UV absorbers include a hydroxybenzophenone, a hydroxyphenylbenzotriazole, a hydrozyphenyl-S-triazine, an oxalic anilide, yellow iron oxide, or a combination thereof. A hydroxyphenylbenzotriazole generally demonstrates the broadest range of UV wavelength absorption, and converts the absorbed UV light into heat. Additionally, a hydroxyphenylbenzotriazole and/or a hydrozyphenyl-S-triazine usually have the longest effective use in a film due to a higher resistance to photochemical reactions, relative to a hydroxybenzophenone or an oxalic anilide.

[0564] A radical scavenger light stabilizer (e.g., a sterically hindered amine) is a composition that chemically reacts with a radical (“free radical”). Examples of a sterically hindered amine (“hindered amine light stabilizer,” “HALS”) include the ester derivatives of decanedioic acid, such as HALS I [“bis(l,2,2,6,6,-pentamethyl-4-poperidinyl) ester”], which is used in non-acid catalyzed coatings; HALS H [“bis(2,2,6,6,־tetramethyl-l־isooctyloxy-4piperidinyl) ester”], which is typically used in an acid catalyzed coating.

[0565] For embodiments wherein a coating, film, and/or surface is primarily located indoors, a range of 1% to 3%, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof, of a light stabilizer relative to binder content is contemplated. A range of 1% to 5%, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof, of a light stabilizer relative to binder content is contemplated for exterior uses. Additionally, a combination of a LTV absorber and a radical scavenger light stabilizer are contemplated in some embodiments, as the heat released by a UV absorber may promote radical formation. Light stabilizers are often commercially produced, and examples of UV absorber and/or a radical scavenger light stabilizer sold under a tradename include Tinuvin® (Ciba Specialty Chemicals) or Sanduvor® [Clariant LSM (America) Inc.].

i. Corrosion Inhibitors

[0566] A coating comprising a liquid component that comprises water, particularly a water-borne coating, may promote corrosion in a container comprising iron, particularly at the lining, seams, handle, etc. A corrosion inhibitor reduces corrosion by water or another chemical. Examples of a corrosion inhibitor includes a chromate, a phosphate, a molybdate, a wollastonite, a calcium ion-exchanged silica gel, a zinc compound, a borosilicate, a phosphosilicate, a hydrotalcite, or a combination thereof.

[0567] Tn certain embodiments, a corrosion inhibitor is an in-can corrosion inhibitor, a flash corrosion inhibitor, or a combination thereof. An in-can corrosion inhibitor (“cancorrosion inhibitor”) is a composition that that reduces or prevents such corrosion. Examples of an in-can corrosion inhibitor are sodium nitrate, sodium benzoate, or a combination thereof. These compounds are typically used at a concentration of 1% each in a coating composition. In-can corrosion inhibitor are often commercially produced, and an example includes SERAD® FA179 (Condea Servo LLC.), typically used at 0.3% in a coating composition. A flash corrosion inhibitor (“flash rust inhibitor”) is a composition that reduces or prevents corrosion produced by application of a coating comprising water to a metal surface (e.g., an iron surface). Often, in-can corrosion inhibitors at increased concentrations are added to a coating composition to act as a flash corrosion inhibitor. An example of a flash corrosion inhibitor includes sodium nitrite, ammonium benzoate, 2-amino-2-methyl-propan-l-ol (“AMP”), SERAD® FA179 (Condea Servo LLC.), or a combination thereof. Standard procedures to determining the effectiveness of corrosion inhibition by a coating comprising a flash rust inhibitor are described, for example, in “ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.02, Paint -Products and Applications; Protective Coatings; Pipeline Coatings,” D5367-00, 2002.

j. Dehydrators

[0568] In some embodiments, preventing moisture from contacting coating component such as a binder, solvent, pigment, or a combination thereof, may be desired. For example, certain urethane coatings undergo film-formation in the presence of moisture, as well as produce a film with increased yellowing, increased hazing and/or decreased gloss. A dehydrator may be added during coating production and/or storage to minimalize contact with moisture.

Examples of a dehydrator include Additive TI (Bayer Corporation), Additive OF (Bayer Corporation), or a combination thereof. Additive TI comprises a compound with one reactive isocyanate moiety, and it is capable of reacting with compounds with a chemically reactive hydrogen such as water, an alcohol, a phenol, or an amide. However, in a preferred reaction with water, the reaction products are carbon dioxide and toluenesulfonamide. The toluenesulfonamide is generally inert relative to a urethane binder, and soluble in many nonaqueous liquid components. In certain embodiments, a urethane coating may comprise 0.5% to 4% Additive TI. Additive OF is a dehydrator generally used in a urethane coating. In certain embodiments, a urethane coating may comprise 1% to 3% Additive OF.

k. Electrical Additives

[0569] Tn some embodiments, it is desirable to include an additive to alter an electrical property of a coating (e׳g; electrical conductivity, electrical resistance). Examples of an additive to alter an electrical property of a coating and/or coating component include an antistatic additive, an electrical resistance additive, or a combination thereof. An anti-static additive maybe included in a coating composition comprising a flammable component to reduce the chance of an electrostatic spark occurring and igniting the coating. An anti-static additive is a composition that increases the electrical conductivity of a coating. An example of a flammable component is a hydrocarbon solvent. Examples of an anti-static additive include Stadis® 425 (Octel-Starreon LLC USA), Stadis® 450 (Octel-Starreon LLC USA), or a combination thereof. An electrical resistance additive is a composition that reduces the resistance to electricity by a coating. An electrical resistance additive may be included in a coating to improve the ability of a coating to be applied to a surface using an electrostatic spray applicator. For example, an oxygenated compound (e.g., a glycol ether) often possesses a high electrical conductivity, which can make use of an electrostatic spray applicator to apply a coating comprising an oxigenated compound relatively more difficult than a similar coating lacking an oxigenated compound. Examples of an electrical resistance additive include Ramsprep, Byk-ES 80 (BYK-Chemie GmbH), or a combination thereof. Byk-ES 80 comprises, for example, an unsaturated acidic carboxylic acid ester alkylolammonium salt, and typically is added between 0.2% and 2% to a coating composition. Additionally, techniques for determining an electrical property (e.g., electrical resistance) of a coating comprising an electrical additive are known to those of ordinary skill in the art (see, for example, “ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.01, Paint ״ Tests for Chemical, Physical, and Optical Properties; Appearance,” D5682-95,2002).

1. Anti-Insect Additives

[0570] C^rt^iu coatings may serve a protective role for a surface or surrounding environment against insects, and thus may comprise an anti-insect agent. An example of a surface where a coating comprising an anti-insect agent may be desirable is a wooden surface. Examples of an area where coating comprising an anti-insect agent may be desirable would be a storage facility, such as a cargo hold of a ship or railcar. An anti-insect agent is a composition that, upon contact, is detrimental to the well-being (e.g., life, reproduction) of an invertebrate pest (e.g., an insect, an arachnid, etc.). Examples of anti-insect additives that have been used in coatings include copper naphthenate, tributyl tin oxide, zinc oxide, 6-chloro epoxy hydroxy naphthalene, 1-dichloro 2,2’bis-(p-chlorophenyl)ethane, or a combination thereof.

J. Empirically Determining Coating and/or Film Properties

[0571] A coating with a desired set of properties for a particular use may be prepared by varying the ranges and/or combinations of coating components, and such coating selection and preparation is within the ability of one of ordinary skill in the art in light of the present disclosures. For example, as would be known to those of ordinary skill in the art, a variety of assays are available to measure various properties of a coating, coating application, and/or a film to determine the degree of suitability of a coating composition for use in a particular use (see, for example, in ^,Hess’s Paint Film Defects: Their Causes and Cure,” 1979).

[0572] It is contemplated that in general embodiments, a coating comprising a cellbased particulate material of the present invention may be subjected to one or more of such assays. In one example, it is contemplated that a cell-based particulate material may comprise a desired colorant such as a chlorophyll, a carotenoid, etc., which may undergo a desired or undesired change in its optical characteristics (e.g., color, opacity) upon baking at a particular temperature. Various procedures for measuring the visual properties of a coating and/or film are described herein or would be known to those of ordinary skill in the art in light of the present disclosures may be used to determine the properties and/or tolerances of any such colorant.

[0573] General procedures for empirically determining the purity/properties of various.

”' coating components and/or coating compositions are known to those of ordinary skill in the art, and may be applied in the practice of the present invention. Such procedures include measurement of density, volume solids and/or specific gravity, of a coating component and/or coating composition, for purposes such as verification of component identity, aid in coating formulation, maintaining coating batch to batch consistency, etc. Examples of standard techniques for determining density of various solvents, liquids (e.g., a liquid coating), pigments, coatings (e.g., a powder coating) include those described in “ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.04, Paint — Solvents; Aromatic Hydrocarbons,” D2935-96, D1555M00, D1555-95, and D3505-96,2002; “ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.01, Paint - Tests for Chemical, Physical, and Optical Properties; Appearance,” D1475-98 and D215-91,2002; “ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.03, Paint - Pigments, Drying Oils, Polymers, Resins, Naval Stores, Cellulosic Esters, and Ink Vehicles,” D153-84 and D153-84,2002; “ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.02, Paint ״ Products and Applications; Protective Coatings; Pipeline Coatings,” D5965-02,2002; and “Paint and Coating Testing Manual, Fourteenth Edition of the Gardner-Sward Handbook,” (Koleske, J. V. Ed.), pp. 289-304,1995. [0574] Standard surface specification and/or procedures for preparing a surface (e.g., glass, wood, steel) for empirically measuring a physical and/or visual property of a mating (e.g., a paint, a varnish, a lacquer) and/or film are known to those of ordinary skill in the art (see, for example, “ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.01, Paint -- Tests for Chemical, Physical, and Optical Properties; Appearance,” D3891-96, D609-00, and D2201-99, 2002; and “ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.02, Paint - Products and Applications; Protective Coatings; Pipeline Coatings,” D358-98, D4227-99, and D4228-99,2002). Specific procedures for preparing a metal surface and an evaluating a coating (e.g., a primer, a paint) applied to a metal surface are known to those of ordinary skill in the art (see, for example, “ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.02, Paint -- Products and Applications; Protective Coatings; Pipeline Coatings,” D3276-00, D5161-96, D4417-93, D3322-82, D2092-95, D506501, D5723-95, D6386-99, and D6492-99,2002). Specific procedures for evaluating a coating applied to a plastic surface are known to those of ordinary skill in the art (see, for example, “ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.02, Paint - Products and Applications; Protective Coatings; Pipeline Coatings,” D3002-02,2002).

[0575] Standard procedures for determining the stability of a coating (e.g., a waterborne coating, a UV irradiation cured coating) in a container prior and/or after opening the container are known to those of ordinary skill in the art (see, for example, “ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.02, Paint ״ Products and Applications; Protective Coatings; Pipeline Coatings,” D2243-95 and D4144-94, 2002).

[0576] Standard procedures for evaluating an applicator (e.g., a brush, a roller, a fabric, a spray applicator, an electrocoat bath) and/or a coating being applied by an applicator are known to those of ordinary skill in the art (see, for example, “ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.02, Paint -- Products and Applications; Protective Coatings; Pipeline Coatings,” D6737-01, D5913-96, D5959-96, D5301-92, D5068-02, D5069-92, D4707-97, D5286-01, D6337-98, D4285-83, and D5327-97,2002; and “ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.01, Paint — Tests for Chemical, Physical, and Optical Properties; Appearance,” D1978-91, D579495, D4370-01, D4399-90, and D4584-86,2002.

[0577] Standard procedures for preparing a coating (e.g., a paint, a varnish, a lacquer)

I and/or film layer upon a surface for empirically measuring a physical and/or visual property are known to those of ordinary skill in the art (see, for example, “ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.01, Paint - Tests for Chemical, Physical, and Optical Properties; Appearance,” D3924-80, D823-95, and D4708-99,2002; “ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.02, Paint Products and Applications; Protective Coatings; Pipeline Coatings,” D6206-97, D1734-93, and D4400-99,2002; and ‘Taint and Coating Testing Manual, Fourteenth Edition of the GardnerSward Handbook,” (Koleske, J. V. Ed.), pp. 415-423,1995.

[0578] Standard procedures for empirically determining the degree and duration of film formation of various coating compositions are known to those of ordinary skill in the art, and may be applied in the practice of the present invention. Example of a standard technique for determining the degree/duration of film formation by loss of a volatile coating component and/or a cross-linking reaction for a coating (e.g., an oil-coating, a UV cured coating, an thermosetting powder coating) include those described in “ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.01, Paint -- Tests for Chemical, Physical, and Optical Properties; Appearance,” D3539-87, D1640-95 and D5895-0161, 2002; “ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.02, Paint -Products and Applications; Protective Coatings; Pipeline Coatings,” D4217-02, D3732-82, D2091-96, D711-89, D4752-98, and D5909-96a, 2002; “ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.03, Paint — Pigments, Drying Oils, Polymers, Resins, Naval Stores, Cellulosic Esters, and Ink Vehicles,” D2575-70 and D2354-98,2002; and “Paint and Coating Testing Manual, Fourteenth Edition of the Gardner-Sward Handbook,” (Koleske, J. V. Ed.), pp. 407-414,1995. Additionally, the temperature generated by a film formation reaction by a coating (e.g., a wood coating) may also be determined by one of ordinary skill in the art (see, for example, “ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.02, Paint - Products and Applications; Protective Coatings; Pipeline Coatings,” D3259-95,2002). Further, standard techniques for evaluating baking conditions on an organic coating and/or film are known to those of ordinary skill in the art, (see, for example, “ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.01, Paint - Tests for Chemical, Physical, and Optical Properties; Appearance,” D2454-95,2002).

[0579] In embodiments wherein film formation at ambient conditions is preferred in a coating, a standard procedure that would be known to one of ordinary skill in that art may be used for measuring film formation rate and/or stages (see for example, “ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.01, Paint - Tests for Chemical, Physical, and Optical Properties;

Appearance,” D1640-95,2002. In certain aspects wherein the abfiity of an oil to undergo film formation is to be determined, a standard procedure described in “ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.03, Paint - Pigments, Drying Oils, Polymers, Resins, Naval Stores, Cellulosic Esters, and Ink Vehicles,” DI955-85,2002, may be used. In embodiments wherein the hardness of a film produced by a coating composition is measured (e.g., an organic coating), a standard procedure such as, for example, “ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.01, Paint Tests for Chemical, Physical, and Optical Properties; Appearance,” D3363-00, D4366-95, and

D1474-98, 2002.

[0580] Examples of a standard technique for determining the coating and/or film thickness after application to various surface types are described in “ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.01, Paint - Tests for Chemical, Physical, and Optical Properties; Appearance,” D1212-91, D4414-95, D1005-95, D1400-00, DI 186-01, and D6132-97,2002; “ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.02, Paint - Products and Applications; Protective Coatings; Pipeline Coatings,” D5235-97, D4138-94, D2200-95, andD5796-99, 2002; and “Paint and Coating Testing Manual, Fourteenth Edition of the Gardner-Sward Handbook,” (Koleske, J. V. Ed.), pp. 424-438,1995.

[0581] Examples of a standard technique for determining the adhesion of a coating and/or film to various surface types are described in “ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.01, Paint — Tests for Chemical, Physical, and Optical Properties; Appearance,” D3359-02, D5179-98, and D2197-98,2002; “ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.02, Paint - Products and Applications; Protective Coatings; Pipeline Coatings,” D4541-02 D3730-98, D4145-83, D4146-96 and D6677-01,2002; and “Paint and Coating Testing Manual, Fourteenth Edition of the Gardner-Sward Handbook,” (Koleske, J. V. Ed.), pp. 513-524,1995. Additionally, standard procedures for determining the ability of one or more layers of a multicoat system to function (e.g., adhere, weather) together are described in, for example, “ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.02, Paint - Products and Applications; Protective Coatings; Pipeline Coatings,” D5064-01,2002.

[0582] Various standard techniques for determining the physical properties (e.g., flexibility, tensile strength, toughness, impact resistance, hardness, mar resistance, blocking resistance) relevant to the durability of a film and/or the degree of film formation are known to those of ordinary skill in the, art. Such procedures may be used to empirically characterize a film, and determine whether a coating composition produces a film suitable for a given application. Flexibility is the film’s ability to undergo stress from bending and/or flexing without discernable damage (e.g., cracking). Examples of a standard technique for determining the flexibility of a film under mechanical or temperature stress are described in “ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.01, Paint - Tests for Chemical, Physical, and Optical Properties; Appearance,” D522-93a and D4145-83,2002; “ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.02, Paint - Products and Applications; Protective Coatings; Pipeline Coatings,” D4145-83, D4146-96 and D1211-97,2002; and “Paint and Coating Testing Manual, Fourteenth Edition of the Gardner-Sward Handbook,” (Koleske, J. V. Ed.), pp. 547-554, 1995. Related to flexibility i

is the tensile strength of a film, which is the ability of a film to undergo tensile deformation without developing discernable damage (e.g., cracking, tearing). Examples of a standard technique for determining the tensile strength of a film are described in “ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.01, Paint - Tests for Chemical, Physical, and Optical Properties; Appearance,” D2370-98 and D522-93a, 2002; and ‘Taint and Coating Testing Manual, Fourteenth Edition of the Gardner-Sward Handbook,” (Koleske, J. V. Ed.), pp. 534-545,1995. Toughness is the film’s ability to undergo strain imposed in a short period of time (e.g., one second or less) without discernable damage (e.g., breaking, tearing). Examples of a standard technique for determining the toughness of a film (e.g., a film for a pipeline) are described in “ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.01, Paint - Tests for Chemical, Physical, and Optical Properties; Appearance,” D2794-93,2002; “ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.02, Paint Products and Applications; Protective Coatings; Pipeline Coatings,” G14-88,2002; and ‘Taint and Coating Testing Manual, Fourteenth Edition of the Gardner-Sward Handbook,” (Koleske, J. V. Ed.), pp. 547-554,1995. Impact resistance is the ability of a film to undergo impact with an indenter without developing discernable damage at the dimple site (e.g., cracking).

Examples of a standard technique for determining the impact resistance of a film (e.g., a film for a pipeline) are described in “ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.01, Paint — Tests for Chemical, Physical, and Optical Properties; Appearance,” D2794-93,2002; “ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.02, Paint - Products and Applications; Protective Coatings; Pipeline Coatings,” G13-89 and G14-88,2002; and ‘Taint and Coating Testing Manual, Fourteenth Edition of the Gardner-Sward Handbook,” (Koleske, J. V. Ed.), pp. 553-554,1995. Hardness is the film’s ability to undergo an applied static force without developing discernable damage (e.g., a scratch, an indentation). .Examples of a standard technique for determining the hardness of a film are described in “ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.01, Paint - Tests for Chemical, Physical, and Optical Properties; Appearance” D1640-95, D1474-98, D2134-93, D4366-95 and D3363-00,2002; and ‘Taint and Coating Testing Manual, Fourteenth Edition of the Gardner-Sward Handbook,” (Koleske, J. V. Ed.), pp. 555-584,1995. Mar resistance (“mar abrasion resistance”) is the film’s ability to undergo an applied dynamic force without developing a change in the film surface appearance (e.g״ gloss) due to a permanent deformation (e.g., an indentation). Examples of a standard technique for determining the mar resistance of a film are described in “ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.01, Paint -- Tests for Chemical, Physical, and Optical Properties; Appearance,” D5178-98 andD6037-96,2002; and ‘Taint and Coating Testing Manual, Fourteenth Edition of the Gardner-Sward Handbook,” (Koleske, J. V. Ed.), pp. 525-533 and 579-584,1995. Abrasion resistance (“wear abrasion resistance”) is the film’s ability to undergo an applied dynamic force (e.g., washing) without removal of film material. Examples of a standard technique for determining the abrasion resistance (e.g., burnish resistance) of a film are described in “ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.01, Paint -- Tests for Chemical, Physical, and Optical Properties; Appearance,” D968-93 and D4060-01, 2002; “ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.02, Paint -- Products and Applications; Protective Coatings; Pipeline Coatings,” D3170-01, D4213-96, D5181-91, D4828-94, D2486-00, D3450-00, D6736-01 and D6279-99el, 2002; and “Paint and Coating Testing Manual, Fourteenth Edition of the Gardner-Sward Handbook,” (Koleske, J. V. Ed.), pp. 525-533,1995. Blocking resistance (“block resistance”) is the ability of a film to resist adhering to a second film, particularly when the two films are pressed together (e.g., a coated door and coated doorframe). Examples of a standard technique for determining the blocking resistance of a film are described in “ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.02, Paint — Products and Applications; Protective Coatings; Pipeline Coatings,” D2793-99 and D3003-01, 2002. Abrasion resistance (“wear abrasion resistance”) is the film’s ability to undergo an applied dynamic force (e.g., washing) without removal of film material. Slip resistance is a coating’s (e.g., a floor coating) slipperiness, and can be evaluated as described in ‘Taint and Coating Testing Manual, Fourteenth Edition of the Gardner-Sward Handbook,” (Koleske, J. V. Ed.), pp. 600-606, 1995.

[0583] Weathering resistance is film’s ability to endure and/or protect a surface from an external environmental condition. Examples of environmental conditions that may damage a film and/or surface include contact with varying conditions of temperature, moisture, sunlight (e.g., UV resistance), pollution, biological organisms, or a combination thereof. Examples of a standard technique for determining the weathering resistance of a film (e.g., an automotive film, an external architectural film, a varnish, a wood coating, a steel coating) by evaluating the degree of damage (e.g., fungal growth, color alteration, dirt accumulation, gloss loss/chalking,

WO 2005/026269 . . PCT/US2004/007263 cranking, blistering, flaking, erosion, surface rust), are described in “ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.01, Paint - Tests for Chemical, Physical, and Optical Properties; Appearance,” D4141-01, D1729-96, D660-93, D661-93, D662-93, D772-86, D4214-98, D3274-95, D71402, D1654-92, D2244-02, D523-89, D1006-01, D1014-95 and DI 186-01,2002; “ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.02, Paint - Products and Applications; Protective Coatings; Pipeline Coatings,” D3719-00, D610-01, D1641-97, D2830-96 andD6763-02, 2002; and ‘Taint and Coating Testing Manual, Fourteenth Edition of the Gardner-Sward Handbook,” (Koleske, J. V. Ed.), pp. 619-642,1995. Additionally, standard techniques are known to those of ordinary skill in the art for determining the resistance of a film to artificial weathering conditions.

These procedures are used to contact a film with a simulated weathering condition (e.g., heat, moisture, light, UV irradiation) at an accelerated timetable are described in “ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.01, Paint - Tests for Chemical, Physical, and Optical Properties; Appearance,” D822-01, D4587-01, D5031-01, D6631-01, D6695-01, D5894-96 andD414101,2002; “ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.02, Paint -- Products and Applications; Protective Coatings; Pipeline Coatings,” D5722-95, D3361-01 and D3424-01,2002; and ‘Taint and Coating Testing Manual, Fourteenth Edition of the Gardner-Sward Handbook” (Koleske, J. V. Ed.), pp. 643-653,1995.

[0584] Standard techniques for determining a film’s resistance to damage by various chemicals are known to those of ordinary skill in the art. Examples of chemicals that can be used in such procedures include an acid (e.g., 3% acetic acid), abase, an alcohol (e.g., 50% ethyl alcohol, hydrochloric acid, sulfuric acid), a detergent (e.g., a sodium phosphate solution), gasoline, a glycol based antifreeze, an oil (e.g., a vegetable oil, a lubricating petroleum oil, a grease), a solvent, water (e.g., a salt solution, a salt vapor), a polish abrasive, another coating (e.g., graffiti), or a combination thereof. Standard techniques for determining the chemical resistance of a film (e.g., an architectural film, an automotive film, a paint, a lacquer, a varnish, a traffic-coating, a metal surface-film) by evaluating possible damage (e.g., adhesion loss, alteration of gloss, blistering, discoloration, loss of hardness, staining, swelling, wrinkling) are described in, for example, “ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.02, Paint - Products and Applications; Protective Coatings; Pipeline Coatings,” D1308-02, D2571-95, D2792-69, D4752-98, D3260-01, D6137-97, D6686-01, D6688-01 and D6578-00,2002; “ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.01, Paint — Tests for Chemical, Physical, and Optical Properties;

Appearance,” D2370-98, D2248-01a, and D870-02,2002; “ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.03, Paint - Pigments, Drying Oils, Polymers, Resins, Naval Stores, Cellulosic Esters, and Ink Vehicles,” D1647-89,,2002; and “Paint and Coating Testing Manual, Fourteenth Edition ofthe Gardner-Sward Handbook,” (Koleske, J. V. Ed.),'pp; 662-666,1995. Additionally, examples of a standard technique for determining the solvent resistance of a film are described in “ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.02, Paint - Products and Applications; Protective Coatings; Pipeline Coatings,” D4752-98 and D5402-93,2002.

[0585] Standard techniques for determining a film’s and/or surface’s (e.g., metal, wood) resistance to water permeability and/or damage (e.g., corrosion, blistering, adhesion reduction, hardness alteration, color alteration, gloss alteration) by contact with water and/or moisture are described in, for example, “ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.01, Paint — Tests for Chemical, Physical, and Optical Properties; Appearance,” D870-02, D1653-93, D1735-02, D2247-02 and D4585-99,2002; and “ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.02, Paint -- Products and Applications; Protective Coatings; Pipeline Coatings,” D2065-96, D2921-98, D3459-98 andD6665-01,2002.,

[0586] Standard techniques for determining a film’s resistance to damage by a temperature greater than ambient condition are known to those of ordinary skill in the art. Thermal resistance is the film’s ability to undergo stress from a temperature at or below 200°C without discernable damage, while heat resistance is the film’s ability to undergo stress from a temperature above 200°C (e.g., fire resistance, fire retardancy, flame resistance) without discernable damage. Standard techniques for determining the thermal and/or heat resistance of a film (e.g., a metal-film, a wood-lacquer) by evaluating possible damage (e.g., adhesion loss, alteration of gloss, blistering, chalking, discoloration) are described in, for example, “ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.01, Paint — Tests for Chemical, Physical, and Optical Properties; Appearance,” D2370-98, D2485-91, D1360-98, D4206-96 and D3806-98,2002; and “ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.02, Paint - Products and Applications; Protective Coatings; Pipeline Coatings,” D1211-97 and D6491-99,2002.

[0587] In some embodiments, it may be desirable to measure the component composition of a coating and/or film such as to verify the presence, absence and/or amount of one or more coating components in a particular formulation. Standard procedures for sampling a coating and/or film, and analyzing the material composition (e.g., a pigment, a binder, liquid component, toxic material), have been described in, for example, “ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.01, Paint - Tests for Chemical, Physical, and Optical Properties; Appearance,” D2371-85, D5380-93, D2372-85, D2698-90, D3723-84, D4451-02, D4563-02, D5145-90, D3925-02, D2348-02, D2245-90, D3624-85a, D3717-85a, D2349-90, D2350-90, D2351-90, D2352-85, D3271-87, D3272-76, D4017-02, D3792-99, D4457-02, D6133-00, D6191-97, D4764-01, D3718-85a, D3335-85a, D6580-00, E848-94, D4834-88, D4358-84, D2621-87, D3618-85a. D6438-99, D4359-90״D3168-85 and D4948-89,2002; “ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.02, Paint — Products and Applications; Protective Coatings; Pipeline

Coatings;’ D5702-02,2002; and “ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.03, Paint ״ Pigments,

Drying Oils, Polymers, Resins, Naval Stores, Cellulosic Esters, and Ink Vehicles,” D1469-00,

2002.

[0588] The nonvolatile content of a coating component and/or coating (“total solids content”) can provide an estimate, for example, of the volume of film that will be produced by a coating or coating component (e.g., a paint, a clear coating, an electrocoat bath applied coating, a binder solution, an emulsion, a varnish, an oil, a drier, a solvent) and/or the surface area a coating can cover relative to a film’s thickness. The nonvolatile content of coating and/or coating component can be determined by any technique known in the art (see, for example, “ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.01, Paint - Tests for Chemical, Physical, and Optical Properties; Appearance,” D6093-97, D2697-86, D1259-85, D1644-01, D2832-92 and D4209-82 D5145-90,2002; “ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.02, Paint - Products and Applications; Protective Coatings; Pipeline Coatings,” D4713-92, D5095-91, 2002; and “ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.03, Paint - Pigments, Drying Oils, Polymers, Resins, Naval Stores, Cellulosic Esters, and Ink Vehicles,” D4139-82,2002). Additionally, the volatile component of a coating can provide an estimate, for example, of VOC release and/or thermoplastic film formation time. The nonvolatile content of coating and/or coating component (e.g., a paint, a clear coating, an automotive coating, an emulsion, a binder solution, a varnish, an oil, a drier, a solvent) can be determined by any technique known in the art (see, for example, “ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.01, Paint — Tests for Chemical, Physical, and Optical Properties; Appearance,” D2369-01el, D2832-92, D3960-02, D4140-82, D420982, D5087-02 and D6266-00a, 2002;and “ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.02, Paint Products and Applications; Protective Coatings; Pipeline Coatings,” D5403-93,2002).

[0589] Standard procedures for determining the visual appearance of a coating component, coating and or film (e.g., reflectance, retroreflectance, fluorescence, photoluminescent light transmission, color, tinting strength, whiteness, measurement instruments, computerized data analysis) have been described, for example, in “ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.01, Paint -- Tests for Chemical, Physical, and Optical Properties; Appearance,” E284-02b, E312-02, E805-01a, E179-96, E991-98, E1247-92, E308-01, E31300, E808-01, E1336-96, E1341-96, E1347-97, E1360-90, D332-87, D387-00, E1455-97, E1477-98a, E1478-97 El 164-02, E1331-96, E1345-98, E1348-02, E1349-90, D5531-94, D3964-80, E1651-94, E1682-96, E1708-95, E1767-95, E1808-96, E1809-01, E2022-01, E2072-00, E2073-02, E2152-01, E2153-01, D1544-98, E259-98, D3022-84, D1535-01, E2175-01, E2214-02 and.E2222.02,2002; “ASTM Book of Standards,. Volume 06.02, Paint Products and Applications; Protective Coatings; Pipeline Coatings,” D4838-88 and D5326267

94a, 2002; and “ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.03, Paint - Pigments, Drying Oils, Polymers, Resins, Naval Stores, Cellulosic Esters, and Ink Vehicles,” D2090-98, D2090-98 and D6166-97,2002. Specific techniques for matching two or more colored coatings and/coating components to minimalize differences (e.g., metamerism) have been described, for example, in “ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.01, Paint - Tests for Chemical, Physical, and Optical Properties; Appearance,” D4086-92a, El541-98 D2244-02 2002. Specific techniques for determining differences in the color of a coatings and/coating components, particularly to insure color consistency of a coating composition, “ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.01, Paint - Tests for Chemical, Physical, and Optical Properties; Appearance,” D1729-96, D2616-96, E1499-97 and D3134-97,2002.

[0590] Gloss is the film’s “angular selectivity of reflectance, involving surfacereflected light, responsible for the degree to which reflected highlights or images of objects maybe seen as superimposed on a surface” (“ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.01, Paint - Tests for Chemical, Physical, and Optical Properties; Appearance,” E284-02b, 2002). An example of a high gloss coating would be a paint film with a glass-like surface appearance, as opposed to a low-gloss (“flat”) paint. Standard techniques for determining the gloss (e.g., specular gloss, sheen, haze, image clarity, waviness, directionality) of a coating and/or film are described, for example, in “ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.01, Paint - Tests for Chemical, Physical, and Optical Properties; Appearance,” E284-02b, D523-89, D4449-90, E167-96, E430-97, D4039-93, D5767-95 and D2244-02,2002; “ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.02, Paint - Products and Applications; Protective Coatings; Pipeline Coatings,” D3928-00a, 2002; and “Paint and Coating Testing Manual, Fourteenth Edition of the GardnerSward Handbook,” (Koleske, J. V. Ed.), pp. 470-480,1995.

K Removing a Coating or Film

[0591] In certain embodiments, it may be desirable to remove a coating and/or film from a surface such as a non-film forming coating, a temporary film, a self-cleaning film, a coating and/or film that has been damaged, or is otherwise no longer desired or no longer is suitable for use. Various coating removers (e.g., a paint remover) are known to those of ordinary skill in the art, and often comprise solvents described herein capable of dissolving a coating component (e.g., a binder) integral to a film’s structural integrity. Standard procedures for determining the effectiveness of a coating remover have been described, for example, in “ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.02, Paint - Products and Applications; Protective Coatings; Pipeline Coatings,” D618997,2002־.

Example 1 Preparation of Microorganism Powder

[0592] In a typical preparation, a single colony of bacteria is selected and cultured in a rich media. After growth to saturation, the cells are concentrated by centrifugation at 7000 rotations per minute (“rpm”) for 10 minutes for example. The cell pellet is then resuspended in a volatile organic solvent such as acetone one or two times in order to dessicate the cells and to remove a substantial portion of the water contained in the cell pellet. The pellet may then be ground or milled to a powder form. The powder may be frozen or stored at ambient conditions for future use, or may be added immediately to a surface coating formulation. Additionally, the powder may be freeze dried, combined with a cryoprotectant (e.g., cryopreservative), or a combination thereof.

Example 2 Two-Pack Microorganism Paint Coating

[0593] In an example of use of the powder prepared as described in Example 1, 3 mg of the milled powder was added to 3 ml of 50% glycerol. The suspension was then added to 100 ml of Olympic® premium interior flat latex paint (Olympic®, One PPG Place, Pittsburg, PA 15272 USA). The paint was applied to a hard, metal surface. The surface used was a nongalvanized steel surface that was cleaned through being degreased, and pretreated with a primer coat.

Example 3 Large-Scale Batch Fermentation to Produce a Microorganism

[0594] Batch Culture-Rich Medium comprised 24 g/L yeast extract; 12 g/L casein hydrolysate; 4 ml/L glycerol; 2.31 g/L KH₂PO₄; 12.54 g/L K₂HPO₄; 0.24 g/L CoCl₂'6H₂O; 2 g/L glucose; 0.2 ml/L PPG2000; and 100 pg/ml ampicillin.

[0595] Batch Culture-5 L scale was grown at the following conditions: 30°C; 400-450 rpm agitation; DO controlled at 20%; uncontrolled initial pH between 6.8-6.9; 5 Lpm (1 wm) aeration; and atmospheric pressure. Over a time period of 0 to 50 hours, the Escherichia coli strain’s growth was measured by optical density at 600 ran, the pH measured over a range of pH 6 to pH 9, the agitation measured over a range of 0 rpm to 500 rpm, and the dissolved oxygen measured over a range of 0% to 100%.

[0596] Batch Culture-400 L scale was grown at the following conditions: 30°C; 150200 rpm agitation; DO at 0-100%; uncontrolled initial pH 6.58; 200-300 Lpm (0.5-0.75 wm) aeration; and tank pressure at 0-10 psi. Oyer a time period of 0 to 30 hours, the Escherichia coli strain’s growth was measured by optical density at 600 ran, the pH measured over a range of pH 6 to pH 8, the agitation measured over a range of 0 rpm to 200 rpm, the dissolved oxygen measured over a range of 0% to 100%, the aeration rate measured over a range of 0 to 300 Lpm, and the tamk pressure measured over a range of 0 psi to 12 psi.

Example 4

Large-Scale Fed-Batch Fermentation to Produce a Microorganism

[0597] Fed Batch Culture-Defined Medium comprised 13.3 g/L KH₂PO4; 4 g/L (NH4)2SO4; 1.7 g/L citric acid; 10 g/L glycerol; 1.2 g/L MgSO4'7H₂O; 0.024 g/L MnCl₂4־H₂O; 2.26 mg/L CuC12H₂O; 5 mg/L H3BO3; 4.5 mg/LThiamine־HCl; 4 mg/L Na₂MoO4’7H₂O; 0.06 g/L Fe(HI) citrate; 8.4 mg/L EDTA; 4 mg/L CoCl₂6־H₂O; 8 mg/L Zn(acetate)₂H₂O; and 100 pg/ml ampicillin.

[0598] Feed: 500 g/L carbon source and 10 g/L MgSO4'7H₂O.

[0599] Batch Culture-5 L scale was grown at the following conditions: 30°C; 2001000־ rpm agitation; DO controlled at 20%; pH controlled at 6.5; 5 Lpm (1 wm) aeration; and atmospheric pressure. Feed was initiated as the 16^th hour, with the feed rate profile a constant rate with stepwise increments. Over a time period of 0 to 70 hours, the Escherichia coli strain’s growth was measured by optical density at 600 nm, the pH measured over a range of pH 6 to pH 9, and the addition of the feed measured from 0 ml to 1000 ml.

Example 5 Coating Formulation

[0600] It is contemplated that any described coating composition may be altered (e.g״ by direct addition and/or coating component substitution) to incorporate the cell-based particulate material of the present invention. The previous embodiments of the invention primarily described compositions and techniques for preparing, testing, and using a coating prepared de novo. However, it is contemplated that the cell-based particulate material of the present invention may be incorporated into a standard coating by direct addition, as described in Example 2. In specific aspects, it is contemplated that such added cell-based particulate material may comprise 0.000001% to 65% or more, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof, by weight or volume, of the final composition produced by a combination of a coating and the cell-based particulate material of the present invention.

[0601] Alternatively, it is contemplated that a previously described coating composition may be altered by substitution (“replacement”) of one or more coating components, particularly a binder and/or a particulate material coating component (e.g., a pigment, a rheological control agent, a dispersant) by the cell-based particulate material of the present invention. It is contemplated that 0.000001% to 100%, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof, of the binder and/or particulate material coating component may be substituted by cell-based particulate material of the present invention. Additionally, the concentration of a cell-based particulate material of the present invention may exceed 100%, by weight or volume, of the substituted coating component. In specific aspects, a coatmg component may be substituted with a cell-based particulate material of the present invention equivalent to 0.000001% to 500%, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof, of the coating component. For example, 20% (e.g., 2 kg) of a dispersant may be replaced by 10% (e.g1 ״ kg) of the cell-based particulate material of the present invention to produce a coating with similar dispersion properties as a non-substituted formulation. In an addition example, 70% of a specific pigment (e.g., 7 kg) may be replaced by the equivalent of 127% (e.g., 12.7 kg) of the cell-based particulate material of the present invention to produce a coating with similar hiding power as a non-substituted formulation. The various assays described herein, or as would be known to one of ordinary skill in the art in light of the present disclosures, may be used to determine the properties of a coating and/or film produced by direct addition and/or coating component substitution by the cell-based particulate material of the present invention.

[0602] The following is an example of an exterior gloss alkyd house paint that comprises various particulate materials (e.g., silica, a shading pigment, bentonite clay) that may incorporate a cell-based particulate material of the present invention. This example of an exterior gloss alkyd house paint comprises a grind and a letdown. The grind comprises by weight or volume: a first alkyd 232.02 lb or 29.9 gallons; a second alkyd 154.2 lb or 20 gallons; an aliphatic solvent (e.g., duodecane) 69.55 lb or 1.7 gallons; lecithin 7.8 lb or 0.91 gallons; TiO2 185.25 lb or 5.43 gallons; 10 micron silica 59.59 lb or 2.7 gallons; bentonite clay 18.00 lb or 1.44 gallons; a second alkyd 97.22 lb or 12.61 gallons; a first alkyd 69.84 lb or 9.00 gallons; and mildewcide 7.8 lb or 0.82 gallons. The letdown comprises by weight or volume: aliphatic solvent (e.g., dudecane) 19.50 lb or 3.00 gallons; a first drier (e.g., 12% solution cobalt) 2.00 lb or 0.23 gallons; a second drier (e.g., 18% solution Zr) 2.92 lb or 0.32 gallons; a third drier 3 (e.g., 10% solution Ca) 8.00 lb or 0.98 gallons; methyl ethyl ketoxime (Anti skinning agent) 3.22 lb or 0.42 gallons; an aliphatic solvent 9.75 lb or 1.50 gallons; and a shading pigment 0.3 lb or 0.04 gallons. In some embodiments, the particulate material of the coating formulation may be partly or fully substituted by the cell-based particulate material of the present invention. In other embodiments, the above formulation may be enhanced by direct addition of a cell-based particulate material of the present invention.

[0603] In another example, the following exterior flat latex house paint may be modified to incorporate a cell-based particulate material of the present invention. This example of an exterior flat latex house paint formulation, in typical order of addition, by weight or volume: water, 244.5 lb or 29.47 gallons; hydroxyethylcellulose, 3 lb or 0.34 gallons; glycols, 60 lb or 6.72 gallons; polyacrylate dispersant, 6.8 lb or 0.69 gallons; biocides, 10 lb or 1 gallons; non-ionic surfactant, 1 lb or 0.11 gallons; titanium dioxide, 225 lb or 6.75 gallons; silicate mineral, 160 lb or 7.38 gallons; calcined clay, 50 lb or 2.28 gallons; acrylic latex, @ 60%, 302.9 lb or 34.42 gallons; coalescent, 9.3 lb or 1.17 gallons; defoamers, 2 lb or 0.26 gallons; ammonium hydroxide, 2.2 lb or 0.29 gallons; 2.5% HEC solution, 76 lb or 9.12 gallons. In some embodiments, the particulate material (e.g., silicate mineral, calcmed clay, titanium dioxide) of this coating formulation may be partly or fully substituted by the cellbased particulate material of the present invention, hi other embodiments, the above formulation maybe enhanced by direct addition of a cell-based particulate material of the present invention.